Loading...
The URL can be used to link to this page
Your browser does not support the video tag.
R2001-0138 10-08-01
RESOLUTION NO. R200'1-138 A RESOLUTION OF THE CITY COUNCIL OF THE CITY OF PEARLAND, TEXAS, AWARDING A BID FOR CONSTRUCTION SERVICES ASSOCIATED WITH THE FAR NORTHWEST INTERIM WASTEWATER TREATMENT PLANT PHASES 1] AND II. BE IT RESOLVED BY THE CITY COUNCIL OF THE CITY OF PEARLAND, TEXAS: Section 1. That the City opened bids for the Phase I and [! construction of the Far Northwest Interim Wastewater Treatment Plant, and such bids have been reviewed and tabulated. Section2. That the City Council hereby awards the bid to Aqua Utility Construction, L.P. in the amount not to exceed $510,100.00. Section 3. The City Manager or his designee is hereby authorized to execute a contract for the Phase [ and [! construction of the Far Northwest Interim Wastewater Treatment Plant. PASSED, APPROVEDandADOPTEDthisthe 8 dayof October A.D., 2001. ATTEST: APPROVED AS TO FORM: DARRIN M. COKER CITY ATTORNEY TOM REID MAYOR z0•_0dd 9E0S 2S6 LTL 8S:8O IOOz LE d3S LJA Engineering & Surveying, Inc. 2929 Sharpatk Drive Suite 600 Houston, Texas 77042-3703 September 26, 2001 Phone 713.953.5200 Fax 7131953.5028 www,l)aengrneering,com Mr. Alan Mueller City of Pearland 3519 Liberty Drive Pearland, Texas 77581 Re: Recommendation of Award Construction of the Brazoria County Municipal Utility District No, 26 Interim Wastewater Treatment Plant Phases I & II to Serve Shadow Creek Ranch City of Pearland, Texas LJA Job No 1546-6401 (11.0) IA Dear Mr. Mueller: On September 13, 2001, we received three (3) bids, at our office, for the referenced project. After review of the bids received, we recommend that the contract be awarded to. the low bidder, Aqua Utility Construction, L P Based on the enclosed clarification letter submitted by Aqua Utility Construction, L.P, and the enclosed letter from the City of Pearland waiving the discrepancies in the bid, the total amount bid for this project is $510,100.00 and 110/120 calendar days construction time. Enclosed for your review is a copy of the bid tabulation, Please call me at (713) 953-5295 if you have any questions regarding the bid Sincerely, David R. 'nney, P.E. Senior Project Manager DRT/sd Enclosures c: Ms Lynne Humprhies — Vinson & Ellkins (w/ enclosures) Mr. Gary Cook — Shadow Creek Ranch Development, Limited Partnership (w/ enclosures) OALAND\I S46\ 1546640 t\RECAWARD.D OC P*d 9NI `DNIA3A811S '8 DNIe133NIS1\13 Wd0S:LO TO' L2 d3S S0'3Jdd 9E0S EGG ETL 6S:80 TOOZ LE d3S oda �C�Cyy11 vpi ri Q a� 0 zdd 2 p p z {i•C d Ri POT dfiri S'd U 1 SNI 'DNIA3AY1S '8 SNId33NISN3 WUTS:LO T0, LZ d3S 90*Daid 9E0S 2S6 21L 6S:90 ZOO? LZ (ABS 8 6 8 0 0 c 2 th fn 0 th S a • 0 0 S243,000.00 opmws og Sgv4 ge8z al z• N to nignQ doiagh N .'7 010 0 a d N 0 0 0 a 0 int a tIC 1-2 v b Ira • ° o= w a a a8 ec) ohs 8map Ezbio imi vi PO Aar g). h8ct2 O yowa' wg Pegg 4 gitol MC14 3 a a _ — OMB .-. N M a • S392,700.OD t S117,40A0 '' SS10 tcoc • 0 6 dl� WdtiS:LO TO/ 2.2 d3S 9'd �NI `DWI,l3AY1S '8 91.1I833NISN3 2.00.20Ud 9E0S 2S6 £SL 00:60 TOO LE dES oio- two CC 4 8 g z 8 6 bre 044 Lti=44 a t R re W Ei 8 8 g a 9 a Ise '4 6.2 gg E Ho 4 C m aQ a0 OR x 9NI S743,998DD 0 G a bj 04 4 ocumbn P X Q P 8 a 0 2 9 zK 4 11 08 4 (77 z • Fa04 8 8 tA a `DNI.13A&IS 8 9NId331\1ID1\13 Ht'l WHZS:LO oz 5 a TO, 2.2 d3S £O'39td 9E0S 2S6 Ltd, AQUAUTILITY LP 8S:80 TOO? LE dES PAGE 02/02 09/26/20e1 14;56 7139033481 Aqua My Construc 1 on, LP September 26, 001 LJA Engine- ; & Surveying, Inc. 2929 Briarpar Drive, Suite 500 Houston, Te = 77042-3703 • Attn: Ms. Su e Davidson P. 0. Box 40496 713-983-3471 Houstolx TtX 77240-0496 713-983-5481(fax) Re: Brazor 3County MUD No. 26 ShAdo Creek Ranch Interim '' astewater Treatment Plant Phases I & II Dear Ms. Davidson, I submit this 1 = es to clarify the following Bid Items. Phase I - Bid 1 No. 2 - The intended unit price number is $142,200,00. Phase II - Bid I -m No. 2 - The intended unit price number is $63,000,00. I apologize for jhe error on our bid form and hope that it does not present any further issues T you. 1f you have an.. ; questions, please do not hesitate to contact me. Very truly y Tod • Y _ et Vice President Wastewater Construction Sad i 9NI `SNIA3AdflS 8 DNMJ33NISN3 Uri WUOS:LO 10, 2.2 d3S 170 ' 20t3d 9ZOS 2S6 2TL 6S:60 T00Z LE d3S James Ross From: Sent: ro: Cc Subject: GSimeon@ci,pearland.tx,us Wednesday, September 26, 2001 4:19 PM jross@ �I�iaengineering.com, dtinney@Ijaengineering.com Alan_Mueller/COP@ci.pearland.tx.us; Darrin Coker/COP@ci pearland.tx,us SCR Interim Package Plant - Bid Tabulation Inquiry James - I have been authorized by Alan Mueller to respond on his behalf during his absence on matters requiring immediate attention I am in receipt of your fax dated 9-26-01 with a statement from Aqua Utilities clarifying their bid Iproposal discrepancy between the unit price and the total amount for Phase Services - Bid Item No. 2. In consultation with the City Attorney, Darrin Coker, and Gordon Island Purchasing Officer earlier today, the City of Pearland will accept the bidder's numerical amount of $142,200,00 as the unit price in lieu of the written amount of $7900.00. In reaching our decision it can be reasonably inferred that the bidder intended to submit the total numerical amount for the duration of the 18 month lease, The City of Pearland exercises it right to waive such discrepancies. Please proceed with preparation of the bid recommendation and tabulation, Thank you. Gene Simeon City of Pearland 3519 Liberty Drive Pearland Texas 77584 Office: (281) 652-1658 Fax: (281) 652-1706 i b'd SNI `9NIJ.3Mf1S '8 DNId33NISN3 dfl Wt3TS:LO TO. 2.2 d3S 09/11/2001 15:06 7139535173 LJA CONTRACTS PAGE 07/20 Bid of ety.a� FOR: (Legal Name o' Bidder — Company) BID PROPOSAL Date: J 4 i an individual proprietorship a corporation organized and existing under the laws of a partnership consisting of [ 3 a joint venture other L—*% t a! .\ e r Osn,% k/ CONSTRUCTION OF THE BIAZORIA COUNTY MUNICIPAL UTILITY DISTRICT NO. 26 INTERIM WASTEWATER TREATMENT PLANT PHASES I & II TO SERVE SHADOW CREEK RANCH CITY OF PEARLAND, II.YAS LJA JOB NO 1546-6401-064 (CITY BID NO. B2001-080) TO: BRAZORIA COUNTY MUNICIPAL NO. 26 c/o LJA Engineering & Surveying, Inc_ 2929 Briarpark Drive, Suite 600 Houston, Texas 77042-3703 Page 1 of 6 ADDENDUM NO. 2 O:'LANOSIS46*15466'01'814 Olnw m 'a'WTP,,P.doo 09/11/2001 15:06 7139535173 LJA CONTRACTS PAGE 08/20 Gentlemen: CONSTRUCTION OF THE BRAZORIA COUNTY MUNICIPAL UTILITY DISTRICT NO, 26 INTERIM WASTEWATER TREATMENT PLANT PHASES I & II TO SERVE SHADOW CREEK RANCH CITY OF PEARLAND, TEXAS LJA JOB NO I546-6401-064 Pursuant to the foregoing l'thstructions to Bidders, the undersigned bidder hereby proposes to do all the work for the unit prices bid to furnish all neOessary superintendence labor machine equipment, tools materials, insurance and miscellaneous items, to coiinplete all work according to the bids, as provided in the construction plan and contract documents for the construction of INTERIM WASTEWATER TREATMENT PLANT PHASES I & II and clean up the site to oe satisfaction of the Owner/Engineer and bind himself on acceptance of thi: proposal to execute a contract and bontiis for completing said project within the time stated for the following prices to wit: WASTEWATER TREATMENT PLANT ITiEMS -PHASE I ITEM QTY. UNiT ITEM DESCRIPTION AND TOTAL UNIT NO. WRITTEN UNIT PRICE PRICE 1, 1 LS Site Work; Including, Clearing and Grubbing of Wastewater Plant Site, Site Grading, Security Fence Crushed Limestone Foundation, Hydromulch Seeding, Site Drainage, Including Storm Sewers, Manhole, Type `E' Inlet and 24' Corrugated Metal Pipe Outfall, Yard Piping Trench Safety System, and Crushed Limestone Access Road; Installation of Two (2) 521 GPM, Variable Speed, Lift Pumps in Existing Sanitary Manhole With Piping and Guide Rails and Access Hatches Installation of Two (2) 52' x 12' x 11' Steel Tanks, One (1) 22' Diameter Clarifier; One (1) 26.5'x12'xl1' Dual Media Filter Basin W/ Two (2) 975 GPM Backwash Pumps; One (1) 14' x 12' x 8' Chlorine • . Contact Basin One (1) 40'x 12' Equipment Platform, W/ Chlorination Equipment and Two (2) 700 SCFM Blowers, All Electrical Components Motor Control Center, and All Required Appurtenances, Complete in Place for� �Wp'n+r Av t j Vur 1 \ire t ��SF dollars and yr 0 cents per unit $ 2H 3, 000.00 AMOUNT $ 293OOO.aO Page 2 of 6 ADDENDUM NO. 2 O:V.&ND\I s48't!$4 6f01%tdaoa a, wwtr area 09/11/2001 15:06 7139535173 Gj CONSTRUCTION OF IIHE BRAZORIA COUNTY it IUNICIPAL UTILITY DISTRICT NO. 26 INTERIM WASTEWATER TREATMENT PLANT PHASES I & II TO SERVE SHADOW CREEK RANCH CITY OF PEARLAND, TEXAS LJA JOB NO. 1546-64014.064 ij WASTEWATER TREE 'MENT PLANT ITEMS -PHASE I -CONTINUED i ITEM QTY. UN T ITEM DESCRIPTION AND TOTAL UNIT NO. WRITTEN UNIT PRICE PRICE LS h Eighteen (18) Month Lease Price for Phase I d Wastewater Treatment Plant Equipment, Complete in Place for ` SeJe '�lne4s00-) 11 nc vlrcr.� dollars LJA CONTRACTS PAGE 09/20 AMOUNT and no cents $ 7900,00 $ 1' 12-� l Q°.°U per unit 1 MO Monthly Lease Price for Phase I Wastewater Treatment Plant Components Described in Item No. 1 on a Month to Month Basis, Beyond Initial 18 Month Lease Period, Complete in Place for cevt `r,a,�,c,� (,, tr,t.., J dollars and WI" cents $ 7 5 O O, 0 D $ l 5400,00 per unit SUBTOTAL WASTEWATER TREATMENT PLANT I IEMS -PHASE I: Page 3 of 6 ADDENDUM NO. 2 0.4-ANv\t544M144640It9I469Q1owtm wwrP_. p400 09/11/2001 15:06 7139535173 LJA CONTRACTS PAGE 10/20 CONSTRUCTION OF THE BRAZORIA COUNTY IVIUNICLPAL UTILITY DISTRICT NO. 26 INtERINI WASTEWATER TREATMENT PLANT PHASES I & II TO SERVE SHADOW CREEK RANCH CITY OF PEARLAND, TEXAS LJA, JOB NO 1546-6401-064 ;WASTEWATER TREATMENT PLANT ITEMS - PHASE II ITEM QTY, UNIT ITEM DESCRIPTION AND TOTAL UNIT NO. WRITTEN UNIT PRICE PRICE 1, 1 LS Site Work; Including, Site Grading,Crushed Limestone Foundation, Hydromutch Seeding, Site Drainage, Installation of Two (2) 52' x 12' x 11 5 Steel Tanks, One (1) 22' Diameter Clarifier; Activation of One (1) Existing 7.5' x 12'xl l' Dual Media Filter Basin Ce11 and Installation of One(1) 975 GPM Backwash Pump, Installation of One (I) 700 SCFM .Blower Atop Existing 40'x 12' Equipment Platform, All Electrical Components and All Required Appurtenances, Complete in Place for tin`�5e•A c,)\ dollars 2. and 'e o per unit cents LS Eighteen (18) Month Lease Price for Phase II Wastewater Treatment Plant Equipmcnt, Complete in place for \t re t 3&oLL90s\GC4 1 a< ""L4dollars 3. 1 MO 4 and by per unit cents $ 51,000 ot� AMOUNT $ 35a0,6a $ (03,00o. ©o Monthly Lease Price for Phase II Wastewater Treatment Plant Components Described in Item No. 1 on a Month to Month Basis Beyond Initial 18 Month Lease Period, Complete in Place for TVA- e ctr,ovo,tm Cr u ur Yvv.r c\Y < pl dollars and v,0 cents $ 3400.00 $ 0, per unit SUBTOTAL WASTEWA TER TREATMENT PLANT ITEMS -PRASE II: S 1 L4 0 0 . 00 Page 4of6 ADDENDUM NO. 2 0:u_&rro,is46iS44601Wwe.41114 n,wwrryr.aa 09/11/2001 15:06 7139535173 LJA CONTRACTS PAGE 11/20 PROPOSAL BIDDING SUMMATION SHEET BRAZORIA COUNTY MUNICIPAL UTILITY DISTRICT NO. 26 INTERIM WASTEWATER TREATMENT PLANT PHASES I & II TO SERVE SHADOW CREEK RANCH CITY OF PEARLAND TEXAS LJA JOB NO 1546-6401-064 SUBTOTAL WASTEWATER TREATMENT PLANT 1'1k.MS PHASEI SUBTOTAL WASTEWATER TREATMENT PLANT I i EMS PHASE II TOTAL AMOOIT BID $ I Cl oLioO. 00 �✓1(7, 1C�t9,00 It is understood ;that in the event the successful bidder fails to enter into the Contract and to furnish a Performance Bond and Payment Bond in the amount of 100 percent of the Contract and for all parts of the work, as specifie�, in the Invitation /Advertisement to Bidders, the Bidder will forfeit the Cashier's Check OR Bid Bond, as provPided in the Contract Documents. The undersigned ;proposes, if awarded the Contract, to begin work as stipulated in the written Notice to Proceed issued by the Engineer, and to substantially complete the work within 110 calendar days after the date the work commences and to complete the project within 120 calendar days after the date of work commences. This bid proposal hall be considered part of the contract. (Type Name) te (Title (Seal if bidder is acorporation) (Company Name — Bidder) (Address) (City) (County) (Zip) 1t3-S 31. lW"1I (Phone No.) 1t3'10365Lisei (Fax No.) , kw,u.k‘ew Q ttte . c (E-mail Address) 0 Page 5 of 6 ADDENDUM NO. 2 trwwati4a1,u.awit8u4v.vowin. wort toot,* 09/11/2001 15:06 7139535173 LJA CONTRACTS PAGE 12/20 CONSTRUCTION OF THE B tAZORIA COUNTY MUNICIPAL UTILITY DISTRICT NO. 26 INTERIM WASTEWATER TREATMENT PLANT PHASES I & II TO SERVE SHADOW CREEK RANCH CITY OF PEARLAND, TEXAS LJA, JOB NO 1546-6401-064 ADDENDUM N ADDENDUM N ADDENDUM NO.3 ADDENDUM N ADDENDUM N ADDENDUM NQ.6 ACKNOWLEDGiVIENT OF RECEIPT QJ? ADDENDUM Date 1-►�-01 Date Signature Date Signature Date Signature Dare • Signature Date Page 6 of6 ADDENDUM NO. 2 CNA INSURANCE COMPANIES &f100y3x CNA Plaza, Chicago, Illinois 60685 BID BOND KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS: That we AquaUtility Construction and National Fire Insurance Company of Hartford Unto Brazoria County MUD 26 - Interim Wastewater serve Shadow Creek Ranch, City of Pearland in the sum of (5%) Five Percent of the amount of theattached bid Dollars ( 5% for the payment of which we bind ourselves, our legal representatives, successors and jointly and severally, firmly by these presents. WHEREAS, Principal has submitted or is about to submit a proposal to Obligee on a contract For Interim Wastewater Treatment Plant Phase I & II, 0.240 MGD NF2001-30 LP , Principal, , Surety, are held and firmly bound Treatment Plant Phase I & II to , Obligee, ). assigns, NOW, THEREFORE, if the said contract be awarded to Principal and Principal shall, within such time as may be specified, enter into the contract in writing and give such bond or bonds as may be specified in the bidding or contract documents with surety acceptable to Obligee; or if Principal shall fail to do so pay to Obligee the damages which Obligee may suffer by reason of such failure not exceeding the penalty of this bond then this obligation shall be void; otherwise to remain in full force and effect. Signed, sealed, and dated this 12th day of September • G-23054 D •ArinsUtility Construction LP Princ14 /. By: Allen Short, ice President ,2001 National Fire Insurance Company of Hartford By: Surety (Seal) thleen C. Dzon ,Attorney -in -fact CNA For All the CommitmentsYou Make' • NF2001-30 FOV!ER OF ATTORNEY APPOINTING INDIVIDUAL ATTO NE.Y-►IN-FAO T COMP ANY. an Ilhras ,oraCcr, i`IA- Ci+�L c yCr •lr^ / Presents, That C.�' 1 iNEN T.A1.., ::;UAL' r - nI YL•J-VI, ?I nsvivar :Know all „ten E` These Pr T'( CGd.IP.�N'! Cr F=.^CING, PE;v, S . a = .ta —a;- CPC. a C nnec9cut ccrpera�cn, AI�t_PICAN CASUAL _ _ their cn_c._3 o`ccas r, i . ., existing c. _ticr,s having, - corperaticr (herein collectively called 'the CCC Surety Ccmcar.ies'). are a�:!y cr--nt='c' ar.c ne City ' Chicago, arid State of Illinois, and that they do by virtue of he signature and seals rer=_tn a'`,xe_ . e.recy niax?, cor.sa,_te Inc accctnt Cr,,^atd G. Eackes. ,Mary Gallacher. Kathleen C. Czar,, Cclleer A. Locher. Richard G. Scrercer, lncr%tc a!Iv ;score^. Per.rsvlvarla nelr C..e and iawrul At:Jmey(s)-in-r3Ct with full power and authority hereby conferred. tc sign, seal arc execute far and cn their beraii torts, ur.certak:r.gs and ether obligator/ instruments cf similar nature lr rltrlrod Antonia arc to btr.d them therecy as fully and to the same extent as if such Ir.str umen fa were fied and c r.ed byry a dd dulyn. auzhcrized crcer of their corporations and ail the acts of said Attorney, pursuant to the authcrty hereby given are hereby This Power of Attorney is made and executed pursuant to and by authcric/ of the By -Laws and Rescluticns, printed on the reverse hereof, duly adopted, as indicated, by the ocards cf Directors of the corperaaens In Witness'=/hereof, he CCC Surety Companies have caused these presents to to signed by heir Group Vice Presider = and their corporate seals to be hereto affixed cn this 1st day.cf June *co CONTINENTAL CASUALTY COMPANY NATIONAL FIRE INSURANCE COMPANY OF HART'CRO AMERICAN CASUALTY COMPANY OF RF QING. PENNSYLVANIA - urSU f\ t- ccaa vcarr c� CAL..) 41- !WI • 44o4'& .\ Marlin J. Cashion Group Vice President On this State cf Illinois, Countyts` f Cook, d y of June iSSB ,before me personally came byduly p ,Vtar:in J. Cashion, to me known, who, beingme swum, did depose and say:that he resides in he City �o ;S� to c�IllirnOCtsa�� at r_ Is a Group Vice President or CONTINENTAL CASUALTY COMPANY, NATIONAL FIRE INSURANCE CO. seals (sal CASUALTYcorporations; COMPANY OF affixed READING, the sadNnsSrumentare suched in and which executed ccrporate seas; that they were so affixed pursuant tobove instrument: that eauthorit'/th2 sans of said coapdraoon given by the Boards of Directors of said corporations and that he signed his name thereto pursuant to like authority, and acknowledges same to be the act and deed of said corporations, My Commission Expires March 6, 2000 CERTIFICATE Y, NATIONAL FIRE. INSURANCE Y OF I, Mary . nd AMERIC� CASUALTY COMPANsisthnt Secretary of Y OINENTAL CASUALTY F READING, PENNSYLVANIA VNdo hereby certify that the Power of Attorney the herein above se forth and above set forth is sull in farce, and further certify that the By -Law and Resolution of the Board of Directors of each corporation printed an the reverse hereof are still in force. In testimony whereof I have hereunto subscribed my name and affixed the seals of the said corporations this day of Mar/RCAbel ; Nctar/ Public • CONTINENTAL CASUALTY COMPANY NATIONAL FIRE INSURANCE COMPANY OF HAR T FORO AMERICAN CASUALTY COMPANY OF READING, PENNSYLVANIA Q re artcN. Rtblkawskts Assistant 5?d.etary Authorizing By -Laws and Resolutions ADOPT SY 1"' SCAR° OF CI,-ECTORS C= CCIN i !NE'IT,AL CASUAL'( CCMPrA(`r This rower of Attorney is made and executed pursuant to and by authcric/ cf the following ay -Law cult' adopted by r.e Scar of Directors of the Ccmpany. "Article IX —Execution of Documents Secacn 1 Appointment c(,Attomey-in-fac:. The Chairman of the Board of Directors. the President cr any Executive, Senicr cr Gruc Vice President may. rrcm time to ame, appoint by written cer;ficates attorneys -in -lac: to act in behalf of the Ccmpany in the execution of policies cf insurance, bends, undertakings and ether cciigator/ instruments of like nature. Sucn attorneys -In -fact, sucjec: t. •..he Iiml, s set fort`* in their respective certificates of aut,"cr:c/, snail *lave full power to bind the Company by their signature and _xecuccr, c( any such instruments and is arach :he seal or the Ccmpany thereto. i he Chairman of the Ecaard of Directors, the President cr any Executive. Senior cr Group Vice ?resident cr the Beard cf Directors, may at any ame, revoke all cower and authcne/ previously given to any attorney -in -fact' This Power of Attorney is sicced and sealed by facsimile under and by the author;/ of Uie (clawing Resolution adopted by the Scar of Directors at the Ccmpany at a meeting duly called and held cn the 17t day of February, 1993. • 'Resolved, that the signature cf the President cr any Exect d'ie. Senior cr Grua Vice President and the seal or the Camcany may be affixed by facsimile en any power of attorney grant.' pursuant to Section 3 of Article IX of the Sy -Laws, and the signature of the Secretary cr an Assistant Secretary and the seal of the Ccmpany may be affixed by facsimile to any certificate at any such power and any power cr certificate 'cearng such facsimile signat•re and seal shall be valid and binding cn tie Ccmpany. Any such pcwer so executed and scaled and cert ied by certificate so executed and sealed shall, with respect to any bend cr undertaking to which it is attached, continue to be valid and binding cn the Ccmpany.' ADOPTED 8Y THE SOAR() OF DIRECTORS OF AMERICAN CASUALTY COMPANY OF READING, PENNSYLVANIA: This Power cf Actcmey is made and executed pursuant to and by authority of the following ay -Law duly adopted by the ?card of Owed:ors of the Company. "Article Vl—execution of Obligadons and Appointment of Attorney -in -Fact Section 2. Appointment of Attorney -in -pact Tne Chairman of tine Board of Directors, the President cr any Executive, Senicr cr Group Vice President may, from ame to time, appoint by written certificates attcmeys-in-fact to act in behalf af the Company in the executer, cf policies of insurance, bends, undertakings and other obligator/ instruments of like nature. Such attorneys -in -fact subject to the limitations set forth in their respective certificates of authority, shall have full power to bind the Company by their signature and execution of any such instruments and to attach the seal of the Ccmpany thereto, The President or any Executive, Senicr or Grcup Vice President may at any ame revoke all power and authority previously given to any attorney -in -fact.' This Power of Attorney is signed and sealed by facsimile under and by the autharist'/ of the following Rescluden adopted by the Board of Directors of the Ccmpany at a meeting duly called and held an the 17th day of February, 1993. 'Resolved, that the signature of the President ar any Executive, Senior ar Group Vice President and the seal of the Company may be affixed by facsimile an any pcwer of attorney granted pursuant to Section 2 of Article VI of the By -Laws, and the signature of the Secretary cr an Assistant Secretary and the seal of the Company may be affixed by facsimile to any certificate of any such power and any power or • certificate bearing such facsimile signature and seal snail be valid and binding on the Ccmpany. Any such power so executed and sealed and certified by certificate so executed and scaled shall, with respect to any band or undertaking to which it Is attached, cordnue to be valid and binding an the Company.' • ADOPTED BY THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS OF NATIONAL FIRE INSURANCE COMPANY OF HARTFORD: This Power of Attamey is made and executed pursuant to and by authority of the following Resolution duly adapted an February 17, 1993 by the Board of Directors of the Company. ' RESOLVED: That the President, an Executive Vice President, or any Senicr or Group Vice President of the Corporation may, from time to dme, appoint, by written certificates, Attorneys -in -Fact to act in behalf of the Ccroraaon in the execution of policies af insurance, bonds. undertakings and other obligatory instruments of like nature. Such Attamey-in-Fact, subject to the lirnitaUens set forth in their respective certificates of authority, shall have full power to bind the Corporation by their signature and execution of any such ins7ument and to attach the seal of the Corporation thereto. The President, an Executive Vice President, any Senior or Group Vice President cr the Beard of Oirectcrs may at any time revoke all power and authority previously given to any Attamey-in-Fact' This Power of Attcmey is signed and sealed by facsimile under and by the authority of the following Resolution adapted by the Board of Directors of the Company at a meeting duly called and held on the 17th day of February, 1993. ' RESOLVED: That the signature of the President, an Executive Vice President or any Senicr cr Group Vice President and the seal of the Corporaden may be affixed by facsimile an any power of attorney granted pursuant to the Resolution adopted by this Board of Directors on February 17, 1993 and the signature of a Secretary or an Assistant Secretary and the seal of the Corporation may be affixed by facsimile to any certificate of any such power, and any power or certificate bearing such facsimile signature and seal shall be valid and binding on the Corporation. Any such power so executed and sealed and certified by certificate so executed and sealed, shail with respect to any bond or undertaking to which it is attached, continue to be valid and binding on the Corporaden.' Resolution No. R2001-138 ILIA Engineering & Surveying, Inc. pia • BID DOCUMENTS AND TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS FOR CONSTRUCTION OF THE BRAZORIA COUNTY MUNICIPAL UTILITY DISTRICT NO. 26 INTERIM WASTEWATER TREATMENT PLANT PHASES I & II TO SERVE SHADOW CREEK RANCH CITY OF PEARLAND, TEXAS LJA JOB NO. 1546-6401-064 AUGUST 2001 • LJA ENGINEERING & SURVEYING, INC. 2929 BRIARPARK DRIVE SUITE 600 HOUSTON, TEXAS 77042-3703 (713) 953-5200 FILE COPY CITY SECRETARY'S OFFICE DO NOT REMOVE • • BID DOCUMENTS AND TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS FOR CONSTRUCTION OF THE BRAZORIA COUNTY MUNICIPAL UTILITY DISTRICT NO. 26 INTERIM WASTEWATER TREATMENT PLANT PHASES I & II TO SERVE SHADOW CREEK RANCH CITY OF PEARLAND, TEXAS LJA JOB NO. 1546-6401-064 AUGUST 2001 LJA ENGINEERING & SURVEYING, INC. 2929 BRIARPARK DRIVE SUITE 600 HOUSTON TEXAS 77042-3703 (713) 953-5200 BRAZORIA COUNTY MUNICIPAL UTILITY DISTRICT NO. 26 ON BEHALF OF THE CITY OF PEARLAND, TEXAS BID DOCUMENTS AND TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS FOR CONSTRUCTION OF THE BRAZORIA COUNTY MUNICIPAL UTILITY DISTRICT NO. 26 INTERIM WASTEWATER TREATMENT PLANT PHASES I & II TO SERVE SHADOW CREEK RANCH CITY OF PEARLAND, TEXAS LJA JOB NO. 1546-6401 064 AUGUST 2001 reakA • eo-c.••••••• e...> ...S........., DAVID R. i1NN�'f LJA ENGINEERING & SURVEYING, INC. 2929 BRIARPARK DRIVE SUITE 600 HOUSTON, TEXAS 77042-3703 (713) 953-5200 "Any dispute arising out of these contract documents may be subject to arbitration under the Texas General Arbitration Act, Chapter 171, Texas Civil Practice and Remedies Code, as amended. The arbitration procedures are set forth in the General and Supplementary Conditions." ADDENDUM NO. 2 CONSTRUCTION OF THE BRAZORIA COUNTY MUNICIPAL UTILITY DISTRICT NO. 26 INTERIM WASTEWATER TREATMENT PLANT PHASES I & II TO SERVE SHADOW CREEK RANCH CITY OF PEARLAND, TEXAS SEPTEMBER 11, 2001 JOB NO. 1546-6401 (9.4) irk '•.r; _ * i. s•................ ...... it DAVID R. TiNNEY 3 d 70814 : ,,�g,,. y +off v r9 The following changes will be considered part of the Construction Plans, Bid Proposal and Contract Documents: 1.) Reference: Contract Documents Invitation to Bidders Replace: Page 1 of 2 with revised Page 1 of 2 (attached). Clarification: Bids will be opened at Pearland city hall, in the third floor financial office. 2.) Reference: Contract Documents Bid Proposal Replace: Pages 1 through 7 of 7 with revised Pages 1 through 6 of 6 (attached). Clarification: Motor Control Center added to Phase I — Item No. 1 Revise the Contract Time to 110/120 calendar days and delete alternate bid items from contract. 3.) Reference: Contract Documents Standard Form of Agreement Replace: Page 2 of 4 with revised Page 2 of 4 (attached). Clarification: Revise the Contract Time to 110/120 calendar days. 4.) Reference: Contract Documents Equipment Lease Agreement Clarification: It is the intent of these bid documents that the supplier of the Interim Wastewater Treatment Plant is the contracting party for the lease agreement. Reference: Contract Documents Equipment Lease Agreement — Exhibit "A" (Equipment List) Replace: Page 1 of 1 with revised Page 1 of 1 (attached). Page 1 of 3 ADDENDUM NO. 2 0:\LAND\1546\ 15466401 \EIDDOOADDENDUA( 2.DOC ADDENDUM NO. 2 CONSTRUCTION OF THE BRAZORIA COUNTY MUNICIPAL UTILITY DISTRICT NO. 26 INTERIM WASTEWATER TREATMENT PLANT PHASES I & II TO SERVE SHADOW CREEK RANCH CITY OF PEARLAND, TEXAS SEPTEIVIBER 11, 2001 JOB NO. 1546-6401 (9.4) 6.) Reference: Contract Documents Special Conditions of the Contract Replace: Page 1 of 10 with revised Page 1 of 10 (attached). Clarification: Revise the Contract Time to 110/120 calendar days. 7.) Reference: Technical Specifications of the Contract Table of Contents Replace: Pages 2 and 3 of 3 with revised Pages 2 and 3 of 3 (attached). Clarification: Revise number of pages in Sections 16150 and 16740. 8.) Reference: Technical Specifications of the Contract Section 16470 — Panelboards Add: Pages 1 through 3 of 7 (attached). 9.) Reference: Contract Documents Approved Equipment Supplier Clarification: Advanced Process is an approved equipment supplier for this project. 10.) Reference: Construction Plans Clarifier Bottom Clarification: Clarifier bottom can be filled with sand and capped with 4" of grout to achieve the required slope. 11.) Clarification: Construction Plans Crushed Limestone Foundation Delete Note 8 on sheet 4 of Phase I construction plans. ADDENDUM NO. 2 Page 2 of 3 O:\LAND\1546\I5466401\BIDDOCWDDENDUM 2 DOC ADDENDUM NO. 2 CONSTRUCTION OF THE BRAZORIA COUNTY MUNICIPAL UTILITY DISTRICT NO. 26 INTERIM WASTEWATER TREATMENT PLANT PHASESI&H TO SERVE SHADOW CREEK RANCH CITY OF PEARLAND, TEXAS SEPTEMBER 11, 2001 JOB NO. 1546-6401 (9.4) 12.) Reference: Construction Plans Backup Chlorinator Delete: Delete the backup chlorinator shown on the chlorination schematic on sheet 8 of the construction plans. There are no other changes or revisions to the Construction Plans, Bid Proposal and Contract Documents at this time. Page 3 of 3 ADDENDUM NO. 2 O:\LAND\I546\I5466401\BIDDOC\ADDENDUM 2 DOC ADDENDUM NO. 1 CONSTRUCTION OF THE BRAZORIA COUNTY MUNICIPAL UTILITY DISTRICT NO. 26 INTERIM WASTEWATER TREATMENT PLANT PHASES I & II TO SERVE SHADOW CREEK RANCH CITY OF PEARLAND, TEXAS SEPTEMBER 5, 2001 JOB NO. 1546-6401 (9.4) The following changes will be considered part of the Construction Plans, Bid Proposal and Contract Documents: 1.) Reference: Contract Documents Equipment Lease Agreement Add: Exhibit "A", Equipment List, Page 1 of 1 (attached) and Exhibit "B", Site Plan, Page 1 of 1 (attached). There are no other changes or revisions to the Construction Plans, Bid Proposal and Contract Documents at this time. Page 1 of 1 33liatt.gers. ,1 Hi•»o DAVID R. IltdNEY rj 4 i sf i b ADDENDUM NO. 1 OALAND1154611546640DBMDOC\ADDEN'DUM I DOC CONSTRUCTION OF THE BRAZORIA COUNTY MUNICIPAL UTILITY DISTRICT NO. 26 INTERIM WASTEWATER TREATMENT PLANT PHASES I & II TO SERVE SHADOW CREEK RANCH CITY OF PEARLAND, TEXAS LJA JOB NO. 1546-6401-064 TABLE OF CONTENTS ADVERTISEMENT TO BIDDERS INVITATION TO BIDDERS LIST OF DRAWINGS INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS BID PROPOSAL STANDARD FORM OF AGREEMENT BETWEEN OWNER AND CONTRACTOR EQUIPMENT LEASE PROPOSAL SPECIAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT PERFORMANCE BOND PAYMENT BOND INSURANCE AND BOND REQUIREMENTS STANDARD GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONSTRUCTION CONTRACT SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS FOR CONSTRUCTION PROGRESS ESTIMATE FORM REQUEST FOR EXTENSION OF TIME PARTIAL/FINAL WAIVER OF LIEN FORM AFFIDAVIT OF BILLS ADVERTISEMENT TO BIDDERS Sealed bids, in duplicate, addressed to Brazoria County Municipal Utility District No. 26 on behalf of The City of Pearland, Texas for the Construction of the Brazoria County Municipal Utility District No. 26 Interim Wastewater Treatment Plant Phases I & II to Serve Shadow Creek Ranch (LJA Job No. 1546 6401) in City of Pearland Texas will be received at the City of Pearland City Hall 3519 Liberty Drive Pearland, Texas 77581 until 2 00 p.m. Thursday, September 13. 2001, and then publicly opened and read aloud Invitation to Bidders and other bidding documents are available for purchase at the offices of LJA Engineering & Surveying, Inc., upon a $80.00 non-refundable deposit or may be examined without charge at the offices of the Engineer, AGC, F.W. Dodge, and A.G.C. of Texas A cashier's check or a bid bond in the amount of 5% of the total amount of the bid must accompany each bid. The successful bidder must furnish a payment and performance bond acceptable to Owner. A mandatory pre -bid conference will be held at the office of the Engineer, 2929 Briarpark Drive, Suite 600, Houston, Texas 77042-3703 at 2:00 p.m., Thursday. September 6. 2001. No attendee may represent more than one firm for the purpose of satisfying this mandatory pre -bid conference requirement. ONLY BIDS RECEIVED FROM BIDDERS WHO ATTENDED THE PRE -BID CONFERENCE WILL BE CONSIDERED INVITATION TO BIDDERS Sealed bids, in duplicate, addressed to Brazoria County Municipal Utility District No. 26 on behalf of The City of Pearland, Texas will be received at the City of Pearland City Hall, 3519 Liberty Drive, Pearland, Texas 77581, until 2:00 p.m., Thursday, September 13.2001. The bids then will be publicly opened and read at the City of Pearland City Hall, third floor financial office for: CONSTRUCTION OF THE BRAZORIA COUNTY MUNICIPAL UTILITY DISTRICT NO. 26 INTERIM WASTEWATER TREATMENT PLANT PHASES I & II TO SERVE SHADOW CREEK RANCH CITY OF PEARLAND, TEXAS (CITY BID NO. B2001-080) LJA JOB NO. 1546-6401 Each PROPOSAL shall be accompanied by a Cashier's Check or Bid Bond drawn on a bank in Harris County or counties bordering Harris County, acceptable to the Owner in an amount not less than five percent of the total amount bid, as a guarantee that the successful bidder will enter into a proper Contract and execute Bonds and guaranty on the forms provided within ten days after the date Contract Documents are received by the Contractor. Bid sureties will be returned to all but the three most responsible bidders within five days after opening of PROPOSALS and the latter's bid sureties will be returned after execution of the Contract. The successful bidder must furnish within ten (10) days after the date the Contract Documents are received by the Contractor, PERFORMANCE and PAYMENT BONDS on the forms furnished with the PROPOSAL, in an amount at least equal to the Contract price, from a surety company holding a permit from the State of Texas to act as a surety. The surety company must have a minimum Best Key Rating of "B+". The surety company and the agency or agent issuing the PAYMENT AND PERFORMANCE BONDS must be authorized to issue PAYMENT AND PERFORMANCE BONDS in Texas in an amount equal to or greater than the contract price and such authorization must be received in the files of the State Board of Insurance For contracts over $100,000, the surety must also hold a certificate of authority from the United States Secretary of Treasury to qualify as a surety on obligations peirrutted or required under federal law, or have obtained reinsurance for any liability in excess of $100,000 from a reinsurer that is authorized and admitted as a reinsurer in the State of Texas and is the holder of a certificate of authority from the United State Secretary of Treasury to qualify as a surety or reinsurer on obligations permitted or required under federal law. These bonds shall remain in effect at least until one year after the date when final payment becomes due. If the surety company does not have such a rating due to the length of time it has existed, the surety company must be eligible to participate in the surety bond guarantee program of the Small Business Administration and must be an approved surety listed in the current U.S. Department of Treasury Circular 570, and must meet all of the related rules and regulations of the Treasury Department The person executing the payment and performance bonds must be a licensed Texas local recording agent and such licensing must be recorded in the files of the State Board of Insurance. The person executing the payment and performance bonds must be authorized by the surety company to execute performance and payment bonds on behalf of the company in the amount required for the contract and such authorization must be recorded in the files of the State Board of Insurance. The Contract shall not be in effect until such bonds have been provided by the Contractor and accepted by the Owner. Copies of the Contract Documents and Technical Specifications and Plans are on file at the office of the Engineer. Plans & Specifications will be provided to prospective bidders or suppliers upon deposit of $80.00 (non-refundable) for each set at LJA Engineering & Surveying, Inc , 2929 Briarpark Dnve, Suite 600 Houston, Texas 77042. ADDENDUM NO. 2 Page 1 of 2 O:\LAND\1546\15466401'BiddocUntenm WWTP BD,doc The contract will be awarded in accordance with the competitive bidding laws of the State of Texas applicable to municipalities. The Owner reserves the right to reject any or all PROPOSALS and to waive irregularities in the bidding. In case of ambiguity or lack of clearness m stating the prices in the PROPOSAL, the Owner reserves the right to consider the most advantageous construction thereof or to reject the PROPOSAL. A mandatory pre -bid conference will be held at the office of the Engineer at the address shown below at 2:00 p.m., Thursday September 6. 2001. Attendance at this pre -bid conference is a prerequisite for having an acceptable bid and is limited to only responsible representatives of bona fide prospective bidders. All attendees must sign attendance log giving individual name, firm represented, address, telephone number and fax number. No attendee may represent more than one firm for the purpose of satisfying this mandatory pre -bid conference attendance requirement. ONLY BIDS RECEIVED FROM BIDDERS WHO ATTENDED THE PRE -BID CONFERENCE WILL BE CONSIDERED. Proposals from firms not attending the mandatory pre -bid conference will be returned unopened and shall not be considered for the Contract award. Prepared by LJA Engineering & Surveying, Inc., 2929 Briarpark Drive, Suite 600, Houston, Texas 77042 3703, (713) 953-5200 Page 2 of 2 O:\LAND\1546\15466401\Biddoc\Interim WWTP 13D.doc CONSTRUCTION OF THE BRAZORIA COUNTY MUNICIPAL UTILITY DISTRICT NO. 26 INTERIM WASTEWATER TREATMENT PLANT PHASES I & II TO SERVE SHADOW CREEK RANCH CITY OF PEARLAND, TEXAS LJA JOB NO. 1546-6401-064 LIST OF DRAWINGS PHASE I SHEET NO. DESCRIPTION 1 COVER SHEET 2 PROCESS FLOW SCHEMATIC AND HYDRAULIC PROFILE 3 SITE AND YARD PIPING PLAN 4 MECHANICAL PLAN 5 MECHANICAL SECTIONS AND DETAILS 6 CLARIFIER PLAN, SECTION AND DETAILS 7 CHLORINATION / FILTER PLAN, SECTIONS AND DETAILS 8 CHLORINATION SYSTEM PLAN, SECTIONS, AND SCHEMATIC 9 MISCELLANEOUS DETAILS 10 TEMPORARY LIFT STATION 11 ELECTRICAL SITE PLAN 12 ELECTRICAL DETAILS 13 ELECTRICAL RISER PHASE II SHEET NO. DESCRIPTION 1 COVER SHEET 2 PROCESS FLOW SCHEMATIC AND HYDRAULIC PROFILE 3 SITE AND YARD PIPING PLAN 4 MECHANICAL PLAN 5 MECHANICAL SECTIONS AND DETAILS 6 CLARIFIER PLAN, SECTION AND DETAILS 7 CHLORINATION / FILTER PLAN, SECTIONS AND DETAILS a CHLORINATION SYSTEM PLAN, SECTIONS, AND SCHEMATIC NOT IN THIS CONTRACT 9 MISCELLANEOUS DETAILS 10 TEMPORARY LIFT STATION NOT IN THIS CONTRACT 11 ELECTRICAL SITE PLAN NOT IN THIS CONTRACT 12 ELECTRICAL DETAILS 13 ELECTRICAL RISER Page 1 of 1 1\LJAFWS01\archive\LAND11546\15466401\Biddoc\Interim WWTP BD.doc INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS 1. Defined Terms Terms used in these Instructions to Bidders which are defined in the Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract (No. 1910-8)(1990 Edition) have the meanings assigned to them in the General Conditions. Certain additional terms used in these Instructions to Bidders have the meanings indicated below which are applicable to both the singular and plural thereof. 1.1 Bidder - one who submits a Bid directly to Owner as distinct from a sub -bidder, who submits a bid to a Bidder. 1.2 Issuing Office - the lowest, responsible Bidder to whom Owner makes an award. 1.3 Successful Bidder -the low, responsible Bidder to whom Owner makes an award. 2. Copies of Bidding Documents 2.1 Complete sets of the Bidding Documents in the number and for the deposit sum, if any, stated in the Advertisement or Invitation to Bidders may be obtamed from the Issuing Office. 2.2 Complete sets of Bidding Documents must be used in preparing Bids; neither Owner nor Engineer assume any responsibility for errors or misinterpretations resulting from the use of incomplete sets of Bidding Documents. 2.3 Owner and Engineer in making copies of Bidding Documents available on the above terms do so only for the purpose of obtaining Bids on the Work and do not confer a license or grant for any other use. 3. Qualifications of Bidders To demonstrate qualifications to perform the Work, each Bidder must be prepared to submit within five days after Bid opening upon Owner's request detailed written evidence, such as financial data, previous experience, present commitments and other such data as may be called for below (or in the Supplementary Conditions) Each Bid must contain evidence of Bidder's qualification to do business in the state where the Project is located or coOvenant to obtain such qualification prior to award of the contract. 4. Examination of Contract Documents and Site 4.1 4.1 It is the responsibility of each Bidder before submitting a Bid: 4.1.1 To examine thoroughly the Contract Documents and other related data identified in the Bidding Documents; 4.1.2 To visit the site to become familiar with and satisfy Bidder as to the general, local and site conditions that may affect cost, progress performance or furnishing of the Work; 4.1.3 To consider federal, state and local Laws and Regulations that may affect cost, progress, performance or furnishing of the Work; Page 1 of 7 4.1.4 To study and carefully correlate Bidder's knowledge and observations with the Contract Documents and such other related data, and 4.1.5 To promptly notify Engineer of all conflicts, errors, ambiguities or discrepancies which Bidder has discovered in or between the Contract Documents and such other related documents 4.2 Reference is made to the Supplementary Conditions for identification of: 4.2.1 Those reports of explorations and tests of subsurface conditions at or contiguous to the site which have been utilized by Engineer in preparation of the Contract Documents. Bidder may not rely upon the data, interpretations, opinions or information contained in such reports or otherwise relating to the subsurface conditions at the site, nor upon the completeness thereof for the purposes of bidding or construction. Owner and Engineer disclaim any responsibility for the accuracy, true location and extent of surface and subsurface investigations that have been prepared by others. Copies of such report and drawings will be made available by Owner to any Bidder on request. Those reports and drawings are not a warranty or guarantee of' surface and subsurface conditions and are not part of the Contract Documents. Bidder is solely responsible for any interpretation or conclusion drawn from any "technical data" or any such data, interpretations, opinion or information, and Owner and Engineer disclaim any responsibility for such interpretations, of that data by Bidders, e.g., without limitation projecting soil -bearing values, rock profiles, soil stability and the presence, level and extent of underground water. 4.2.2 Those drawings of physical conditions in or relating to existing surface and subsurface conditions (except Underground Facilities) which are at or contiguous to the site that have been utilized by Engineer in preparation of the Contract Documents Bidder may not rely upon the data, mterpretations, opinions or information shown or indicated in such drawings or otherwise relating to such structures, nor upon the completeness thereof for the purposes of bidding or construction. Owner and Engineer disclaim any responsibility for the accuracy, true location and extent of surface and subsurface investigations that have been prepared by others. Copies of such reports and drawings will be made available by Owner to any Bidder on request. Those reports and drawings are not a warranty or guarantee of surface or subsurface conditions and are not part of the Contract Documents Bidder is solely responsible for any interpretation or conclusion drawn from any "technical data' or any such data, interpretations, opinions or information, and Owner and Engineer disclaim any responsibility for such interpretations of that data by Bidders, e.g., without limitation projecting soil-beanng values, rock profile, soil stability and the presence, level and extent of underground water. 4.3 Information and data shown or indicated in the Contract Documents with respect to existing Underground Facilities at or contiguous to the site is based upon information and data furnished to Owner and Engineer by owners of such Underground Facilities or others, and Owner and Engineer do not assume responsibility for the accuracy or completeness thereof. 4.4 Before submitting a Bid, each Bidder will be responsible to obtain such additional or supplementary examinations, investigations, explorations, tests studies and data concerning conditions (surface subsurface and Underground Facilities) at or contiguous to the site or otherwise, which may affect cost progress, performance or furnishing of the Work or which relate to any aspect of the means, methods, techniques, sequences or procedures of construction to be employed by Bidder and safety precautions and programs incident thereto or which Bidder deems necessary to determine its Bid for performing and furnishing the Work in accordance with the time, price and other terms and conditions of the Contract Docum ents Page 2 of 7 4.5 On request, Owner may provide each Bidder access to the site to conduct such examinations, investigations, explorations, tests and studies as each Bidder deems necessary for submission of a Bid. Bidder shall fill all holes and clean up and restore the site to its former conditions upon completion of such explorations investigations tests and studies. 4.6 Reference is made to the Special Conditions for the identification of the general nature of work that is to be performed at the site by Owner or others (such as utilities and other prime contractors) that relates to the work for which a Bid is to be submitted. On request, Owner will provide to each Bidder for examination access to or copies of Contract Documents (other than portions thereof related to price) for such work. 4.7 The submission of a Bid will constitute an incontrovertible representation by Bidder that Bidder has complied with every requirement of this Article 4, that without exception the Bid is premised upon performing and furnishing the Work required by the Contract Documents and applying the specific means, methods, techniques, sequences or procedures of construction (if any) that may be shown or indicated or expressly required by the Contract Documents, that Bidder has given Engineer written notice of all conflicts errors, ambiguities and discrepancies that Bidder, and that the Contract Documents are generally sufficient to indicate and convey understanding of all terms and conditions for performance and furnishing the Work. 5. Availability of Lands for Work, etc. The lands upon which the Work is to be performed, rights -of -way and easements for access thereto and other lands designated for use by Contractor in performing the Work are identified in the Contract Documents. All additional lands and access thereto required for temporary construction facilities, construction equipment or storage of materials and equipment to be incorporated in the Work are to be obtained and paid for by the Contractor. Easements for permanent structures or permanent changes in existing facilities are to be obtained and paid for by Owner unless otherwise provided in the Contract Documents. 6. Interpretations and Addenda 6.1 All questions about the meaning or intent of the Bidding Documents are to be directed to Engineer Interpretations or clarifications considered necessary by Engineer in response to such questions will be issued by Addenda mailed or delivered to all parties recorded by Engineer as having received the Bidding Documents. Questions received less than three days prior to the date for opening of Bids may not be answered. Only questions answered by formal written Addenda will be binding. Oral and other interpretations or clarifications will be without legal effect. 6 2 Addenda may also be issued to modify the Bidding Documents as deemed advisable by Owner or Engineer. 7. Bid Security 7.1 Each Bid must be accompanied by Bid security made payable to Owner in an amount of no less than five percent of the Bidder's maximum Bid price and in the form of a cashier's check drawn on a bank in Harris County or counties bordering Harris County or Bid Bond as required by the invitation and/or advertisement to bidders. 7.2 The Bid security of Successful Bidder will be retained until such Bidder has executed the Agreement, furnished the required contract security and met the other conditions of the Notice of Award, whereupon the Bid security will be returned. If the Successful Bidder fails to execute and deliver the Agreement and furnish the required contract security within ten days after the Notice of Award, Owner may annul the Notice of Award and the Bid security of that Bidder will be forfeited The Bid security of other Bidders whom Owner believes to have a reasonable chance of receiving the award Page 3 of 7 may be retained by Owner until the earlier of the seventh day after the Effective Date of the Agreement or the ninetieth (90th) day after the Bid opening whereupon Bid security furnished by such Bidders will be returned. Bid security with Bids which are not competitive will be returned within seven days after the Bid opening. 8. Contract Time The numbers of calendar days within which, or the dates by which, the Work is to be substantially completed and also the project is to be completed (the term 'Contract Times' is defined in paragraph 1.12 of the General Conditions) are set forth in the Agreement. 9. Liquidated Damages Provisions for liquidated damages, if any, are set forth in the Special Conditions of the Contract Documents. 10. Substitute and "Or Approved Equal" Items The Contract, if awarded, will be on the basis of materials and equipment described in the Drawings or specified in the Specifications without consideration of possible substitute or "or approved equal" items. Whenever it is indicated in the Drawings or specified in the Specifications that a substitute or "or approved equal" item of material or equipment may be furnished or used by Contractor if acceptable to Engineer application for such acceptance will not be considered by Engineer until after the Effective Date of the Agreement. The procedure for submission of any such application by Contractor and consideration by Engineer is set forth in Paragraphs 6.7.1, 6.7.2 and 6.7.3 of the General Conditions and may be supplemented in the Special Conditions. 11. Subcontractors, Suppliers and Others If the Supplementary Conditions require the identity of certain Subcontractors, Suppliers and other persons and organizations (mcluding those who are to fumish the principal items of material and equipment) to be submitted to Owner in advance of a specified date prior to the Effective Date of the Agreement, apparent Successful Bidder, and any other Bidder so requested, shall within five days after the Bid opening submit to Owner a list of all such Subcontractors, Suppliers and other persons and organizations proposed for those portions of the Work for which such identification is required. Such list shall be accompanied by an experience statement with pertinent information regarding similar projects and other evidence of qualification for each such Subcontractor Supplier, person or organization if requested by Owner. If Owner or Engineer, who after due investigation has reasonable objection to any proposed Subcontractor, Supplier, other person or organization, may before the Notice of Award is given request apparent Successful Bidder to submit an acceptable substitute without an increase in Bid price. If apparent Successful Bidder declines to make any such substitution, Owner may award the contract to the next most responsible Bidder that proposes to use acceptable Subcontractors, Suppliers and other persons and organizations. By so declining to make requested substitutions, the apparent Successful Bidder will not sacrifice their Bid security. Any Subcontractor, Supplier, other person or organization listed and to whom Owner or Engineer does not make written objection prior to the giving of the Notice of Award, will be deemed acceptable after the Effective Date of the Agreement as provided in Paragraph 6.8.2 of the General Conditions. 11 2 In contracts where the Contract Price is on the basis of the Cost -of -the -Work Plus a Fee, apparent Successful Bidder, prior to the Notice of Award shall identify m writing to Owner those portions of the Work that such Bidder proposes to subcontract and after the Notice of Award may only subcontract other portions of the Work with Owner's written consent. Page4of7 15. Opening of Bids Bids will be opened and read aloud publicly at the place where Bids are to be submitted An abstract of the amounts of the base Bids and major alternatives (if any) will be made available to Bidders after the opening of Bids. 16. Bids to Remain Subject to Acceptance All bids will remain subject to acceptance for ninety days after the day of the Bid opening, but Owner may, in its sole discretion, release any Bid and return the Bid security prior to that date. 17. Award of Contract 17.1 Owner reserves the right to reject any or all Bids, including without limitation the rights to reject any or all nonconforming, non -responsive, unbalanced or conditional Bids Owner also reserves the right to waive all informalities not involving price, time or changes in the Work. Discrepancies between the multiplication of units of Work and unit prices will be resolved in favor of the unit prices Discrepancies between the indicated sum of any column of figures and the correct sum thereof will be resolved in favor of the correct sum. Discrepancies between words or figures will be resolved in favor of the words. 17.2 If the contract is to be awarded, it will be awarded to the lowest responsible Bidder. 17.3 If the contract is to be awarded Owner will give the Successful Bidder a Notice of Award within ninety days after the day of the Bid opening. 18. Contract Security Paragraph 5.1 of the General Conditions and the Supplementary Conditions set forth Owner s requirements as to performance and payment Bonds. When the Successful Bidder delivers the executed Agreement to Owner, it must be accompanied by the required performance and payment Bonds. 19. Signing of Agreement When Owner gives a Notice of Award to the Successful Bidder, it will be accompanied by the required number of unsigned counterparts of the Agreement with all other written Contract Documents attached. Within ten days thereafter Contractor shall sign and deliver the required number of counterparts of the Agreement and attached documents to Owner with the required Bonds. Within ten days thereafter Owner shall deliver one fully signed counterpart to Contractor. 20. Retainage Provisions concerning retainage are set forth in the Agreement. 21. Sales Tax See Section IX of the Supplementary Conditions. 22. Worker's Compensation Insurance See Section XX of the Supplementary Conditions. Page 6 of 7 SEP 13 2001 15:51 FR CITY OF PEARLAND 09/11/2001 15;06 7139553./4 291 652 1706 TO 97139535026 P.02/19 LJP Ul l I (CMk.r l J BID PROPOSAL Bid of t"1/4 txa''i.Ja',,;T_t7Y'S (Legal Name a Bidder — Company) FOR; ry• al • ' r 5 + lnd t Date: f it u Sr., [ ] an individual proprietorship 1 • corporation Orgoniaed and Oxisting under the laws of ( ] a partnership consistuig of • • sepopissramosimmaraossissinrorranime p - ( j is a joint venture 1IF . �• �,\ t J S a G ck.\s, �.r �lr. , f ✓ l I other . �.• • • • • • • 14 • mernsiammile CONSTRUCTION OF THE BRAZORIA COUNTY MUNICIPAL UTILITY DISTRICT NO. 26 INTERIM WASTEWATER TREATMENT PLANT PHASES I & 11 TO SERVE • • • SHADOW CREEK RANCH CITY OF PEARLANT), TEXAS LJA JOB NO 15464401-064 (CITY BID NO. B21161- 0) TO: BRAZOMA COUNTY MUNICIPAL NO.26 c/o LTA Engineering & Sn rveyn•ig, Inc. 2929 Briarpark Drive, Suite 600 Houston, Texas 77042-3703 A .DDENDIIM NO. 2 Page 1 of 6 V.3.0%r2I i.4tia.M4141tamnlec;ro W+ifrBP.d,e SEP 13 2001 15:51 FR CITY OF PERRLAND 09/11/20d1 14: eib /1»4.301 t- • 291 652 1706 TO 9?139535026 P.03/19 CONSTRUCTION OF mg BRAZORIA COUNTY MUNICIPAL Timmy DISTXICT NO. 26 IM IN'l?ERTWASTEWATER TR.EATM NT ITANT PHASES I & II TO SERVE SHADOW CREEKRA1\I0R CITY OF PEARLAND, TEXAS LIA JOB NO 1546-6401.064 • • • • Gentlemen: Pursuant to the foregoing 1;nstmctions to Bidders, the undersigned bidder hereby proposes to do all the work for the wait prices bid to furnish all neessacy superintendence, labor, machine, equipment, tools materials, insurance and miscellaneous itexp, to cothpleta all work according to the bids, as provided itt the construction plan and cootrnet docutnents for the construction of INTERIM WASTEWATER TREATMFINT PLANT PfiASES & H and clean up the sit? to tie satisfaction of the Owner/Engineer, and bind himself on acceptance of this preposal to execute a contract and boas for completing said project within the time stated for the £bUQwing prices, to wit: WASTEWA TREATMYSNT PLANT' TTEMS - JjA.SI? ITEM QTY. UNIT ITEM DESCRIPTION AND TOTAL UNIT NO. WRITTEN UNIT PRICE PRICE 1. 1 LS Site Work; Including, Cleating and Grubbing of Wastewater plant Site, Site Grading, Security Fence, Crushed Limestone Foundation, Hydromulch Seeding, Site Dotage, Including Storm Sewers, Manhole, Type'E' Inlet and 24' Corrugated Metal Pipe Outlet', Yard Piping, Troneh Safety System, and Crushed limestone Access Road; 1. Installation of Two (2) 521 GPM, Variable i. i; Speed, Lift Pumps in Existing Sanitary Manhole, With Piping and Guide Rails and Access Hatcher Installation of Two (2) 52' x 12' x 11' Steel Tank;;, One (I) 22' Diameter Clarifier; One (1) 263'x12'x11' Dual Media Filter Basin W/ Two (2) 975 GPM Bnckwasb Pumps; One (1) 14' x 12' x $ Chlorine Contact Basin One (1) 40'x 12 Equipment Platform; W/ Chlorination Equipment P.M. Two 1. (2) 700 SCFM Blowers, All Electrical Components Motor Control Center and All Required Appunenances, Complete m Place for tuoLus,1,4 turkt \Lire c,"1\nortaLIAJ dollars $ 2,141 000 _00 and tin 6 er unit • • cents AMOUNT $6,293 OpQ.ao ADDENDUM NO. 2 Pest z of 6 04SWUM \I Silk 5 4449!'1Leta./ Vint. tram SEP 13 2001 15:52 FR CITY OF PEARLAND 09/11/2001 15:06 113titl 1 1 0 CONSTRUCTION OF BRAZORTA COUNTY 1*IUNICIPAL UTILITY DISTRICT NO.26 INTERIM WASTEWA R TREATMENT PLANT PHASES I & II TO SERVE SHADOW CREEK mica CITY OF PEARLANI) LJA JOB NO.1546.6401J 164 WASTEWATER TREATMENT PLANT ITEMS -I;HASE I -CONTINUED r 1 ITEM, QTY. UNIT ITEM DESCRIPTION AND TOTAL NO. .b WRITTEN UNIT PRICE 2. 1 LS 281 652 1706 TO 97139535026 P.04/19 LoP1 UUI\11\t1V1� • • UNIT PRICE AMOUNT Eighteen (18) Mouth Lease price forPhnse I wastewater Treatment Plant Equipment, Complete in Place for . _boo -1. le) D u S_a rt. d 4100 L1 u n.d lie e . _ D AC tin d� cC, �y p �F • 4 ollars L�, 2) 20t , �° 5•aob s Hz, xto.at) 4 and. ha Rat unit cerita 3. I MO Monthly Lease Price for Phase I Wastewater 1 Treatment Plant components Described ill jtem No 1 on a Month to Month Basis, Beyond E Initial I8 Mooch Lease Period, Complete in Place for 1 1 i �(, u A., pi Y,.. ! �C�Gr 5,h0 4 Lu"` v• dollars li and too cents S 7500.00 5 15-00,00 J er unit SUBTOTAL WASTEWATER TREATMENT PLANT ITEMS -PHASE It S -! Z. 700. D 0 Page 3 of 6 ADDENDUM NO.2 4lut m141$3 W-Dtt$4MIUNNm 'Intro 4e4 SEP 13 2001 15:52 FP CITY OF PEARLAND 291 652 1706 TO 97139535026 69/11/2001 15:06 7139535173 LJA C.UNIKAI;I� P.05/19 rt-,uc. i of zu i • CONSTRUCTION OF T.FU BRAZORIA COUNTY MUNICIPAL UTILITY DISTRICT NO. 26 INSERIM WASTEWATER. TREATMENT PLANT ?RASES I & 11 TO SERVE 1 wAS • I ICM QTY. UN4T NO. I. I 1 LS LS ri SHADOW CREEK RANCH CITY OP PEARRLAND, TEXAS W 4, Kitt N0,1546-6401-064 • ATEMS - ?HAS.1~< II ITEM DESCRIPTION AND TOTAL WRITTEN UNIT PRICE _ Site Work; Including, Site Grading Crushed Limestone Foundation, Hydromvlch Seeding, Site Drainage, Inhalation Of TWO (2) 52' X 12' x 11 S Steel Tanks, One (1) 22' Diameter Clarifier Activation of One (1) Existing 7.5' x 12'xI 1' Dual Media. Filter Basin Cell and liastatlatlon of One(),) 975 GPM Backwash Pump, installation of One (I) 700 SCFM Mower Mop Existing 40'x 12' Equipment Platform; All Electrical Components and All Required Appurtenances, Complete in Place for G��- (54,4, iAnov,,c a`^ dollars and t\ 0 per unit UNIT PRICE AMOUNT cents s5i,000,p!1 $ 51,06p.bc► Eighteen (18) Month Lease Price for Phase 11 Wustcwattr Treatment Plant Equipment, " rc e Aiwa &Q itCt, ollars Complete, in place and t O per unit cents to3,oc& LO 3 5, .....s.9p s 63, 000. co 3. 1 MO Monthly Lease Price for Phase II Wastewater Treatment Plant Components Described in Itein No. 1 on a Month to Month Basin Beyond Initial 18 Month Lease Period, Complete in Place for • • • • 41 Ts", e b7nP V.`sa44) en)of 1W,r STC and \nu per unit dollars cents $ 1400.00 S 11..1 b fl; b b SUBTOTAL WASTEWATER TREATMENT ENT PLANT ITEMS -PHASE II; 5 1Ii,400.00 Page4of6 ADDENDUM NO. 2 SEP 13 2001 15:52 FR CITY OF PEARLAND 09/11/2n1 Xb: eb /1aJa.701f3 281 652 1706 TO 97139535026 gun ....., 111 %. Ile' IV! P.06/19 PROPOSAL BEDDING SUMMATION SHEET *amp, COUNTY MINIMAL UTILITY DISTRICT NO. 26 INTERIM WASTEWATER TREATMENT PLANT PHASES I & II TO SERVE SHADOW CREEK RANCH CITY OF PEARLAND, TEXAS La JOB NO. 154 -6401-064 si SUBTOTAL WASTEWATER TR.EATMIFIIT PLANT CMS PHASE I SUBTOTAL WASTEWATER TREATMANT PLANT ITEMS PHASE II TOTAL AMQUIT BID $ 3`,2�ao,ou It is understood 'that in the event the successful bidder fails to enter into the Contract and to furnish a Performance Itoipi and Payment Bond in the amount of 100 percent of the Contract and for all parts of the work, as speci$ed in the IrAvitatton /Advertisement to Bidders, the Bidder will forfeit the Cashier's Check OR Sid Bond, as provided in the Contract Documents. .I a undersigned proposes, if awarded the Contract, to begin work as stipulated in the written Notice to Proceed issued bye! the Engineer, and to substantially complete the work within 110 oalcnder days alter the date the work commences and to complete the project within 3ZO calendar days after the date of work cotrirtiexces. This bid proposal shall be considered part of the contract. 0 (Type Name) \3i e Air�T " t1..il4 t' 1a.►11% • • (Seal if bidders a corporation) • • • M. • • • • • • • • pcv 40V. arbef u As. (Company Name — Bidder) 1‘100 Sjvt, t11MdOrt Car\t CV,,►C (Address) Oo\Astovih caspr:S (City) (County) (Zip) MI6" eicl (Phone No.) i 3 si3-_ 55431 (Fax No.) , W1V. Q k't e e' (E-mail Address) y Page 5 of ADAgNAUM NO. 2 bed alb'iw4uaawIJ1440A ...i.ratitAMA.. SEP 13 2001 15!52 FR CITY OF PERRLAND 291�652�1706�TO 97139535026 09/11/2001 15:06 7139535173 P.07/19 r HLIG 1L/:.0 CONSTRUCTION OF TIIL RigAzORIA COUNTY MUNICIPAL UTILITY DISTRICT NO. 26 '+ INTERIM WASTEWATER TREATMENT PLANT PHASES I & II TO SERVE SHADOW CREEK RANG CITY OF PEARLAND, TEXAS lea JOB NO 15464401-064 14 ADDENDUM N. 1 • ADDENDUM NO.. ADDENDUM NO. 3 ADDENDUM NO.4 ACI TOWLEDCMENT OF RECEIPT Or ADDENDUM Stgnacuxa SIg ature $ignatvre ADDENDUM NO, 5 Signature ADDENDUM N .6 Signature • • • ih • Date - or 0( Data Date pate Dare Date Page6of6 ADDENDUM NO. 2 CALANDM Matt Maul tagmaimne veer, _pun STANDARD FORM OF AGREEMENT BETWEEN OWNER AND CONTRACTOR THIS AGREEMENT is dated as of the day of 1 t. 0,+44V in the year 20 by and between Brazoria County Municipal Utility District No. 26, on Behalf of The City of Pearland, Texas (hereinafter called OWNER) and Aqua Utility Construction, LP (hereinafter called CONTRACTOR) OWNER and CONTRACTOR, in consideration of the mutual covenants hereinafter set forth, agree as follows: Article 1. WORK. CONTRACTOR shall complete all work as specified or indicated in the Contract Documents. The Work is generally described as follows: CONSTRUCTION OF THE BRAZORIA COUNTY MUNICIPAL UTILITY DISTRICT NO. 26 INTERIM WASTEWATER TREATMENT PLANT PHASES I & II TO SERVE SHADOW CREEK RANCH CITY OF PEARLAND, TEXAS LJA JOB NO. 1546-6401-064 The Project for which the Work under the Contract Documents may be the whole or only a part is generally described as follows: CONSTRUCTION OF THE BRAZORIA COUNTY MUNICIPAL UTILITY DISTRICT NO. 26 INTERIM WASTEWATER TREATMENT PLANT PHASES I & II TO SERVE SHADOW CREEK RANCH CITY OF PEARLAND, TEXAS Article 2. ENGINEER The Project has been designed by LJA JOB NO. 1546-6401-064 LJA Engineering & Surveying, Inc. ADDENDUM NO. 2 Page 1 of 4 who is hereinafter called ENGINEER and who is to act as OWNER's representative, assume all duties and responsibilities and have the rights and authority assigned to ENGINEER in the Contract Documents in connection with completion of the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents Article 3. CONTRACT TIME. 3.1 The work will be substantially completed within 110 calendar days after the date the work commences as provided in paragraph 2.3 of the General Conditions, and the work will be completed in accordance with paragraph 14 13 of the General Conditions within 120 calendar days after the date the work commences. Article 4. CONTRACT PRICE. 4.1 OWNER shall pay CONTRACTOR for completion of the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents an amount in current funds as follows: PAYMENT SHALL BE MADE BASED UPON UNIT PRICES ESTABLISHED IN THE ATTACHED BID PROPOSAL AND ANY SUBSEQUENT CHANGE ORDERS THERETO. Article 5. PAYMENT PROCEDURES. CONTRACTOR shall submit Applications for Payment in accordance with Article 14 of the General Conditions. Applications for Payment will be processed by ENGINEER as provided in the General and Supplementary Conditions. 5.1 Progress Payments. OWNER shall make progress payments on account of the Contract Price on the basis of Contractor's Applications for Payment as recommended by ENGINEER, the Contractor must submit his pay estimate as prescribed in the Special Conditions of these Contract Documents. An amount not exceeding ten percent (10%) of the total of each progress payment shall be retained by OWNER until final payment All progress payments will be on the basis of the progress of the Work measured by the schedule of values provided for in paragraph 14.1 of the General Conditions 5.2 Final Payment. Upon final completion and acceptance of the Work in accordance with paragraph 14.13 of the General Conditions, OWNER shall pay the remainder of the Contract Price as recommended by ENGINEER as provided in said paragraph 14.13 Article 6. CONTRACTOR'S REPRESENTATIONS. In order to induce OWNER to enter into this Agreement, CONTRACTOR makes the following representations: 6.1 CONTRACTOR has examined and carefully studied the Contract Documents (including the Addenda) and the other related data identified in the Bidding Documents including "technical data". 6.2 CONTRACTOR visited the site and became familiar with and is satisfied as to the general, local and site conditions that may affect cost, progress, performance or furnishing of the Work. 6.3 CONTRACTOR is familiar with and is satisfied as to all federal, state and local Laws and Regulations that may affect cost, progress, performance and furnishing of the Work. 6.4 CONTRACTOR has carefully studied all reports of explorations and tests of subsurface conditions at or contiguous to the site and all drawings of physical conditions in or relating to existing surface or subsurface structures at or contiguous to the site (except Underground Facilities) which have been identified in the Supplementary Conditions as provided in paragraph 4.2.1 of the General Conditions. CONTRACTOR accepts the determination set forth in the Supplementary Conditions of the extent of the "technical data" contained in such reports and drawings upon ADDENDUM NO. 2 Page 2 of 4 forth in the Supplementary Conditions of the extent of the ' technical data" contained in such reports and drawings upon which CONTRACTOR is entitled to rely as provided in paragraph 4.2 of the General Conditions. CONTRACTOR acknowledges that such reports and drawings are not a warranty or guarantee of surface or subsurface conditions and are not part of the Contract Documents, and may not be complete for CONTRACTOR'S purposes. CONTRACTOR acknowledges that OWNER and ENGINEER do not assume responsibility for the accuracy or completeness of information and data shown or indicated with respect to subsurface conditions or Underground Facilities at or contiguous to the site. CONTRACTOR has obtained and carefully studied (or assumes responsibility for having done so) all such additional supplementary examinations, investigations, explorations, tests, studies and data concerning conditions (surface, subsurface and Underground Facilities) at or contiguous to the site or otherwise which may affect cost progress, performance or furnishing of the Work or which relate to any aspect of the means, methods techniques, sequences and procedures of construction to be employed by CONTRACTOR and safety precautions and programs incident thereto. CONTRACTOR does not consider that any additional examinations investigations, explorations tests, studies or data are necessary for the performance and furnishing of the Work at the Contract Price, within the Contract Times and in accordance with the other terms and conditions of the Contract Documents. 6.5 CONTRACTOR is aware of the general nature of work performed by OWNER and others at the site that relates to the Work as indicated in the Contract Documents. 6.6 CONTRACTOR has correlated the information known to CONTRACTOR, information and observations obtained from visits to the site reports and drawings identified in the Contract Documents and all additional examinations, investigations explorations, tests studies and data with the Contract Documents. 6.7 CONTRACTOR has given ENGINEER written notice of all conflicts, errors, ambiguities or discrepancies that CONTRACTOR has discovered in the Contract Documents and written resolution thereof by ENGINEER is acceptable to CONTRACTOR, and the Contract Documents are generally sufficient to indicate and convey understanding of all terms and conditions for performance and furnishing of the Work. Article 7. MISCELLANEOUS. 7.1 Terms used in this Agreement which are defined in Article 1 of the General Conditions shall have the meanings indicated in the General Conditions. 7.2 No assignment by the Contractor of any rights under or interests in the Contract Documents will be binding on another party hereto without the written consent of the Owner, and specifically but without limitation, moneys that may become due and moneys that are due may not be assigned without such consent (except to the extent that the effect of this restriction may be limited by law) and unless specifically stated to the contrary in any written consent to an assignment no assignment will release or discharge the Contractor from any duty or responsibility under the Contract Documents The Owner shall have the right to assign its rights under or interest in the Contract Dcoument, without limitation and shall give written notice of such assignment to the Contractor. OWNER and CONTRACTOR each binds itself, its officers, directors, shareholders, partners, assigns and legal representatives to the other party hereto, its officers, directors, shareholders, partners, assigns and legal representatives in respect to all covenants, agreements and obligations contained in the ocuments. 7.3 successors, successors, Contract D 7.4 Any provision or part of the Contract Documents held to be void or unenforceable under any Law or Regulation shall be deemed stricken and all remaining provisions shall continue to be valid and binding upon OWNER and CONTRACTOR, who agree that the Contract Documents shall be reformed to replace such stricken provision or part thereof with a valid and enforceable provision that comes as close as possible to expressing the intention of the stricken provision. Page 3 of 4 Article 8. OTHER PROVISIONS. IN WITNESS WHEREOF, OWNER and CONTRACTOR have signed this Agreement in triplicate. One counterpart each has been delivered to CONTRACTOR and the parties listed in the Special Conditions All portions of the Contract Documents have been signed or identified by OWNER and CONTRACTOR or by ENGINEER on their behalf. This Agreement will be effective on (which is the effective date of the Agreement). Brazoria County Municipal Utility District No. 26 on Behalf of The City of Pearland, Texas OWNER By: Name. tie ...., O� ... j, 6 ., Addte r/ 4:_-/V or gi trig nol$es: eon°' !� y e%�e. LI1A9,Ep ;gee * Surveying, Inc. 2929 Briarpar Drive, Suite 600 Houston, TX 77042 , 20 C k Aqua Utility Construction. LP CONTRACTOR YY'.ud_ LPa.zi Title: 7tedetedfiet.t. Attest: s nos Address for giving notices: 11100 Brittnuoore Park Drive Lerst Houston, Texas 77041 Agent for services of process: (If contractor is a corporation, attach evidence of authority to sign) ADDENDUM NO. 2 Page 4 of 4 EQUIPMENT LEASE AGREEMENT phis Agreemen mad. thCAM is 19 day of -De b / , 200 1 is between AMIMilikffie L1a 11,4v" thy 41tAL.? , with its principal place of business in �-' , hereinafter called "Lessor' , and City of Pearland, Texas on behalf of Brazoria County MUD No. 26 with its principal place of business in Brazoria County hereinafter called ` Lessee". Plant will be located in the City of Pearland, Texas. SECTION 1 — LEASE AGREEMENT Subject to the terms and conditions hereinafter set forth, Lessor hereby leases to Lessee, and Lessee hereby rents from Lessor one (1) 125,000 Gallon Per Day Pre - Packaged Sewage Treatment Plant constructed to the design criteria of the Texas Natural Resource Conservation Commission (for domestic sewage) to produce an effluent of 5 MGL BOD and 12 MGL TSS and 2 MGL of NH 3-N, hereinafter the "Plant". See Exhibit "A" for list of equipment. SECTION 2 — DELIVERY AND INSTALLATION Lessor shall deliver the Plant to Lessee at the designated site shown Exhibit "B" wad shall cause the Plant to be unloaded, assembled, installed and made fully operational " by 4antiarrl 2502. The cost of such installation shall be , Coi and shall be due at such time as the Plant is on site and is operational. SECTION 3 - TERMS This Lease Agreement shall remain in effect for 18 months commencing on January 1 2002 or the date the Plant is fully operational, whichever is later. Provided that this Lease Agreement shall automatically extend for successive thirty (30) day periods after the initial term until such a time as the Lessee gives the Lessor thirty (30) days written notice of its intent to cancel and terminate this Lease Agreement. SECTION 4 — RENTAL PAYMENTS Lessee agrees to pay Lessor as rental for the use of the Plant $ 1 % . COper month to be paid on the first (1st) day of each month, in advance, and shall be made at the office of the Lessor in Houston, Texas. The first and last month's rent are payable upon the acceptance of this Lease Agreement Lease Payments do not start until plant is installed and operational or January 1, 2002, whichever comes later. W:\LAND\1546\6401\Lease Agreement.doc SECTION 5 — TITLE TO PLANT The Plant shall at all times be and remain the sole and exclusive property of Lessor, and Lessee shall have no right of property therein, but only the right to use the Plant upon the terms and conditions herein contained. It is expressly agreed that the Plant shall be considered and remain personal property even though it may be attached or affixed to real estate. Lessor may display notice of its ownership of the Plant by affixing to each item of equipment an identifying stencil or plate or other indication of ownership and Lessee agrees that it will not remove, deface or obliterate any such notice. SECTION 6 — LESSOR'S WARRANTIES The Lessor covenants and agrees as follows: a) The Lessor has, or will have by the date of installation of the equipment, clear and good title to the Plant, free and clear of all liens and encumbrances, excepting only the lien for current taxes not yet due and the lien or liens securing only the purchase money mortgage of the equipment or financing secured by the Lease Agreement. b) The Plant equals or exceeds State of Texas Department of Health Design Criteria and the design criteria specified in Section 1. c) The Lessor shall undertake any reasonable action requested by Lessee to enforce any and all warranties or guarantees to which Lessor is entitled on the equipment, or assign such warranties or guarantees to Lessee. d) Lessor warrants the Plant is suitable for its intended use, as stated in Section 1 hereof. SECTION 7 — REMOVAL, INSPECTION AND RETURN The Plant shall not be removed from the place of its initial installation without the prior written consent of Lessor. Lessee shall at all reasonable times and from time to time allow Lessor, by or through any of its officers, agents or attorneys, to examine and inspect the Plant Upon the termination of this Lease Agreement Lessor shall, at its expense, remove the Plant from the site, and shall be given thirty (30) days from the time the Plant is no longer in service. The Lessee shall be responsible for dewatering and cleaning out the Plant prior to removing it. SECTION 8 — OPERATION, MAINTENANCE AND REPAIR Lessee shall comply with and conform to all municipal, state and federal laws relating to the operation of the Plant. Lessee shall maintain the Plant in good condition and running order at all times during the teiiii of this Lease Agreement, but shall not be responsible for normal wear and tear or depreciation. Lessor shall have no responsibility for the maintenance of the Plant after it is delivered to and accepted by Lessee and before it is redelivered to Lessor as herein provided; provided, however, all repairs required in the first year of the Lease shall be the warranty responsibility of the Lessor, except in W:\LAND\ 15d6\6401\Lease Agreement.doc cases of operations neglect and Lessor will warrant all mechanical items one year from acceptance and all structural items for three (3) years. SECTION 9 — RISK OF LOSS AND INSURANCE All risk of loss or damage of the Plant shall be borne by Lessee Lessee shall have and maintain insurance at all times with respect to the Plant against risks of fire (including so-called extended coverage), theft and such other risks and in such amounts as Lessor may reasonably require and shall name Lessor as additional insured on such insurance policy. Lessee shall deliver to Lessor a Certificate of Insurance in the amount sufficient to cover the replacement cost of the plant. Lessor shall also maintain insurance on the Leased Property during the teini of this Lease Agreement. SECTION 10 — DAMAGE, DESTRUCTION OR THEFT Lessee shall have the responsibility for the repair of the damaged Plant and Lessee shall repair or cause the Plant to be repaired promptly after the damage. In every such instance, Lessor will reimburse Lessee for the cost of repair to the extent of the insurance proceeds actually received by Lessor because of such damage. In the event the Plant is destroyed, stolen or damaged beyond repair, Lessee shall forthwith pay to Lessor the market value of the Plant immediately prior to such destruction, theft or damage less (a) the salvage value, if any, of the Plant and (b) the insurance proceeds actually received by Lessor because of such destruction, theft or damage. SECTION 11 — ASSIGNMENT AND SUBLEASE BY LESSEE Lessee may not assign this Lease Agreement or sublease the Plant without the prior written consent of Lessor. SECTION 12 — ASSIGNMENT BY LESSOR: RIGHTS OF ASSIGNEE The Lessor shall have the right to sell or assign this Lease Agreement including its right, title and interest to the equipment and the rent reserved herein. In the event of any such assignment by the Lessor, the assignee shall thereupon acquire all of the rights and remedies possessed by or available to the Lessor. Upon receiving proper notice of any such assignment, the Lessee shall thereafter make rental payments as therein directed. SECTION 13 — EVENTS OF DEFAULT The following events shall be deemed to be events of default by the Lessee under this Lease Agreement: a) The Lessee shall fail to pay any installment of the rent hereby reserved and such failure shall continue for a period of thirty (30) days. b) The Lessee fails to comply with any other term, provision or covenant of \:\LAND\1546\6401\Lease Agreement.doc this Lease Agreement and does not cure such failure within thirty (30) days after written notice thereof by the Lessor to the Lessee. Upon the occurrence of any such events of default the Lessor shall have the right to declare the balance of the rental payable hereunder to be due and payable whereupon the same shall become immediately due and payable and shall have the right to retake and retain the Plant should the Lessee fail to make payment of the outstanding balance within ten (10) days. In the event the Lessor receives any notice of default under its purchase money mortgage or another item which might become a lien on the Plant, Lessor shall provide Lessee with a copy thereof. Additionally Lessor agrees to furnish Lessee, on demand, satisfactory evidence of payment of each installment due on the purchase money mortgage and of any other items which might become a lien on the equipment. For the purpose of this Lease Agreement, satisfactory evidence of payment shall be deemed to be a copy of the check sent to the proper party. If Lessor fails to make such payments, together with any interest or penalty, required to be paid in connection herewith, the Lessee shall have the right to make such payments which may be deducted by the Lessee from any rent thereafter becoming due hereunder; provided, however that the Lessee shall not be authorized and empowered to make any payment under the teiuis of this Paragraph 13 unless the item paid shall be superior to the Lessee's interest hereunder. SECTION 14 — NOTICES Each provision of this Lease Agreement or of any applicable governmental laws, ordinances, regulations and other requirements with reference to the sending, mailing or delivery of any notice or the making of any payment by the Lessee to the Lessor or with reference to the sending, mailing or delivery of any notice or the making of any payment by Lessee to the Lessor shall be deemed to be complied with, when and if the following steps are taken: a) All rent and other payments required to be made by the Lessee to the Lessor hereunder shall be payable to the Lessor at the address herein below set forth, or at such other address as Lessor may specify from time to time by written notice delivered in accordance herewith. b) All payments required to be made by the Lessee to the Lessor hereunder shall be payable to the Lessor at the address herein below set forth, or at such other address as Lessor may specify from time to time by written notice delivered in accordance herewith. c) Any notice or document required or permitted to be delivered thereunder, except for the notice of payment required pursuant to Paragraph 13 hereof, shall be deemed to be delivered whether actually received or not when deposited in the United States Mail, postage prepaid, Certified Mail, addressed to the parties hereto at the respective addressed set out opposite their names below, or at such other address as they have theretofore specified by written notice delivered in accordance herewith. W:\LAND\1546\6401\Lease Agreement.doc LESSEE City of Pearland, Texas on behalf of Brazoria County No. MUD 26 c/o Vinson & Elkins, LLP 1001 Fannin Street Houston, Texas 77002-7660 Attn• Lynne Humphries With copy to: Darrin Coker, City Attorney City of Pearland, Texas 3519 Liberty Drive Pearland, Texas 77581 LESSOR • S '77i-t 1 k-rn i : TbDD MuC Rc tL SECTION 15 — BINDING AGREEMENT The terms, provisions, covenants and conditions contained in this Lease Agreement shall apply to, insure to the benefit of and be binding upon the parties hereto and upon their respective heirs, legal representatives, successors and permitted assigns except as otherwise expressly provided. SECTION 16 — ENTIRE AGREEMENT This instrument contains the entire agreement between the parties. This Lease Agreement may not be amended, altered or changed except by an instrument in writing signed by both parties hereto. SECTION 17 This Lease Agreement shall be governed under the laws of the State of Texas. day of N , 200 1 EXECUTED this W \LAND\1546\6401\Lease Agreement.doc LESSEE City of Pearland, Texas on behalf LESSOR: of Brazoria County MUD No. 26 BY NAME Approved as to Form BY: ` k teviAA--_ Darrin Coker, City Attorney BY 1,11, J NAME I OD-0 i th TITLE Ulde .&4 1(py-N)'t- W:\LAND\1546\6401\Lease Agreement.doc SERVICE AGREEMENT Between City of Pearland, Texas on behalf of and This Agreement is entered into as of 2001 by and between The City of Pearland, Texas ("The City ') a body politic and corporate and political subdivision of the State of Texas, operating as a home rule city, and ("Operator") an existing corporation duly organized under the laws of and authorized to do business in the State of Texas. WITNESSETH: Recitals The City intends to operate a pre -packaged sewage treatment plant leased by Brazoria County MUD No. 26 in the city limits (the "STP"). The City will collect sewer revenue from customers and is desirous of obtaining services for the competent operation, maintenance and management of the STP. Operator is in the business of operating, maintaining and managing wastewater treatment plants and collection systems and is desirous of entering into a service agreement with the City for the operation, maintenance and management of the STP. Agreement In consideration of the premises and the mutual undertakings herein contained, the City and agree as follows: ARTICLE I ADMINISTRATIVE SERVICES Section 1.01. Personnel. Operator shall provide competent, trained personnel to operate the STP, which personnel, where applicable, shall possess valid certificates of competency, as required by the State of Texas, the Texas Natural Resource Conservation Commission and the Environmental Protection Agency. Section 1.02. Inquiries and Correspondence. Operator shall respond to all correspondence and inquiries from the City in a prompt, professional manner. ARTICLE II OPERATION OF WASTEWATER TREATMENT PLANT Section 2.01. Facility Operations. Operator shall provide personnel, vehicles and hand tools necessary for the routine operation of the STP... Operator agrees to operate the STP in an efficient manner consistent with general industry standards and shall maintain it in good condition and working order in accordance with governmental regulations and the waste discharge permit. Such duties should include performing all testing required by governmental entities and the permit. Operator's charges to perform the duties required in Article II are described in Exhibit "A" attached hereto and made a part hereof by reference. Section 2.02. Facility Maintenance and Repairs Operator shall provide the personnel, tools and equipment needed to perform routine preventative maintenance tasks on and to the STP, as recommended by the equipment manufacturer's manual. Operator shall, when needed, repair or provide and replace those parts of equipment comprising the STP which are expected to require repair or replacement in the normal operation of such facilities. The City shall pay the cost of necessary materials and labor to perform maintenance and make repairs as required from sewer revenues. Section 2.03. Sampling and Testing. Operator shall perform, or have performed, all sampling, testing and/or analysis required by all applicable regulatory agencies and any other testing as directed by the city. Section 2.04. Regulatory Peumits and Reports. Operator agrees to prepare, maintain and submit all routine monthly reports to the applicable regulatory agencies supervising the operation of the STP. Section 2.05. Applicable Law. Operator agrees to operate the STP in conformance with all applicable laws, rules and regulations. W:\LAND\1546\6401\SERVICE AGREEMENT.doc 2 ARTICLE III PRICE AND PAYMENT Section 3.01. Price. The City shall compensate Operator for the services provided pursuant to this Agreement in accordance with the schedule attached hereto as Exhibit "A". Such schedule shall not be amended without the prior written consent of the City. Section 3.02. Payment. Operator shall submit statements and/or invoices for services to the City monthly. The City shall pay such statements and/or invoices within 30 days of receipt. ARTICLE IV INSURANCE, INDEMNIFICATION AND BOND Section 4.01. Insurance. Following execution of this Agreement, Operator shall furnish the City with Certificates of Insurance evidencing the following insurance coverage and Operator shall at all times during the term of this Agreement maintain such coverage: (a) (b) Workmen's Compensation and Employer's Liability $1,000,000 Comprehensive General Liability, including coverage of the following risks in amounts not less than: 1. General Liability $2,000,000 aggregate 2. Automobile Liability $1,000,000 C S L (c) Excess Liability $5,000,000 The Certificates of Insurance shall provide that The City shall be provided 30 days written notice of any cancellation of diminution of insurance coverage. SECTION 4.02. INDEMNIFICATION AS PART OF THE CONSIDERATION FOR THIS AGREEMENT, OPERATOR AGREES TO INDEMNIFY AND HOLD HARMLESS THE CITY AND ITS OFFICERS, DIRECTORS, REPRESENTATIVES AND AGENTS FROM EVERY ACTUAL LOSS, DAMAGE, INJURY, COST EXPENSE, CLAIM, JUDGEMENT, OR LIABILITY OF EVERY KIND OR CHARACTER, INCLUDING COSTS OF LITIGATION AND REASONABLE ATTORNEY'S FEES, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, TORT, OR OTHERWISE, WHICH ARISES DIRECTLY OR INDIRECTLY FROM OPERATOR'S WILLFUL, INTERNATIONAL, RECKLESS, OR NEGLIGENT (WHETHER ACTIVE, PASSIVE, OR GROSS) ACTS, OR OMISSIONS IN CONNECTION WITH OPERATOR S OPERATION OF THE STP. THIS INDEM 'JTY AND HOLD HARMLESS AGREEMENT WILL APPLY WHETHER SUCH ACTS, OMISSIONS, OR OTHER OPERATIONS ARE CONDUCTED BY OPERATOR OR ANY SUBCONTRACTOR OR AGENT OF OPERATOR. W:\LAND\1546\6d01\SERVICE AGREEMENT.doc - 3 Section 4.03. Fines and Penalties. Provided that (a) this Agreement is in force, (b), the STP meets the Texas Natural Resource Conservation Commission's design criteria for waste loading, and (c) the City has not rejected or otherwise failed to approve any of Operator's operational recommendations which would have prevented unauthorized discharge of effluents, or effluents, or a quality which violate the City's waste discharge penult (s), Operator will pay any and all fines or penalties against the City as a result of actions taken by the Texas Natural Resource Conservation Commission or the Environmental Protection Agency to enforce compliance with the City's waste discharge permit (s). ARTICLE V TERMS AND TERMINATION Section 5.01. Commencement of Operation. The City will provide ten days written notice to Operator to commence performance of this agreement. Section 5.02. Term This Agreement shall remain in effect for a period of eighteen 18 months from January 1, 2002 and shall continue thereafter from month to month subject, however, to termination by either party hereto, without cause, at any time upon giving thirty (30) days advance written notice to the other party. Termination of this Agreement by either party will have no effect upon the lease of the STP by the City on behalf of Brazoria County MUD No. 26, which lease shall continue in full force and effect in accordance with its terms. ARTICLE VI MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS Section 6.01. Independent Contractor. Operator has been retained by the City only for the purposes and to the extent set forth in this Agreement, and Operator's relationship to the City during the term of this Agreement is that of an independent contractor. Section 6.02. Subcontracts. Operator shall subcontract such of its work hereunder as may, in Operator's opinion, be desirable. Operator, however, shall require that each subcontractor hired by it carry the same insurance coverage as required of Operator herein or Operator shall provide that such subcontractor is insured under Operator's insurance. Any subcontractor hired by Operator shall not relieve Operator of any of its obligations or liabilities hereunder. Section 6.03. Standard of Operation. Operator agrees to use reasonable diligence and care in the operation and maintenance of the STP, but Operator shall not be liable for any direct or indirect loss, injury or damage resulting from the diminution or interruption of wastewater treatment unless such loss, injury or damage is attributable directly or indirectly to improper or inadequate operations of the STP by Operator or the negligent or willful misconduct of Operator's employees, agents or subcontractors. To the extent that correction of such diminution or interruption of wastewater treatment is within Operator's control, Operator shall use reasonable diligence and care to correct the same with all due speed. \V:\ LAND \1:146\6401\SERVICE AGREEMENT.doc - 4 - Section 6.04. The City's Responsibilities. The City hereby represents that it shall operate, maintain and in all respects be responsible for all other facilities and activities such as the wastewater collection system, water production and distribution system, customer billing and collection, water taps, sewer taps and all inspection services. Section 6.05. Modifications. No alteration or modification of this Agreement shall be made except by a writing duly signed by the parties hereto. Section 6.06. Notice. Whenever under the provision of this Agreement notice is required to be given, such notice shall be given in writing by registered mail and addressed to the party for whom intended at its current address of record, and such notice shall be deemed to have been given when the notice has thus been mailed. Section 6.07. Assignability. Neither party may assign its interest herein without prior written consent of the other, except that Operator may assign this Agreement to any successor to Operator resulting from any corporate reorganization involving Operator or to any joint venture or other business combination involving Operator, provided that Operator provides prompt written notice thereof to the City. Section 6.08. Parties in Interest. This Agreement shall be for the sole and exclusive benefit of the signatories hereto and shall not be construed to confer any benefits or right upon any other party, including customers of the City, and is governed by Texas law and enforceable in Brazoria County. This agreement has been executed in duplicate by the duly authorized officers of the parties hereto as of the date and year first written above. W:\LAND\1546\6401\SERVICE AGREEMENT.doc 5 The City of Pearland, Texas By Mayor Address: 3519 Liberty Drive Pearland, Texas 77581 Attest: By City Secretary Approved as to Form. By City Attorney By President Address: W:\LAND\1546\6401\SERVICE AGREEMIENT.doc 6 EXHIBIT A • BRAZORIA COUNTY MUNICIPAL UTILITY DISTRICT NO. 26 SHADOW CREEK RANCH INTERIM WASTEWATER TREATMENT PLANT EQUIPMENT LIST PHASE I Conversion of Existing Manhole to Temporary Lift Station W/ 2 - 10 HP - 520 GPM Variable Speed Submersible Pumps set to 260 GPM 1 — Manual Bar Screen 2 — 52'xl2 xl l' Steel Basins 2 — 700 SCFM - 40 HP Blowers 1 - Aeration System w/ Diffusers 1 — RAS Air Lift Pump 1 — Scum Air Lift Pump 1 — 22' Diameter Clarifier 1 — 40'x12' Steel Equipment Platform 1 26.5'x 12'x l l' Filter Basin W/ 2 10 HP - 975 GPM Backwash Pumps 1 — 14'x12'xl l' Chlorine Contact Basin 1- 6'x6'x7' Fiberglass Bldg 2 — Self - Priming 40 GPM Booster Pumps 1 Lot Chlorination Equipment 1 — Ultrasonic Flowmeter 1 — Circular Totalizing Flow Recorder 1 - Lift Station Controller 1 — Motor Control Center PHASE II Revise Existing Lift Pumps to provide 520 GPM 1 — Manual Bar Screen 2 — 52'x12'xl 1' Steel Basins 1 — 700 SCFM 40 HP Blower 1 - Aeration System w/ Diffusers 1— RAS Air Lift Pump 1 — Scum Air Lift Pump 1 — 22 Diameter Clarifier Add 1 — 10 HP — 975 GPM Backwash Pump to Existing Filter Cell ADDENDUM NO. 2 Page 1 of 1 0:\LAND\I546\15466401\Biddoc\Egwpment Lis:.doc 1 PLANT --... DISCHARGE 1 POINT I 0 1 / / N 86g24' 53' E LIMITS I1' OF BUFFER —� ZONE i1t. I `: '11 ti SITE BOUNDARY 5 86 ° 24' 53W 856.79' 857.00' 200 INTERIM TREATMENT PLANT FUTURE 80' R.O.W. SHADOW CREEK PARKWAY 400 SCALE IN FEET 1 TEMPORARY LIFT STATION EXHIBIT B BRAZORIA COUNTY MUNICIPAL UTILITY DISTRICT NO. 26 SITE PLAN INTERIM WASTEWATER TREATMENT PLANT LJA Engineers & anney1 g, IttC. Phone 713.953.5200 Fax 713.953.5026 2929 Briarpark Drive Suite 500 Houston, Texas 77042-3703 Al trt ICI 2nnt JOB N0,1546-6401-064 SPECIAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT 1. The Contract Time may only be changed by a written Change Order. This project will be a calendar day project. Any claim for an extension in the Contract Time shall be based on written notice delivered to Owner and Engineer at the end of the month with the monthly pay estimate. Calendar Day will be defined as every day of the week including holidays and Sundays starting the day following the notice to proceed and continuing until the project's acceptance. Work on Saturdays requires advance notice (by noon on the preceding Wednesday) to the City of Pearland, and additional fees will be charged to the Contractor for Pearland Representatives to be present on Saturdays Work on holidays and Sundays must be specially approved by the City of Pearland and additional fees will be charged to the Contractor for Pearland representatives working on these days. Extensions will be granted based only on unnatural occurrences (such as abnormal periods of rainfall, tornados or hurricanes). Delays for normal rainfall during the months the project is anticipated to be constructed in will not be considered for time extension No calendar days will be charged after the seventh consecutive day that the entire site conditions are deemed too wet to work by the Engineer. Calendar day charges will resume on the first day the site conditions allow work to progress as determined by the Engineer. This section overrides Article VII of the Supplemental Conditions. 2. Contractor shall be substantially complete with all construction and testing within 110 calendar days and have final acceptance within 120 calendar days from the contract date for substantial completion Contractor shall use multiple crews, if necessary, in order to complete construction within the scheduled time frame. 3. LIQUIDATED DAMAGES Liquidated Damages for Delay - The Contractor and the Owner agree that time is of the essence in this Contract. The Contractor and the Owner agree that a breach of this contract by failure to complete the work in the specified time will cause harm to the Owner, and further agree that the harm the Owner would sustain and the actual measure of the damages the Owner would incur from the breach are incapable or very difficult of ascertainment. Therefore, it is agreed between the parties to this Contract that for each calendar day of delay beyond the completion date stipulated by this contract, the Contractor shall be obligated to the Owner for each day of such delay in the sum of FIVE HUNDRED DOLLARS ($500.00) which sum the parties agree is a reasonable forecast of the damages the Owner will sustain per day that the work remains uncompleted and in no way constitutes a penalty. The Owner shall have the option to deduct and withhold the amount of any liquidated damages from the Contractor's payment estimates or may recover such liquidated damages from the Contractor or the Sureties on the Contractor's bond, at Contractor's expense. 4. Condition of The Site and The Work - The Contractor is cautioned to carefully examine the site, the plans, the specifications, soil bonngs if available and all other documents relating to the work so as to fully inform themselves of all conditions and matters which may affect the work or the costs of the work. If the Contractor finds discrepancies in or omissions from the drawings, specifications or other documents or should he be in doubt as to the meaning or intent of the material contained therein, he should notify the Engineer at once and obtain clarification prior to submitting a bid. Execution of the Contract shall be conclusive evidence that the Contractor is fully acquamted and satisfied as to the character, quality and quantity of work to be performed and materials to be furnished. Also, see Section II of the Supplementary Conditions. 5. Cooperation Between Contractors - When two or more Contractors are employed on related or adjacent work or obtain materials from the same material source, or when work must be completed by one Contractor before another can begin, each shall conduct his operations in such a manner as not to cause any unnecessary delay or hindrance to the other. Each Contractor shall be responsible to the other for all damage to work, to persons, or to property caused to the other by his operations, and for loss caused the other due to unreasonable or unjustified delays or failure to finish the work or portions thereof, or furnish materials within the time required. The Owner and Engineer shall under no circumstances be liable or responsible for guaranteeing or assuring that any claims among Contractors shall be paid; and any representation expressed or implied, that any Contractor to whom a Contract is awarded is responsible or will be able to respond for damages is expressly negated. Vinson & Elkins, L.L.P. Page 1 of 10 May, 2000 ADDENDUM NO. 2 Special Conditions O:\LAND\I546\I5466401\Biddoc\Incerim \V\VTP BD.doc negated. 6. Traffic - It shall be the responsibility of the Contractor to provide for the safety of workers and the public. The Contractor shall also provide for traffic convenience within public rights -of -way and to adjacent private property. Construction traffic shall stay out of existing neighborhoods, and existing streets shall be kept clean. Traffic control shall comply with all existing traffic regulations and ordinances as may apply. 7. Access and Haul Routes - The City of Pearland Engineer shall approve the proposed access roads which shall be used for the movement of personnel and equipment. The initial access roads shall be subject to change by the City of Pearland Engineer, occasioned by the progress of the work or unforeseen conditions. The Contractor shall be permitted to propose alternate routes m accordance with permit limitations imposed upon him by state county, or municipal road or highway departments. No change in haul routes shall be the basis for extra payment. 8. Contractor is to meet with an LJA Engineering & Surveying, Inc. Representative on the last Friday of each month in order to verify quantities being submitted. The Contractor is to submit two (2) signed copies of the progress pay estimate signed by the LJA Representative, by the third day of the following month for the Engineer s review and recommendation for payment. Contractor shall furnish a completed Progress Estimate form, a Partial/Final Waiver of Lien, Request for Extension of Time if any Consent of Surety to Reduction of Retainage, if any, an updated schedule of the project completion date with projected monthly billings and, if required, a set of the Stormwater Pollution Inspection Reports conducted on a weekly basis with each progress pay estimate Payment will be made by the Owner within 30 days of receipt of progress pay estimate approved by the Engineer. When submitting the Final Pay Estimate, Contractor shall also furnish an Affidavit of Bills Paid, Consent from Surety Company to Final Payment, Maintenance Bond, As -Built drawings copy of receipt that all agency inspection and permit fees have been paid in full and Operations and Maintenance manuals, if any with the final progress pay estimate. The Progress Estimate, Affidavit of Bills Paid, Partial/Final Waiver of Lien and Request for Extension of Time forms that Contractor must use are enclosed in these documents. Additionally Contractor shall have major suppliers/subcontractors including, but not limited to, concrete suppliers and lime suppliers, sign a support waiver of lien and submit with each monthly estimate, beginning with second estimate for the prior months estimate. 9. In addition to Item 6.19 of the General Conditions of Agreement, the Contractor shall sign each mylar plan sheet marked ' Record Drawings" prior to final payment. 10. All water, telephone, electrical, sanitation facilities, heating and cooling facilities and meters, deposits, permits or fees required for operation of the field office will be at the Contractor's expense The location of the field office shall be coordinated with the Engineer. 11. A Geotechnical report is available for review at the office of the Engineer. The soils report and log of borings is available for Contractor's information only. The report is not a warranty of subsurface conditions nor is it a part of the Contract Documents. Contractor is expected to examine the site and such reports and then decide for itself the character of the materials to be encountered OWNER and ENGINEER disclaim any responsibility for the accuracy, true location and extent of the surface and subsurface investigations that have been prepared by others. OWNER and ENGINEER further disclaim responsibility for interpretation of that data by Contractor, i.e projecting soil -bearing values rock profiles, soil stability and the presence, level and extent of underground water. 12. The Contractor shall provide for adequate drainage of the project during all phases of construction. 13. If any materials are discovered which might be of archeological or historical significance, all construction shall immediately cease and the Contractor shall notify a representative of LJA Engineering & Surveying, Inc. The Vinson & Elkins, L.L.P. Page 2 of 10 Special Conditions May, 2000 O:\i_. ND\I546\I5466401\Biddoc\Interim \WTP BD.doc representative shall then consult with a professional archaeologists and the Texas Historical Society to determine the significance of the find 14. Estimates of Quantities - The quantities in the proposal bid schedule will be considered as approximate. Payments will be made to the Contractor only for the actual quantities of work performed or materials furnished as certified by the Engineer in accordance with the Contract. 15. Disposal of Rubbish - It shall be the responsibility and expense of the Contractor to dispose of all rubbish, brush, fencing, trees or other objectionable materials by removal from the site in accordance with all current federal, state and local regulations. 16. Cleanup - Upon completion and before making application for acceptance of the work, the Contractor shall clean all streets, borrow pits and all ground occupied by him in connection with the work of all rubbish, excess materials, temporary structures, and equipment. All parts of the work shall be left in a neat and presentable condition satisfactory to the Owner 17. The Contractor shall provide evidence that he has fulfilled the bond and insurance requirements set out in the Insurance and Bond Requirements section of the Contract Documents and in Article 5 of the Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract. 18. The Contractor shall furnish all required permits at no expense to Owner. It is the Contractor's responsibility to obtain and post such permits as they are required. 19. All work shall be built in accordance with the City of Pearland, Texas and Brazoria County. The project's final acceptance by the City of Pearland, Texas and Brazoria County is a condition for Owner's acceptance of the project. Contractor's Payment and Performance Bonds shall remain in force until one year after the final acceptance of the project by Owner In addition a Maintenance Bond in the amount of fifty percent of the total cost of the contract shall remain in effect for a period of two years after the final acceptance of the project by City of Pearland, Texas ) 20. On this project, Method "B"/Limited Construction Staking will be used as described in the Supplementary Conditions. 21. Construction Stormwater Discharges Pursuant to regulations adopted by the U.S. Environmental Protection Agency ("EPA') under the Federal Water Pollution Control Act the Contractor is not required to obtain coverage under EPA's Construction Stormwater General Permit before March 10, 2003 because the Owner constitutes a municipality with a population of less than 100,000 that owns or operates the facility upon which the Contractor is performing its services and/or because the facility upon which the Contractor is performing its services is one or more but less than five acres. The Federal Water Pollution Control Act and its implementing regulations are subject to change and/or reinterpretation by the EPA or any other governmental agency with jurisdiction over the subject matter. Should the Contractor's activities continue past March 9, 2003 or should other changes and/or reinterpretations occur such that a construction stormwater general permit be required prior to March 10, 2003, a change order will be considered by the Owner. 22. The Contractor fully understands that the Unit Price bid shall include a sufficient allowance for the completion of all work bid upon, including but not limited to all labor materials, excavation, incidentals clean-up, disposal of excess excavated material, and all clearing and grubbing, if any. The Contractor also fully understands that all utility spoil will be hauled, placed and graded to drain at spoil site or other area selected by Engineer and all this is incidental to each bid item. 23. Upon selection of the qualified bidder, six sets of contract documents will be made available to the Contractor Vinson & Elkins, L.L.P. Page 3 of 10 Special Conditions May, 2000 O:WAND\1546\154664011BiddocVnterim WWTP BD.doc for execution in accordance with Article 2 of the General Conditions of the Construction Contract. Any additional sets requested shall be at the Contractor's expense. 24. If the Contractor damages any existing facility (including but not limited to Pavement and Utilities), he shall restore the facility to its original conditions prior to completion of his work or, in certain cases provide guarantee that the facility is acceptable. 25. Testing Costs and Procedures: The following test items and procedures shall be paid by the Owner: trench backfill compaction/density testing, concrete cylinders and/or beams and soil compaction/density tests. All other testing required by the plans and specifications shall be paid by the Contractor. All retest, due to failure of the initial test, shall be paid by the Contractor as stated m Article XVI of the Supplementary Conditions. All testing, with the exception of density tests, will be incidental to the unit price bid for lines. 26. The entities who are listed as insureds or additional insureds in insurance policies as stated in Paragraph 5.4.7 of the Standard General Conditions are Brazoria County Municipal Utility District No. 26, The City of Pearland Texas, Shadow Creek Ranch Development Company, L.P , and LJA Engineering & Surveying, Inc. 27. Traffic control and all construction activities within city, county and state highway R.O.W.'s shall conform to the special provisions and specifications included in the Texas Department of Transportation (TxDOT), city and county criteria. The cost for this work shall be included in the contract prices bid for sections of which this work is a component. (No Separate Pay.) 28. The sequence of work will be strictly controlled by the Owner, and will be determined at the pre -construction conference to be held prior to issuance of Notice to Proceed. 29. Clearing and stripping of areas adjacent to either side of right-of-ways/utility easements for utility and ditch construction and the stockpiling of excess excavation will be considered incidental to the unit price bid for the construction of the underground utilities and ditches. 30. The Owner at its option can require the Contractor to provide an affidavit from his suppliers, subcontractors, etc. of monies owed. 31. All organic material unsuitable for fill (such as but not limited to: trees roots, debris, bushes) and all material deemed non -burnable, shall be disposed of by the Contractor m an appropriate manner off -site. 32. Contractor may utilize burn pits as required on the project site provided the pit is in conformance with appropriate governmental requirements and located as directed by Engineer. Contractor is responsible for obtaining all applicable permits and following all applicable regulations. Any unsuitable material for fill that cannot be burned on -site shall be hauled off -site and disposed of by the Contractor Cost for this work shall be considered incidental to the bid item price for sections of which it is a component part. 33. In addition to item 4.6 of the Instructions to Bidders, the Bidder shall compact test hole. 34. In addition to item IX of the Supplementary Conditions, the Contractor shall provide documentation to the Owner for Tax Exempt Status. 35. Specimen Trees -- There are a number of specimen trees which are located within the construction limits for this project. Said trees will be marked by OWNER with yellow ties. These trees are not to be removed and special effort shall be made to avoid damaging said trees during construction for the proposed improvements A representative of the OWNER will be on site during clearing operations The fine for removing and/or damaging the specimen trees will be $500 minimum and not to exceed $10,000 maximum per damaged tree, and such fines shall be deducted from the payment due to the CONTRACTOR. Written notice of damage will be made within 10 days of occurrence. Vinson & Elkins, L.L.P. Page 4 of 10 Special Conditions May, 2000 O:U.AND\1546\15466401\BiddocUnterim WWTP_BD.doc 36. A legal description of the plat boundary and the final plat are available for review in the Engineer's office. 37. If any disputes arise, the method of resolution shall be arbitration. 38. Notwithstanding any other items, conditions, or provisions of the general or special conditions or any other provisions of the Contract Documents to the contrary, Brazoria County Municipal Utility District No. 26, on Behalf of The City of Pearland, Texas ("District") shall be deemed and considered as Owner for all purposes under the Contract Documents except that Shadow Creek Ranch Development Company, L.P. ("Developer") shall be considered the "Owner" for purpose of approving requests for and making payments to Contractor of all or any portion of the amounts that may become due under the Contract Documents and for any damages that might ever be due, including any costs associated with any change orders to the Contract After submission to and approval by the District and by Developer of the invoices, certificates and supporting documentation m connection with a request for payment, the Contractor agrees to and shall look solely to Developer for payment of such invoices. Developer agrees to pay Contractor's invoices for work performed, subject to the terms of the Contract, in an aggregate amount not to exceed the Contract Price, plus change orders and extras approved by the District and by Developer Failure by Developer to make such payments to the Contractor shall constitute a default by Owner and shall entitle the Contractor to all rights and remedies arising under the Contract Documents for a default in payment of sums due the Contractor pursuant to the Contract Documents; provided, however, the District shall have no obligation for payment of sums due or to become due under the approved invoices or any part of the Contract Price Developer reserves the right to assign its obligations hereunder to District, subject to written acceptance thereof by the District. A copy of any such assignment and the acceptance thereof by the District shall be provided to the Contractor and thereafter the District shall be obligated to make all payments thereafter becoming due to the Contractor pursuant to this Contract and the obligations of Developer contained in the first paragraph of these Special Conditions shall termmate. For purposes of convenient administration of this Contract, District may from time to time make payments due the Contractor pursuant to this Contract from funds advanced to the District by Developer; provided, however, no such payment by District will obligate District to make further payments due the Contractor pursuant to this Contract unless and until District has accepted an assignment of Developer's obligations hereunder and a copy of the assignment and the District's acceptance is delivered to the Contractor whereupon the District shall become liable for payment to the extent of the assignment. If Owner breaches its obligations in any respect under the Contract, before exercising any remedy the Contractor shall give written notice to Developer at the address below specifying the breach and the steps necessary to cure the breach and Developer shall have the right and power within thirty (30) days after receipt of such notice, to cure or cause the breach to be cured, if it so elects, before Contractor exercises any of its remedies under the Contract. Shadow Creek Ranch Development Company, L.P. 5195 Las Vegas Boulevard South Las Vegas, Nevada, 89119 39. WORKERS' COMPENSATION INSURANCE COVERAGE. (A) Definitions. Certificate of coverage ("certificate") - A copy of a certificate of insurance, a certificate of authority to self -insure issued by the Texas Workers' Compensation Commission (the "TWCC"), or a coverage agreement (TWCC-81 TWCC-82, TWCC-83, or TWCC 84), showing statutory workers' compensation insurance coverage for the person's or entity's employees providing services on a project, for the duration of the project. Vinson & Elkins, L.L.P. May, 2000 oALAND\ 1546\154664011Biddoc\Interim WWTP_BD.doc Page 5 of 10 Special Conditions CB) Duration of the project - includes the time from the beginning of the work on the project until the Contractor's/person's work on the project has been completed and accepted by the governmental entity. Persons providing services on the project ("subcontractor" in Section 406.096 of the Texas Labor Code) includes all person or entities performing all or part of the services the Contractor has undertaken to perform on the project, regardless of whether that person contracted directly with the Contractor and regardless of whether that person has employees This includes without limitation, independent contractors, subcontractors, leasing companies, motor carriers, owner -operators, employees of any such entity or employees of any entity which furnishes persons to provide services on the project. "Services" include, without limitation, providing, hauling, or delivering equipment or materials, or providing labor, transportation, or other service related to a project. "Services" does not include activities unrelated to the project, such as food/beverage vendors, office supply deliveries, and delivery of portable toilets The Contractor shall provide coverage, based on proper reporting of classification codes and payroll amounts and filing of any coverage agreement, which meets the statutory requirements of Texas Labor Code, §401.011(44) for all employees of the Contractor providing services on the project, for the duration of the project. (C) The Contractor must provide a certificate of coverage to the Owner prior to being awarded the contract. (D) If the coverage period shown on the Contractor's current certificate of coverage ends during the duration of the project, the Contractor must, prior to the end of the coverage period, file a new certificate of coverage with the Owner, showing that the coverage has been extended. (E) The Contractor shall obtain from each person providing services on the project, and provide to the Owner: (1) a certificate of coverage, prior to that person beginning work on the project, so that the Owner will have on file certificates of coverage showing coverage for all persons providing services on the project; and (2) no later than seven days after receipt by the Contractor, a new certificate of coverage showing extension of coverage, if the coverage period shown on the current certificate of coverage ends during the duration of the project; (F) The Contractor shall retain all required certificates of coverage on file for the duration of the project and for two years thereafter; (G) The Contractor shall notify the Owner in writing by certified mail or personal delivery, within 10 days after the Contractor knew or should have known, of any change that materially affects the provision of coverage of any person providing services on the project: (H) The Contractor shall post on each project site a notice, in the text, form and manner prescribed by the TWCC, informing all persons providing services on the project that they are required to be covered, and stating how a person may verify current coverage and report failure to provide coverage. (I) The Contractor shall contractually require each person with whom it contracts to provide services on a project to: (1) provide coverage, based on proper reporting of classification codes and payroll amounts and filing of any coverage agreements, which meets the statutory requirements of Texas Labor Vinson & Elkins, L.L.P. May, 2000 O:\LAND\1546\15466401\BiddocUnterim \WTP_BD.doc Page 6 of 10 Special Conditions (J) Code, §401.011(44) for all its employees providing services on the project, for the duration of the project; (2) provide to the Contractor, prior to that person beginning work on the project, a certificate of coverage showing that coverage is being provided for all employees of the person providing services on the project, for the duration of the project. (3) provide the Contractor, prior to the end of the coverage period, a new certificate of coverage showing extension of coverage if the coverage period shown on the current certificate of coverage ends during the duration of the project; (4) obtain from each other person with whom it contracts, and provide to the Contractor: (a) a certificate of coverage, prior to the other person beginning work on the project; and (b) a new certificate of coverage showing extension of the coverage period, prior to the end of the coverage period if the coverage period shown on the current certificate of coverage ends during the duration of the project retain all required certificates of coverage on file for the duration of the project and for two years thereafter; (6) notify the Owner in writing by certified mail or personal delivery, within 10 days after the person knew or should have known of any change that materially affects the provision of coverage of any person providing services on the project; and contractually require each other person with whom it contracts to perform as required by paragraphs (1) - (7), with the certificate of coverage to be provided to the person for whom they are providing services. By signing this contract or providing or causing to be provided a certificate of coverage, the Contractor is representing to the Owner that all employees of the Contractor who will provide services on the project will be covered by workers' compensation coverage for the duration of the project that the coverage will be based on proper reporting of classification codes and payroll amounts, and that all coverage agreements will be filed with the appropriate insurance carrier or, in the case of a self insured, with the TWCC s Division of Self -Insurance Regulation. Providing false or misleading information may subject the Contractor to administrative penalties, criminal penalties, civil penalties, or other civil actions. (5) (7) (K) The Contractor's failure to comply with any of these provisions is a breach of contract by the Contractor which entitles the Owner to declare the contract void if the Contractor does not remedy the breach within ten days after receipt of notice of breach from the Owner 40. Sales Tax Owner is exempt from Texas sales and use taxes pursuant to Texas Tax Code §151.309 as a political subdivision of the State of Texas. Owner shall provide Contractor with a completed Texas Sales and Use Tax Exemption Certification as evidence of the applicability of such exemption and, accordingly, Contractor shall not collect Texas sales and use taxes from Owner with respect to this contract. Contractor and all subcontractors to Contractor shall issue a Texas Sales and Use Tax Exemption Certification with respect to and shall not pay Texas sales and use taxes on, all purchases of the following items that are exempt from Texas sales and use taxes pursuant to Texas Tax Code § 151.311 (i) tangible personal property that will be incorporated into Owner's realty; (ii) tangible personal property that is necessary and essential for the performance of this contract and is consumed entirely on the job site; and (iii) taxable services for use in the Vinson & Elkins, L.L.P. May, 2000 0:\LAND11546\15466401\Biddoc\Interim WWTP_BD.doc Page 7 of 10 Special Conditions performance of this contract that are performed at the job site and are either integral to the performance of this contract or expressly required to be provided by this contract. In addition, Contractor and all subcontractors to Contractor (i) shall not include any provision for Texas sales and use taxes with respect to such exempt items in any bid or contract amount, and (ii) shall pass on to Owner cost savings due to the exempt status of such exempt items. Contractor's contracts will all subcontractors to Contractor shall include the foregoing provision regarding the exemption from Texas sales and use taxes. 41. Intellectual Property Rights and Indemnification (a) CONTRACTOR shall not furnish or provide to OWNER any Materials or Work that infringes a third party's intellectual property rights (whether it be claims of improper use of confidential information patent infringement, copyright infringement, or the like). CONTRACTOR shall not disclose or provide to OWNER any information, ideas, concepts, improvements, discoveries, inventions, or forms of expression of ideas which CONTRACTOR does not own or otherwise have the right to disclose or provide to OWNER. (b) CONTRACTOR represents and warrants that the Materials and the Work shall be free from third party claims of ownership and that Owner's right to own, use, or otherwise disclose such Materials and Work shall be free from third party claims of infringement of intellectual property rights (whether it be claims of improper use of confidential information, patent infringement, copyright infringement, trademark infringement or the like). (c) CONTRACTOR represents and warrants to OWNER that all information, ideas concepts, improvements, discoveries, inventions, or forms of expression of ideas disclosed or provided to OWNER shall be free from third party claims of ownership and that Owner's right to own, use or otherwise disclose such mformation, ideas concepts, improvements discoveries, inventions, or forms of expression of ideas shall be free from third party claims of infringement of intellectual property rights (whether it be claims or improper use of confidential information, patent infringement, copyright infringement, trademark infringement or the like). (d) CONTRACTOR represents and warrants that all processes or methods utilized by CONTRACTOR to provide its services to OWNER are free from infringement of third party intellectual property rights (whether it be claims of improper use of confidential information patent infringement copyright infringement, or the like) and that all products provided by CONTRACTOR to OWNER are free from third party claims of infringement of intellectual property rights including allegations that the product infringes the claims of the United States process patent in violation of the Process Patents Amendment Act of 1988. CONTRACTOR shall cooperate fully and promptly with OWNER with respect to any notice of infringement or request for disclosure or response to a request for disclosure generated or received by OWNER in connection with CONTRACTOR'S WORK pursuant to the Process Patents Amendment Act of 1988. To the extent that CONTRACTOR obtains products from third parties which it intends to provide to OWNER, CONTRACTOR shall obtain agreements from CONTRACTOR'S vendors to cooperate m connection with requests for disclosure generated or received by OWNER pursuant to the Process Patents Amendment Act of 1988. CONTRACTOR SHALL DEFEND, PROTECT, INDEMNIFY AND HOLD OWNER HARMLESS FROM AND AGAINST ALL LIABILITY, CLAIMS, DEMANDS AND CAUSES OF ACTION BROUGHT BY THIRD PARTIES (AND ALL COSTS, EXPENSES, DAMAGES, LIABILITIES OR JUDGMENTS SUSTAINED OR INCURRED BY OWNER IN CONNECTION THEREWITH, INCLUDING THE COSTS OF INVESTIGATION AND REASONABLE ATTORNEYS FEES) ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO (I) CONTRACTOR'S BREACH OF ANY REPRESENTATION OR WARRANTY, WHETHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, REGARDING INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY RIGHTS; (II) ALLEGATIONS THAT OWNER BY USE OF THE MATERIALS OR THE WORK, INFRINGES ANY THIRD PARTY S INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY RIGHTS (WHETHER (E) Vinson & Elkins, L.L.P. May, 2000 O:\LAND\1546\15466401\Biddoclinte im WWTP_BD.doc Page 8 of 10 Special Conditions ITS SERVICES TO OWNER INFRINGE THIRD PARTY INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY RIGHTS (INCLUDING A VIOLATION OF THE PROCESS PATENTS AMENDMENT ACT OR 1988); OR (VI) THE COSTS EXPENSES, INCLUDING REASONABLE ATTORNEY=S FEES INCURRED BY OWNER IN ENFORCING THE INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY INDEMNITY INCLUDED IN THIS PARAGRAPH. THIS CONTRACTUAL OBLIGATION OF INDEMNIFICATION SHALL APPLY EVEN IF THE THIRD PARTY ALLEGES OR ESTABLISHES THAT OWNER WAS PARTIALLY NEGLIGENT OR OTHERWISE AT FAULT (E.G., THAT OWNER WAS NEGLIGENT IN RETAINING CONTRACTOR'S SERVICES AND ACCEPTING MATERIALS, WORK INFORMATION, IDEAS, CONCEPTS, IMPROVEMENTS, DISCOVERIES, INVENTIONS OR FORMS OF EXPRESSION OF IDEAS FROM CONTRACTOR, OR THAT OWNER WAS NEGLIGENT IN FAILING TO ASCERTAIN WHETHER THE MATERIALS WORK, INFORMATION, LDEAS, CONCEPTS, IMPROVEMENTS, DISCOVERIES, INVENTIONS, OR FORMS OF EXPRESSION OF IDEAS INFRINGED THE RIGHTS OF THIRD PARTIES). 42. Prevailing Wage Rate Scale A. General: Chapter 2258 of the Texas Government Code provides that any political subdivision of the State of Texas shall ascertain the general prevailing wage rate received by the classes of workers employed on projects similar to this project and shall specify in the call for bids and in the Contract the minimum wage rates which shall be paid for each type of worker. This statute further provides that the Contractor or subcontractors shall pay, as a penalty, to the Owner Sixty Dollars ($60.00) for each worker employed for each calendar day or part of the day that the worker is paid less than the wage rates stipulated in the Contract. The Owner is authorized to withhold from the Contractor the amount of this penalty from any payment due under the Contract. The statute likewise requires that the Contractor and subcontractors keep an accurate record of the names and occupations of all persons employed by them in the construction of the Project and to show the actual per diem wages paid to each worker. These records are open to the inspection of the Owner. B. The Prevailing Wage Rate Scale that applies to this Contract is attached hereto included herein as page numbers 1 to 3. 43. The bid prices provided for Phase II elements of this contract (equipment lease and alternate operations) shall remain valid during the effective period of the Phase I lease. Upon notification, the Contractor shall install the Phase II facilities and execute the Phase II Lease Agreement and Service Agreement as necessary. These agreements will be similar in form to the Phase I Agreements. The Owner reserves the right to forego installation of the Phase II plant facilities and terminate the Phase I contract(s) as provided. Vinson & Elkins, L.L.P. Page 9 of 10 Special Conditions May, 2000 0:\LAND\1546\15466401\Biddoc\Jnterim \VWTP_BD.doc 41. (B) Prevailing Wage Rate Scale: Attachment PREVAILING WAGE RATES FOR ENGINEERING CONSTRUCTION FOR DISTRICTS LOCATED WITHIN CORPORATE BOUNDARIES OR ETJ OF CITY OF PEARLAND AND BRAZORIA COUNTY, AND GALVESTON COUNTY • Classification Wage Rate Asphalt Raker I 7.84 I 7.17 Asphalt Shoveler Weigher 11.11 Batching Plant Carpenter 10.35 Finisher Paving 9 48 Concrete Finisher Structures 9.47 Concrete Rubber 8.03 Concrete Electrician 15.03 Flagger 6.66 Builder Structures 9.61 Form & Curb 8.52 Form Liner Paving Form Setter Paving & Curb 8 8.25 8.45 Form Setter Structures Laborer Common 6 6,66 7.64 Laborer Utility Line 7.50 person 8.49 Manhole Builder Brick 10.94 Mechanic 8.62 Oiler 8 69 Servicer Painter Structures __ 12 00 10.63 Piledriver 8 04 Pipe Layer Asphalt Distributor 8 8.66 Asphalt Paving Machine 9.53 Operator 7.14 Broom or Sweeper Bulldozer 9.91 Curing Machine (see also Concrete Paving Curing 8.80 Concrete Machine) Concrete Finishing Finishing Machine) Machine (see also Concrete Paving 11.79 Sealer 10.50 Concrete Joint Concrete Paving Float 9 30 Concrete Paving Saw 9.37 Spreader 9.16 Concrete Paving 9.20 Machine Operator Slipform Shovel 11.35 Crane, Clamshell, Backhoe Derrick, D'Line, Crusher/Screening Plant 11.00 Foundation Drill Operator Crawler Mounted 10.90 Foundation Drill Operator Truck Mounted 10.37 Front End Loader 9.29 Operator 1 10.43 Milling Machine Mixer 1 7 94 1 10.42 Grade) Motor Grader (Fine 9 84 Motor Grader Machine 1 7.45 Marking Pavement Mix Pavements 1 8.32 Steel Wheel Plant Roller Classification .Wage Rate 7.61 Roller Steelwheel Other Flatwheel or tamping Roller Pneumatic Self Propelled 7.40 Scraper 8.69 Tractor Crawler Type 10.12 Tractor Pneumatic 8.99 Traveling Mixer 7.93 Trenching Machine Light 10.00 Machine Heavy 13.56 Trenching Boring Machine 10.15 Wagondrill Paving 9 91 Reinforcing Steel Setter 10.81 Reinforcing Steel Setter Structures Worker Structural 10.18 Steel Erector • 9 53 Sign 8.54 Box Operator Spreader 7.45 Work Zone Barricade Sign Installer 7.45 Driver Single Axle Light 7.61 Truck Axle Heavy 8.21 Truck Driver Single Driver Tandem Axle Semi -trailer 7.90 Truck Truck Driver Lowboy Float 10.07 Welder 9 829 Air Tool Operator 82 Rough 9. 50 Carpenter Helper Rough 787 95 Carpenter Helper Paving 7.047.16 Concrete Finisher Concrete Finisher Helper (Strs) Senior 10.609 Electrician Helper 34 Helper Junior Electrician Helper (Strs) 6.93 Form Builder & Curb) 6.69 Setter Helper (Pvq Form Helper 6.83 Form Setter (Strs) 8. 83 Mechanic Helper Helper 6.36 Pipelayer Bulldozer 150 HP or less 8.40 over 150 HP 9.00 Bulldozer Machine 9.00 Concrete Paving Cunnq Concrete Paving Finishing Machine 8 8 less than 1-1/2 CY 95 .17 Crane Clam Backhoe than 1-1/2 CY 1 .5 0 Backhoe Crane Clam greater Front End Loader 2-1/2 CY and less Over 2-1/2 CY 7 81 6 Front End Loader 7.64 Scrapers 17 CY and less Scrapers over 17 CY 7 64 Over 150 HP 9. 80 Tractor Crawl HP 9.00 Over 80 Tractor Pneumatic Helper 1 9.00 Reinforcing Steel Setter Steelworker Helper (Strs) 7.50 Transit Mix 7.50 Welder Helper 1 8.25 1 8.00 Manhole Builder 6.50 Helper Structures Painter 7.75 Helper (both) Operator Found Drill 7.35 Pump Crete Classification Other Roller St! WhI Erector Helper Sign Instrument Person Rod or Chainperson Watch Engineer Oiler Leverman Mate Deckhand over 250 HP Boatmen Wage Rate 7.00 6.00 7.63 6.58 8.94 6.20 9.70 8.00 6.00 8.30 Bond No. 929219666 PERFORMANCE BOND STATE OF TEXAS COUNTY OF Harris KNOW ALL PERSONS BY THESE PRESENTS: That AquaUtility Construction, LP of the City of Houston County of Harris , and State of Texas , as Principal, and National Fire Insurance Company of Hartford authorized under the Laws of the State of Texas to act as surety on bonds for principals, are held and firmly bound unto Brazona County Municipal Utility District No. 26 on behalf of The City of Pearland&Texas (Owner), in the penal sum of five hundred ten thousand, one hundred and 00/100 Dollars ($510.100.00) for the payment whereof, the said Principal and Surety bind themselves, and their heirs, admuustrators, executors, successors and assigns, jointly and severally, by these presents: WHEREASf the Principal has entered into certain written contract with the Owner, dated the day of l,; l 44'1 i/t > , 20 0 I for CONSTRUCTION OF THE BRAZORIA COUNTY MUNICIPa UTILITY DISTRICT NO. 26 INTERIM WASTEWATER TREATMENT PLANT PHASES I & II TO SERVE SHADOW CREEK RANCH CITY OF PEARLAND, TEXAS LJA JOB NO. 1546-6401-064 which contract is hereby referred to and made a part hereof as fully and to the same extent as if copied at length herein. NOW, THEREFORE, THE CONDITION OF THIS OBLIGATION IS SUCH, that if the said principal shall faithfully perform said Contract and shall in all respects duly and faithfully observe and perform all and singular the covenants, conditions and agreements in and by said contract agreed and covenanted by the Principal to be observed and performed, and according to the true intent and meaning of said Contract and the Plans and Specifications thereto annexed, then this obligation shall be void; otherwise to remain in full force and effect; "PROVIDED, HOWEVER That this bond is executed pursuant to the provisions of Chapter 2253* of the Texas Government Code as amended and all liabilities on this bond shall be determined in accordance with the provisions of said statute to the same extent as if it were copied at length herein.' *Not applicable for federal work. See "The Miller Act," 40 U.S.C. S270. Page 1 of 2 O:\LAN-D\1546\1546640I\Biddoc\Interim WNTP BD.doc Surety, for value received, stipulates and agrees that no change, extension of time, alteration or addition to the terms of the contract, or to work performed thereunder, or the plans, specifications, or drawings, accompanying the same, shall in anyway affect its obligation on this bond, and it does hereby waive notice of any such change, extension of time, alteration or addition to the terms of the contract or the work to be performed thereunder. IN WITNESS WT-TF12EOF, the said Principal and Surety have signed and sealed this instrument this 54h day of ( r3�,Art- , 2001 AquaUtility Construction, LP Principal By: Name: Title: L/2 , �AL4-t tat Address: 11100 Brittmoore Park Drive Houston. Texas 77041 State of Texas County of '`U This instrument was acknowledged before me on this i9rAday of otlob y 20 0 I , by two /'4Jt;L- ,onbehalf ofsaid corporation/partneils_hip., 137 27. .05 %Notary Public in and for the State of Texas My Commission Expires Resident Agent of Surety is: Michael J. Herrod Name, xxxxXXxXxxxxx JAR0 •. National_ Fire Tnsnranre Cnmpany of Hartford Surety Name. Kathleen C. Dzon Title: Attorney —In —Fact Address: Two Chatham Center, L6th F1 Pittsburgh, PA 15219 State of/Text S";p�loe}ts9yjIilc it tc� County of 4! 1t /-W This instrument was acknowledged before me on this /9 "day of 0C he r 20 0 / , by gj.j-j/ J pp it to , on behalf of said corporation/partnership oc a Notary Public in and for thiSt ai of Peters AJinsY My Commission Expires V/gbaSE ry 1* NOTARY PUBLIC STAVE L'r ".. AS ACOMMISSION EXPIRES: � FEBRL ARY 7, 2005 Aon Risk Services, Inc. Company: of Texas Address: 2000 Bering Drive, Suite 900 Houston, TX 77057 Phone: 713-430-6000 ---M-1:51 04_08- iti-biaiat Agent's License No.: 862-942 Notarial Seal Lisa A. DiGre o Notary Public City of Pittsburgh, Allegheny County My Commission Expires July 18, 200. Member, Pennsylvania Association of Notari Agency's License No.: 005873373 Page 2 of 2 O:ALAND\I546\1546640PEiddoc\lnterim WWTP_BD.doc POWER OF ATTORNEY APPOIN T ING INDIVIDUAL. ATTORNEY -IN -FACT Know All Men By These Presents, That Continental Casualty Company, National Fire Insurance Company of Hartford, and American Casualty Company of Reading Pennsylvania (herein called "the CNA Companies"), are duly organized and existing corporations having their principal offices in the City of Chicago, and State of Illinois, and that they do by virtue of the signatures and seals herein affixed hereby make, constitute and appoint Kathleen C. Dzon, Colleen A. Locher, Richard G. Scherder, Neil H. Brown, Individually of Pittsburgh, Pennsylvania their true and lawful Attorney(s)-in-Fact with full power and authority hereby conferred to sign, seal and execute for and on their behalf bonds, undertakings and other obligatory instruments of similar nature --- In Unlimited Amounts and to bind them thereby as fully and to the same extent as if such instruments were signed by a duly authorized officer of their corporations and all the acts of said Attorney, pursuant to the authority hereby given is hereby ratified and confirmed. This Power of Attorney is made and executed pursuant to and by authority of the By -Law and Resolutions, printed on the reverse hereof, duly adopted as indicated by the Boards of Directors of the corporations. In Witness Whereof, the CNA Companies have caused these presents to be signed by their Vice President and their corporate seals to be hereto affixed on this 16th day of August, 2001. Continental Casualty Company National Fire Insurance Company of Hartford American Casualty Company of Reading, Pennsylvania -14/1.dia4 7),/, Michael Gengler Group Vice President State of Illinois County of Cook, ss: On this 16th day of August, 2001, before me personally came Michael Gengler to me known, who, being by me duly sworn, did depose and say: that he resides in the City of Chicago, State of Illinois; that he is a Group Vice President of Continental Casualty Company, National Fire Insurance Company of Hartford, and American Casualty Company of Reading, Pennsylvania described in and which executed the above instrument; that he knows the seals of said corporations; that the seals affixed to the said instrument are such corporate seals that they were so affixed pursuant to authority given by the Boards of Directors of said corporations and that he signed his name thereto pursuant to like authority, and acknowledges same to be the act and deed of said corporations. My Commission Expires June 5, 2004 Patkaztt, Eileen T. Pachuta Notary Public CERTIFICATE I, Mary A. Ribikawskis, Assistant Secretary of Continental Casualty Company, National Fire Insurance Company of Hartford, and American Casualty Company of Reading, Pennsylvania do hereby certify that the Power of Attorney herein above set forth is still in force, and further certify that the By -Law and Resolution of the Board of Directors of the corporations printed on the reverse hereof is still in force. In testimony whereof I have hereunto subscribed my name and affixed the seal of the said corporations this 1 9th day of October , 2001 • Continental Casualty Company National Fire Insurance Company of Hartford American Casualty Company of Reading, Pennsylvania Mary A. Ribikawskis (Rev. 1/23/01) Assistant Secretary Authorizing By-Laws and Resolutions ADOPTED BY THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS OF CONTINENTAL CASUALTY COMPANY This Power of Attorney is made and executed pursuant to and by authority of the following By-Law duly adopted by the Board of Directors of the Company "Article IX—Execution of Documents Section 3.Appointment of Attorney-in-fact.The Chairman of the Board of Directors,the President or any Executive,Senior or Group Vice President may, from time to time,appoint by written certificates attorneys-in-fact to act in behalf of the Company in the execution of policies of insurance, bonds, undertakings and other obligatory instruments of like nature. Such attorneys-in-fact,subject to the limitations set forth in their respective certificates of authority,shall have full power to bind the Company by their signature and execution of any such instruments and to attach the seal of the Company thereto.The Chairman of the Board of Directors,the President or any Executive, Senior or Group Vice President or the Board of Directors,may,at any time, revoke all power and authority previously given to any attorney-in-fact." This Power of Attorney is signed and sealed by facsimile under and by the authority of the following Resolution adopted by the Board of ' Directors of the Company at a meeting duly called and held on the 17th day of February, 1993. "Resolved,that the signature of the President or any Executive,Senior or Group Vice President and the seal of the Company may be affixed by facsimile on any power of attorney granted pursuant to Section 3 of Article IX of the By-Laws,and the signature of the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary and the seal of the Company may be affixed by facsimile to any certificate of any such power and any power or certificate bearing such facsimile signature and seal shall be valid and binding on the Company Any such power so executed and sealed and certified by certificate so executed and sealed shall,with respect to any bond or undertaking to which it is attached,continue to be valid and binding on the Company" ADOPTED BY THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS OF AMERICAN CASUALTY COMPANY OF READING, PENNSYLVANIA. This Power of Attorney is made and executed pursuant to and by authority of the following By-Law duly adopted by the Board of Directors of the Company "Article VI--Execution of Obligations and Appointment of Attorney-in-Fact Section 2.Appointment of Attorney-in-fact.The Chairman of the Board of Directors,the President or any Executive, Senior or Group Vice President may,from time to time,appoint by written certificates attorneys-in-fact to act in behalf of the Company in the execution of policies of insurance, bonds,undertakings and other obligatory instruments of like nature.Such attorneys-in-fact,subject to the limitations set forth in their respective certificates of authority,shall have full power to bind the Company by their signature and execution of any such instruments and to attach the seal of the Company thereto.The President or any Executive,Senior or Group Vice President may at any time revoke all power and authority previously given to any attorney-in-fact." This Power of Attorney is signed and sealed by facsimile under and by the authority of the following Resolution adopted by the Board of Directors of the Company at a meeting duly called and held on the 17th day of February, 1993. "Resolved,that the signature of the President or any Executive,Senior or Group Vice President and the seal of the Company may be affixed by facsimile on any power of attorney granted pursuant to Section 2 of Article VI of the By-Laws,and the signature of the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary and the seal of the Company may be affixed by facsimile to any certificate of any such power and any power or certificate bearing such facsimile signature and seal shall be valid and binding on the Company Any such power so executed and sealed and certified by certificate so executed and sealed shall,with respect to any bond or undertaking to which it is attached,continue to be valid and binding on the Company" ADOPTED BY THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS OF NATIONAL FIRE INSURANCE COMPANY OF HARTFORD• This Power of Attorney is made and executed pursuant to and by authority of the following Resolution duly adopted on February 17, 1993 by the Board of Directors of the Company "RESOLVED:That the President,an Executive Vice President,or any Senior or Group Vice President of the Corporation may,from - time to time,appoint,by written certificates,Attorneys-in-Fact to act in behalf of the Corporation in the execution of policies of insurance, bonds,undertakings and other obligatory instruments of like nature. Such Attorney-in-Fact,subject to the limitations set forth in their _ respective certificates of authority,shall have full power to bind the Corporation by their signature and execution of any such instrument and to attach the seal of the Corporation thereto.The President,an Executive Vice President,any Senior or Group Vice President or the Board of Directors may at any time revoke all power and authority previously given to any Attorney-in-Fact." This Power of Attorney is signed and sealed by facsimile under and by the authority of the following Resolution adopted by the Board of Directors of the Company at a meeting duly called and held on the 17th day of February, 1993. "RESOLVED:That the signature of the President,an Executive Vice President or any Senior or Group Vice President and the seal of the Corporation may be affixed by facsimile on any power of attorney granted pursuant to the Resolution adopted by this Board of Directors on February 17, 1993 and the signature of a Secretary or an Assistant Secretary and the seal of the Corporation may be affixed by facsimile to any certificate of any such power,and any power or certificate bearing such facsimile signature and seal shall be valid and binding on the Corporation.Any such power so executed and sealed and certified by certificate so executed and sealed,shall with respect to any bond or undertaking to which it is attached,continue to be valid and binding on the Corporation." Bond No. 929219666 PAYMENT BOND STATE OF TEXAS COUNTY OF Harris KNOW ALL PERSONS BY THESE PRESENTS: That AquaUtility Construction. LP of the City of Houston County of Harris , and State of Texas , as Principal, and National Fire Insurance Company of Hartford authorized under the Laws of the State of Texas to act as surety on bonds for principals, are held and firmly bound unto Brazoria County Municipal Utility District No 26 on behalf of The City of Pearland, Texas (Owner), in the penal sum of five hundred ten thousand. one hundred and 00/100 Dollars ($ 510,100.00) for the payment whereof, the said Principal and Surety bind themselves, and their heirs, administrators, executors, successors and assigns, jointly and severally, by these presents: 7 WHEREAS, the Principal has entered into a certain written contract with the Owner, dated the day of 4r,,.r4,0✓ , 20 o for CONSTRUCTION OF THE BRAZORIA COUNTY MUNICIPAL UTILITY DISTRICT NO. 26 INTERIM WASTEWATER TREATMENT PLANT PHASES I & II TO SERVE SHADOW CREEK RANCH CITY OF PEARLAND, TEXAS LJA JOB NO. 1546-6401-064 which contract is hereby referred to and made a part hereof as fully and to the same extent as if copied at length herein. NOW, THEREFORE, THE CONDITION OF THIS OBLIGATION IS SUCH, that if the said principal shall pay all claimants supplying labor and material to him or a subcontractor in the prosecution of the work provided for in said con- tract, then, this obligation shall be void; otherwise to remain in full force and effect; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that this bond is executed pursuant to the provisions of Chapter 2253 of the Texas Government Code as amended and all liabilities on this bond shall be determined in accordance with the provisions of said statute to the same extent as if it were copied at length herein. Surety, for value received, stipulates and agrees that no change, extension of time, alteration or addition to the terms of the contract, or to the work performed thereunder or the plans, specifications or drawings accompanying the same, shall in anyway effect its obligation on this bond and it does hereby waive notice of any such change, extension of time alteration or addition to the terms of the contract, or to the work to be performed thereunder Page 1 of 2 O:\LAND\1546\I 5466401\BiddocUmerim WWTP BD.doc IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the said Principal and Surety have signed and sealed this instrument this th day of �vt,1,20 01 AquaUtilitv Construction, LP Principal By: Name. Title: vz&_d t Address: 11100 Bnttinoore Park Drive Houston, Texas 77041 Resident Agent of Surety is: Michael J. Herrod Name: xxxxxxxxxxxxx Address: 2000 Bering Drive, Suite 900 Houston, TX 77057 Phone: 713-430-6000 National Fire Insurance Company of Hartford Surety By: 4 7-2 Name. Kathleen C: Dzon Title: Attorney -In -Fact Address: Two Chatham Center, 16th FL Pittsburgh, PA 15219 Agent's License No.: 8 6 2 -9 4 2 Agency's License No.: 005873373 Page 2 of 2 O:\LAND\1546\1546640I\Biddoc\tnterim WWTP BD.doc POWER OF ATTORNEY APPOINTING INDIVIDUAL ATTORNEY -IN -FACT Know AM Men By These Presents, That Continental Casualty Company, National Fire Insurance Company of Hartford, and American Casualty Company of Reading Pennsylvania (herein called "the CNA Companies"), are duly organized and existing corporations having their principal offices in the City of Chicago, and State of Illinois, and that they do by virtue of the signatures and seals herein affixed hereby make, constitute and appoint Kathleen C. Dzon, Colleen A. Locher, Richard G. Scherder, Neil H. Brown. Individually of Pittsburgh, Pennsylvania their true and lawful Attorneys}-m-Fact with full power and authonty hereby conferred to sign, seal and execute for and on their behalf bonds, undertakings and other obligatory instruments of similar nature -- In Unlimited Amounts -- and to bind them thereby as fully and to the same extent as if such instruments were signed by a duly authorized officer of their corporations and all the acts of said Attorney, pursuant to the authority hereby given is hereby ratified and confirmed. This Power of Attorney is made and executed pursuant to and by authority of the By -Law and Resolutions, printed on the reverse hereof, duly adopted, as indicated by the Boards of Directors of the corporations In Witness Whereof, the CNA Companies have caused these presents to be signed by their Vice President and their corporate seals to be hereto affixed on this 16th day of August, 2001. Continental Casualty Company National Fire Insurance Company of Hartford Arnencan Casualty Company of Reading, Pennsylvania (Aa4 7)2t, Michael Gengler Group Vice President State of Illinois County of Cook, ss: On this 16th day of August, 2001, before me personally came Michael Gengler to me known, who, being by me duly sworn, did depose and say: that he resides in the City of Chicago, State of Illinois; that he is a Group Vice President of Continental Casualty Company, National Fire Insurance Company of Hartford, and American Casualty Company of Reading, Pennsylvania described in and which executed the above instrument; that he knows the seals of said corporations; that the seals affixed to the said instrument are such corporate seals that they were so affixed pursuant to authority given by the Boards of Directors of said corporations and that he signed his name thereto pursuant to like authority, and acknowledges same to be the act and deed of said corporations. My Commission Expires June 5, 2004 Eileen T. Pachuta Notary Public CERTIFICATE I, Mary A. Ribikawskis, Assistant Secretary of Continental Casualty Company, National Fire Insurance Company of Hartford, and American Casualty Company of Reading, Pennsylvania do hereby certify that the Power of Attorney herein above set forth is still in force, and further certify that the By -Law and Resolution of the Board of Directors of the corporations printed on the reverse hereof is still in force. In testimony whereof I have hereunto subscribed my name and affixed the seal of the said corporations this 19th day of Ortnher 200-1 • Continental Casualty Company National Fire Insurance Company of Hartford Amencan Casualty Company of Reading, Pennsylvania Mary A. Ribikawskis (Rev. 1/23/01) Assistant Secretary Authorizing By-Laws and Resolutions ADOPTED BY THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS OF CONTINENTAL CASUALTY COMPANY This Power of Attorney is made and executed pursuant to and by authority of the following By-Law duly adopted by the Board of Directors of the Company "Article iX--Execution of Documents Section 3.Appointment of Attorney-in-fact.The Chairman of the Board of Directors,the President or any Executive, Senior or Group Vice President may,from time to time,appoint by written certificates attorneys-in-fact to act in behalf of the Company in the execution of policies of insurance, bonds, undertakings and other obligatory instruments of like nature. Such attorneys-in-fact,subject to the limitations set forth in their respective certificates of authority shall have full power to bind the Company by their signature and execution of any such instruments and to attach the seal of the Company thereto.The Chairman of the Board of Directors, the President or any Executive, Senior or Group Vice President or the Board of Directors, may,at any time, revoke all power and authority previously given to any attorney-in-fact." This Power of Attorney is signed and sealed by facsimile under and by the authority of the following Resolution adopted by the Board of Directors of the Company at a meeting duly called and held on the 17th day of February, 1993. "Resolved,that the signature of the President or any Executive,Senior or Group Vice President and the seal of the Company may be affixed by facsimile on any power of attorney granted pursuant to Section 3 of Article IX of the By-Laws,and the signature of the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary and the seal of the Company may be affixed by facsimile to any certificate of any such power and any power or certificate bearing such facsimile signature and seal shall be valid and binding on the Company Any such power so executed and sealed and certified by certificate so executed and sealed shall,with respect to any bond or undertaking to which it is attached,continue to be valid and binding on the Company" ADOPTED BY THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS OF AMERICAN CASUALTY COMPANY OF READING, PENNSYLVANIA. This Power of Attorney is made and executed pursuant to and by authority of the following By-Law duly adopted by the Board of Directors of the Company "Article VI—Execution of Obligations and Appointment of Attorney-in-Fact Section 2.Appointment of Attorney-in-fact.The Chairman of the Board of Directors,the President or any Executive, Senior or Group Vice President may,from time to time,appoint by written certificates attorneys-in-fact to act in behalf of the Company in the execution of policies of insurance, bonds,undertakings and other obligatory instruments of like nature.Such attorneys-in-fact,subject to the limitations set forth in their respective certificates of authority,shall have full power to bind the Company by their signature and execution of any such instruments and to attach the seal of the Company thereto.The President or any Executive,Senior or Group Vice President may at any time revoke all power and authority previously given to any attorney-in-fact." This Power of Attorney is signed and sealed by facsimile under and by the authority of the following Resolution adopted by the Board of — Directors of the Company at a meeting duly called and held on the 17th day of February, 1993. "Resolved,that the signature of the President or any Executive,Senior or Group Vice President and the seal of the Company may be affixed by facsimile on any power of attorney granted pursuant to Section 2 of Article VI of the By-Laws,and the signature of the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary and the seal of the Company may be affixed by facsimile to any certificate of any such power and any power or certificate bearing such facsimile signature and seal shall be valid and binding on the Company Any such power so executed and sealed and certified by certificate so executed and sealed shall,with respect to any bond or undertaking to which it is attached,continue to be valid and binding on the Company" ADOPTED BY THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS OF NATIONAL FIRE INSURANCE COMPANY OF HARTFORD- This Power of Attorney is made and executed pursuant to and by authority of the following Resolution duly adopted on February 17, 1993 by the Board of Directors of the Company "RESOLVED-That the President,an Executive Vice President,or any Senior or Group Vice President of the Corporation may,from time to time,appoint, by written certificates,Attorneys-in-Fact to act in behalf of the Corporation in the execution of policies of insurance, bonds, undertakings and other obligatory instruments of like nature. Such Attorney-in-Fact,subject to the limitations set forth in their respective certificates of authority,shall have full power to bind the Corporation by their signature and execution of any such instrument and to attach the seal of the Corporation thereto.The President,an Executive Vice President,any Senior or Group Vice President or the Board of Directors may at any time revoke all power and authority previously given to any Attorney-in-Fact." This Power of Attorney is signed and sealed by facsimile under and by the authority of the following Resolution adopted by the Board of Directors of the Company at a meeting duly called and held on the 17th day of February, 1993. "RESOLVED-That the signature of the President,an Executive Vice President or any Senior or Group Vice President and the seal I of the Corporation may be affixed by facsimile on any power of attorney granted pursuant to the Resolution adopted by this Board of Directors on February 17, 1993 and the signature of a Secretary or an Assistant Secretary and the seal of the Corporation may be affixed by facsimile to any certificate of any such power,and any power or certificate bearing such facsimile signature and seal shall be valid and binding on the Corporation.Any such power so executed and sealed and certified by certificate so executed and sealed,shall with respect to any bond or undertaking to which it is attached,continue to be valid and binding on the Corporation." State of Texas Claim Notice Endorsement To be attached to and form a part of Bond No. 929219666 In accordance with Section 2253.021(f) of the Texas Government Code and Section 53.202(6) of the Texas Property Code any notice of claim to the named surety under this bond(s) should be sent to: CNA Surety 333 South Wabash Chicago, IL 60604 Telephone: (312) 822-5000 Form F6944 Vioii9io1`' .. , ACORDTM CERTIFICATE OF LIABILITY INSURANCE ° ^.ODUCER THIS CERTIFICATE IS ISSUED AS A MATTER OF INFORMATION Aon Risk Services, Inc. of Pennsylvania Dominion Tower, loth Floor ONLY AND CONFERS NO RIGHTS UPON THE CERTIFICATE 625 Liberty Avenue HOLDER. THIS CERTIFICATE DOES NOT AMEND, EXTEND OR ALTER THE COVERAGE AFFORDED BY THE POLICIES BELOW. Pittsburgh PA 15222-3110 USA INSURERS AFFORDING COVERAGE INSURED INSURER A: American Home Assurance Co. AquaUtility Construction, L.P. Joan Webster -Cohen, Risk Manager INSURERB: Insurance Co State Of Pennsylvania Suite 200, Mail Drop C4-2-1 INSURERC: Aegis,Assoc. Electric & Gas Ins Sery Ltd Cherrington Corp Ctr-400 Fairway Dr. Moon Township PA 15108 USA INSURERD: INSURER E: ;OVERAGES This Cettlficate•isrnot<intendei toapecify all'endoisenients,cove ages terms; conditions and exclusions of thetiOlitieSiSho ISZACMay, 'Apply. THE POLICIES OF INSURANCE LISTED BELOW HAVE BEEN ISSUED TO THE INSURED NAMED ABOVE FOR THE POLICY PERIOD INDICATED NOTWITHSTANDING ANY REQUIREMENT, TERM OR CONDITION OF ANY CONTRACT OR OTHER DOCUMENT WITH RESPECT TO WHICH THIS CERTIFICATE MAY BE ISSUED OR MAY PERTAIN, THE INSURANCE AFFORDED BY THE POLICIES DESCRIBED HEREIN IS SUBJECT TO ALL THE TERMS, EXCLUSIONS AND CONDITIONS OF SUCH POLICIES, AGGREGATE LIMITS SHOWN MAY HAVE BEEN REDUCED BY PAID CLAIMS, IR TYPE OF INSURANCE POLICY NUM DER. POLICY EFFECTIVE POLICYEXPIILITION LTIITS , R DATE(MM\DD\YY) DATE(MM\DD\YY) GL5442022 12/15/00 12/15/01 EACH OCCURRENCE $1,000,000 GENERAL LIABILITY COMMERCIAL GENERAL LIABILITY X COMMERCIAL GENERAL LIABILITY FIRE DAMAGE(Anv one fire) $ 250, 000 CLAIMS MADE X OCCUR MED EXP (Anv one person) $10, 000 PERSONAL & ADV INJURY $1/000/000 GENERAL AGGREGATE $2,000,000 GEN'L AGGREGATE LIMIT APPLIES PER: PRODUCTS - COMP/OPAGG $2, 000, 000 � X PRO- ■ t POLICY JECT LOC AUTOMOBILE LIABILITY CA5488111 12/15/00 12/15/01 COMBINED SINGLE LIMIT p BUSINESS AUTOMOBILE — TEXAS (Ea accident) $1/000/000 X ANY AUTO _' ALL OWNED SCHEDULED AUTOS AUTOS BODILY INJURY ( Per palm) X X HIRED AUTOS NON OWNED AUTOS BODILY INJURY (Per accident) PROPERTY DAMAGE (Per accident) GARAGE LIABILITY AUTO ONLY - EA ACCIDENT ANY AUTO OTHER THAN EA ACC AUTO ONLY: AGG X0194A1A98 10/31/98 10/31/01 EACH OCCURRENCE $4,000,000 C EXCESS LIABILITY EXCESS LIABILITY OCCUR (1{ CLAIMS MADE AGGREGATE $4, 000, 000 DEDUCTIBLE, X RETENTION $ $500,000 VORKERSCOMPENSATION AND WC7206542 WORKERS COMPENSATION — AOS 12/15/00 12/15/01 X /C STATU- ORY LBNITS OTH- ER EMPLOYERS' LIABILITY E.L EACH ACCIDENT $1, 000, 000 E.L. DISEASE -POLICY LIMIT $1, 0001000 E.L. DISEASE -EA EMPLOYEE $1, 000, 000 OTHER DESCRIPTION OP OPERATIONS/LOCATIONS/VEHICLES/EXCLUSIONS ADDED BY ENDORSEMENT/SPECIAL PROVISIONS RE: BRAZORIA MUD 26 - SHADOW CREEK PHASE I & II INTERIM WWTP SEE ATTACHMENT) ERTIFICATE HOLDER CANCELLATION SHOULD ANY OF TH EBBOVE DESCRIBED POLICIES BE CANCELLED BEFORE THE EXPIRATION DATE THEREOF, THE ISSUING COMPANY WILL ENDEAVOR TO MAIL BRAZORIA COUNTY MUNICIPAL UTILITY DISTRICT NO 26 30 DAYS WRI I I EN NOTICE TO THE CERTIFICATE HOLDER NAMED TO THE LEFT. BUT FAILURE TO D0 SO SHALL IMPOSE NO OBLIGATION OR LIABILITY C/O LJA ENGINEERING & SURVEYING INC OF ANY KIND UPON THE COMPANY. ITS AGENTS OR REPRESENTATIVES. 2929 BRIARPARK DRIVE AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE S "— /�E_-,—r__e_�� SUITE 600 �" HOUSTON TX 77092 USA CORD25-S (7/971 ' - ACORD CORPORATION 1988 ..,, s:f:.... a.. NT.. . s-rnnnnacn,nc T-Inlrlcr Trjantifinr • Attachment to ACORD Certificate for AquaUtility Construction, L.P. The terms, conditions and provisions noted below are hereby attached to the captioned certificate as additional description of the coverage afforded by the insurer(s). This attachment does not contain all terms, conditions, coverages or exclusions contained in the policy. INSURED AquaUtility Construction, L.P. Joan Webster -Cohen, Risk Manager Suite 200, Mail Drop C9-2-1 Cherrington Corp Ctr-400 Fairway Dr. Moon Township PA 15108 USA ADDITIONAL POLICIES INSURER INSURER INSURER INSURER INSURER If a policy below does not include limit information, refer to the corresponding policy on the ACORD certificate form for policy limits INSR LTR TYPE OF INSURANCE POLICYNUDIBER POLICY DESCRIPTION POLICY EFFECTIVE DATE POLICY EXPIRATION LIMITS DATE DESCRIPTION OF OPERATIONS/LOCATIONS/VEHICLES/EXCLUSIONS ADDED BY ENDORSEMENT/SPECIAL PROVISIONS BRAZORIA COUNTY MUNICIPAL UTILITY DISTRICT NO. 26, THE CITY OF PEARLAND, TEXAS, SHADOW CREEK RANCH DEVELOPMENT COMPANY, L.P. AND LJA ENGINEERING & SURVEYING, INC. IS NAMED AS ADDITIONAL INSURED WITH RESPECT TO THE GENERAL LIABILITY AND AUTOMOBILE LIABILITY POLICIES. A WAIVER OF SUBROGATION APPLIES TO THE SAME POLICIES. Certificate No : 570000963705 INSURANCE AND BOND REQUIREMENTS The following stipulations govern the entire work. GENERAL Contractor, and all subcontractors of every tier, shall purchase and maintain in force the following kinds of insurance in companies acceptable to the Owner, all at the sole cost of the Contractor and such subcontractors. CONTRACTOR'S LIABILITY INSURANCE COVERAGE A. Worker's Compensation B. COMPREHENSIVE GENERAL LIABILITY: Include Independent Contractor's Liability; Contractual Liability Liability Completed Operations and Products Liability all on the occurrence basis, with Personal Injury Coverage and broad form Property Damage except the "XCU" exclusions. Completed Operations Liability shall be kept in force for at least one year after the date of fmal completion. 1 Bodily and Personal Injury: 2. Property Damage: C. COMPREHENSIVE AUTOMOBILE LIABILITY: Include non -ownership and hired car coverage as well as owned vehicles. 1. MINIMUM LIMITS OF LIABILITY Statutory Each Person $2,000,000.00 Each Occurrence $2,000,000.00 Each Occurrence $1,000,000.00 Each Aggregate $1,000,000.00 Bodily Injury: Each Person $ 500,000.00 Each Occurrence $1,000,000 00 2. Property Damage: D. ADDITIONAL REQUIREMENTS Each Occurrence $500,000.00 1. These clauses indicating minimum requirements shall not be used by the insurer or anyone to limit the amount of coverage in connection with the work under this Contract in the event the Contractor's existing policy coverage amount exceeds these minimum requirements. 2. Prior to start of construction, the Contractor shall forward to the Owner and Engineer, a certificate of insurance in force which includes a notice that the policies contain the provisions set forth above and in the following paragraph and naming Brazoria County Municipal Utility District No. 26, The City of Pearland, Texas, Shadow Creek Ranch Development Company, L.P. and LJA Engineering & Surveying, Inc. as additional named insureds. 3. Each insurance policy shall contain a provision that at least 30 days prior written notice will be given to the Owner, the Developer and the Engineer m the event of cancellation or content change. • Page 1 of 2 O:V.AND\1546\I546640I\BIDDOC\INTERIM WWTP BD.DOC 4. Waivers of subrogation shall be included on all insurance policies carried by Contractor in favor of Owner, the Developer and Engineer. GUARANTY BONDS A. No later than ten days from and after date on which a Contract between Owner and Contractor is entered into, Contractor shall execute, as Principal bonds joined m by a surety company, acceptable to Owner, on forms satisfactory to Owner generally referred to as a "Performance Bond", and a "Payment Bond", each in a penal sum equal to 100% of the Contract Price B. Performance and Payment Bonds shall remain in force for and until one year after final completion and final acceptance by the Owner of the Work C. Contractor shall execute, as principal, a maintenance bond joined in by a surety company, acceptable to Owner, on a form satisfactory to Owner, generally referred to as a "Maintenance Bond" in the amount of fifty percent of the Contract Price. Such Maintenance Bond shall remain in force for and until two years after final acceptance of the project by the City of Pearland, Texas. D. Surety companies executing bonds shall be acceptable to the Owner, authorized to do business in the State of Texas and acceptable according to latest list of companies holding Certificates of Authority from the U.S Secretary of the Treasury. OCCUPATIONAL SAFETY AND HEALTH REGULATIONS All Contractors, including all subcontractors shall comply with the current edition of the Occupational Safety and Health Regulations, construction manual, Occupational Safety and Health Administration (OSHA), U.S. Department of Labor. Page 2 of 2 O:U.AND\1546\ 154664011BIDDOCINTERCJ W WTP_eo.DOC This document has important legal consequences: consultation with an attorney is encouraged with respect to its completion or modification. STANDARD GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONSTRUCTION CONTRACT Prepared by Engineers Joint Contract Documents Committee and Issued and Published Jointly by PROFESSIONAL ENGINEERS IN PRIVATE PRACTICE A practice division of the NATIONAL SOCIETY OF PROFESSIONAL ENGINEERS AMERICAN CONSULTING ENGINEERS COUNCIL AMERICAN SOCIETY OF CIVIL ENGINEERS CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATIONS INSTITUTE This document has been approved and endorsed by The Associated General Contractors of America These General Conditions has been prepared for use with the Owner -Contractor Agreements (No. 1910-A-1 or 1910- 8-A-2) (1990 Editions). Their provisions are interrelated and a change in one may necessitate a change in the others. Comments concerning their usage are contained in the Commentary on Agreements for Engineering Services and Contract Documents (No. 1910-9) (1986 Edition). For guidance in the preparation of Supplementary Conditions, see Guide to the Preparation of Supplementary Conditions (No. 1910-17) (1990 Edition). When bidding is involved the Standard Form of Instructions to Bidders (No. 1910-12) (1990 Edition) may be used. TABLE OF CONTENTS OF GENERAL CONDITIONS Article or Paragraph Number & Title 1. DEFINITIONS 1.1 Addenda 1.2 Agreement 1.3 Application for Payment 1.4 Asbestos 1.5 Bid 1.6 Bidding Documents 1.7 Bidding Requirement 1.8 Bonds 1.9 Change Order 1.10 Contract Documents 1.11 Contract Price 1.12 Contract Times 1.13 CONTRACTOR 1.14 defective 1.15 Drawings 1.16 Effective Date of the Agreement 1.17 ENGINEER 1.18 ENGINEER's Consultant 1.19 Field Order 1.20 General Requirements 1.21 Hazardous Waste 1.22 Laws and Regulations; Laws or Regulations 1.23 Liens 1.24 Milestone 1.25 Notice of Award 1.26 Notice to Proceed 1.27 OWNER 1.28 Partial Utilization 1.29 PCBs 1.30 Petroleum 1.31 Project 1.32 Radioactive Material 1.33 Resident Project Representative 1.34 Samples 1.35 Shop Drawings 1.36 Specifications 1.37 Subcontractor 1.38 Substantial Completion 1.39 Supplementary Conditions 1.40 Supplier 1.41 Underground Facilities 1.42 Unit Price Work 1.43 Work 1.44 Work Change Directive 1.45 Written Amendment 2. PRELIMINARY MATTERS 2.1 Delivery of Bonds 2.2 Copies of Documents 2.3 Commencement of Contract Times, Notice to Proceed 2.4 Starting the Work Page Article or Paragraph Number Number & Title 13 13 13 13 13 13 13 13 13 13 13 13 13 13 13 13 13 13 13 13 13 13 13 13 13 13 13 14 14 14 14 14 14 14 14 14 14 14 14 14 14 14 14 14 14 14 2.5-2.7 Before Starting Construction: CONTRACTOR's Responsibility to Report: Preliminary Schedules; Delivery of Certificates of Insurance 2.8 Preconstruction Conference 2.9 Initially Acceptable Schedules 3. CONTRACT DOCUMENTS' INTENT, AMENDING, REUSE 3.1-3.2 Intent 3.3 Reference to Standards and Specifications of Technical Societies; Reporting and Resolving Discrepancies 3.4 Intent of Certain Terms or Adjectives 3.5 Amending Contract Documents 3.6 Supplementing Contract Documents 3.7 Reuse of Documents Page Number 15 15 15 15 15 15 16 16 16 16 4. AVAILABILITY OF LANDS; SUBSURFACE AND PHYSICAL CONDITIONS; REFERENCE POINTS 16 16 16 16 4.1 Availability of Lands 4.2 Subsurface and Physical Conditions 4.2.1 Reports and Drawings 4.2.2 Limited Reliance by CONTRACTOR Authorized; Technical Data 4.2.3 Notice of Differing Subsurface or Physical Conditions 4.2.4 ENGINEER's Review 4.2.5 Possible Contract Documents Change 4.2.6 Possible Price and Times Adjustments 4.3 Physical Conditions - Underground Facilities 4.3.1 Shown or Indicated 4.3.2 Not Shown or Indicated 4.4 Reference Points 4.5 Asbestos, PCBs, Petroleum, Hazardous Waste or Radioactive Material 5. BONDS AND INSURANCE 5 1-5.2 Performance, Payment and Other Bonds 5.3 Licensed Sureties and Insurers; Certificates of Insurance 5.4 CONTRACTOR's Liability Insurance 5.5 OWNER's Liability Insurance 5.6 Property Insurance 14 5.7 Boiler and Machinery or Additional 14 Property Insurance 14 5.8 Notice of Cancellation Provisions 5.9 CONTRACTOR's Responsibility for Deductible Amounts 14 5.10 Other Special Insurance 5.11 Waiver of Rights 14 16 17 17 17 17 17 17 17 18 18 18 18 18 19 19 19 19 20 20 20 20 1 Article or Paragraph Number & Title 5.12-5.13 5.14 5.15 Receipt and Application of Insurance Proceeds Acceptance of Bonds and Insurance Option to Replace Partial Utilization - Property Insurance CONTRACTOR'S RESPONSIBILITIES 6.1-6.2 6.3-6.5 6.6 6.7 6.8-6.11 6.12 6.13 6.14 6.15 6.16 6.17 6.18 6.19 6.20 6.21 6.22 6.23 6.24 6.25 6.26 6.27 6.28 6.29 6.30 6.31-6.33 6.34 Supervision and Superintendence Labor, Materials and Equipment Progress Schedule Substitutes and "Or -Equal" Items; CONTRACTOR's Expense; Substitute Construction Methods or Procedures; ENGINEER'S Evaluation Concerning Subcontractors, Suppliers and Others; Waiver of Rights Patent Fees and Royalties Permits Laws and Regulations Taxes Use of Premises Site Cleanliness Safe Structural Loading Record Drawings Safety and Protection Safety Representative Hazard Communication Program Emergencies Shop Drawings and Samples Submittal Procedures; CONTRACTOR's Review Prior to Shop Drawing or Sample Submittal Shop Drawing & Sample Submittals Review by ENGINEER Responsibility for Variation From Contract Documents Related Work Performed Prior to ENGINEER's Review and Approval of Required Submittals Continuing the Work CONTRACTOR's General Warranty and Guarantee Indemnification Survival of Obligations 7. OTHER WORK 7.1 7.3 Related Work at Site 7.4 Coordination 8. OWNER'S RESPONSIBILITIES 8.1 Communications to Contractor 8.2 Replacement of ENGINEER 8.3 Furnish Data and Pay Promptly When Due 8.4 Lands and Easements; Reports and Tests 8.5 Insurance Page Article or Paragraph Number Number & Title 8.6 Change Orders 20 8.7 Inspections Tests and Approvals 8.8 Stop and Suspend Work; Terminate 20 CONTRACTOR's Services 8.9 Limitations on OWNER's 20 Responsibilities 8.10 Asbestos, PCBs, Petroleum, Hazardous Waste or Radioactive Material 8.11 Evidence of Financial Arrangements 9. ENGINEER'S STATUS DURING CONSTRUCTION 9.1 OWNER's Representative 9.2 Visits to Site 9.3 Project Representative 21 9.4 Clarifications and Interpretations 9.5 Authorized Variations in Work 9.6 Rejecting Defective Work 9.7-9.9 Shop Drawings, Change Orders and Payments 9.10 Determinations for Unit Prices 9.11-9.12 Decisions on Disputes; ENGINEER as Initial Interpreter 9.13 Limitations on ENGINEER's Authority and Responsibilities 21 21 21 21 22 22 23 23 23 23 23 23 23 23 24 24 24 24 24 24 24 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 26 26 26 26 26 26 26 10. CHANGES IN THE WORK 10 1 OWNER Ordered Change 10.2 Claim for Adjustment 10.3 Work Not Required by Contract Documents 10.4 Change Orders 10.5 Notification of Surety 11. CHANGE OF CONTRACT PRICE 11 1-11.3 Contract Price; Claim for Adjustment; Value of the Work 11.4 Cost of the Work 11.5 Exclusions to Cost of the Work 11.6 CONTRACTOR's Fee 11.7 Cost Records 11.8 Cash Allowances 11.9 Unit Price Work 12. CHANGE OF CONTRACT TIMES 12.1 12.2 12.3 Claim for Adjustment Time of the Essence Delays Beyond CONTRACTOR's Control 12.4 Delays Beyond OWNER's and CONTRACTOR's Control 13. TESTS AND INSPECTIONS, CORRECTION REMOVAL OR ACCEPTANCE OF DEFECTIVE WORK 13.1 Notice of Defects 13.2 Access of the Work 13.3 Tests and Inspections; Contractor'sCooperation Page Number 26 26 26 26 26 26 26 26 26 27 27 27 27 27 27 27 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 29 30 30 30 30 30 3, 31 31 31 31 31 31 31 2 Article or Paragraph Number & Title 13.4 OWNER's Responsibilities; Independent Testing Laboratory 13.5 CONTRACTOR's Responsibilities 13.6-13.7 Covering Work Prior to Inspection, Testing or Approval 13.8-13.9 Uncovering Work at ENGINEER's Request 13.10 OWNER May Stop the Work 13.11 Correction or Removal of Defective Work 13.12 Correction Period 13.13 Acceptance of Defective Work 13.14 OWNER May Correct Defective Work 14. PAYMENTS TO CONTRACTOR AND COMPLETION 14.1 14.2 14.3 14.4-14.7 14.8-14.9 14.10 14.11 Schedule of Values Application for Progress Payment CONTRACTOR'S Warranty of Title Review of Applications for Progress Payments Substantial Completion Partial Utilization Final Inspection Page Article or Paragraph Number Number & Title 14.12 31 14.13-14.14 31 14,15 Final Acceptance for Payment Final Payment and Acceptance Waiver of Claims 31 15. SUSPENSION OF WORK AND TERMINATION 15.1 15.2-15.4 15.5 32 32 32 32 32 32 33 33 33 33 33 34 34 34 OWNER May Suspend Work OWNER May Terminate CONTRACTOR May Stop Work or Terminate 16. DISPUTE RESOLUTION 17. MISCELLANEOUS 17.1 17.2 17.3 17.4 17.5 Giving Notice Computation of Times Notice of Claims Cumulative Remedies Professional Fees and Court Costs Included EXHIBIT GC -A (Optional): Dispute Resolution Agreement (Optional) 16.1-16 6 Arbitration 16.7 Mediation Page Number 34 34 35 35 35 35 35 36 36 36 36 36 36 36 37 37 37 3 Acceptance of -- Bonds and Insurance defective Work final payment insurance other Work, by CONTRACTOR Substitutes and "Or -Equal" Items Work by OWNER Access to the -- Lands OWNER and CONTRACTOR responsibilities site, related work Work Acts or Omissions --, Acts and Omissions -- CONTRACTOR ENGINEER OWNER Addenda -- definition of (also see definition of Specifications) Additional Property Insurances Adjustments Contract Price or Contract Times progress schedule Agreement -- definition of All risk insurance, policy form Allowances, Cash Amending Contract Documents Amendment, Written -- in general INDEX TO GENERAL CONDITIONS Article of Paragraph Number 5.14 10.4.1, 13.13, 13.15 9.12, 14.15 5.14 7.3 6.7.1 2.5, 6.30, 6.34 4.1 7.2 13.2, 13.14, 14.9 6.9.1., 9.13.3 6.20, 9.13.3 6.20, 8.9 Bidding Documents - definitions of' Bidding Requirements -- definitions of Bonds -- acceptance of additional bonds Cost of the Work definition of delivery of final application for payment general performance, Payment and Other Bonds and Insurance -- in general Builder's risk "all risk" policy form Cancellation Provisions, Insurance Cash Allowances Certificate of Substantial Completion Certificates of Inspection (1.6, 1.10, 6.19) 1.1 Certificates of Insurance 5.7 1.5, 3.5, 4.1 4.3.2, 4.5.2, 4.5.3, 9.4, 9.5, 10.2-10.4, 11, 12, 14.8 15.1 6.6 1.2 5.6.2 11.8 3.5 1.10,1.45,3.5,510,5.12,6.6.2,6.8.2,6.19, 10.1, 10.4, 11.2, 12.1 13.12.2,14.7.2 Appeal, OWNER and CONTRACTOR intent to Application for Payment -- definition of ENGINEER's Responsibility final payment in general progress payment review of Arbitration (Optional) Asbestos -- claims pursuant thereto CONTRACTOR authorized to stop Work definition of OWNER responsibility for possible price and times change Authorized Variations in Work Availability of Lands Award Notice of -- defined Before Starting Construction Bid -- definition of (1.1, 1.10, 2.3, 3.3, 4.2.6.4, 6.13, 11.4.3, 11.9.1) 9.10, 9.11, 10.4, 16.2, 16.5 1.3 9.9 9.13.4, 9.13.5, 14.12-14.15 2.8, 2.9, 5.6.4, 9.10, 15.5 14 1, 14.7 14.4-14.7 16.1-16.6 4.5.2, 4.5.3 4.5.2 1.4 4.5.1, 8.10 4.5.2 3.6, 6.25, 6.27 9.5 4.1, 8.4 1.25 2.5-2.8 1.5 Change in Contract Price -- Cash Allowances claim for price adjustment CONTRACTOR's Fee Cost of the Work general 11.4-11.7 Exclusions to 11.5 Cost Records 11.7 in general 1.19, 1.44, 9.11, 10.4.2, 10.4.3, 11 Lump Sum Pricing 11.3.2 Notification of Surety 10.5 Scope of 10.3-10.4 Testing and Inspection, Uncovering the Work 13.9 Unit Price Work 11.9 Value of Work 11.3 Change in Contract Times -- Claim for times adjustment Article of Paragraph Number 1.6 (6.8.2) 1.7 (L1, 4.2.6.2) 5.14 10.5, 11.4.5.9 11.5.4 1.8 2.1, 5.1 14.12-14.14 1.10, 5.1-5.3, 5.13, 9.13, 10.5, 14.7.6 5.1-5.2 5 5.6.2 5.4.11, 5.8, 5.15 11.8 1.38, 6.30.2.3, 14.8, 14.10 9.13.4, 13.5, 14.12 2.7, 5.3, 5.4.11, 5.4.13 5.6.5,58, 5.14, 9.13.4, 14.12 11.8 4.1, 4.2.6, 4.5, 5 15, 6.8.2, 9.4, 9.5, 9.11, 10.2, 10.5, 11.2, 13.9, 13.13, 13.14, 15.1, 15.5 11.6 Contractual time limits Delays beyond CONTRACTOR's control Delays beyond OWNER' and CONTRACTOR's control Notification of surety Scope of Change Change Orders -- Acceptance of Defective Work 13.13 Amending Contract Documents 3.5 Cash Allowances 11.8 Change of Contract Pnce 11 Change of Contract Times 12 Changes in the Work 10 CONTRACTOR'S fee 11.6 Cost of the Work 11.4-11.7 4.1, 4.2.6, 4.5, 5.15, 6.8.2., 9.4, 9.5, 9.11, 10.2, 10.5, 12.1, 13.9, 13.13, 13.14, 14.7 15.1, 15.5 12.2 12.3 12.4 10.5 10.3-10.4 4 Cost Records definition of emergencies ENGINEER's responsibility execution of Indemnification Insurance, Bonds and OWNER may terminate OWNER's Responsibility Physical Conditions -- Subsurface and, Underground Facilities Record Documents Scope of Change Substitutes Unit Price Work value of Work, covered by Changes in the Work Notification of surety OWNER's and CONTRACTOR's responsibilities Right to an adjustment Scope of change Claims against CONTRACTOR against ENGINEER against OWNER Change of Contract Price Change of Contract Times CONTRACTOR's CONTRACTOR's Fee CONTRACTOR's liability Cost of the Work Decisions on Disputes Dispute Resolution Dispute Resolution Agreement ENGINEER as initial interpreter Lump Sum Pricing Notice of OWNER's OWNER's liability OWNER may refuse to make payment Professional Fees and Court Costs Included request for formal decision on Substitute items Time Extension Time requirements Unit Price Work Value of Waiver of -- on Final Payment Work Change Directive written notice required Clarifications and Interpretations Clean Site Codes of Technical Society, Organization or Association Commencement of Contract Times Communications -- Article of Paragraph Number 9.8, 10.4, 6.12, 6.16, 5.10, 11.7 1.9 6.23 11.2, 12.1 10.4 6.31, 6.33 5.13, 10.5 15.2-15.4 8.6, 10.4 4.2 4.3.2 6.19 10.3-10.4 6.7.3, 6.8.2 11.9 11.3 10 10.5 10.4 10.2 10.3-10.4 6.16 6.32 6.32 9.4, 11.2 9.4, 12.1 4, 7.1, 9.4, 9.5, 9.11, 10.2, 11.2, 11.9, 12.1, 14.8, 15.1, 15.5, 17.3 11.6 5,4,6.12,6.16,631 11 4, 11.5 9.11, 9.12 16.1 16.1-16.6 9.11 11.3.2 17.3 9.4, 9.5, 9.11, 10.2, 11.2, 11.9, 12.1, 13 9, 13 13, 13 14, 17.3 5.5 14.7 17.5 9.11 6.7.1.2 12.1 9.11, 12.1 11.9.3 11.3 14.14, 14.15 10.2 9.11, 11.2, 12.1 3.6.3, 9.4, 9.11 6.17 3.3.3 2.3 general Hazard Communication Programs Completion Final Application for Payment Final Inspection Final Payment and Acceptance Partial Utilization Substantial Completion Waiver of Claims Computation of Times Concerning Subcontractors, Suppliers and Others Conferences initially acceptable schedules preconstruction Conflict, Error, Ambiguity, Discrepancy -- CONTRACTOR to Report Construction, before starting by CONTRACTOR Construction Machinery, Equipment, etc. Continuing the Work Contract Documents -- Amending Bonds Cash Allowances Change of Contract Price Change of Contract Times Changes in the Work check or verify Clarifications and Interpretations definition of ENGINEER as initial interpreter of ENGINEER as OWNER's representative general Insurance Intent minor variations in the Work OWNER's responsibility to furnish data OWNER's responsibility to make prompt payment precedence Record Documents Reference to Standards and Specifications of Technical Societies Related Work Reporting and Resolving Discrepancies Reuse of Supplementing Termination of ENGINEER's employment Unit Price Work variations Visits to Site, ENGINEER'S Contract Price -- adjustments of Change of Decisions on Disputes definition of Contract Times -- adjustments of Change of Article of Paragraph Number 6.2, 6.9.2, 8.1 6.22 14.12 14.11 14.13-14.14 14.10 1.38, 14.8-14.9 14.15 17.2.1-17.2.2 6.8-6.11 2.9 2.8 2.5, 3.3.2 2.5-2.7 6.4 6.29, 10.4 3.5 5.1 11.8 11 12 10.4-10.5 2.5 3.2, 3.6, 9.4, 9.11 1.10 9.11 9.1 3 5.3 3.1-3.4 3.6 8.3 8.3, 14.4, 14.13 3.1, 3.3.3 6.19 3.3 7.2 2.5, 3.3 3.7 3.6 8.2 11.9 3.6, 6.23, 6.27 9.2 3.5, 4.1, 9.4, 10.3, 11.2-11.3 11 9.11 1.11 3.5, 4.1, 9.4, 10.3, 12 12.1-12.4 5 Commencement of definition of CON TRACTOR -- Acceptance of Insurance Limited Reliance of Technical Data Authorized Communications Continue Work coordination and scheduling definition of May Stop Work or Terminate provide site access to others Safety and Protection Shop Drawing and Sample Review Prior to Submittal Stop Work requirements CONTRACTOR's Compensation Continuing Obligation Defective Work Duty to correct defective Work Duty to Report -- Changes in the Work caused by Emergency Defects in Work of Others Differing conditions Discrepancy in Documents Underground Facilities not indicated Emergencies Equipment and Machinery Rental, Cost of the Work Fee -- Cost -Plus General Warranty and Guarantee Hazard Communications Programs Indemnification Inspection of the Work Labor Materials and Equipment Laws and Regulations, Compliance by Liability Insurance Notice of Intent to Appeal obligation to perform and complete the Work Patent Fees and Royalties, paid for by Performance and Other Bonds Permits, obtained and paid for by Progress Schedule 2.6, 2.8, 2,9, 6.6 Request for formal decision on disputes Responsibilities -- Change in the Work Conceming Subcontractors, Suppliers and Others Continuing the Work CONTRACTOR's expense CONTRACTOR's General Warranty and Guarantee CONTRACTOR's review prior to Shop Drawing or Sample Submittal Coordination of Work Emergencies ENGINEER's evaluation, Substitutes or "Or -Equal" Items Article of Paragraph Number 2.3 1.12 5.14 4.2.2 6.2, 6.9.2 6.29, 10.4 6.9.2 1.13 15.5 7.2, 13.2 4.3.1.2, 6.16, 6.18, 6.21-6.23, 7.2, 13.2 6.25 4.5.2 11.1-11.2 14.15 9.6, 13.10-13.14 13.11 6.23 7.3 4.2.3 2.5, 3.3.2, 6.14.2 4 3.2 6.23 11.4.5.3 11.4.5.6, 11.5.1, 11.6 6.30 6.22 6.12, 6.16, 6.31-6.33 7.3, 13.4 6.3-6.5 6.14.1 5.4 9.10, 10.4 6.30 6.14.1 5.1 6.13 , 6.29, 10.4, 15.2.1 9.11 10.1 6.8-6.11 6.29, 10.4 6 7.1 6.30 6.25 6.9.2 6.23 Safety and Protection Safety Representative Shop Drawings and Sample Submittals Special Consultants Substitute Construction Methods and Procedures Substitutes and "Or -Equal" Items, Expense Subcontractors, Supplier and Others Supervision and Superintendence Taxes, Payment by Use of Premises Warranties and guarantees Warranty of Title Written Notice Required -- CONTRACTOR stop Work or terminate Reports of Differing Subsurface and Physical Conditions 6.7.3 Substantial Completion CONTRACTORS -- other Contractual Liability Insurance Contractual Time Limits Coordination For Acts and Omissions of Others for deductible amounts, insurance general Hazardous Communication Programs Indemnification Labor, Materials and Equipment Laws and Regulations Liability Insurance Notice of variation from Contract Documents Patent Fees and Royalties Permits Progress Schedule Record Documents related Work performed prior to ENGINEER's approval of required submittals safe structural loading Safety and Protection Safety Representative Scheduling the Work Shop Drawings and Samples Shop Drawings and Samples Review by ENGINEER Site Cleanliness Submittal Procedures Substitute Construction Methods and Article of Paragraph Number 6.9.1-6.9.2, 9.13 5.9 6, 7.2, 7.3, 8.9 6.22 6.31-6.33 6.3-6.5 6.14 5.4 6.27 6.12 6.13 6.6 6.19 6.28 6.18 6.20, 7.2, 13.2 6.21 6.9.2 6.24 6.26 6.17 6.25 Procedures 6.7.2 Substitutes and "Or -Equal" Items 6.7.1 Superintendence 6.2 Supervision 6.1 Survival of Obligations 6.34 Taxes 6.15 Tests and Inspections 13.5 To Report 2.5 Use of Premises 6.16-6.18, 6.30 2.4 Review Prior to Shop Drawing or Sample Submittal 6.25 Right to adjustment for changes in the Work 10.2 right to claim 4, 7.1, 9.4, 9 5, 9.11, 10.2, 11.2, 11.9, 12.1, 13.9, 14.8, 15.1, 15.5, 17.3 6.20-6.22, 7.2, 13.2 6.21 6.24-6.28 11.4.4 6.7 6.7.1, 6.7.2 6.8-6.11 6.1, 6.2, 6.21 6.15 6.16-6.18 6.30, 6.5 14.3 15.5 4.2.3 14.8 1 5.4.10 12.2 6 CONTRACTOR's Responsibility Copies of Documents Correction Period Correction, Removal or Acceptance of Defective Work in general Acceptance of Defective Work Correction or Removal of Defective Work Correction Period OWNER May Correct Defective Work OWNER May Stop Work Cost -- of Tests and Inspections Records Cost of the Work -- Bonds and insurance, additional Cash Discounts CONTRACTOR's Fee Employee Expenses Exclusions to General Home office and overhead expenses Losses and damages Materials and equipment Minor expenses Payroll costs on changes performed by Subcontractors Records Rentals of construction equipment and machinery Royalty payments, permits and license fees Site office and temporary facilities Special Consultants, CONTRACTOR's Supplemental Taxes related to the Work Tests and Inspection Trade Discounts Utilities, fuel and sanitary facilities Work after regular hours Covering Work Cumulative Remedies Cutting, fitting and patching Data, to be furnished by OWNER Day -- definition of Decisions on Disputes defective -- definition of defective Work -- Acceptance of Correction or Removal of Correction Period in general Observation by ENGINEER OWNER May Stop Work Prompt Notice of Defects Rejecting Uncovering the Work Definitions Delays Delivery of Bonds Delivery of certificates of insurance Article of Paragraph Article of Paragraph Number Number 6.9.2 2.2 13.12 10.4.1, 13.10-13.14 13.13 6.30, 13.11 13.12 13.14 13.10 13.4 11.7 11.4.5.9 11.4.2 11.6 11.4.5.1 11.5 11.4-11.5 11.5 11.4.5.6 11.4.2 11.4.5.8 11.4.1 11.4.3 11.7 11.4.5.3 11.4.5.5 11.4.5.2 11.4.4 11.4.5 11.4.5.4 13.4 11.4.2 11.4.5.7 11.4.1 13.6-13.7 17.4-17.5 7.2 8.3 17.2.2 9.11, 9.12 1.14 10.4.1, 13.13 10.4.1, 13.11 13.12 13, 14.7, 14.11 9.2 13.10 13.1 9.6 13.8 1 4.1, 6.29, 12.3-12.4 2.1 2.7 Determinations for Unit Prices Differing Subsurface or Physical Conditions Notice of ENGINEER's Review Possible Contract Documents Change Possible Price and Times Adjustments Discrepancies - Reporting and Resolving Dispute Resolution -- Agreement Arbitration general Mediation Dispute Resolution Agreement Disputes, Decisions by ENGINEER Documents Copies of Record Reuse of Drawings -- definition of Easements Effective date of Agreement - definition of Emergencies ENGINEER 44-4 as initial interpreter on disputes definition of Limitations on authority and responsibilities Replacement of Resident Project Representative ENGINEER'S Consultant - definition of ENGINEER's -- authority and responsibility, limitations on Authorized Variations in the Work Change Orders, responsibility for Clarifications and Interpretations Decisions on Disputes defective Work Notice of Evaluation of Substitute Items Liability Notice Work is Acceptable Observations OWNER's Representative Payments to the CONTRACTOR, Responsibility for Recommendation of Payment Responsibilities Limitations on Review of Reports on Differing Subsurface and Physical Conditions Shop Drawings and Samples, review responsibility Status During Construction -- authorized variations in the Work Clarifications and Interpretations Decisions on Disputes Determinations on Unit Price ENGINEER as Initial Interpreter ENGINEER's Responsibilities 9.10 4.2.3 4.2.4 4.2.5 4.2.6 2.5, 3.3.2, 6.14.2 • 16.1-16.6 16.1-16.5 16 16.6 16.1-16.6 9.11-9.12 2.2 6.19 3.7 1.15 4.1 1.16 6.23 9.11-9.12 1.17 9.13 8.2 9.3 1.18 9.13 9.5 9.7,10,11,12 3.6.3, 9.4 9.11-9.12 13.1 6.7.3 6.32, 9.12 14.13 6.30.2, 9.2 9.1 9.9, 14 14.4, 14.13 9.11-9.13 4.2.4 6.26 9.5 9.4 9.11-9.12 9.10 9.11-9.12 9.1-9.12 7 Limitations on ENGINEER's Authority and Responsibilities OWNER's Representative Project Representative Rejecting Defective Work Shop Drawings, Change Orders and Payments Visits to Site Unit Price Determination Visits to Site Written consent required Equipment, Labor, Materials and Equipment rental, Cost of the Work Equivalent Materials and Equipment Errors or omissions Evidence of Financial Arrangements Explorations of physical conditions Fee, CONTRACTOR's - Costs -Plus Field Order -- definition of issued by ENGINEER Final Application for Payment Final Inspection Final Payment -- and Acceptance Prior to, for cash allowances General Provisions General Requirements definition of principle references to Giving Notice Guarantee of Work -- by CONTRACTOR Hazard Communication Programs Hazardous Waste -- definition of general OWNER's responsibility for Indemnification Initially Acceptable Schedules Inspection -- Certificates of Final Special, required by ENGINEER Tests and Approval Insurance -- Acceptance of by OWNER Additional, required by changes in the Work Before starting the Work Bonds and -- in general Cancellation Provisions Certificates of 2.7, 5, 5.3, 5 completed operations CONTRACTOR's Liability CONTRACTOR's objection to coverage Contractual Liability Article of Paragraph Number 9.13 9.1 9.3 9.6 9.7-9.9 9.2 9.10 9.2 7.2, 9.1 6.3-6.5 11.4.5.3 6.7 6.33 8.11 4.2.1 11.6 1.19 3.6.1 14.12 14.11 14.I3-14.14 11.8 17.3-17.4 1.20 2.6, 6.4, 6.6-6.7, 6.24 17.1 6.30, 14.12 6.22 1.21 4.5 8.10 6.12, 6.16, 6.31-6.33 2.9 9.13.4, 13.5,14.12 14.11 9.6 8.7, 13.3-13.4 15.14 11.4.5.9 2.7 5 5.8 .4.11, 5.4.13, 5.6.5, 5.8, 5.14, 9.13.4, 14.12 5.4.13 5.4 5.14 5.4.10 deductible amounts, CONTRACTOR's responsibility Final Application for Payment Licensed Insurers Notice requirements, material changes Option to Replace other special insurances OWNER as fiduciary for insureds OWNER's Liability OWNER's Responsibility Partial Utilization, Property Insurance Property Receipt and Application of Insurance Proceeds Special Insurance Waiver of Rights Intent of Contract Documents Interpretations and Clarifications Investigations of physical conditions Labor, Materials and Equipment Lands -- and Easements Availability of Reports and Tests Laws and Regulations -- Laws or Regulations -- Bonds Changes in the Work Contract Documents CONTRACTOR's Responsibilities Correction Period, defective Work Cost of the Work taxes definition of general Indemnification Insurance Precedence Reference to Safety and Protection Subcontractors, Suppliers and Others Tests and Inspections Use of Premises Visits to Site Liability Insurance -- CONTRACTOR's OWNER's Licensed Sureties and Insurers Liens -- Application for Progress Payment Contractor's Warranty of Title Final Application for Payment definition of Waiver of Claims Limitations on ENGINEER's authority and responsibilities Limited Reliance by CONTRACTOR Authorized Maintenance and Operating Manuals -- Final Application for Payment Manuals (of others) -- Precedence Article of Paragraph Number 5.9 14.12 5.3 5.8, 10.50 5.14 5.10 5.12-5.13 5.5 8.5 5.15 6-5.10 5.12-5.13 5.10 5.11 3.1-3.4 3.6.3, 9.4 4.2 6.3-6.5 8.4 4.1, 8.4 8.4 5.1-5.2 10.4 3.1 6.14 13.12 11.4.5.4 1.22 6.14 6.31-6.33 5.3 3.1, 3.3.3 3.3.1 6.20, 13.2 6.8-6.11 13.5 6.16 9.2 5.4 5.5 5.3 14.2 14.3 14.12 1 23 14.15 9.13 4.2.2 14.12 3.3.3.1 8 Reference to in Contract Documents Materials and equipment -- furnished by CONTRACTOR not incorporated in Work Materials or equipment -- equivalent Mediation (Optional) Milestones -- definition of Miscellaneous -- Computation of Times Cumulative Remedies Giving Notice Notice of Claim Professional Fees and Court Costs Included Multi -prime contracts Not Shown or Indicated Notice of -- Acceptability of Project Award, definition of Claim Defects Differing Subsurface or Physical Conditions Giving Tests and Inspections Variation, Shop Drawing and Sample Notice to Proceed -- definition of giving of Notification of Surety Observations, by ENGINEER Occupancy of the Work Omissions or acts by CONTRACTOR "Open peril" policy form, Insurance Option to Replace "Or -Equal' Items Other work Overtime Work -- prohibition of OWNER -- Acceptance of defective Work appoint an ENGINEER as fiduciary Availability of Lands, responsibility definition of data, famish May Correct Defective Work May refuse to make payment May Stop the Work may suspend work terminate Payment, make prompt performance of other Work permits and licenses, requirements purchased insurance requirements OWNER's Acceptance of the Work Change Orders, obligation to execute Communications Coordination of the Work Disputes, request for decision Article of Paragraph Article of Paragraph Number 3.3.1 Inspections, tests and approvals Liability Insurance 6.3 Notice of Defects 14.2 Representative -- During Construction, 6.7 ENGINEER's Status 16.7 Responsibilities -- 1.24 Asbestos, PCB's, Petroleum, Hazardous Waste on Radioactive Material 8.10 17.2 Change Orders 8.6 17.4 Changes in the Work 10.1 17.1 communications 8.1 17.3 CONTRACTOR's responsibilities 8.9 17.5 evidence of financial arrangements 8.11 7 inspections, tests and approvals 8.7 4.3.2 Insurance 8.5 lands and easements 8.4 14.13 prompt payment by 8.3 1.25 replacement of ENGINEER 8.2 17.3 reports and tests 8.4 13.1 stop and suspend Work 8.8, 13.10, 15.1 4.2.3 terminate CONTRACTOR's services 8.8, 15.2 17.1 separate representative at site 9.3 13.3 independent testing 13.4 6.27 use or occupancy of theWork 5.15, 14.10 written consent or approval required 9.1, 6.3, 11.4 1.26 written notice required 7.1, 9.4, 9.11, 11.2, 11.9, 14.7, 15.4 2.3 PCB's - 10.5 definition of 6.30, 9.2 general 5.15, 6.30.2.4, 14.10 OWNER's responsibility for 6.9, 9.13 Partial Utilization -- 5.6 2 definition of 5.14 general 6.7 Property Insurance 7 Patent Fees and Royalties 6.3 Payment Bonds Payments Recommendation of 13.13 Payments to CONTRACTOR and Completion -- 8.2 Application for Progress Payments 5.12-5.13 CONTRACTOR's Warranty of Title 4.1 Final Application for Payment 1.27 Final Inspection 8.3 Final Payment and Acceptance 13.14 general 14.7 Partial Utilization 13.10 Retainage Review of Applications for Progress 8.8, 13.10, 15.1-15.4 Payments 8.3, 14.4, 14.13 prompt payment 7.1 Schedule of Values 6.13 Substantial Completion 5.6-5.10 Waiver of Claims when payments due 6.30.2.5. withholding payment Performance Bonds 8.6, 10.4 Permits Number 8.1 7.4 9.11 8.7, 13.4 5.5 13.1 9.1 1.29 4.5 8.10 1.28 6.30.2.4., 14.10 5.15 6.12 5.1-5.2 14.4-14.7, 14.13 14.2 14.3 14.12 14.11 14.13-14.14 8.3 14 14.10 14.2 14.4-14.7 8.3 14.1 14.8-14.9 14.15 14.4, 14.13 14.7 5.1-5.2 6.13 9 Petroleum -- definition of general OWNER's responsibility for Physical Conditions -- Drawings of, in or relating to ENGINEER's review existing structures general Subsurface and, Underground Facilities Possible Contract Documents Change Possible Price and Times Adjustments Reports and Drawings Notice of Differing Subsurface or, Subsurface and Subsurface Conditions Technical Data, Limited Reliance by CONTRACTOR Authorized Underground Facilities -- general Not Shown or Indicated Protection of Shown or Indicated Technical Data Preconstruction Conference Preliminary Matters Preliminary Schedules Premises, Use of Price, Change of Contract Price, Contract -- definition of Progress Payment, Applications for Progress payment -- retainage Progress schedule, CONTRACTOR'S Project -- definition of Project Representative -- ENGINEER's Status During Construction Project Representative, Resident -- definition of prompt payment by OWNER Property Insurance Additional general Partial Utilization receipt and application of proceeds Protection, Safety and Punch list Radioactive Material -- definition general OWNER's responsibility for Recommendation of Payment Record Documents Records, procedures for maintaining Reference Points Reference to Standards and Specifications of Technical Societies Article of Paragraph Article of Paragraph Number 1.30 4.5 8.10 4.2.1.2 4.2.4 4.2.2 4.2.1.2 4.2 4.3 4.2.5 4.2.6 4.2.1 4.2.3 4.2 4.2.1.1 4.2.2 4.3 4.3.2 4.3, 6.20 4.3.1 4.2.2 2.8 2 2.6 6.16-6.18 11 1.11 14.2 14.2 2.6, 2.8, 2.9, 6.6, 6.29, 10.4, 15.2.1 1.31 9.3 1.33 8.3 5.7 5.6-5.10 5.15, 14.10.2 5.12-5.13 6.20-6.21, 13.2 14.11 1.32 4.5 8.10 14.4, 14.5, 14.13 6.19, 14.12 2.8 4.4 3.3 Regulations, Laws and (or) Rejecting Defective Work Related Work -- at Site Performed prior to Shop Drawings and Samples submittals review Remedies, cumulative Removal or Correction of' Defective Work rental agreements, OWNER approval required replacement of ENGINEER, by OWNER Reporting and Resolving Discrepancies Reports and Drawings and Tests, OWNER's responsibility Resident Project Representative -- definition of provision for Resident Superintendent, CONTRACTOR's Responsibilities -- CONTRACTOR's-in general ENGINEER's-in general Limitations on OWNER's-in general Retatnage Reuse of Documents Review by CONTRACTOR: Shop Drawings and Samples Prior to Submittal Review of Applications for Progress Payments Right to an adjustment Rights of Way Royalties, Patent Fees and Safe Structural Loading Safety and Protection general Representative, CONTRACTOR's Samples definition of general Review by CONTRACTOR Review by OWNER related Work submittal of submittal procedures Schedule of progress Schedule of Shop Drawings and Sample Submittals Schedule of Values Schedules - Adherence to Adjusting Change of Contract Times Initially Acceptable Preliminary Scope of Changes Subsurface Conditions Number 6.14 9.6 7.1-7.3 6.28 17.4, 17.5 13.11 11.4.5.3 8.2 2.5, 3.3.2, 6.14.2 4.2.1 8.4 1.33 9.3 6.2 6 9 9.13 8 14.2 3.7 6.25 14-4.14-7 10.2 4.1 6.12 6.18 4.3.2, 6.16, 6.18, 6.20-6.21, 7.2, 13.2 6.20-6.23 6.21 2.6, 1.34 6.24-6.28 6.25 6.26, 6.27 6.28 6.24.2 6.25 2.8-2.9, 6.6, 6.29, 10.4, 15.2.I 2.6, 2.8-2.9, 6.24-6.28 2.6, 2.8-2.9, 14.1 15.2.1 6.6 10.4 2.8-2.9 2.6 10.3-10.4 4.2.1.1 10 Shop Drawings -- and Samples, general Change Orders and Applications for Payments, and definition of ENGINEER's approval of ENGINEER's responsibility for review related Work review procedures submittal required Submittal procedures use to approve substitutions Shown or Indicated Site Access Site Cleanliness Site, Visits to -- by ENGINEER by others "Special causes of loss" policy form, insurance Specifications -- definition of of Technical Societies, reference to precedence Standards and Specifications of Technical Societies Starting Construction, Before Starting the Work Stop or Suspend Work -- by CONTRACTOR by OWNER Storage of materials and equipment Structural Loading, Safety Subcontractor -- Concerning definition of delays waiver of rights Subcontractors -- in general Subcontracts -- required provisions Submittals -- Applications for Payment Maintenance and Operation Manuals Procedures Progress Schedules Samples Schedule of Values Schedule of Shop Drawings and Samples Submissions Shop Drawings Substantial Completion -- certification of definition of Substitute Construction Methods or Procedures Substitutes and "Or -Equal" Items CONTRACTOR's Expense ENGINEER's Evaluation "Or -Equal" Substitute Construction Methods of Procedures Article of Paragraph Number 6.24-6.28 9.7-9.9 1.35 3.6.2 9.7, 6.24-6.28 6.28 2.8, 6.24-6.28 6.24.1 6.25 6.7.3 4.3.1 7.2, 13.2 6.17 9.2, 13.2 13.2 5.6.2 1.36 3.3.1 3.3.3 3.3 2.5-2.8 2.4 15.5 8.8, 13.10, 15.1 4.117.2 6.18 6.8-6.11 1.37 12.3 6.11 6.8-6.11 5.11, 6.11, 11.4.3 14.2 14.12 6.25 2.6, 2.9 6.24-6.28 2.6, 14.1 2.6, 2.8-2.9 6.24-6.28 6.30.2.3, 14.8-14.9 1.38 6.7.2 6.7 6.7.1.3 6.7.3 6.7.1 6.7.2 11 Substitute Items Subsurface and Physical Conditions -- Drawings of in or relating to ENGINEER's Review general Limited Reliance by CONTRACTOR Authorized Notice of Differing Subsurface or Article of Paragraph Number 6.7.1.2 4.2.1.2 4.2.4 4.2 4.2.2 Physical Conditions 4.2.3 Physical Conditions 4.2.1.2 Possible Contract Documents Change 4.2.5 Possible Price and Times Adjustments 4.2.6 Reports and Drawings 4.2.1 Subsurface and 4.2 Subsurface Conditions at the Site 4.2.1.1 Technical Data 4.2.2 Supervision -- CONTRACTOR's responsibility 6.1 OWNER shall not supervise 8.9 ENGINEER shall not supervise 9.2, 9.13.2 Superintendence 6.2 Superintendent, CONTRACTOR's resident 6.2 Supplemental costs 11.4.5 Supplementary Conditions -- definition of 1.39 principal reference to 1.10, 1.18, 2.2, 2.7, 4.2, 4.3, 5.1, 5.3, 5.4, 5.6-5.9, 5.11, 6.8, 6.13, 7.4, 8.11, 9.3, 9.10 Supplementing Contract Documents Supplier -- definition of principal reference to Waiver of Rights Surety -- consent to final payment ENGINEER has no duty to Notification of qualification of Survival of Obligations Suspend Work OWNER May Suspension of Work and Termination -- CONTRACTOR May Stop Work or Terminate OWNER May Suspend Work OWNER May Terminate Taxes - Payment by CONTRACTOR Technical Data -- Limited Reliance by CONTRACTOR Possible Price and Times Adjustments Reports of Differing Subsurface and Physical Conditions Temporary construction facilities Termination by CONTRACTOR by OWNER of ENGINEER's employment Suspension of Work-in general Terms and Adjectives Tests and Inspections 3.6 1.40 3.7, 6.5, 6.8-6.11, 6.20, 6.24, 9.13, 14.12 6.11 14.12, 14.14 9.13 10.1, 10.5, 15.2 5.1-5.3 6.34 13.10, 15.1 15 15.5 15.1 15.2-15.4 6.15 4.2.2 4.2.6 4.2.3 4.1 15.5 8,8, 15.1-15.4 8.2 15 3.4 Access to the Work, by others CONTRACTOR's responsibilities cost of covering Work prior to Laws and Regulations (or) Notice of Defects OWNER May Stop Work OWNER's independent testing special, required by ENGINEER timely notice required Uncovering the Work, at ENGINEER's request Times Adjusting Change of Contract Adjusting Computation of Contract Times -- definition of day 17.7.2 Milestones Requirements -- appeals clarifications, claims and disputes commencement of contract times preconstruction conference schedules starting the Work Title, Warranty of Uncovering Work Underground Facilities, Physical Conditions -- definition of Not Shown or Indicated protection of Shown or Indicated Unit Price Work -- claims definition of general Unit Prices -- general Determination for Use of Premises Utility owners 11.9.3 1.42 11.9, 14.1, 14.5 Article of Paragraph Article of Paragraph Number Number 13.2 Utilization, Partial 13.5 Value of Work 13.4 Values, Schedule of 13.6-13.7 Variations in Work -- Minor 13.5 Authorized 13.1 Visits of Site -- by ENGINEER 13.10 Waiver of Claims - on Final 13.4 Payment 9.6 Waiver of Rights by insured parties 13.4 Warranty and Guarantee General - by CONTRACTOR 13.8-13.9 Warranty of Title, CONTRACTOR's Work 6.6 Access to 12 by others, 6.6 Changes in the 17.2 Continuing the 1.12 CONTRACTOR May Stop Work or Terminate 12 Coordination of Cost of the 16 definition of neglected by CONTRACTOR 9.11, 11.2, 12 other Work 2.3 OWNER May Stop Work 2.8 OWNER May Suspend Work 2.6, 2.9, 6.6 Related Work at Site 2.4 Starting the 14.3 Stopping by CONTRACTOR 13.8-13.9 Stopping by OWNER Variation and deviation authorized, 1.41 minor 4.3.2 Work Change Directive -- 4.3, 6.20 claims pursuant to 4.3.1 definition of principal references to Written Amendment -- definition of principal references to 11.3.1 Written Clarifications and 9.10 Interpretations 6.16, 6.18, 6.30.2.4 Written Notice Required -- 6.13, 6.20, 7.1-7.3, 13.2 by CONTRACTOR by OWNER 1.28, 5.15, 6.30, 2.4, 14.10 11.3 2.6, 2.8-2.9, 14.1 6.25, 6.27, 9.5 9.2 14.15 5.11, 6.11 6.30 14.3 13.2 7 10 6.29 15.5 7.4 11.4-11.5 1.43 13.14 7 13.10 13.10, 15.1 7.1-7.3 2.4 15.5 15.1-15.4 3.6 10.2 1.44 3.5.3, 10.1-10.2 1.45 1.10, 3.5, 5.10, 5.12, 6.6.2, 6 8.2, 6.19, 10.1, 10.4, 11.2, 12.1, 13.12.2, 14.7.2 3.6.3, 9.4, 9.11 7.1, 9.10-9.11, 10.4, 11.2, 12.1 9.10-9.11, 10.4, 11.2, 13.14 12 GENERAL CONDITIONS the Work so that it is ready for final payment as evidenced byENGINEER's written recommendation of final payment in accordance with paragraph 14.13. ARTICLE 1 -- DEFINITIONS Wherever used in these General Conditions or in the other Contract Documents the following terms have the meanings indicated which are applicable to both the singular and plural thereof: 1.1 Addenda --Written or graphic instruments issued prior to the opening of Bids which clarify, correct or change the Bidding Requirements or the Contract Documents. 1.2 Agreement --The written contract between OWNER and CONTRACTOR covering the Work to be performed; other Contract Documents are attached to the Agreement and made a part thereof as provided therein. 1.3 Application forPayment-Theform accepted by ENGINEER which is to be used by CONTRACTOR in requesting progress or final payments and which is to be accompanied by such supporting documentation as is required by the Contract Documents. 1.4 Asbestos --Any material that contains more than one percent asbestos and is friable or is releasing asbestos fibers into the air above current action levels established by the United States Occupational Safety and Health Administration. 1.5 Bid --The offer or proposal of the bidder submitted on the prescribed form setting forth the prices for the Work to be performed. 1.6 Bidding Documents --The advertisement or invitation to Bid, instructions to bidders, the Bid form, and the proposed Contract Documents (including all Addenda issued prior to receipt of Bids). 1.7 Bidding Requirements --The advertisement or Invitation to Bid, instructions to bidders, and the Bid form. 1.8 Bonds --Performance and Payment bonds and other instruments of security. 1.9 Change Order --A document recommended by ENGINEER, which is signed by CONTRACTOR and OWNER and authorizes an addition, deletion or revision in the Work, or an adjustment in the Contract Price or the Contract Times, issued on or after the Effective Date of the Agreement. 1.10 Contract Documents --The Agreement, Addenda (which pertain to the Contract Documents), CONTRACTOR's Bid (including documentation accompanying the Bid and any post Bid documentation submitted prior to the Notice of Award) when attached as an exhibit to the Agreement, the Notice to Proceed, the Bonds, these General Conditions, the Supplementary Conditions, the Specifications and the Drawings as the same are more specifically identified in the Agreement together with all Written Amendments, Change Orders, Work Change Directives, Field Orders and ENGINEER's written interpretations and clarifications issued pursuant to paragraphs 3.5, 3 6.1, and 3.6.3 on or after the Effective Date of the Agreement Shop Drawing submittals approved pursuant to paragraphs 6.26 and 6.27 and the reports and drawings referred to in paragraphs 4.2.1.1 and 4.2.2.2 are not Contract Documents. 1.11 Contract Price --The moneys payable by OWNER to CONTRACTOR for completion of the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents as stated in the Agreement (subject to the provisions of paragraph 11.9.1 in the case of Unit Price Work). 1.12 Contract Times --The numbers of days or the dates stated in the Agreement: (i) to achieve Substantial Completion, and (ii) to complete 1.13 CONTRACTOR --The person, firm or corporation with whom OWNER has entered into the Agreement. 1.14 Defective -An adjective which when modifying the word Work refers to Work that is unsatisfactory, faulty or deficient, in that it does not conform to the Contract Documents, or does not meet the requirements of any inspection, reference standard, test or approval referred to in the Contract Documents, or has been damaged prior to ENGINEER's recommendation of final payment (unless responsibility for the protection thereof has been assumed by OWNER at Substantial Completion in accordance with paragraph 14.8 or 14.10). 1.15 Drawings --The drawings which show the scope, extent and character of the Work to be furnished and performed by CONTRACTOR and which have been prepared or approved by ENGINEER and are referred to in the Contract Documents Shop drawings are not Drawings as so defined. 1.16 Effective Date of the Agreement -The date indicated in the Agreement on which it becomes effective, but if no such date is indicated it means the date on which the Agreement is signed and delivered by the last of the two parties to sign and deliver. 1.17 ENGINEER -The person, firm or corporation named as such in the Agreement. 1.18 ENGINEER's Consultant --A person, firm or corporation having a contract with ENGINEER to furnish services as ENGINEER's independent professional associate or consultant with respect to the Project and who is identified as such in the Supplementary Conditions. 1.19 Field Order --A written order issued by ENGINEER which orders minor changes in the Work in accordance with paragraph 9.5 but which does not involve a change in the Contract Price or the Contract Times. 1.20 General Requirements -Sections of Division I of the Specifications. 1.21 Hazardous Waste --The term Hazardous Waste shall have the meaning provided in Section 1004 of the Solid Waste Disposal Act (42 USC Section 6903) as amended from time to time. 1.22 Laws and Regulations; Laws orRegulations--Any and all applicable laws, rules, regulations, ordinances, codes and orders of any and all governmental bodies, agencies authorities and courts having jurisdiction. 1.23 Liens --Liens, charges, security interests or encumbrances upon real property or personal property. 1.24 Milestone --A principal event specified in the Contract Documents relating to an intermediate completion date or time prior to Substantial Completion of all the Work. 1.25 Notice of Award --The written notice by OWNER to the apparent successful bidder stating that upon compliance by the apparent successful bidder with the conditions precedent enumerated therein, within the time specified, OWNER will sign and deliver the Agreement. 1.26 Notice to " Proceed --A written notice given by OWNER to CONTRACTOR (with a copy to ENGINEER) fixing the date on which the Contract Times will commence to run and on which CONTRACTOR shall start to perform CONTRACTOR's obligations under the Contract Documents. 13 1.27 OWNER --The public body or authority corporation association, firm or person with whom CONTRACTOR has entered into the Agreement and for whom the Work is to be provided. 1.28 Partial Utilization —Use by OWNER of a substantially completed part of the Work for the purpose for which it is intended (or a related purpose) prior to Substantial Completion of all the Work. 1.29 PCBs --Polychlorinated biphenyls. 1.30 Petroleum --Petroleum, including crude oil or any fraction thereof which is liquid at standard conditions of temperature and pressure (60 degrees Fahrenheit and 14 7 pounds per square inch absolute), such as oil, petroleum, fuel oil, oil sludge oil refuse, gasoline, kerosene, and oil mixed with other non -Hazardous Wastes and crude oils. 1.31 Project —The total construction of which the Work to be provided under the Contract Documents may be the whole, or a part as indicated elsewhere in the Contract Documents. 1.32 Radioactive Material --Source, special nuclear, or byproduct material as defined by the Atomic Energy Act of 1954 (42 USC Section 2011 et seq) as amended from time to time. 1.33 Resident Project Representative --The authorized representative of ENGINEER who may be assigned to the site or any part thereof. 1.34 Samples —Physical examples of materials, equipment, or workmanship that are representative of some portion of the Work and which establish the standards by which such portion of the Work will be judged. 1.35 Shop Drawings --All drawings, diagrams, illustrations, schedules and other data or information which are specifically prepared or assembled by or for CONTRACTOR and submitted by CONTRACTOR to illustrate some portion of the Work. 1.36 Specifications --Those portions of the Contract Documents consisting of written technical descriptions of materials, equipment, construction systems, standards and workmanship as applied to the Work and certain administrative details applicable thereto. 1.37 Subcontractor --An individual, firm or corporation having a direct contract with CONTRACTOR or with any other Subcontractor for the performance of a part of the Work at the site. 1.38 Substantial Completion --The Work (or a specified part thereof) has progressed to the point where, in the opinion of ENGINEER as evidenced by ENGINEER's definitive certificate of Substantial Completion it is sufficiently complete, in accordance with the Contract Documents, so that the Work (or specified part) can be utilized for the purposes for which it is intended: or if no such certificate is issued, when the Work is complete and ready for final payment as evidenced by ENGINEER's written recommendation of final payment in accordance with paragraph 14.13. The terms "substantially complete" and "substantially completed" as applied to all or part of the Work refer to Substantial Completion thereof 1.39 Supplementary Condition --The part of the Contract Documents which amends or supplements these General Conditions. 1.40 Supplier --A manufacturer fabricator, supplier, distributor,materialman or vendor having a direct contract with CONTRACTOR or with any Subcontractor to furnish materials or equipment to be incorporated in the Work by CONTRACTOR or any Subcontractor. 1.41 Underground Facilities --All pipelines, conduits, ducts, cables, wires, manholes, vaults, tanks, tunnels or other such facilities or attachments, and any encasements containing such facilities which have been installed underground to famish any of the following services or materials: electricity, gases, steam liquid petroleum products telephone or other communications, cable television sewage and drainage removal, traffic or other control systems or water. 1.42 Unit Price Work —Work to be paid for on the basis of unit prices. 1.43 Work --The entire completed construction or the various separately identifiable parts thereof required to be furnished under the Contract Documents. Work includes and is the result of performing or furnishing labor and famishing and incorporating materials and equipment into the construction, and performing or furnishing services and furnishing documents all as required by the Contract Documents. 1.44 Work Change Directive --A written directive to CONTRACTOR, issued on or after the Effective Date of the Agreement and signed by OWNER and recommended by ENGINEER, ordering an addition, deletion or revision in the Work, or responding to differing or unforeseen physical conditions under which the Work is to be performed as provided in paragraph 4.2 or 4.3 or to emergencies under paragraph 6.23. A Work Change Directive will not change the Contract Price or the Contract Times, but is evidence that the parties expect that the change directed or documented by a Work Change Directive will be incorporated in a subsequently issued Change Order following negotiations by the parties as to its effect, if any, on the Contract Price or Contract Times as provided in paragraph 10.2. 1.45 Written Amendment --A written amendment of the Contract Documents, signed by OWNER and CONTRACTOR on or after the Effective Date of the Agreement and normally dealing with thenonengineering or nontechnical rather than strictly construction -related aspects of the Contract Documents ARTICLE 2 -- PRELIMINARY MATTERS Delivery of Bonds: 2.1 When CONTRACTOR delivers the executed Agreements to OWNER, CONTRACTOR shall also deliver to OWNER such Bonds as CONTRACTOR may be required to furnish in accordance with paragraph 5.1. Copies of Documents: 2.2 OWNER shall furnish to CONTRACTOR up to ten copies (unless otherwise specified in the Supplementary Conditions) of the Contract Documents as are reasonably necessary for the execution of the Work. Additional copies will be furnished, upon request, at the cost of reproduction. Commencement of Contract Times, Notice to Proceed: 2.3 The Contract Times will commence to run on the thirtiethday after the Effective Date of the Agreement, or, if a Notice to Proceed is given, on the day indicated in the Notice to Proceed A Notice to Proceed may be given at any time within thirty days after the Effective Date of the Agreement. In no event will the Contract Times commence to run later than the sixtieth day after the day of Bid opening or the thirtieth day after the Effective Date of the Agreement, whichever date is earlier. Starting the Work: 2.4 CONTRACTOR shall start to perform the Work on he date when the Contract Times commence to run, but no Work shall be done at the site prior to the date on which the Contract Times commence to run. 14 Before Starting Construction: 2 5 Before undertaking each part of the Work, CONTRACTOR shall carefully study and compare the Contract Documents and check and verify pertinent figures shown thereon and all applicable field measurements CONTRACTOR shall promptly report in writing to ENGINEER any conflict, error, ambiguity or discrepancy which CONTRACTOR may discover and shall obtain a written interpretation or clarification from ENGINEER before proceeding with any Work affected thereby; however, CONTRACTOR shall not be liable to OWNER or ENGINEER for failure to report any conflict, error ambiguity or discrepancy in the Contract Documents, unless CONTRACTOR knew or reasonably should have known thereof. 2.6 Within ten days after the Effective Date of the Agreement (unless otherwise specified in the General Requirements), CONTRACTOR shall submit to ENGINEER for review: 2.6.1 a preliminary progress schedule indicating the times (numbers of days or dates) for starting and completing the various stages of the Work, including any Milestones specified in the Contract Documents; 2.6.2 a preliminary schedule of ShopDrawing and Sample submittals which will list each required submittal and the times for submitting, reviewing and processing such submittal; 2.6.3 a preliminary schedule of values for all of the Work which will include quantities and prices of items aggregating the Contract Pnce and will subdivide the Work into component parts in sufficient detail to serve as the basis for progress payments duringconstruction Such prices will include an appropriate amount of overhead and profit applicable to each item of Work 2.7 Before any Work at the site is started, CONTRACTOR and OWNER shall each deliver to the other, with copies to each additional insured identified in the Supplementary Conditions, certificates of insurance (and other evidence of insurance which either of them or any additional insured may reasonably request) which CONTRACTOR and OWNER respectively are required to purchase and maintain in accordance with paragraphs 5.4, 5.6 and 5.7 Preconstruction Conference: 2.8 Within twenty days after the Contract Times start to run, but before any Work at the site is started, a conference attended by CONTRACTOR, ENGINEER and others as appropriate will be held to establish a working understanding among the parties as to the Work and to discuss the schedules referred to in paragraph 2.6, procedures for handling Shop Drawings and other submittals, processing Applications for Payment and maintaining required records. Initially Acceptable Schedules: 2.9 Unless otherwise provided in the Contract Documents, at teas ten days before submission of the first Application for Payment a conference attended by CONTRACTOR, ENGINEER and others as appropriate will be held to review for acceptability to ENGINEER as provided below the schedules submitted in accordance with paragraph 2.6. CONTRACTOR shall have an additional ten days to make corrections and adjustments and to complete and resubmit the schedules. No progress payment shall be made to CONTRACTOR until the schedules are submitted to and acceptable to ENGINEER as provided below. The progress schedule will be acceptable to ENGINEER as providing an orderly progression of the Work to completion within any specified Milestones and the Contract Times, but such acceptance will neither impose on ENGINEER responsibility for the sequencing, scheduling or progress of the Work nor interfere with or relieve CONTRACTOR fromCONTRACTOR's full responsibility therefore. CONTRACTOR's schedule of Shop Drawing and Sample submissions will be acceptable to ENGINEER as providing a workable arrangement for reviewing and processing the required submittals, CONTRACTOR's schedule of values will be acceptable to ENGINEER as to form and substance. ARTICLE 3 -- CONTRACT DOCUMENTS: INTENT, AMENDING, REUSE Intent: 3.1 The Contract Documents comprise the entire agreement between OWNER and CONTRACTOR concerning the Work. The Contract Documents are complementary; what is called for by one is as binding as if called for by all. The Contract Documents will be construed in accordance with the law of the place of the Project. 3.2 It is the intent of the Contract Documents to describe a functionally complete Project (or part thereof) to be constructed in accordance with the Contract Documents. Any Work, materials or equipment that may reasonably be inferred from the Contract Documents or from prevailing custom or trade usage as being required to produce the intended result will be furnished and performed whether or not specifically called for. When words or phrases which have a well-known technical or construction industry or trade meaning are used to describe Work, materials or equipment, such words or phrases shall be interpreted in accordance with that meaning. Clarifications and interpretations of the Contract Documents shall be issued by ENGINEER as provided in paragraph 9.4. 3.3 Reference to Standards and Specifications of Technical Societies; Reporting and Resolving Discrepancies: 3.3.1 Reference to standards, specifications, manuals or codes of any technical society, organization or association, or to the Laws or Regulations of any governmental authority, whether such reference be specific or by implication, shall mean the latest standard, specification, manual, code or Laws or Regulations in effect at the time of opening of Bids (or on the Effective Date of the Agreement if there were no Bids), except as may be otherwise specifically stated in the Contract Documents. 3.3.2 If, during the performance of the Work, CONTRACTOR discovers any conflict, error, ambiguity or discrepancy within the Contract Documents or between the Contract Documents and any provision of any such Law or Regulation applicable to the performance of the Work or of any such standard, specification, manual or code or of any instruction of any Supplier referred to in paragraph 6.5, CONTRACTOR shall report it to ENGINEER in writing at once, and, CONTRACTOR shall not proceed with the Work affected thereby (except in an emergency as authorized by paragraph 6 23) until an amendment or supplement to the Contract Documents has been issued by one of the methods indicated in paragraph 3.5 or 3.6; provided, however that CONTRACTOR shall not be liable to OWNER or ENGINEER for failure to report any such conflict, error, ambiguity or discrepancy unless CONTRACTOR knew or reasonably should have known thereof. 3.3.3 Except as otherwise specifically stated in the Contract Documents or as may be provided by amendment or supplement thereto issued by one of the methods indicated in paragraph 3.5 or 3.6, the provisions of the Contract Documents shall take precedence in resolving any conflict, error, ambiguity or discrepancy between the provisions of the Contract Documents and: 15 3.3.3.1 the provisions of any such standard, specification manual code or instruction (whether or not specifically incorporated by reference in the Contract Documents); or 3.3.3.2 the provisions of any such Laws or Regulations applicable to the performance of the Work (unless such an interpretation of the provisions of the Contract Documents would result in violation of such Law or Regulation). No provision of any such standard, specification, manual, code or instruction shall be effective to change the duties and responsibilities of OWNER, CONTRACTOR or ENGINEER, or any of their subcontractors consultants, agents, or employees from those set forth in the Contract Documents, nor shall it be effective to assign to OWNER, ENGINEER or any of ENGINEER's Consultants, agents or employees any duty or authority to supervise or direct the furnishing or performance of the Work or any duty or authority to undertake responsibility inconsistent with the provisions of paragraph 9.13 or any other provision of the Contract Documents. 3.4 Whenever in the Contract Documents the terms "as ordered," "as directed " "as required," "as allowed," "as approved' or terms of like effect or import are used, or the adjectives "reasonable," "suitable," "acceptable,' "proper" or "satisfactory" or adjectives of like effect or import are used to describe a requirement, direction, review or judgment of ENGINEER as to the Work, it is intended that such requirement, direction, review or judgment will be solely to evaluate, in general, the completed Work for compliance with the requirements of and information in the Contract Documents and conformance with the design concept of the completed Project as a functioning whole as shown or indicated in the Contract Documents (unless there is a specific statement indicating otherwise). The use of' any such term or adjective shall not be effective to assign to ENGI- NEER any duty or authority to supervise or direct the furnishing or performance of the Work or any duty or authority to undertake responsibility contrary to the provi- sions of paragraph 9.13 or any other provision of the Contract Documents. Amending and Supplementing Contract Documents: 3.5 The Contract Documents may be amended to provide for additions, deletions and revisions in the Work or to modify the terms and conditions thereof in one or more of the following ways: 3.5.1 a formal Written Amendment. 3.5.2 a Change Order (pursuant to paragraph 10.4), or 3.5.3 a Work Change Directive (pursuant to paragraph 10.1). 3.6 In addition. the requirements of the Contract Documents may be supplemented. and minor variations and deviations in the Work may be authorized, in one or more of the following ways: 3.6.1 a Field Order (pursuant to paragraph 9.5), 3.6.2 ENGINEER's approval of a Shop Drawing or Sample (pursuant to paragraphs 6.26 and 6 27), or 3.6.3 ENGINEER's written interpretation or clarification (pursuant to paragraph 9.4). Reuse of Documents: 3.7 CONTRACTOR, and any Subcontractor or Supplier or other person or organization performing or furnishing any of the Work under a direct or indirect contract with OWNER (i) shall not have or acquire any title to or ownership rights in any of the Drawings Specifications or other documents (or copies of any thereof) prepared by or bearing the seal of ENGINEER or ENGINEER'S Consultant, and (ii) shall not reuse any of such Drawings, Specifications, other documents or copies on extensions of the Project or any other project without written consent of OWNER and ENGINEER and specific written verification or adoption by ENGINEER. ARTICLE 4 -- AVAILABILITY OF LANDS: SUBSURFACE AND PHYSICAL CONDITIONS; REFERENCE POINTS Availability of Lands: 4.1 OWNER shall furnish, as indicated in the Contract Documents, the lands upon which the Work is to be performed, rights -of -way and easements for access thereto, and such other lands which are designated for the use of CONTRACTOR. Upon reasonable written request, OWNER shall furnish CON- TRACTOR with a correct statement of record legal title and legal description of the lands upon which the Work is to be performed andOWNER's interest therein as necessary for giving notice of or filing a mechanic's lien against such lands in accordance with applicable Laws and Regulations. OWNER shall identify any encumbrances or restrictions not of general application but specifically related to use of lands so furnished with which CONTRACTOR will have to comply in performing the Work. Easements for permanent structures or permanent changes in existing facilities will be obtained and paid for by OWNER, unless otherwise provided in the Contract Documents. If CONTRACTOR and OWNER are unable to agree on entitlement to or the amount or extent of any adjustments in the Contract Price or the Contract Times as a result of any delay in OWNERs furnishing these lands, rights -of -way or easements CONTRACTOR may make a claim therefore as provided in Articles 11 and 12. CONTRACTOR shall provide for all additional lands and access thereto that may be required for temporary construction facilities or storage of materials and equipment. 4.2 Subsurface and Physical Conditions: 4.2.1 Reports and Drawings: Reference is made to the Supplementary Conditions for identification of: 4.2.1.1 Subsurface Conditions: Those reports of explorations and tests of subsurface conditions at or contiguous to the site that have been utilized by ENGINEER in preparing the Contract Documents; and 4.2.1.2 Physical Conditions: Those drawings of physical conditions in or relating to existing surface or subsurface structures at or contiguous to the site (except Underground Facilities) that have been utilized by ENGINEER in preparing the Contract Documents. 4.2.2 Limited Reliance by CONTRACTOR Authorized; Technical Data: CONTRACTOR may rely upon the general accuracy of the "technical data" contained in such reports and drawings, but such reports and drawings are not Contract Documents. Such "technical data" is identified in the Supplementary Conditions. Except for such reliance on such "technical data,' CONTRACTOR may not rely upon or make any claim against OWNER, ENGINEER or any of ENGINEER's Consultants with respect to: 4.2.2.1 the completeness of such reports and drawings for CONTRACTOR's purposes, including, but not limited to, any aspects of the means, methods, techniques, sequences and procedures of construction to be employed by CONTRACTOR and safety precautions and programs incident thereto, or 16 4.2.2.2 other data, interpretations, opinions and information contained in such reports or shown or indicated in such drawings or 4.2.2.3 any CONTRACTOR interpretation of or conclusion drawn from any "technical data" or any such data, interpretations, opinions or information. 4.2.3 Notice of Differing Subsurface or Physical Conditions: If CONTRACTOR believes that any subsurface or physical condition at or contiguous to the site that is uncovered or revealed either: 4.2.3.1 is of such a nature as to establish that any "technical data" on which CONTRACTOR is entitled to rely as provided in paragraphs 4.2.1 and 4.2.2 is materially inaccurate, or 4.2.3.2 is of such a nature as to require a change in the Contract Documents, or 4.2.3.3 differs materially from that shown or indicated in the Contract Documents, or 4.2.3.4 is of an unusual nature, and differs materially from conditions ordinarily encountered and generally recogtized as inherent in work of the character provided for in the Contract Documents; then CONTRACTOR shall, promptly after becoming aware thereof and before further disturbing conditions affected thereby or performing any Work in connection therewith (except in an emergency as permitted by paragraph 6.23) notify OWNER and ENGINEER in writing about such condition. CONTRACTOR shall not further disturb such conditions or perform any Work in connection therewith (except as aforesaid) until receipt of written order to do so. 4.2.4 ENGINEER's Review: ENGINEER will promptly review the pertinent conditions, determine the necessity ofOWNER's obtaining additional exploration or tests with respect thereto and advise OWNER in writing (with a copy to CONTRACTOR) of ENGINEER's findings and conclusions. 4.2.5 Possible Contract Documents Change: If ENGINEER concludes that a change in the Contract Documents is required as a result of a condition that meets one or more of the categories in paragraph 4 2.3., a Work Change Directive or a Change Order will be issued as provided in Article 10 to reflect and document the consequences of such change. 4.2.6 Possible Price and Times Adjustments: An equitable adjustment in the Contract Price or in the Contract Times, or both, will be allowed to the extent that the existence of such uncovered or revealed condition causes an increase or decrease in CONTRACTOR's cost of, or time required for performance of, the Work; subject, however, to the following: 4.2.6.1 such condition must meet any one or more of the categories described in paragraphs 4.2.3.1 through 4.2.3.4, inclusive; 4.2.6.2 a change in the Contract Documents pursuant to paragraph 4.2.5 will not be an automatic authorization of nor a condition precedent to entitlement to any such adjustment; 4.2.6.3 with respect to Work that is paid for on a Unit Price Basis, any adjustment in Contract Price will be subject to the provisions of paragraphs 9.10 and 11.9; and 4.2.6.4 CONTRACTOR shall not be entitled to any adjustment in the Contract Price or Times if'; 4.2.6.4.1 CONTRACTOR knew of the existence of such conditions at the time CONTRACTOR made a final commitment to OWNER in respect of Contract Price and Contract Times by the submission of a bid or becoming bound under a negotiated contract; or 4.2.6.4.2 the existence of such condition could rea- sonably have been discovered or revealed as a result of any examination, investigation, exploration, test or study of the site and contiguous areas required by the Bidding Requirements or Contract Documents to be conducted by or for CONTRACTOR prior to CONTRACTOR's making such final commitment; or 4.2.6.4.3 CONTRACTOR failed to give the written notice within the time and as required by paragraph 4.2.3. If OWNER and CONTRACTOR are unable to agree on entitlement to or as to the amount or length of any such equitable adjustment in the Contract Price or Contract Times, a claim may be made, therefore as provided in Articles 11 and 12. However, OWNER, ENGINEER and ENGINEER's Consultants shall not be liable to CONTRACTOR for any claims, costs, losses or damages sustained by CONTRACTOR on or in connection with any other project or anticipated project. 4.3 Physical Conditions -Underground Facilities: 4.3.1 Shown or Indicated: The information and data shown or indicated in the Contract Documents with respect to existing Underground Facilities at or contiguous to the site is based on information and data furnished to OWNER or ENGINEER by the owners of such Underground Facilities or by others. Unless it is otherwise expressly provided in the Supplementary Conditions: 4.3.1.1 OWNER and ENGINEER shall not be resporsible for the accuracy or completeness of any such information or data, and 4.3.1.2 The cost of all of the following will be included in the Contract Price and CONTRACTOR shall have full responsibility for: (i) reviewing and checking all such information and data, (ii) locating all Underground Facilities shown or indicated in the Contract Documents, (iii) coordination of the Work with the owners of such Underground Facilities during construction, and (iv) the safety and protection of all such Underground Facilities as provided in paragraph 6.20 and repairing any damage thereto resulting from the Work. 4.3.2 Not Shown or Indicated: If an Underground Facility is uncovered or revealed at or contiguous to the site which was not shown or indicated in the Contract Documents, CONTRACTOR shall, promptly after becoming aware thereof and before further disturbing conditions affected thereby or peforming any Work in connection therewith (except in an emergency as required by paragraph 6.23), identify the owner of such Underground Facility and give written notice to that owner and to OWNER and ENGINEER. ENGINEER will promptly review the Underground Facility and determine the extent, if any, to which a change is required in the Contract Documents to reflect and document the consequences of the existence of the Underground Facility. If ENGINEER coroludes that a change in the Contract Documents is required, a Work Change Directive or a Change Order will be issued as provided in Article 10 to reflect and document such consquences. During such time, CONTRACTOR shall be responsible for the safety and protection of such Underground Facility as provided in paragraph 6.20. CONTRACTOR shall be allowed an increase in the Contract Price or an extension of the Contract Times, or both, to the extent that they are attributable to the existence of any Underground Facility that was not shown or indicated in the Contract Documents and that CONTRACTOR did not know of and could not reasonably have been expected to be aware of or to have anticipated. If OWNER and CONTRACTOR are unable to agree on entitlement to or the amount or length of any such adjustment in Contract Price or Contract Times, CONTRACTOR may make a claim therefore as provided in Articles 11 and 12. However, OWNER, ENGINEER and ENGINEER's Consultants shall not be liable to CON I'RACTOR for any claims, costs, losses or damages incurred or sustained by CONTRACTOR on or in connection with any other project or anticipated project. 17 Reference Points: 4.4 OWNER shall provide engineering surveys to establish reference points for construction which in ENGINEER's judgment are necessary to enable CONTRACTOR to proceed with the Work. CONTRACTOR shall be responsible for laying out the Work, shall protect and preserve the established reference points and shall make no changes or relocations without the prior written approval of OWNER. CONTRACTOR shall report to ENGINEER whenever any reference point is lost or destroyed or requires relocation because of necessary changes in grades or locations, and shall be responsible for the accurate replacement or relocation of such reference points by professionally qualified personnel. 4.5 Asbestos, PCBs, Petroleum, Hazardous Waste or Radioactive Material: 4.5.1 OWNER shall be responsible for any Asbestos PCBS, Petroleum, Hazardous Waste or Radioactive Material uncovered or revealed at the site which was not shown or indicated in Drawings or Specifications or identified in the Contract Documents to be within the scope of the Work and which may present a substantial danger to persons or property exposed thereto in connection with the Work at the site. OWNER shall not be responsible for any such materials brought to the site by CONTRACTOR, Subcontractor, Supplirs or anyone else for whom CONTRACTOR is responsible. 4.5.2 CONTRACTOR shall immediately: (i) stop all Work in connection with such hazardous condition and in any area affected thereby (except in an emergency as required by paragraph 6.23), and (ii) notify OWNER and ENGINEER (and thereafter confirm such notice in writing). OWNER shall promptly consult with ENGINEER concerning the necessity for OWNER to retain a qualified expert to evaluate such hazardous condition or take corrective action, if any. CONTRACTOR shall not be required to resume Work in connection with such hazardous condition or in any such affected area until after OWNER has obtained any required permits related thereto and delivered to CONTRACTOR special written notice: (i) specifying that such condition and any affected area is or has been rendered safe for the resumption of Work, or (ii) specifying any special conditions under which such Work may be resumed safety. If OWNER and CONTRACTOR cannot agree as to entitlement to or the amount or extent of an adjustment, if any, in Contract Price or Contract Times as a result of such Work stoppage or such special conditions under which Work is agreed by CON- TRACTOR to be resumed, either party may make a claim therefore as provided in Articles 11 and 12. 4.5.3 If after receipt of such special written notice CONTRACTOR does not agree to resume such Work based on a reasonable belief it is unsafe, or does not agree to resume such Work under such special conditions, then OWNER may order such portion of the Work that is in connection with such hazardous condition or in such affected area to be deleted from the Work. If OWNER and CONTRACTOR cannot agree as to entitlement to or the amount or extent of an adjustment, if any, in Contract Price or Contract Times as a result of deleting such portion of the Work, then either party may make a claim, therefore as provided in Articles 11 and 12. OWNER may have such deleted portion of the Work performed byOWNER's own forces or others in accordance with Article 7. 4.5.4 TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY LAWS AND REGULATIONS, OWNER SHALL INDEMNIFY AND HOLD HARMLESS CONTRACTOR, SUBCONTRACTORS, ENGINEER, ENGINEER'S CONSULTANTS AND THE OFFICERS, DIRECTORS, EMPLOYEES, AGENTS, OTHER CONSULTANTS AND SUBCONTRACTORS OF EACH AND ANY OF THEM FROM AND AGAINST ALL CLAIMS, COSTS, LOSSES AND DAMAGES ARISING OUT OF OR RESULTING FROM SUCH HAZARDOUS CONDITION, PROVIDED THAT: (1) ANY SUCH CLAIM, COST, LOSS OR DAMAGE IS ATTRIBUTABLE TO BODILY INJURY, SICKNESS, DISEASE OR DEATH, OR TO INJURY TO OR DESTRUCTION OF TANGIBLE PROPERTY (OTHER THAN THE WORK ITSELF), INCLUDING THE LOSS OF USE RESULTING THEREFROM, AND (II) NOTHING IN THIS SUBPARAGRAPH 4.5.4 SHALL OBLIGATE OWNER TO INDEMNIFY ANY PERSON OR ENTITY FROM AND AGAINST THE CONSEQUENCES OF THAT PERSON'S OR ENTITY'S OWN NEGLIGENCE 4.5.5 The provisions of paragraphs 4.2 and 4.3 are not intended to apply to Asbestos, PCBs, Petroleum, Hazardous Waste or Radioactive Material uncovered or revealed at the site. ARTICLE 5 -- BONDS AND INSURANCE Performance, Payment and Other Bonds: 5.1 CONTRACTOR shall furnish Performance and Payment Bonds, each in an amount at least equal to the Contract Price as security for the faithful performance and payment of all CONTRACTOR's obligations under the Contract Documents. These Bonds shall remain in effect at least until one year after the date when final payment becomes due, except as provided otherwise by Laws or Regulations or by the Contract Documents. CONTRACTOR shall also furnish such other Bonds as are required by the Supplementary Conditions. All Bonds shall be in the form prescribed by the Contract Documents except as provided otherwise by Laws or Regulations, and shall be executed by such sureties as are named in the current list of Companies Holding Certificates of Authority as Acceptable Sureties on Federal Bonds and as Acceptable Reinsuring Companies" as published in Circular 570 (amended) by the Audit Staff, Bureau of Government Financial Opera- tions, U.S. Treasury Department. All Bonds signed by an agent must be accompanied by a certified copy of such agents authority to act. 5.2 If the surety on any Bond famished by CONTRACTOR is declared a bankrupt or becomes insolvent or its right to do business is terminated in any state where any part of the Project is located or it ceases to meet the requirements of paragraph 5.1, CONTRACTOR shall within ten days thereafter substitute another Bond and surety, both of which must be acceptable to OWNER. 5.3 Licensed Sureties and Insurers; Certificates of Insurance: 5.3.1 All Bonds and insurance required by the Contract Documents to be purchased and maintained by OWNER or CONTRACTOR shall be obtained from surety or insurance companies that are duly licensed or authorized in the jurisdiction in which the Project is located to Issue Bonds or insurance policies for the limits and coverages so required. Such surety and insurance companies shall also meet such additional requirements and qualifications as may be pro'ided in the Supplementary Conditions. 5.3.2 CONTRACTOR shall deliver to OWNER, with copies to each additional insured identified in the Supplementary Conditions certificates of insurance (and other evidence of insurance requested by 18 OWNER or any other additional insured)which CONTRACTOR is required to CONTRACTOR and to each other additional insured identified in the Supplemen- purchase and maintain in accordance with paragraph 5.4. OWNER shall deliver to tary Conditions to whom a certificate of insurance has been issued (and the CONTRACTOR, with copies to each additional insured identified in the certificates of insurance furnished by the CONTRACTOR pursuant to paragraph Supplementary Conditions, certificates of insurance (and other evidence of 5.3.2 will so provide); insurance requested by CONTRACTOR or any other additional insured)which OWNER is required to purchase and maintain in accordance with paragraphs 5.6 5.4 12 remain in effect at least until final payment and at all times and 5 7 hereof. thereafter when CONTRACTOR may be correcting, removing or replacing defective Work in accordance with paragraph 13.12;and CONTRACTOR'S Liability Insurance: 5.4 13 with respect to completed operations insurance, and any insurance coverage written on a claims-made basis,remain in effect for at least two 5 4 CONTRACTOR shall purchase and maintain such liability and other years after final payment(and CONTRACTOR shall furnish OWNER and each insurance as is appropriate for the Work being performed and furnished and as will other additional insured identified in the Supplementary Conditions to whom a provide protection from claims set forth below which may arise out of or result certificate of insurance has been issued evidence satisfactory to OWNER and any from CONTRACTOR's performance and furnishing of the Work and such additional insured of continuation of such insurance at final payment and one CONTRACTOR's other obligations under the Conract Documents,whether it is to year thereafter). be performed or furnished by CONTRACTOR,any Subcontractor or Supplier,or by anyone directly or indirectly employed by any of them to perform or furnish any of the Work,or by anyone for whose acts any of them may be liable: OWNER's Liability Insurance: 5.4.1 claims under workers'compensation,disability benefits and 5.5 In addition to the insurance required to be provided by other similar employee benefit acts; CONTRACTOR under paragraph 5.4,OWNER,atOWNER's option,may purchase I and maintain at OWNER's expense OWNER's own liability insurance as will 5.4.2 claims for damages because of bodily injury, occupational protect OWNER against claims which may arise from operations under the Contract sickness or disease,or death of CONTRACTOR's employees, Documents. 5 4.3 claims for damages because of bodily injury, sickness or disease,or death of any person other than CONTRACTOR's employees; Property Insurance: 5.4.4 claims for damages insured by customary personal injury 5.6 Unless otherwise provided in the Supplementary Conditions,OWNER liability coverage which are sustained:(i)by any person as a result of an offense shall purchase and maintain property insurance upon the Work at the site in the directly or indirectly related to the employment of such person by CONTRACTOR, amount of the full replacement cost thereof(subject to such deductible amounts as or(ii)by any other person for any other reason; may be provided in the Supplementary Conditions or required by Laws and Regulations). This insurance shall. 5 4.5 claims for damages,other than to the Work itself;because of injury to or destruction of tangible property wherever located,including loss of use 5.6.1 include the interests of OWNER, CONTRACTOR, resulting therefrom;and Subcontractors,ENGINEER,ENGINEER's Consultants and any other persons or entities identified in the Supplementary Conditions,each of whom is deemed to 5.4.6 claims for damages because of bodily injury or death of any have an insurable interest and shall be listed as an insured or additional insured; person or property damage arising out of the ownership,maintenance or use of any motor vehicle. 5.6.2 be written on a Builder's Risk"all-risk"or open peril or special causes of loss policy form that shall at least include insurance for physical loss or The policies of insurance so required by this paragraph 5.4 to be purchased and damage to the Work,temporary buildings,falseworkand Work in transit and shall maintained shall. insure against at least the following perils fire,lightning,extended coverage,theft, vandalism and malicious mischief,earthquake,collapse,debris removal,demolition 5 4 7 with respect to insurance required by paragraphs 5.4.3 through occasioned by enforcement of Laws and Regulations,water damage,and such other 5.4.6 inclusive,include as additional insureds(subject to any customary exclusion perils as may be specifically required by the Supplementary Conditions; in respect of professional liability) OWNER, ENGINEER,ENGINEER's Con- sultants and any other persons or entities identified in the Supplementary 5.6.3 include expenses incurred in the repair or replacement of any — Conditions,all of whom shall be listed as additionalinsureds,and include coverage insured property(including but not limited to fees and charges of engineers and for the respective officers and employees of all such additional insureds; architects); 5 4.8 include the specific coverages and be written for not less than 5.6.4 cover materials and equipment stored at the site or at another the limits of liability provided in the Supplunentary Conditions or requiredby Laws location that was agreed to in writing by OWNER prior to being incorporated in the or Regulations,whichever is greater; Work, provided that such materials and equipment have been included in an Application for Payment recommended by ENGINEER.and 5.4.9 include completed operations insurance, 5.6.5 be maintained in effect until final payment is made unless 5.4 10 include contractual liability insurance covering otherwise agreed to in writing by OWNER,CONTRACTOR and ENGINEER with CONTRACTOR's indemnity obligations under paragraphs 6.12, 6.16 and 6.31 thirty days written notice to each other additional insured to whom a certificate of through 6.33, insurance has been issued. 5.4 11 contain a provision or endorsement that the coverage afforded 5.7 OWNER shall purchase and maintain such boiler and machinery will not be canceled,materially changed or renewal refused until at least thirty days insurance or additional property insurance as may be required by the Supplementary prior written notice has been given to OWNER and Conditions or Laws and Regulations which will 19 include the interests of OWNER, CONTRACTOR, Subcontractors, ENGINEER, ENGINEER's Consultants and any other persons or entities identified in the Supplementary Conditions, each of whom is deemed to have an insurable interest and shall be listed as an insured or additional insured. 5.8 All the policies of insurance (and the certificates or other evidence thereof) required to be purchased and maintained by OWNER in accordance with paragraphs 5.6 and 5.7 will contain a provision or endorsement that the coverage afforded will not be canceled or materially changed or renewal refused until at least thirty days prior written notice has been given to OWNER and CONTRACTOR and to each other additional insured to whom a certificate of insurance has been issued and will contain waiver provisions in accordance with paragraph 5.11. 5.9 OWNER shall not be responsible for purchasing and maintaining any property insurance to protect the interests of CONTRACTOR, Subcontractors or others in the Work to the extent of any deductible amounts that are identified in the Supplementary Conditions. The risk of Loss within such identified deductible amount, will be borne by CONTRACTOR, Subcontractor or others suffering any such loss and if any of them wishes property insurance coverage within the limits of such amounts, each may purchase and maintain it at the purchaser's own expense. 5.10 If CONTRACTOR requests in writing that other special insurance be included in the property insurance policies provided under paragraphs 5.6 or 5.7, OWNER shall, if possible, include such insurance, and the cost thereof will be charged to CONTRACTOR by appropriate Change Order or Written Amendment. Prior to commencement of the Work at the site, OWNER shall in writing advise CONTRACTOR whether or not such other insurance has been procured by OWNER. 5.11 Waiver of Rights: 5.11.1 OWNER and CONTRACTOR intend that all policies purchased in accordance with paragraphs 5.6 and 5 7 will protect OWNER, CONTRACTOR, Subcontractors, ENGINEER,ENGINEER's Consultants and all other persons or ertities identified in the Supplementary Conditions to be listed as insureds or additional insureds in such policies and will provide primary coverage for all losses and damages caused by the perils covered thereby. All such policies shall contain provisions to the effect that in the event of payment of any loss or damage the insurers will have no rights of recovery against any of the insureds or additional insureds thereunder. OWNER and CONTRACTOR waive all rights against each other and their respective officers, directors, employees and agents for all losses and damages caused by, arising out of or resulting from any of the perils covered by such policies and any other property insurance applicable to the Work; and, in addition, waive all such rights against Subcontractors, ENGINEER, ENGINEER's Consultants and all other persons or entities identified in the Supplementary Conditions to be listed as insureds or additional insureds under such policies for losses and damages so caused. None of the above waivers shall extend to the rights that any party making such waiver may have to the proceeds of insurance held by OWNER as trustee or otherwise payable under any policy so issued. 5.11.2 In addition, OWNER waives all rights against CONTRACTOR, Subcontractors, ENGINEER, ENGINEER's Consultants and the officers, directors, employees and agents of any of them, for: 5.11.2.1 loss due to business interruption, loss of use or other consequential loss extending beyond direct phyical loss or damage to OWNER's property or the Work caused by, arising out of or resulting from fire or other peril, whether or not insured by OWNER, and 5.11.2.2 loss or damage to the completed Project or part thereof caused by, arising out of or resulting from fire or other insured peril covered by any property insurance maintained on the completed Project or part thereof by OWNER during partial utilization pursuant to paragraph 14.10, after substantial completion pursuant to paragraph 14.8 or after final payment pursuant to paragraph 14.13. Any insurance policy maintained by OWNER covering any loss, damage or consequential loss referred to in this paragraph 5.11.2 shall contain provisions to the effect that in the event of payment of any such loss, damage or consequential loss the insurers will have no rights of recovery against any of CON- TRACTOR,Subcontractors, ENGINEER,ENGINEER's Con- sultants and the officers, directors, employees and agents of any of them. Receipt and Application of Insurance Proceeds 5.12 Any insured loss under the policies of insurance required by paragraphs 5.6 and 5.7 will be adjusted with OWNER and made payable to OWNER as fiduciary for the insureds, as their interests may appear, subject to the requirements of any applicable mortgage clause and of paragraph 5.13. OWNER shall deposit in a separate account any money so received, and shall distribute it in accordance with such agreement as the parties in interest may reach. If no other special agreement is reached the damaged Work shall be repaired or replaced, the moneys so received applied on account thereof and the Work and the cost thereof covered by an appropriate Change Order or Written Amendment. 5.13 OWNER as fiduciary shall have power to adjust and settle any loss with the insurers unless one of the parties in interest shall object in writing within fifteen days after the occurrence of loss to OWNER's exercise of this power. If such objection be made, OWNER as fiduciary shall make settlement with the insurers in accordance with such agreement as the parties in interest may reach. If no such agreement among the parties in interest is reached, OWNER as fiduciary shall adjust and settle the loss with the insurers and, if required in writing by any party in interest, OWNER as fiduciary shall give bond for the proper performance of such duties. Acceptance of Bonds and Insurance; Option to Replace: 5.14 If either party (OWNER or CONTRACTOR) has any objection to the coverage afforded by or other provisions of the Bonds or insurance required to be purchased and maintained by the other party in accordance with Article 5 on the basis of non-conformance with the Contract Documents, the objecting party shall so notify the other party in writing within ten days after receipt of the certificates (or other evidence requested) required by paragraph 2.7. OWNER and CONTRACTOR shall each provide to the other such additional information in respect of insurance provided as the other may reasonably request. If either party does not purchase or maintain all of the Bonds and insurance required of such party by the Contract Documents, such party shall notify the other party in writing of such failure to purchase prior to the start of the Work, or of such failure to maintain prior to any change in the required coverage. Without prejudice to any other right or remedy the other party may elect to obtain equivalent Bonds or insurance to protect such other party's interests at the expense of the party who was required to provide such coverage, and a Change Order shalt be issued to adjust the Contract Price accordingly. Partial Utilization - Property Insurance: 5.15 If OWNER finds it necessary to occupy or use a portion or portions of the Work prior to Substantial Completion of all the Work, such use or occupancy may be accomplished in accordance with paragraph 14.10; provided that no such use or occupancy shall commence before the insurers providing the property insurance have acknowledged notice thereof and Progress Schedule: in writing effected any changes in coverage necessitated thereby The insurers providing the property insurance shall consent by endorsement on the policy or 6.6 CONTRACTOR shall adhere to the progress schedule established in , policies,but the property insurance shall not be canceled or permitted to lapse on accordance with paragraph 2.9 as it may be adjusted from time to time as provided account of any such partial use or occupancy below. 6.6.1 CONTRACTOR shall submit to ENGINEER for acceptance 1 1 ARTICLE 6--CONTRACTOR'S RESPONSIBILITIES (to the extent indicated in paragraph 2.9)proposed adjustments in the progress schedule that will not change the Contract Times(or Milestones). Such adjust- ments will conform generally to the progress schedule then in effect and additionally will comply with any provisions of the General Requirements Supervision and Superintendence: applicable thereto. 6.1 CONTRACTOR shall supervise, inspect and direct the Work 6.6.2 Proposed adjustments in the progress schedule that will change competently and efficiently,devoting such attention thereto and applying such skills the Contract Times (or Milestones) shall be submitted in accordance with the and expertise as may be necessary to perform the Work in accordance with the Con- requirements of paragraph 12.1. Such adjustments may only be made by a Change tract Documents. CONTRACTOR shall be solely responsible for the means, Order or Written Amendment in accordance with Article 12. methods, techniques, sequences and procedures of construction, but CONTRACTOR shall not be responsible for the negligence of others in the design 6.7 Substitutes and"Or-Equal"Items: or specification of a specific means,method,technique,sequence or procedure of construction which is shown or indicated in and expressly required by the Contract 6.7 1 Whenever an item of material or equipment is specified or ' Documents. CONTRACTOR shall be responsible to see that the completed Work described in the Contract Documents by using the name of a proprietary item or the complies accurately with the Contract Documents. name of a particular Supplier, the specification or description is intended to establish the type, function and quality required. Unless the specification or 6.2 CONTRACTOR shall keep on the Work at all times during its description contains or is followed by words reading that no like, equivalent or progress a competent resident superintendent,who shall not be replaced without "or-equal"item or no substitution is permitted,other items of material or equipment written notice to OWNER and ENGINEER except under extraordinary or material or equipment of other Suppliers may be accepted by ENGINEER under circumstances. The superintendent will be CONTRACTOR's representative at the the following circumstances: site and shall have authority to act on behalf of CONTRACTOR. All communications to the superintendent shall be as binding as if given to 6.7 1.1 "Or-Equal". If in ENGINEER's sole discretion an CONTRACTOR. item of material or equipment proposed by CONTRACTOR is functionally equal to that named and sufficiently similar so , that no change in related Work will be required,it may be Labor,Materials and Equipment: considered by ENGINEER as an "or-equal" item, in which case review and approval of the proposed item may, in 6.3 CONTRACTOR shall provide competent,suitably quaff-led personnel ENGINEER's sole discretion, be accomplished without - to survey,lay out and construct the Work as required by the Contract Documents. compliance with some or all of the requirements for ' CONTRACTOR shall at all times maintain good discipline and order at the site. acceptance of proposed substitute items. Except as otherwise required for the safety or protection of persons or the Work or property at the site or adjacent thereto,and except as otherwise indicated in the 6.7.1.2 Substitute Items: If in ENGINEER's sole discretion an Contract Documents,all Work at the site shall be performed during regular working item of material or equipment proposed by CONTRACTOR hours and CONTRACTOR will not permit overtime work or the performance of does not qualify as an "or-equal" item under subparagraph Work on Saturday,Sunday or any legal holiday without OWNER's written consent 6.7 1.1, it will be considered a proposed substitute item. given after prior written notice to ENGINEER. CONTRACTOR shall submit sufficient information as provided below to allow ENGINEER to determine that the 6.4 Unless otherwise specified in the General Requirements, item of material or equipment proposed is essentially d CONTRACTOR shall furnish and assume full responsibility for all materials, equivalent to that named and an acceptable substitute equipment, labor,transportation, construction equipment and machinery,tools, therefore. The procedure for review by the ENGINEER will appliances,fuel,power,light,heat,telephone,water,sanitary facilities,temporary include the following as supplemented in the General facilities and all other facilities and incidentals necessary for the furnishing, Requirements and as ENGINEER may decide is appropriate performance,testing,start-up and completion of the Work. under the circumstances. Requests for review of proposed substitute items of material or equipment will not be accepted 6.5 All materials and equipment shall be of good quality and new,except by ENGINEER from anyone other than CONTRACTOR.If as otherwise provided in the Contract Documents. All warranties and guarantees CONTRACTOR wishes to furnish or use a substitute item of specifically called for by the Specifications shall expressly run to the benefit of material or equipment, CONTRACTOR shall first make OWNER. If required by ENGINEER,CONTRACTOR shall furnish satisfactory written application to ENGINEER for acceptance thereof, evidence(including reports of required tests)as to the kind and quality of materials certifying that the proposed substitute will perform adequately and equipment. All materials and equipment shall be applied,installed,connected, the functions and achieve the results called for by the general erected, used, cleaned and conditioned in accordance with instructions of the design,be similar in substance to that specified and be suited ' applicable Supplier,except as otherwise provided in the Contract Documents. to the same use as that specified. The application will state the extent,if any,to which the evaluation and acceptance of the proposed substitute will prejudice CONTRACTOR's achievement of Substantial Completion on time, 1 21 whether or not acceptance of the substitute for use in the Work will require a change in any of the Contract Documents (or in the provisions of any other direct contract with OWNER for work on the Project) to adapt the design to the proposed substitute and whether or not incorporation or use of the substitute in connection with the Work is subject to payment of any license fee or royalty. All variations of the proposed substitute from that specified will be identified in the application and available maintenance, repair and replacement service will be indicated. The application will also contain an itemized estimate of all costs or credits that will result directly or indirectly from acceptance of such substitute including costs of redesign and claims of other contractors affected by the resulting change, all of which will be considered by ENGINEER in evaluating the proposed substitute. ENGINEER may require CONTRACTOR to famish additional data about the proposed substitute. 6.7.1.3 CONTRACTOR's Expense: All data to be provided by CONTRACTOR in support of any proposed "or -equal" or substitute item will be at CONTRACTOR'S expense. 6.7.2 Substitute Construction Methods or Procedures: If a specific means, method, technique, sequence or procedure of construction is shown or indicated in and expressly required by the Contract Documents, CONTRACTOR may furnish or utilize a substitute means method, technique, sequence or procedure of construction acceptable to ENGINEER. CONTRACTOR shall submit sufficient information to allow ENGINEER, in ENGINEER's sole discretion, to determine that the substitute proposedis equivalent to that expressly called for by the Contract Documents. The procedure for review by ENGINEER will be similar to that provided in subparagraph 6.7.1.2. 6.7.3 Engineer's Evaluation: ENGINEER will be allowed a reasonable time within which to evaluate each proposal or submittal made pursuant to paragraphs 6.7.1.2 and 6.7.2. ENGINEER will be the sole judge of acceptability. No "or -equal" or substitute will be ordered, installed or utilized without ENGINEER's prior written acceptance which will be evidenced by either a Change Order or an approved Shop Drawing. OWNER may require CONTRACTOR to furnish at CONTRACTOR'S expense a special performance guarantee or other surety with respect to any "or -equal" or substitute. ENGINEER will record time required by ENGINEER and ENGINEER'S Consultants in evaluating substitutes proposed or submitted by CONTRACTOR pursuant to paragraphs 6.7.1.2 and 6 7 2 and in making changes in the Contract Documents (or in the provisions of any other direct contract with OWNER for work on the Project) occasioned thereby. Whether or not ENGINEER accepts a substitute item so proposed or submitted by CONTRACTOR, CONTRACTOR shall reimburse OWNER for the charges of ENGINEER and ENGINEER's Consultants for evaluating each such proposed substitute item. Concerning Subcontractors, Suppliers and Others: 6.8.1 CONTRACTOR shall not employ any Subcoitractor, Supplier or other person or organization (including those acceptable to OWNER and ENGINEER as indicated in paragraph 6.8.2), whether initially or as a substitute against whom OWNER or ENGINEER may have reasonable objection. CONTRACTOR shall not be required to employ any Subcontractor, Supplier or other person or organization to furnish or perform any of the Work against whom CONTRACTOR has reasonable objection. 6.8.2 If the Supplementary Conditions require the idertity of certain Subcontractors Suppliers or other persons or organizations (including those who are to fumish the principal items of materials or equipment) to be submitted to OWNER in advance of the specified date prior to the Effective Date of the Agreement for acceptance by OWNER and ENGINEER, and if CONTRACTOR has submitted a list thereof in accordance with the Supplementary Conditions, OWNER's or ENGINEER's acceptance (either in writing or by failing to make written objection thereto by the date indicated for acceptance or objection in the bidding documents or the Contract Documents) of any such Subcortractor, Supplier or other person or organization so identified may be revoked on the basis of reasonable objection after due investigation, in which case CONTRACTOR shall su mit an acceptable substitute, the Contract Price will be adjusted by the difference in the cost occasioned by such substitution and an appropriate Change Order will be issued or Written Amendment signed. No acceptance by OWNER or ENGINEER of any, such Subcontractor, Supplier or other person or organization shall constitute a waiver of any right of OWNER or ENGINEER to reject defective Work. 6.9.1 CONTRACTOR shall be fully responsible to OWNER and ENGINEER for all acts and omissions of the Subcontractors, Suppliers and other persons and organizations performing or furnishing any of theWork under a direct or indirect contract with CONTRACTOR just as CONTRACTOR is responsible for CONTRACTOR's own acts and omissions. Nothing in the Contract Documents shall create for the benefit of any such Subcontractor, Supplier or other person or organization any contractual relationship between OWNER or ENGINEER and any such Subcontractor, Supplier or other person or organization, nor shall it create any obligation on the part of OWNER or ENGINEER to pay or to see to the payment of any moneys due any such Subcontractor, Supplier or other person or orgaraation except as may otherwise be required by Laws and Regulations. 6.9.2 CONTRACTOR shall be solely responsible for scheduling and coordinating the Work of Subcontractors, Suppliers and other persons and organizations performing or famishing any of the Work under a direct or indirect contract with CONTRACTOR. CONTRACTOR shall require all Subcontractors, Suppliers and such other persons and organizations performing or furnishing any of the Work to communicate with the ENGINEER through CONTRACTOR. 6.10 The divisions and sections of the Specifications and the identifications of any Drawings shall not control CONTRACTOR in dividing the Work among Subcontractors or Suppliers or delineating the Work to be performed by any specific trade. 6 11 All Work performed for CONTRACTOR by a Subcontractor or Supplier will be pursuant to an appropriate agreement between CONTRACTOR and the Subcontractor or Supplier which specifically binds the Subcontractor or Supplier to the applicable terms and conditions of the Contract Docurrents for the benefit of OWNER and ENGINEER. Whenever any such agreement is with a Subcontractor or Supplier who is listed as an additional insured on the property insurance provided in paragraph 5.6 or 5 7, the agreement between the CONTRACTOR and the Subcontractor or Supplier will conain provisions whereby the Subcontractor or Supplier waives all rights against OWNER. CONTRACTOR, ENGINEER, ENGINEER's Consultants and all other additional insureds for all losses and damages caused by, arising out of or resulting from any of the perils covered by such policies and any other property insurance applicable to the Work. If the insurers on any such policies require separate waiver forms to be signed by any Subcontractor or Supplier CONTRACTOR will obtain the same. Patent Fees and Royalties: 6.12 CONTRACTOR shall pay all license fees and royalies and assume all costs incident to the use in the performance of the Work or the incorporation in the Work of any invention design, process, product or device which is the subject of patent fights or copyrights held by others. If a particular invention, design, process, product or device is specified in the Contract Documents for use in the performance of the Work and if to the actual knowledge of OWNER or ENGINEER its use is subject to patent rights or copyrights calling for the payment of any license fee or royalty to others, the existence of such rights shall be disclosed by OWNER in the Contract Documents. TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERi11ITTED BY LAWS AND 22 REGULATIONS, CONTRACTOR SHALL INDEMNIFY AND HOLD ANY SUCH OWNER OR OCCUPANT AGAINST OWNER,ENGINEER OR HARMLESS OWNER,ENGINEER,ENGINEER'S CONSULTANTS AND ANY OTHER PARTY INDEMNIFIED HEREUNDER TO THE EXTENT THE OFFICERS,DIRECTORS, EMPLOYEES, AGENTS AND OTHER CAUSED BY OR BASED UPON CONTRACTOR'S PERFORMANCE OF CONSULTANTS OF EACH AND ANY OF THEM FROM AND AGAINST THE WORK. ALL CLAIMS,COSTS,LOSSES AND DAMAGES ARISING OUT OF OR RESULTING FROM ANY INFRINGEMENT OF PATENT RIGHTS OR 6.17 During the progress of the Work, CONTRACTOR shall keep the COPYRIGHTS INCIDENT TO THE USE IN THE PERFORMANCE OF premises free from accumulations of waste materials, rubbish and other debris THE WORK OR RESULTING FROM THE INCORPORATION IN THE resulting from the Work. At the completion of the Work CONTRACTOR shall WORK OF ANY INVENTION, DESIGN, PROCESS, PRODUCT OR remove all waste materials,rubbish and debris from and about the premises as well DEVICE NOT SPECIFIED IN THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS. as all tools, appliances, construction equipment and machinery and surplus materials. CONTRACTOR shall leave the site clean and ready for occupancy by Permits: OWNER at Substantial Completion of the Work. CONTRACTOR shall restore to original condition all property not designated for alteration by the Contract 6.13 Unless otherwise provided in the Supplementary Conditions, Documents. CONTRACTOR shall obtain and pay for all construction permits and licenses. OWNER shall assist CONTRACTOR,when necessary,in obtaining such permits 6.18 CONTRACTOR shall not load nor permit any part of any structure to and licenses. CONTRACTOR shall pay all governmental charges and inspection be loaded in any manner that will endanger the structure,nor shall CONTRACTOR fees necessary for the prosecution of the Work,which are applicable at the time of subject any part of the Work or adjacent property to stresses or pressures that will opening of Bids,or,if there are no Bids,on the Effective Date of the Agreement. endanger it. CONTRACTOR shall pay all charges of utility owners for connections to the Work,and OWNER shall pay all charges of such utility owners for capital costs related thereto such as plant investment fees. Record Documents: 6.19 CONTRACTOR shall maintain in a safe place at the site one record Laws and Regulations: copy of all Drawings, Specifications, Addenda, Written Amendments, Change Orders, Work Change Directives, Field Orders and written interpretations and 6.14 1 CONTRACTOR shall give all notices and comply with all clarifications(issued pursuant to paragraph 9 4)in good order and annotated to Laws and Regulations applicable to furnishing and performance of the Work. show all changes made during construction. These record documents together with Except where otherwise expressly required by applicable Laws and Regulations, all approved Samples and a counterpart of all approved Shop Drawings will be neither OWNER nor ENGINEER shall be responsible for monitoring CON- available to ENGINEER for reference. Upon completion of the Work,these record TRACTOR's compliance with any Laws or Regulations. documents, Samples and Shop Drawings will be delivered to ENGINEER for OWNER. 6.14.2 If CONTRACTOR performs any Work knowing or having reason to know that it is contrary to Laws or Regulations,CONTRACTOR shall bear all claims,costs,losses and damages caused by,arising out of or resulting Safety and Protection: therefrom;however, it shall not be CONTRACTOR's primary responsibility to make certain that the Specifications and Drawings are in accordance with Laws and 6.20 CONTRACTOR shall be responsible for initiating,maintaining and Regulations, but this shall not relieve CONTRACTOR of CONTRACTOR's supervising all safety precautions and programs in connection with the Work. obligations under paragraph 3.3.2. CONTRACTOR shall take all necessary precautions for the safety of, and shall provide the necessary protection to prevent damage,injury or loss to: Taxes: 6.20.1 all persons on the Work site or who may be affected by the Work, 6.15 CONTRACTOR shall pay all sales,consumer,use and other similar taxes required to be paid by CONTRACTOR in accordance with the Laws and 6.20.2 all the Work and materials and equipment to be incorporated Regulations of the place of the Project which are applicable during the performance therein,whether in storage on or off the site;and of the Work. 6.20.3 other property at the site or adjacent thereto,including trees, shrubs,lawns,walks,pavements,roadways,structures,utilities and Underground Use of Premises: Facilities not designated for removal,relocation or replacement in the course of construction. 6.16 CONTRACTOR shall confine construction equipnent,the storage of materials and equipment and the operations of workers to the site and land and CONTRACTOR shall comply with all applicable Laws and Regulations of any areas identified in and permitted by the Contract Documents and other land and public body having jurisdiction for safety of persons or property or to protect them areas permitted by Laws and Regulations,rights-of-way,permits and easements, from damage,injury or loss;and shall erect and maintain all necessary safeguards and shall not unreasonably encumber the premises with construction equipment or for such safety and protection. CONTRACTOR shall notify owners of adjacent other materials or equipment. CONTRACTOR shall assume full responsibility for property and of Underground Facilities and utility owners when prosecution of the any damage to any such land or area,or to the owner or occupant thereof or of any Work may affect them,and shall cooperate with them in the protection,removal, adjacent land or areas,resulting from the performance of the Work. Should any relocation and replacement of their property All damage,injury or loss to any claim be made by any such owner or occupant because of the performance of the property referred to in paragraph 6.20.2 or 6.20.3 caused,directly or indirectly,in Work,CONTRACTOR shall promptly settle with such other party by negotiation whole or in part,by CONTRACTOR, any Subcontractor,Supplier or any other or otherwise resolve the claim by arbitration or other dispute resolution proceeding person or organization directly or indirectly employed by any of them to perform or at law CONTRACTOR SHALL, TO THE FULLEST EXTENT or furnish any of the Work or anyone for whose acts any of them may be liable, PERMITTED BY LAWS AND REGULATIONS,INDEMNIFY AND HOLD shall be remedied by CONTRACTOR(except damage or loss attributable to the HARMLESS OWNER, ENGINEER, ENGINEER'S CONSULTANT AND fault of Drawings or Specifications or to the acts or omissions of OWNER or ANYONE DIRECTLY OR INDIRECTLY EMPLOYED BY ANY OF THEM ENGINEER or ENGINEER's FROM AND AGAINST ALL CLAIMS,COSTS,LOSSES AND DAMAGES ARISING OUT OF OR RESULTING FROM ANY CLAIM OR ACTION, LEGAL OR EQUITABLE,BROUGHT BY 23 Consultant or anyone employed by any of them or anyone for whose acts any of them may be liable, and not attributable, directly or indirectly, in whole or in part, to the fault or negligence of CONTRACTOR or any Subcontractor, Supplier or other person or organization directly or indirectly employed by any of them). CONTRACTOR's duties and responsibilities for safety and for protection of the Work shall continue until such time as all the Work is completed and ENGINEER has issued a notice to OWNER and CONTRACTOR in accordance with pargraph 14.13 that the Work is acceptable (except as otherwise expressly provided in connection with Substantial Completion). Safety Representative: 6.21 CONTRACTOR shall designate a qualified and experienced safety representative at the site whose duties and responsibilities shall be the prevention of accidents and the maintaining and supervising of safety precautions and programs. Hazard Communication Programs: 6.22 CONTRACTOR shall be responsible for coordinating any exchange of material safety data sheets or other hazard communication information required to be made available to or exchanged between or among employers at the site in accordance with Laws or Regulations. Emergencies: 6.23 In emergencies affecting the safety or protection of persons or the Work or property at the site or adjacent thereto, CONTRACTOR, without special instruction or authorization from OWNER or ENGINEER, is obligated to act to prevent threatened damage, injury or loss. CONTRACTOR shall give ENGINEER prompt written notice if CONTRACTOR believes that any significant changes in the Work or variations from the Contract Documents have been caused thereby. If ENGINEER determines that a change in the Contract Documents is required because of the action taken by CONTRACTOR in response to such an emergency, a Work Change Directive or Change Order will be issued to document the consequences of such action. 6.24 Shop Drawings and Samples: 6.24.1 CONTRACTOR shall submit Shop Drawings to ENGINEER for review and approval in accordance with the accepted schedule of Shop Drawings and Sample submittals (see paragraph 2.9). All submittals will be identified as ENGINEER may require and in the number of copies specified in the General Requirements. The data shown on the Shop Drawings will be complete with respect to quantities, dimensions, specified performance and design criteria, materials and similar data to show ENGINEER the materials and equipment CONTRACTOR proposes to provide and to enable ENGINEER to review the information for the limited purposes required by paragraph 6.26. 6.24.2 CONTRACTOR shall also submit Samples to ENGINEER for review and approval in accordance with said accepted schedule of Shop Drawings and Sample submittals. Each Sample will be identified clearly as to material, Supplier pertinent data such as catalog numbers and the use for which intended and otherwise as ENGINEER may require to enable ENGINEER to review the submittal for the limited purposes required by paragraph 6.26. The nursers of each Sample to be submitted will be as specified in the Specifications. 6.25 Submittal Procedures: 6.25.1 Before submitting each Shop Drawing or Sample, CONTRACTOR shall have determined and verified: 6.25.1.1 all field measurements, quantities, dimensions, specified performance criteria, installation requirements, materials, catalog numbers and similar information with respect thereto, 6.25.1.2 all materials with respect to intended use, fabrication, shipping, handling, storage, assembly and installation pertaining to the performance of the Work, and 6.25.1.3 all information relative to CONTRACTOR's sole responsibilities in respect of means, methods, techniques, sequences and procedures of construction and safety precautions and programs incident thereto. CONTRACTOR shall also have reviewed and coordinated each Shop Drawing or Sample with other Shop Drawings and Samples and with the requirements of the Work and the Contract Documents. 6.25.2 Each submittal will bear a stamp or specific written indication that CONTRACTOR has satisfied CONTRACTOR's obligations under the Contact Documents with respect to CONTRACTOR's review and approval of that submittal. 6.25.3 At the time of each submission, CONTRACTOR shall give ENGINEER specific written notice of such variations if any, that the Shop Drawing or Sample submitted may have from the requirements of the Contract Documents, such notice to be in a written communication separate from the submittal; and, in addition, shall cause a specific notation to be made on each Shop Drawing and Sample submitted to ENGINEER for review and approval of each such variation. 6.26 ENGINEER will review and approve Shop Drawings and Samples in accordance with the schedule of Shop Drawings and Sample submittals accepted by ENGINEER as required by paragraph 2.9. ENGINEER s review and approval will be only to determine if the items covered by the submittals will, after installation or incorporation in the Work, conform to the information given in the Contract Documents and be compatible with the design concept of the completed Project as a functioning whole as indicated by the Contract Documents. ENGNEER's review and approval will not extend to means, methods, techniques, sequences or procedures of construction (except where a particular means, method, technique, sequence or procedure of construction is specifically and expressly called for by the Contract Documents) or to safety precautions or programs incident thereto. The review and approval of a separate item as such will not indicate approval of the assembly in which the item functions. CONTRACTOR shall make corrections required by ENGINEER, and shall return the required number of corrected copies of Shop Draxings and submit as required new Samples for review and approval. CONTRACTOR shall direct specific attention in writing to revisions other than the corrections called for by ENGINEER on previous submittals. 6.27 ENGINEER'S review and approval of Shop Drawngs or Samples shall not relieve CONTRACTOR from responsibility for any variation from the requirements of the Contract Documents unless CONTRACTOR has in writing called ENGNNEER's attention to each such variation at the time of submission as required by paragraph 6.25.3 and ENGINEER has given written approval of each such variation by specific written notation thereof incorporated in or accompanying the Shop Drawing or Sample approval; nor will any approval by ENGINEER relieve CONTRACTOR from responsibility for complying with the requirements of paragraph 6.25.1. 24 6.28 Where a Shop Drawing or Sample is required by the Contract Documents or the schedule of Shop Drawings and Sample submissions accepted by ENGINEER as required by paragraph 2.9, any related Work performed prior to ENGINEER's review and approval of the pertinent submittal will be at the sole expense and responsibility of CONTRACTOR. Continuing the Work: 6.29 CONTRACTOR shall carry on the Work and adhere to the progress schedule during all disputes or disagreements with OWNER. No Work shall be delayed or postponed pending resolution of any disputes or disagreements, except as permitted by paragraph 15.5 or as OWNER and CONTRACTOR may otherwise agree in writing. 6.30 CONTRACTOR's General Warranty and Guarantee: 6.30.1 CONTRACTOR warrants and guarantees to OWNER, ENGINEER and ENGINEER's Consultants that all Work will be in accordance with the Contract Documents and will not bedefective. CONTRACTOR's warranty and guarantee hereunder excludes defects or damage caused by: 6.30.1.1 abuse, modification or improper maintenance or operation by persons other than CONTRACTOR, Sub- contractors or Suppliers; or 6.30.1.2 normal wear and tear under normal usage. 6.30.2 CONTRACTOR's obligation to perform and complete the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents shall be absolute. None of the following will constitute an acceptance of Work that is not in accordance with the Contract Documents or a release of CONTRACTOR's obligation to perform the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents: 6.30.2.1 observations by ENGINEER; 6.30.2.2 recommendation of any progress or final payment by ENGINEER; 6.30.2 3 the issuance of a certificate of' Substantial Completion or any payment by OWNER to CONTRACTOR under the Contract Documents; 6.30.2.4 use or occupancy of the Work or any part thereof by OWNER: 6.30.2.5 any acceptance by OWNER or any failure to do so; 6.30.2.6 any review and approval of a Shop Drawing or Sample submittal or the issuance of a notice of acceptability by ENGINEER pursuant to paragraph 14.13; 6.30.2.7 any inspection, test or approval by others; or 6.30.2.8 any correction of defective Work by OWNER. INDEMNIFICATION:: 6.31 TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY LAWS AND REGULATIONS, CONTRACTOR SHALL INDEMNIFY AND HOLD HARMLESS OWNER, ENGINEER, ENGINEER'S CONSULTANTS AND THE OFFICERS, DIRECTORS, EMPLOYEES, AGENTS AND OTHER CONSULTANTS OF' EACH AND ANY OF THEM FROM AND AGAINST ALL CLAIMS, COSTS, LOSSES AND DAMAGES (INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO ALL FEES AND CHARGES OF ENGINEERS, ARCHITECTS, ATTORNEYS AND OTHER PROFESSIONALS AND ALL COURT OR ARBITRATION OR OTHER DISPUTE RESOLUTION COSTS) CAUSED BY, ARISING OUT OF OR RESULTING FROM THE PERFORMANCE OF THE WORK, PROVIDED THAT ANY SUCH CLAIM, COST, LOSS OR DAMAGE: (I) IS ATTRIBUTABLE TO BODILY INJURY, SICKNESS, DISEASE OR DEATH, OR TO INJURY TO OR DESTRUCTION OF TANGIBLE PROPERTY (OTHER THAN THE WORK ITSELF), INCLUDING THE LOSS OF USE RESULTING THEREFROM, AND (II) IS CAUSED IN WHOLE OR IN PART BY ANY NEGLIGENT ACT OR OMISSION OF CONTRACTOR, ANY SUBCONTRACTOR, ANY SUPPLIER, ANY PERSON OR ORGANIZATION DIRECTLY OR INDIRECTLY EMPLOYED BY ANY OF THEM TO PERFORM OR FURNISH ANY OF THE WORK OR ANYONE FOR WHOSE ACTS ANY OF THEM MAY BE LIABLE, REGARDLESS OF WHETHER OR NOT CAUSED IN PART BY ANY NEGLIGENCE OR OMISSION OF A PERSON OR ENTITY INDEMNIFIED HEREUNDER OR WHETHER LIABILITY IS IMPOSED UPON SUCH INDEMNIFIED PARTY BY LAWS AND REGULATIONS REGARDLESS OF THE NEGLIGENCE OF ANY SUCH PERSON OR ENTITY. 6.32 In any and all claims against OWNER or ENGINEER or any of their respective consultants, agents, officers, directors or employees by any employee (or the survivor or personal representative of such employee) of CONTRACTOR, any Subcontractor, any Supplier, any person or organization directly or indirectly employed by any of them to perform or furnish any of the Work, or anyone for whose acts any of them may be liable, the indemnification obligation under paragraph 6.31 shall not be limited in any way by any limitation on the amount or type of damages compensation or benefits payable by or for CONTRACTOR or any such Subcontractor, Supplier or other person or organization under workers' compensation acts, disability benefit acts or other employee benefit acts. 6.33 The indemnification obligations of CONTRACTOR under paragraph 6.31 shall not extend to the liability of ENGINEER andENGINEER's Consultants officers, directors, employees or agents caused by the professional negligence, errors or omissions of any of them. Survival of Obligations: 6.34 All representations, indemnifications, warranties and guarantees made in required by or given in accordance with the Contract Documents, as well as all continuing obligations indicated in the Contract Documents, will survive final payment, completion and acceptance of the Work and termination or completion of the Agreement. ARTICLE 7 -- OTHER WORK Related Work at Site: 7.1 OWNER may perform other work related to the Project at the site by OWNER's own forces, or let other direct contracts therefore which shall contain General Conditions similar to these, or have other work performed by utility owners If the fact that such other work is to be performed was not noted in the Contract Documents, then: (i) written notice thereof will be given to CONTRACTOR prior to starting any such other work, and (ii) CONTRACTOR may make a claim therefore as provided in Articles 11 and 12 if CONTRACTOR believes that such performance will involve additional expense to CONTRACTOR or requires additional time and the parties are unable to agree as to the amount or extent thereof. 7.2 CONTRACTOR shall afford each other contractor who is a party to such a direct contract and each utility owner (and OWNER, if OWNER is performing the additional work with OWNER's employees) proper and safe access to the site and a reasonable opportunity for the introduction and storage of materials and equipment and the execution of such other work and shall properly connect and coordinate the Work 25 with theirs. Unless otherwise provided in the Contract Documents, CONTRACTOR shall do all cutting, fitting and patching of the Work that may be required to make its seseral parts come together properly and integrate with such other work. CONTRACTOR shall not endanger any work of others by cutting, excavating or otherwise altering their work and will only cut or alter their work with the written consent of ENGINEER and the others whose work will be affected. The duties and responsibilities of CONTRACTOR under this paragraph are for the benefit of such utility owners and other contractors to the extent that there are comparable provisions for the benefit of CONTRACTOR in said direct contracts between OWNER and such utility owners and other contractors. 7.3 If the proper execution or results of any part ofCONTRACTOR's Work depends upon work performed by others under this Article 7, CONTRACTOR shall inspect such other work and promptly report to ENGINEER in writing any delays, defects or deficiencies in such other work that render it unavailable or unsuitable for the proper execution and results of CONTRACTOR'S Work. CONTRACTOR's failure so to report will constitute an acceptance of such other work as fit and proper for integration withCONTRACTOR's Work except for latent or nonapparent defects and deficiencies in such other work. Coordination: 7.4 If OWNER contracts with others for the performance of other work on the Project at the site, the following will be set forth in Supplementary Conditions: 7.4.1 the person, firm or corporation who will have authority and responsibility for coordination of the activities among the various prime contractors will be identified; 7.4.2 the specific matters to be covered by such authority and responsibility will be itemized; and 7.4.3 the extent of such authority and responsibilities will be provided. Unless otherwise provided in the Supplementary Conditions, OWNER shall have sole authority and responsibility in respect of such coordination. ARTICLE 8 -- OWNER'S RESPONSIBILITIES 8.1 Except as otherwise provided in these General Conditions, OWNER shall issue all communications to CONTRACTOR through ENGINEER. 8.2 In case of termination of the employment of ENGINEER, OWNER shall appoint an engineer against whom CONTRACTOR makes no reasonable objection, whose status under the Contract Documents shall be that of the former ENGINEER 8.3 OWNER shall famish the data required of OWNER under the Contract Documents promptly and shall make payments to CONTRACTOR promptly when they are due as provided in paragraphs 14.4 and 14.13. 8.4 OWNER's duties in respect of providing lands and easements and providing engineering surveys to establish reference points are set forth in paragraphs 4.1 and 4.4. Paragraph 4.2 refers to OWNER's identifying and making available to CONTRACTOR copies of reports of explorations and tests of subsurface conditions at the site and drawings of physical conditions in existing structures at or contiguous to the site that have been utilized by ENGINEER in preparing the Contract Documents. 8.5 OWNER's responsibilities in respect of purchasing and maintaining liability and property insurance are set forth in paragraphs 5.5 through 5.10. 8.6 OWNER is obligated to execute Change Orders as indicated in paragraph 10.4. 8.7 OWNER's responsibility in respect of certain inspections, tests and approvals is set forth in paragraph 13.4. 8.8 In connection with OWNER'S right to stop Work or suspend Work, see paragraphs 13.10 and 15.1. Paragraph 15.2 deals with OWNER's right to terminate services of CONTRACTOR under certain circumstances. 8.9 The OWNER shall not supervise, direct or have control or authority over, nor be responsible for, CONTRACTOR's means, methods, techniques, sequences or procedures of construction or the safety precautions and programs incident thereto or for any failure of CONTRACTOR to comply with Laws and Regulations applicable to the furnishing or perfomance of the Work. OWNER will not be responsible for CONTRACTOR's failure to perform or fumish the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents 8.10 OWNER'S responsibility in respect of undisclosed Asbestos, PCBs, Petroleum, Hazardous Waste or Radioactive Materials uncovered or revealed at the site is set forth in paragraph 4.5. 8.11 If and to the extent OWNER has agreed to furnish CONTRACTOR reasonable evidence that financial arrangements have been made to satisfy OWNER s obligations under the Contract Documents, OWNER's responsibility in respect thereof will be as set forth in the Supplementary Conditions. ARTICLE 9 -- ENGINEER'S STATUS DURING CONSTRUCTION OWNER's Representative: 9.1 ENGINEER will be OWNER's representative during the construction period. The duties and responsibilities and the limitations of authority of ENGINEER as OWNER's representative during construction are set forth in the Contract Documents and shall not be extended without written consent of OWNER and ENGINEER. Visits to Site: 9.2 ENGINEER will make visits to the site at intervals appropriate to the various stages of construction as ENGINEERdeems necessary in order to observe as an experienced and qualified design professional the progress that has been made and the quality of the various aspects of CONTRACTOR'S executed Work. Based on information obtained during such visits and observations, ENGINEER will endeavor for the benefit of OWNER to determine, in general, if the Work is proceeding in accordance with the Contract Documents. ENGINEER will not be required to make exhaustive or continuous on -site inspections to check the quality or quantity of the Work. ENGINEER's efforts will be directed toward providing for OWNER a greater degree of confidence that the completed Work will conform generally to the Contract Documents. On the basis of' such visits and on -site observations, ENGINEER will keep OWNER informed of the progress of the Work and will endeavor to guard OWNER againstdefective Work. ENGINEER's visits and on -site observations are subject to all the limitations on ENGINEER's authority and responsibility 26 set forth in paragraph 9 13,and particularly,but without limitation,during or as a Shop Drawings,Change Orders and Payments: result of ENGINEER's on-site visits or observations ofCONTRACTOR's Work ENGINEER will not supervise,direct,control or have authority over or be respon- 9 7 In connection with ENGINEER's authority as to Shop Drawings and sible for CONTRACTOR's means,methods,techniques,sequences or procedures Samples,see paragraphs 6.24 through 6.28 inclusive. ' of construction,or the safety precattions and programs incident thereto,or for any failure of CONTRACTOR to comply with Laws and Regulations applicable to the 9.8 In connection with ENGINEER's authority as to Change Orders,see furnishing or performance of the Work. Articles 10,11,and 12. 9.9 In connection with ENGINEER's authority as to Applications for Project Representative: Payment,see Article 14 9.3 If OWNER and ENGINEER agree, ENGINEER will furnish a Resident Project Representative to assist ENGINEER in providing more continuous Determinations for Unit Prices: observation of the Work. The responsibilities and authority and limitations thereon of any such Resident Project Representative and assistants will be as provided in 9.10 ENGINEER will determine the actual quantities and classifications of paragraph 9.13 and in the Supplementary Conditions. If OWNER designates Unit Price Work performed by CONTRACTOR. ENGINEER will review with another representative or agent to represent OWNER at the site who is not ENGI- CONTRACTOR the ENGINEER's preliminary determinations on such matters NEER's Consultant, agent or employee, the responsibilities and authority and before rendering a written decision thereon(by recommendation of an Application limitations thereon of such other person will be as provided in the Supplementary for Payment or otherwise). ENGINEER's written decision thereon will be final and Conditions, binding upon OWNER and CONTRACTOR,unless,within ten days after the date of any such decision,either OWNER or CONTRACTOR delivers to the other and to ENGINEER written notice of intention to appeal fromENGINEER's decision 1 Clarifications and Interpretations: and:(i)an appeal from ENGINEER's decision is taken within the time limits and in accordance with the procedures set forth in Exhibit GC-A,"Dispute Resolution 9 4 ENGINEER will issue with reasonable promptness such written Agreement," entered into between OWNER and CONTRACTOR pursuant to clarifications or interpretations of the requirements of the Contract Documents(in Article 16,or(ii)if no such Dispute Resolution Agreement has been entered into, the form of Drawings or otherwise)as ENGINEER may determine necessary, a formal proceeding is instituted by the appealing party in a forum of competent which shall be consistent with the intent of and reasonably inferable from Contract jurisdiction to exercise such rights or remedies as the appealing party may have Documents. Such written clarifications and interpretations will be binding on with respect to ENGINEER's decision, unless otherwise agreed in writing by OWNER and CONTRACTOR. If OWNER or CONTRACTOR believes that a OWNER and CONTRACTOR. Such appeal will not be subject to the procedures written clarification or interpretation justifies an adjustment in the Contract Price of paragraph 9.11. or the Contract Times and the parties are unable to agree to the amount or extent thereof,if any,OWNER or CONTRACTOR may make a written claim therefore, as provided in Article 11 or Article 12. Decisions on Disputes: 9 11 ENGINEER will be the initial interpreter of the requirements of the Authorized Variations in Work: Contract Documents and judge of the acceptability of the Work thereunder.Claims, disputes and other matters relating to the acceptability of the Work or the 9.5 ENGINEER may authorize minor variations in the Work from the interpretation of the requirements of the Contract Documents pertaining to the requirements of the Contract Documents which do not involve an adjustment in the performance and furnishing of the Work and Claims under Articles II and 12 in Contract Price or the Contract Times and are compatible with the design concept respect of changes in the Contract Price or Contract Times will be referred initially of the completed Project as a functioning whole as indicated by the Contract to ENGINEER in writing with a request for a formal decision in accordance with Documents. These may be accomplished by a Field Order and will be binding on this paragraph. Written notice of each such claim,dispute or other matter will be OWNER and also on CONTRACTOR who shall perform the Work involved delivered by the claimant to ENGINEER and the other party to the Agreement promptly If OWNER or CONTRACTOR believes that a Field Order justifies an promptly(but in no event later than thirty days)after the start of the occurrence or adjustment in the Contract Price or the Contract Times and the parties are unable event giving rise thereto, and written supporting data will be submitted to to agree as to the amount or extent thereof,OWNER or CONTRACTOR may make ENGINEER and the other party within sixty days after the start of such occurrence a written claim therefore,as provided in Article 11 or 12. or event unless ENGINEER allows an additional period of time for the submission of additional or more accurate data in support of such claim,dispute or other matter. The opposing party shall submit any response to ENGINEER and the claimant Rejectin;Defective Work. within thirty days after receipt of the claimant's last submittal(unless ENGINEER allows additional time). ENGINEER will render a formal decision in writing 9.6 ENGINEER will have authority to disapprove or reject Work which within thirty days after receipt of the opposing parry's submittal, if any, in ENGINEER believes to be defective,or that ENGINEER believes will not produce accordance with this paragraph. ENGINEER's written decision on such claim, a completed Project that conforms to the Contract Documents or that will prejudice dispute or other matter will be final and binding upon OWNER and the integrity of the design concept of the completed Project as a functioning whole CONTRACTOR unless:(i)an appeal from ENGINEER's decision is taken within as indicated by the Contract Documents. ENGINEER will also have authority to the time limits and in accordance with the procedures set forth in EXHIBIT GGA, require special inspection or testing of the Work as provided in paragraph 13.9, "Dispute Resolution Agreement," entered into between OWNER and CON- whether or not the Work is fabricated,installed or completed. TRACTOR pursuant to Article 16,or(ii)if no such Dispute Resolution Agreement has been entered into,a written notice of intention to appeal fromENGINEER's written decision is delivered by OWNER or CONTRACTOR to the other and to ENGINEER within thirty days after the date of such decision and a formal proceeding is instituted by the appealing party in a forum of competent jurisdiction to exercise such rights or remedies as the appealing party may have with 27 respect to such claim, dispute or other matter in accordance with applicable Laws and Regulations within sixty days of the date of such decision, unless otherwise agreed in writing by OWNER and CONTRACTOR. 9.12 When functioning as interpreter and judge under paragraphs 9.10 and 9.11, ENGINEER will not show partiality to OWNER or CONTRACTOR and will not be liable in connection with any interpretation or decision rendered in good faith in such capacity. The rendering of a decision by ENGINEER pursuant to paragraphs 9.10 or 9.11 with respect to any such claim, dispute or other matter (except any which have been waived by the making or acceptance of final payment as provided in paragraph 14.16) will be a condition precedent to any exercise by OWNER or CONTRACTOR of such rights or remedies as either may otherwise have under the Contract Documents or by Laws or Regulations in respect of any such claim, dispute or other matter pursuant to Article 16 9.13 Lrndtations on ENGINEER'S Authority and Responsibilities: 9.13.1 Neither ENGINEERs authority or responsibility under this Article 9 or under any other provision of the Contract Documents nor any decision made by ENGINEER in good faith either to exercise or not exercise such authority or responsibility or the undertaking, exercise or performance of any authority or responsibility by ENGINEER shall create, impose or give rise to any duty owed by ENGINEER to CONTRACTOR, any Subcontractor, any Supplier, any other person or organization, or to any surety for or employee or agent of any of them. 9.13.2 ENGINEER will not supervise, direct, control or have authority over or be responsible for CONTRACTOR's means, methods, techniques, sequences or procedures of construction, or the safety precautions and programs incident thereto, or for any failure of CONTRACTOR to comply with Laws and Regulations applicable to the furnishing or perfomance of the Work. ENGINEER will not be responsible for CONTRACTOR's failure to perform or fumish the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents. 9.13.3 ENGINEER will not be responsible for the acts or omissions of CONTRACTOR or of any Subcontractor, any Supplier, or of any other person or organization performing or furnishing any of the Work. 9.13.4 ENGINEER's review of the final Application for Payment and accompanying documentation and all maintenance and operating instructions, schedules, guarantees, bonds and certificates of inspection, tests and approvals and Other documentation required to be delivered by paragraph 14.12 will only be to determine generally that their content complies with the requirements of, and in the case of certificates of inspections, tests and approvals that the results certified indicate compliance with, the Contract Documents. 9.13.5 The limitations upon authority and responsibility set forth in this paragraph 9.13 shall also apply to ENGINEER's Consultants, Resident Project Representative and assistants. ARTICLE 10 -- CHANGES IN THE WORK 10.1 Without invalidating the Agreement and without notice to any surety, OWNER may, at any time or from time to time, order additions, deletions or revisions in the Work. Such additions, deletions or revisions will be authorized by a Written Amendment, a Change Order, or a Work Change Directive. Upon receipt of any such document, CONTRACTOR shall promptly proceed with the Work involved which will be performed under the applicable conditions of the Contract Documents (except as otherwise specifically provided). 10.2 If OWNER and CONTRACTOR are unable to agree as to the extent, if any, of an adjustment in the Contract Price or an adjustment of the Contract Times that should be allowed as a result of a Work Change Directive, a claim may be made therefore, as provided in Article 11 or Article 12. 10.3 CONTRACTOR shall not be entitled to an increase in the Contract Price or an extension of the Contract Times with respect to any Work performed that is not required by the Contract Documents as amended, modified and supplemented as provided in paragraphs 3.5 and 3.6 except in the case of an emergency as provided in paragraph 6.23 or in the case of uncovering Work as provided in paragraph 13.9. 10.4 OWNER and CONTRACTOR shall execute appropriate Change Orders recommended by ENGINEER (or Written Amendments) covering: 10.4.1 changes in the Work which are (i) ordered by OWNER pursuant to paragraph 10.1, (ii) required because of acceptance of defective Work under paragraph 13 13 or correcting defective Work under paragraph 13.14, or (iii) agreed to by the parties; 10.4.2 changes in the Contract Price or Contract Times which are agreed to by the parties; and 10.4.3 changes in the Contract Price or Contract Times which embody the substance of any written decision rerdered by ENGINEER pursuant to paragraph 9.11; provided that, in lieu of executing any such Change Order an appeal may be taken from any such decision in accordance with the provisions of the Contract Documents and applicable Laws and Regulations, but during any such appeal, CONTRACTOR shall carry on the Work and adhere to the progress schedule as provided in paragraph 6 29 10.5 If notice of any change affecting the general scope of the Work or the provisions of the Contract Documents (including, but not limited to, Contract Price or Contract Times) is required by the provisions of any Bond to be given to a surety, the giving of any such notice will be CONTRACTORS responsibility, and the amount of each applicable Bond will be adjusted accordingly. ARTICLE 11 -- CHANGE OF CONTRACT PRICE 11.1 The Contract Price constitutes the total compensation (subject to authorized adjustments) payable to CONTRACTOR for performing the Work. Alt duties, responsibilities and obligations assigned to or undertaken by CONTRACTOR shall be at CONTRACTOR's expense without change in the Contract Price. 11.2 The Contract Price may only be changed by a Change Order or by a Written Amendment. Any claim for an adjustment in the Contract Price shall be based on written notice delivered by the party making the claim to the other party and to ENGINEER promptly (but in no event later than thirty days) after the start of the occurrence or event giving rise to the claim and stating the general nature of the claim. Notice of the amount of the claim with supporting data shall be delivered within sixty days after the start of such occurrence or event (unless ENGINEER allows additional time for claimant to submit additional or more accurate data in support of the claim) and shall be accompanied by claimant's written statement that the adjustment claimed covers all known amounts to which the claimant is entitled as a result of said occurrence or event. All claims for adjustment in the Contract Price shall be determined by ENGINEER in accordance with paragraph 9.11 if OWNER and CONTRACTOR cannot otherwise agree on the amount involved. No claim for an adjustment in the Contract Price will be valid if not submitted in accordance with this paragraph 11.2. 28 11.3 The value of any Work covered by a Change Order or of any claim for an adjustment in the Contract Price will be determined as follows: 11.3.1 where the Work involved is covered by unit prices contained in the Contract Documents, by application of such unit prices to the quantities of the items involved (subject to the provisions of paragraphs 11.9.1 through 11.9.3, inclusive); 11.3.2 where the Work involved is not covered by unit prices contained in the Contract Documents by a mutually agreed lump sum (which may include an allowance for overhead and profit not necessarily in accordance with paragraph 11.6.2); 11.3.3 where the Work involved is not covered by unit prices contained in the Contract Documents and agreement to a lump sum is not reached under paragraph 11.3.2, on the basis of the Cost of the Work (determined as provided in paragraphs 11.4 and 11.5) plus aCONTRACTOR's fee for overhead and profit (determined as provided in paragraph 11.6). Cost of the Work: 11.4 The term Cost of the Work means the sum of all costs necessarily incurred and paid by CONTRACTOR in the proper performance of the Work. Except as otherwise may be agreed to in writing by OWNER, such costs shall be in amounts no higher than those prevailing in the locality of the Project, shall include only the following items and shall not include any of the costs itemized in paragraph 11.5: 11.4.1 Payroll costs for employees in the direct employ of CONTRACTOR in the performance of the Work under schedules of job classifications agreed upon by OWNER and CONTRACTOR. Such employees shall include without limitation superintendents, foremen and other personnel em- ployed full-time at the site. Payroll costs for employees not employed full time on the Work shall be apportioned on the basis of their time spent on the Work Payroll costs shall include, but not be limited to, salaries and wages plus the cost of fringe benefits which shall include social security contributions, unemployment, excise and payroll taxes workers' compensation, health and retirement benefits, bonuses, sick leave vacation and holiday pay applicable thereto. The expenses of performing Work after regular working hours, on Saturday, Sunday or legal holidays, shall be included in the above to the extent authonzed by OWNER. 11.4.2 Cost of all materials and equipment furnished and incorporated in the Work, including costs of transportation and storage thereof, and Suppliers' field services required in connection therewith All cash discounts shall accrue to CONTRACTOR unless OWNER deposits funds with CONTRACTOR with which to make payments, in which case the cash discounts shall accrue to OWNER. All trade discounts, rebates and refunds and returns from sale of surplus materals and equipment shall accrue to OWNER, and CONTRACTOR shall make provisions so that they may be obtained. 11.4.3 Payments made by CONTRACTOR to the Subcontractors for Work performed or furnished by Subcontractors. If required by OWNER CONTRACTOR shall obtain competitive bids from subcontractors acceptable to OWNER and CONTRACTOR and shall deliver such bids to OWNER who will then determine, with the advice of ENGINEER, which bids, if any, will be accepted. If any subcontract provides that the Subcontractor is to be paid on the basis of Cost of the Work Plus a fee the Subcontractor's Cost of the Work and fee shall be determined in the same manner asCONTRACTOR's Cost of the Work and fee as provided in paragraphs 11.4 11.5, 11.6 and 11.7. All subcontracts shall be subject to the other provisions of the Contract Documents insofar as applicable. 11.4.4 Costs of special consultants (including but not limited to engineers, architects, testing laboratories, surveyors, attorneys and accountants) employed for services specifically related to the Work. • 11.4.5 Supplemental costs including the following: 11.4.5.1 The proportion of necessary transportation, travel and subsistence expenses of CONTRACTOR's employees incurred in discharge of duties connected with the Work. 11.4 5.2 Cost, including transportation and maintenance, of all materials, supplies, equipment, machinery, appliances, office and temporary facilities at the site and hand tools not owned by the workers, which are consumed in the performance of the Work, and cost less market value of such items used but not consumed which remain the property of CONTRACTOR. 11.4.5.3 Rentals of all construction equipment and machinery and the parts thereof whether rented from CONTRACTOR or others in accordance with rental agree- ments approved by OWNER with the advice of ENGINEER, and the costs of transportation, loading, unloading, installation, dismantling and removal thereof - all in accordance with the terms of said rental agreements. The rental of any such equipment, machinery or parts shall cease when the use thereof is no longer necessary, for the Work. 11.4.5.4 Sales, consumer, use or similar taxes related to the Work, and for which CONTRACTOR is liable, imposed by Laws and Regulations. 11.4.5.5 Deposits lost for causes other than negligence of CONTRACTOR, any Subcontractor or anyone directly or indirectly employed by any of them or for whose acts any of them may be liable, and royalty payments and fees for permits and licenses. 11.4.5.6 Losses and damages (and related expenses) caused by damage to the Work, not compensated by insurance or otherwise, sustained by CONTRACTOR in connection with the performance and famishing of the Work (except losses and damages within the deductible amounts of property insurance established by OWNER in accordance with paragraph 5.9), provided they have resulted from causes other than the negligence of CONTRACTOR, any Subcontractor, or anyone directly or indirectly employed by any of them or for whose acts any of them may be liable. Such losses shall include settlements made with the written consent and approval of OWNER. No such losses, damages and expenses shall be included in the Cost of the Work for the purpose of determining CONTRACTOR s fee. If, however, any such loss or damage requires reconstruction and CONTRACTOR is placed in charge thereof, CONTRACTOR shall be paid for services a fee proportionate to that stated in paragraph 11.6.2. 11.4.5.7 The cost of utilities, fuel and sanitary facilities at the site. 11:4.5.8 Minor expenses such as telegrams, long diaance telephone calls, telephone service at the site, expressage and similar petty cash items in connection with the Work. 29 11.4.5.9 Cost of premiums for additional Bonds and insurance required because of changes in the Work. 11.5 The term Cost of the Work shall not include any of the following: 11.5.1 Payroll costs and other compensation of CONTRACTOR's officers, executives, principals (of partnership and sole proprietorships), general managers, engineers, architects, estimators, attorneys, auditors, accountants, pur- chasing and contracting agents, expediters, timekeepers, clerks and other personnel employed by CONTRACTOR whether at the site or inCONTRACTOR's principal or a branch office for general administration of the Work and not specifically included in the agreed upon schedule of job classifications referred to in paragraph 11.4.1 or specifically covered by paragraph 11.4.4 - all of which are to be consid- ered administrative costs covered by the CONTRACTOR's fee. 11.5.2 Expenses of CONTRACTOR'S principal and branch offices other than CONTRACTOR's office at the site 11.5.3 Any part of CONTRACTOR'S capital expenses, including interest on CONTRACTOR's capital employed for the Work and charges against CONTRACTOR for delinquent payments. 11.5.4 Cost of premiums for all Bonds and for all insurance whether or not CONTRACTOR is required by the Contract Documents to purchase and maintain the same (except for the cost of premiums covered by subparagraph 11.4.5.9 above). 11.5.5 Costs due to the negligence of CONTRACTOR, any Subcontractor, or anyone directly or indirectly employed by any of them or for whose acts any of them may be liable, including but not limited to, the correction of defective Work disposal of materials or equipment wrongly supplied and making good any damage to property. Other overhead or general expense costs of any kind and the costs of any item not specifically and expressly included in paragraph 11 4. 11.6 The CONTRACTOR's fee allowed to CONTRACTOR for overhead and profit shall be determined as follows: 11.6.1 a mutually acceptable fixed fee; or 11.6.2 if a fixed fee is not agreed upon, then a fee based on the following percentages of the various portions of the Cost of the Work: 11.6.2.1 for costs incurred under paragraphs 11.4.1 and 11.4.2, the CONTRACTOR's fee shall be fifteen percent; 11.6.2.2 for costs incurred under paragraph 11.4.3, the CONTRACTOR'S fee shall be five percent; 11.6.2.3 where one or more tiers of subcontracts are on the basis of Cost of the Work plus a fee and no fixed fee is agreed upon, the intent of paragraphs 11.4.1, 11.4.2, 11.4.3 and 11.6 2 is that the Subcontractor who actually performs or furnishes the Work at whatever tier will be paid a fee of fifteen percent of the costs incurred by such Subcontractor under paragraphs 11.4.1 and 11.4.2 and that any higher tier Subcontractor and CONTRACTOR will each be paid a fee of five percent of the amount paid to the next lower tier Subcontractor; • 11.6.2.4 no fee shall be payable on the basis of costs itemized under paragraphs 11.4.4, 11.4.5 and 11.5; 11.6.2.5 the amount of credit to be allowed by CON- TRACTOR to OWNER for any change which results in a net decrease in cost will be the amount of the actual net decrease in cost plus a deduction in CONTRACTORs fee by an amount equal to fivepercent of such net decrease; and 11.6.2.5 when both additions and credits are involved in any one change, the adjustment inCONTRACTOR's fee shall be computed on the basis of the net change in accordance with paragraphs 11.6.2.1 through 11.6.2.5, inclusive. 11.7 Whenever the cost of any Work is to be determined pursuant to paragraphs 11.4 and 11.5, CONTRACTOR will establish and maintain records thereof in accordance with generally accepted accounting practices and submit in form acceptable to ENGINEER an itemized cost breakdown together with supporting data. Cash Allowances: 11.8 It is understood that CONTRACTOR has included in the Contract Price all allowances so named in the Contract Documents and shall cause the Work so covered to be furnished and performed for such sums as may be acceptable to OWNER and ENGINEER. CONTRACTOR agrees that: 11.8.1 the allowances include the cost to CONTRACTOR (less any applicable trade discounts) of materials and equipment required by the allowances to be delivered at the site, and all applicable taxes; and 11.8.2 CONTRACTOR's costs for unloading and haniling on the site, labor, installation costs, overhead, profit and other expenses contemplated for the allowances have been included in the Contract Price and not in the allowances and no demand for additional payment on account of any of the foregoing will be valid. Prior to final payment, an appropriate Change Order will be issued as recommended by ENGINEER to reflect actual amounts due CONTRACTOR on account of Work covered by allowances, and the Contract Price shall be correspondingly adjusted. 11.9 Unit Price Work: 11.9.1 Where the Contract Documents provide that all or part of the Work is to be Unit Price Work, initially the Contract Price will be deemed to include for all Unit Price Work an amount equal to the sum of the established unit price for each separately identified item of Unit Price Work times the estimated quantity of each item as indicated in the Agreement. The estimated quantities of items of Unit Price Work are not guaranteed and are solely for the purpose of comparison of Bids and determining an initial Contract Price. Determinations of the actual quantities and classifications of Unit Price Work performed by CONTRACTOR will be made by ENGINEER in accordance with paragraph 9.10. 11.9.2 Each unit price will be deemed to include an amount considered by CONTRACTOR to be adequate to coverCONTRACTOR's overhead and profit for each separately identified item. 11.9.3 OWNER or CONTRACTOR may make a claim for an adjustment in the Contract Price in accordance with Article 11 if: 11.9.3.1 the quantity of any item of Unit Price Work performed by CONTRACTOR differs materially and 30 significantly from the estimated quantity of such item indi- cated in the Agreement; and 11.9.3.2 there is no corresponding adjustment with respect to any other item of Work and 11.9.3.3 if CONTRACTOR believes that CONTRAC- TOR is entitled to an increase in Contract Price as a result of having incurred additional expense or OWNER believes that OWNER is entitled to a decrease in Contract Price and the parties are unable to agree as to the amount of any such increase or decrease. ARTICLE 12 -- CHANGE OF CONTRACT TIMES 12.1 The Contract Times (or Milestones) may only be changed by a Change Order or a Written Amendment. Any claim for an adjustment of the Contract Times (or Milestones) shall be based on written notice delivered by the party making the claim to the other party, and to ENGINEER promptly (but in no event later than thirty days) after the occurrence of the event giving rise to the claim and stating the general nature of the claim. Notice of the extent of the claim with supporting data shall be delivered within sixty days after such occurrence (unless ENGINEER allows an additional period of time to ascertain more accurate data in support of the claim) and shall be accompanied by the claimant's written statement that the adjustment claimed is the entire adjustment to which the claimant has reason to believe it is entitled as a result of the occurrence of said event. All claims for adjustment in the Contract Times (or Milestones) shall be determined by ENGI- NEER in accordance with paragraph 9.11 if OWNER and CONTRACTOR cannot otherwise agree No claim for an adjustment in the Contract Times (or Milestones) will be valid if not submitted in accordance with the requirements of this paragraph 12 1. 12.2 All time limits stated in the Contract Documents are of the essence of the Agreement 12.3 Where CONTRACTOR is prevented from complefng any part of the Work within the Contract Times (or Milestones) due to delay beyond the control of CONTRACTOR, the Contract Times (or Milestones) will be extended in an amount equal to the time lost due to such delay if a claim is made, therefore as provided in paragraph 12.1. Delays beyond the control of CONTRACTOR shall include, but not be limited to, acts or neglect by OWNER, acts or neglect of utility owners or other contractors performing other work as contemplated by Article 7 fires, floods, epidemics, abnormal weather condiions or acts of God. Delays attributable to and within the control of a Subcontractor or Supplier shall be deemed to be delays within the control of CONTRACTOR. 12.4 Where CONTRACTOR is prevented from complefng any part of the Work within the Contract Times (or Milestones) due to delay beyond the control of both OWNER and CONTRACTOR, an extension of the Contract Times (or Milestones) in an amount equal to the time lost due to such delay shall be CONTRACTOR's sole and exclusive remedy for such delay. In no event shall OWNER be liable to CONTRACTOR, any Subcontractor, any Supplier, any other person or organization, or to any surety for or employee or agent of any of them, for damages arising out of or resulting from (i) delays caused by or within the control of CONTRACTOR, or (n) delays beyond the control of both parties including but not limited to fires, floods, epidemics, abnormal weather conditions, acts of God or acts or neglect by utility owners or other contractors performing other work as contemplated by Article 7. ARTICLE 13 -- TESTS AND INSPECTIONS; CORRECTION, REMOVAL OR ACCEPTANCE OF DEFECTIVE WORK 13.1 Notice of Defects: Prompt notice of all defective Work of which OWNER or ENGINEER have actual knowbdge will be given to CONTRACTOR. All defective Work may be rejected, corrected or accepted as provided in this Article 13. Access to Work: 13.2 OWNER, ENGINEER, ENGINEER's Consultants, other representatives and personnel of OWNER, independent testing laboratories and govemmental agencies with jurisdictional interests will have access to the Work at reasonable times for their observation, inspecting and testing. CONTRACTOR shall provide them proper and safe conditions for such access and advise them of CONTRACTORS site safety procedures and programs so that they may comply therewith as applicable. Tests and Inspections: 13.3 CONTRACTOR shall give ENGINEER timely notice of readiness of the Work for all required inspections, tests or approvals, and shall cooperate with inspection and testing personnel to facilitate required inspections or tests. 13.4 OWNER shall employ and pay for the services of an independent testing laboratory to perform all inspections, tests, or approvals required by the Contract Documents except: 13.4.1 for inspections, tests or approvals covered by paragraph 13.5 below; 13.4.2 that costs incurred in connection with tests or inspections conducted pursuant to paragraph 13.9 below shall be paid as provided in said paragraph 13.9; and 13.4.3 as otherwise specifically provided in the Cortract Documents. 13.5 If Laws or Regulations of any public body having jurisdiction require any Work (or part thereof) specifically to be inspected tested or approved by an employee or other representative of such public body, CONTRACTOR shall assume full responsibility for arranging and obtaining such inspections, tests or approvals pay all costs in connection therewith, and furnish ENGINEER the required certificates of inspection, or approval. CONTRACTOR shall also be responsible for arranging and obtaining and shall pay all costs in connection with any inspections, tests or approvals required for OWNER's and ENGINEER's acceptance of materials or equipment to be incorporated in the Work, or of materials, mix designs, or equipment submitted for approval prior to CONTRACTOR's purchase thereof for incorporation in the Work. 13.6 If any Work (or the work of others) that is to be inspected, tested or approved is covered by CONTRACTOR without written concurrence of ENGINEER, it must, if requested by ENGINEER, be uncovered for observation. 13.7 Uncovering Work as provided in paragraph 13.6 shall be at CONTRACTOR's expense unless CONTRACTOR has given ENGINEER timely notice of CONTRACTOR's intention to cover the same and ENGINEER has not acted with reasonable promptness in response to such notice. 31 Uncovering Work: 13.8 If any Work is covered contrary to the written request of ENGINEER, it must, if requested by ENGINEER, be uncovered forENGINEER's observation and replaced at CONTRACTOR's expense. 13.9 If ENGINEER considers it necessary or advisable that covered Work be observed by ENGINEER or inspected or tested by others CONTRACTOR, at ENGINEER's request, shall uncover, expose or otherwise make available for observation, inspection or testing as ENGINEER may require, that portion of the Work in question, furnishing all necessary labor material and equipment. If it is found that such Work is defective, CONTRACTOR shall pay all claims, costs, losses and damages caused by, arising out of or resulting from such uncovering, exposure, observation, inspection and testing and of satisfactory replacement or reconstruction (including but not limited to all costs of repair or replacement of work of others); and OWNER shall be entitled to an appropriate decrease in the Contract Price, and, if the parties are unable to agree as to the amount thereof, may make a claim therefore as provided in Article 11. If, however, such Work is not found to be defective, CONTRACTOR shall be allowed an increase in the Contract Price or an extension of the Contract Times (or Milestones), or both, directly attributable to such uncovering, exposure, observation, inspection, testing, replacement and reconstruction and, if the parties are unable to agree as to the amount or extent thereof, CONTRACTOR may make a claim therefore, as provided in Articles 11 and 12. OWNER May Stop the Work: 13.10 If the Work is defective, or CONTRACTOR fails to supply sufficient skilled workers or suitable materials or equipment, or fails to furnish or perform the Work in such a way that the completed Work will conform to the Contract Documents, OWNER may order CONTRACTOR to stop the Work, or any portion thereof, until the cause for such order has been eliminated; however, this right of OWNER to stop the Work shall not give rise to any duty on the part of OWNER to exercise this right for the benefit of CONTRACTOR or any surety or other party. Correction or Removal of Defective Work: 13.11 If required by ENGINEER, CONTRACTOR shall promptly, as directed either correct all defective Work, whether or not fabricated, installed or completed or, if the Work has been rejected by ENGINEER, remove it from the site and replace it with Work that is notdefective. CONTRACTOR shall pay all claims, costs losses and damages caused by or resulting from such correction or removal (including but not limited to all costs of repair or replacement of work of others). 13.12 Correction Period 13.12.1If within one year after the date of Substantial Completion or such longer period of time as may be prescribed by Laws or Regulations or by the terms of any applicable special guarantee required by the Contract Documents or by any specific provision of the Contract Documents, any Work is found to be defective, CONTRACTOR shall promptly, without cost to OWNER and in accordance with OWNER's written instructions: (i) correct suchdefective Work, or if it has been rejected by OWNER, remove it from the site and replace it with Work that is not defective, and (ii) satisfactorily correct or remove and replace any damage to other Work or the work of others resulting therefrom. If CONTRACTOR does not promptly comply with the terms of such instructions, or in an emergency where delay would cause serious risk of loss or damage OWNER may have the defective Work corrected or the rejected Work removed and replaced, and all claims, costs, losses and damages caused by or resulting from such removal and replacement (including but not limited to all costs of repair or replacement of work of others) will be paid by CONTRACTOR. 13.12.2In special circumstances where a particular item of equipment is placed in continuous service before Substantial Completion of all the Work, the correction period for that item may start to run from an earlier date if so provided in the Specifications or by Written Amendment. 13.12.3Where defective Work (and damage to other Work resulting therefrom) has been corrected, removed or replaced under this paragraph 13.12, the correction period hereunder with respect to such Work will be extended for an additional penod of one year after such correction or removal and replacement has been satisfactorily completed. Acceptance of Defective Work: 13.13 If, instead of requiring correction or removal and replacement of defective Work, OWNER (and, prior to ENGINEER's recommendation of final payment, also ENGINEER) prefers to accept it, OWNER may do so. CONTRACTOR shall pay all claims, costs, losses and damages attributable to OWNER's evaluation of and determination to accept suchdefective Work (such costs to be approved by ENGINEER as to reasonableness). If any such acceptance occurs prior to ENGINEER's recommendation of final payment, a Change Order will be issued incorporating the necessary revisions in the Contract Documents with respect to the Work and OWNER shall be entitled to an appropriate decrease in the Contract Price, and, if the parties are unable to agree as to the amount thereof, OWNER may make a claim therefore, as provided in Article 11. If the acceptance occurs after such recommendation, an appropriate amount will be paid by CONTRACTOR to OWNER. OWNER May Correct Defective Work: 13.14 If CONTRACTOR fails within a reasonable time after written notice from ENGINEER to correct defective Work or to remove and replace rejected Work as required by ENGINEER in accordance with paragraph 13.11, or if CONTRACTOR fails to perform the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents, or if CONTRACTOR fails to comply with any other provision of the Contract Documents, OWNER may, after seven days' written notice to CONTRACTOR, correct and remedy any such deficiency. In exercising the rights and remedies under this paragraph OWNER shall proceed expeditiously. In connection with such corrective and remedial action, OWNER may exclude CONTRACTOR from all or part of the site, take possession of all or part of the Work, and suspend CONTRACTOR's services related thereto, take possession of CONTRACTOR's tools appliances, construction equipment and machinery, at the site and incorporate in the Work all materials and equipment stored at the site or for which OWNER has paid CONTRACTOR but which are stored elsewhere. CONTRACTOR shall allow OWNER, OWNERs representatives, agents and employees, OWNER's other contractors and ENGINEER and ENGINEER's Consultants access to the site to enable OWNER to exercise the rights and remedies under this paragraph. All claims, costs, losses and damages incurred or sustained by OWNER in exercising such rights and remedies will be charged against CONTRACTOR and a Change Order will be issued incorporating the necessary revisions in the Contract Documents with respect to the Work: and OWNER shall be entitled to an appropriate decrease in the Contract Price, and, if the parties are unable to agree as to the amount thereof, OWNER may make a claim therefore, as provided in Article 11 Such claims, costs, losses and damages will include but not be limited to all costs of repair or replacement of work of others destroyed or damaged by correction, removal or replacement ofCONTRACTOR's defective Work CONTRACTOR shall not be allowed an extension of the Contract Times (or Milestones) because of any delay in the performance of the Work attributable to the exercise by OWNER of OWNER'S rights and remedies hereunder. 32 ARTICLE 14 -- PAYMENTS TO CONTRACTOR AND COMPLETION Schedule of Values: 14.1 The schedule of values established as provided in paragraph 2.9 will serve as the basis for progress payments and will be incorporated into a form of Application for Payment acceptable to ENGINEER. Progress payments on account of Unit Price Work will be based on the number of units completed. Application for Progress Payment: 14.2 At least twenty days before the date established for each progress payment (but not more often than once a month), CONTRACTOR shall submit to ENGINEER for review an Application for Payment filled out and signed by CONTRACTOR covering the Work completed as of the date of the Application and accompanied by such supporting documentation as is required by the Contract Documents. If payment is requested on the basis of materials and equipment not incorporated in the Work but delivered and suitably stored at the site or at another location agreed to in writing the Application for Payment shall also be accompanied by a bill of sale, invoice or other documentation warranting that OWNER has received the materials and equipment free and clear of all Liens and evidence that the materials and equipment are covered by appropriate property insurance and other arrangements to protectOWNERs interest therein, all of which will be satisfactory to OWNER. The amount of retainage with respect to progress payments will be as stipulated in the Agreement. CONTRACTOR's Warranty of Title: 14.3 CONTRACTOR warrants and guarantees that title to all Work, materials and equipment covered by any Application for Payment, whether incorporated in the Project or not, will pass to OWNER no later than the time of payment free and clear of all Liens. Review of Applications for Progress Payment: 14.4 ENGINEER will, within ten days after receipt of each Application for Payment, either indicate in writing a recommendation of payment and present the Application to OWNER, or return the Application to CONTRACTOR indicating in writing ENGINEER's reasons for refusing to recommend payment. In the latter case, CONTRACTOR may make the necessary corrections and resubmit the Application Ten days after presentation of the Application for Payment to OWNER with ENGINEER'S recommendation, the amount recommended will (subject to the provisions of the last sentence of paragraph 14.7) become due and when due will be paid by OWNER to CONTRACTOR. 14.5 ENGINEER's recommendation of any payment requested in an Application for Payment will constitute a representation by ENGINEER to OWNER, based on ENGINEER'S on -site observations of the executed Work as an experienced and qualified design professional and on ENGINEER's review of the Application for Payment and the accompanying data and schedules, that to the best of ENGINEER's knowledge, information and belief: 14.5.1 the Work has progressed to the point indicated, 14.5.2 the quality of the Work is generally in accordance with the Contract Documents (subject to an evaluation of the Work as a functioning whole prior to or upon Substantial Completion to the results of any subsequent tests called for in the Contract Documents, to a final determination of quantities and classifications for Unit Price Work under paragraph 9.10 and to any other qualifications stated in the recommendation), and 14.5.3 the conditions precedent to CONTRACTOR's being entitled to such payment appear to have been fulfilled in so far as it is ENGINEER's responsibility to observe the Work. However, by recommending any such payment ENGINEER will not thereby be deemed to have represented that: (i) exhaustive or continuous on -site inspections have been made to check the quality or the quantity of the Work beyond the responsibilities specifically assigned to ENGINEER in the Contract Documents or (ii) that there may not be other matters or issues between the parties that might entitle CONTRACTOR to be paid additionally by OWNER or entitle OWNER to withhold payment to CONTRACTOR. 14.6 ENGINEER's recommendation of any payment, including final payment, shall not mean that ENGINEER is responsible for CONTRACTOR's means, methods, techniques, sequences or procedures of construction, or the safety precautions and programs incident thereto, or for any failure of CONTRACTOR to comply with Laws and Regulations applbable to the furnishing or performance of Work or for any failure of CONTRACTOR to perform or furnish Work in accordance with the Contract Documents. 14.7 ENGINEER may refuse to recommend the whole or any part of any payment if, in ENGINEER's opinion, it would be incorrect to make the representations to OWNER referred to in paragraph 14.5. ENGINEER may also refuse to recommend any such payment, or, because of subsequently discovered evidence or the results of subsequent inspections or tests, nullify any such payment previously recommended, to such extent as may be necessary inENGINEER's opinion to protect OWNER from loss because: 14.7.1 the Work is defective, or completed Work has been damaged requiring correction or replacement, 14.7.2 the Contract Price has been reduced by Written Amendment or Change Order, 14.7.3 OWNER has been required to correct defective Work or complete Work in accordance with paragraph 13.14, or 14.7.4 ENGINEER has actual knowledge of the occurrence of any of the events enumerated in paragraphs 15.2.1 through 15.2.4 inclusive. OWNER may refuse to make payment of the full amount recommended by ENGINEER because: 14.7.5 claims have been made against OWNER on account of CONTRACTOR's performance or furnishing of the Work, 14.7.6 Liens have been filed in connection with the Work, except where CONTRACTOR has delivered a specific Bond satisfactory to OWNER to secure the satisfaction and discharge of such Liens, 14.7.7 there are other items entitling OWNER to a set-off against the amount recommended, or 14.7.8 OWNER has actual knowledge of the occurence of any of the events enumerated in paragraphs 14.7.1 through 14.7.3 or paragraphs 15.2.1 through 15.2.4 inclusive; but OWNER must give CONTRACTOR immediate written notice (with a copy to ENGINEER) stating the reasons for such action and promptly pay CONTRACTOR the amount so withheld, or any adjustment thereto agreed to by OWNER and CONTRACTOR, when CONTRACTOR corrects to OWNER's satisfaction the reasons for such action. 33 Substantial Completion: 14.8 When CONTRACTOR considers the entire Work ready for its intended use CONTRACTOR shall notify OWNER and ENGINEER in writing that the entire Work is substantially complete (except for items specifically listed by CONTRACTOR as incomplete) and request that ENGINEER issue a certificate of Substantial Completion. Within a reasonable time thereafter, OWNER, CONTRACTOR and ENGINEER shall make an inspection of the Work to determine the status of completion. If ENGINEER does not consider the Work sub- stantially complete, ENGINEER will notify CONTRACTOR in writing giving the reasons therefore. If ENGINEER considers the Work substantially complete, ENGINEER will prepare and deliver to OWNER a tentative certificate of Substantial Completion which shall fix the date of Substantial Completion. There shall be attached to the certificate a tentative list of items to be completed or corrected before final payment. OWNER shall have seven days after receipt of the tentative certificate during which to make written objection to ENGINEER as to any provisions of the certificate or attached list. If, after considering such objections, ENGINEER concludes that the Work is not substantially complete, ENGINEER will within fourteen days after submission of the tentative certificate to OWNER notify CONTRACTOR in writing, stating the reasons therefore. If, after consideration of OWNER's objections, ENGINEER considers the Work substantially complete, ENGINEER will within said fourteen days execute and deliver to OWNER and CONTRACTOR a definitive certificate of Substantial Completion (with a revised tentative list of items to be completed or corrected) reflecting such changes from the tentative certificate as ENGINEER believes justified after consideration of any objections from OWNER. At the time of delivery of the tentative certificate of Substantial Completion, ENGINEER will deliver to OWNER and CONTRACTOR a written recommendation as to division of responsibilities pending final payment between OWNER and CONTRACTOR with respect to security, operation, safety, maintenance heat, utilities, insurance and warranties and guarantees. Unless OWNER and CONTRACTOR agree otherwise in writing and so inform ENGINEER in writing prior toENGINEER's issuing the definitive certificate of Substantial Completion,ENGINEER's aforesaid recommendation will be binding on OWNER and CONTRACTOR until final payment. 14.9 OWNER shall have the right to exclude CONTRACTOR from the Work after the date of Substantial Completion, but OWNER shall allow CONTRACTOR reasonable access to complete or correct items on the tentative list. Partial Utilization: 14.10 Use by OWNER at OWNER's option of any substantially conpleted part of the Work which: (i) has specifically been identified in the Contract Documents, or (ii) OWNER, ENGINEER and CONTRACTOR agree constitutes a separately functioning and usable part of the Work that can be used by OWNER for its intended purpose without significant interference withCONTRACTOR's performance of the remainder of the Work, may be accomplished prior to Substantial Completion of all the Work subject to the following: 14.10.1 OWNER at any time may request CONTRACTOR in writing to permit OWNER to use any such part of the Work which OWNER believes to be ready for its intended use and substantially complete. If CONTRACTOR agrees that such part of the Work is substantially complete, CONTRACTOR will certify to OWNER and ENGINEER that such part of the Work is substantially complete and request ENGINEER to issue a certificate of Substantial Completion for that part of the Work. CONTRACTOR at any time may notify OWNER and ENGINEER in writing that CONTRACTOR considers any such part of the Work ready for its intended use and substantially complete and request ENGINEER to issue a certificate of Substantial Completion for that part of the Work. Within a reasonable time after either such request, OWNER, CONTRACTOR and ENGINEER shall make an inspection of that part of the Work to determine its status of completion. If ENGINEER does not consider that part of the Work to be substantially complete, ENGINEER will notify OWNER and CONTRACTOR in writing giving the reasons therefore. If ENGINEERconsrders that part of the Work to be substantially complete, the provisions of paragraphs 14.8 and 14.9 will apply with respect to certification of Substantial Completion of that part of the Work and the division of responsibility in respect thereof and access thereto. 14.10.2No occupancy or separate operation of part of the Work will be accomplished prior to compliance with the requirements of paragraph 5.15 in respect of property insurance. Final Inspection: 14.11 Upon written notice from CONTRACTOR that the entire Work or an agreed portion thereof is complete, ENGINEER will make a final inspection with OWNER and CONTRACTOR and will notify CONTRACTOR in writing of all particulars in which this inspection reveals that the Work is incomplete or defective CONTRACTOR shall immediately take such measures as are necessary to complete such Work or remedy such deficiencies. Final Application for Payment: 14.12 After CONTRACTOR has completed all such corrections to the satisfaction of ENGINEER and delivered in accordance with the Contract Documents all maintenance and operating instructions, schedules, guarantees, Bonds, certificates or other evidence of insurance required by paragraph 5.4, certificates of' inspection, marked -up record documents (as provided in paragraph 6.19) and other documents, CONTRACTOR may make application for final payment following the procedure for progress payments. The final Application for Payment shall be accompanied (except as previously delivered) by: (i) all documentation called for in the Contract Documents, including but not limited to the evidence of insurance required by subparagraph 5.4.13, (ii) consent of the surety, if any, to final payment, and (rii) complete and legally effective releases or waivers (satisfactory to OWNER) of all Liens arising out of or filed in connection with the Work. In lieu of such releases or waivers of Liens and as approved by OWNER, CONTRACTOR may famish receipts or releases in full and an affidavit of CONTRACTOR that: (i) the releases and receipts include all labor services, material and equipment for which a Lien could be filed, and (rr) all payrolls, material and equipment bills and other indebtedness connected with the Work for which OWNER or OWNER's property might in any way be responsible have been paid or otherwise satisfied. If any Subcontractor or Supplier fails to furnish such a release or receipt in full, CONTRACTOR may furnish a Bond or other collateral satisfactory to OWNER to indemnify OWNER against any Lien. Final Payment and Acceptance: 14.13 If, on the basis of ENGINEER's observation of the Work during construction and final inspection, andENGINEER's review of the final Application for Payment and accompanying documentation as required by the Contract Documents, ENGINEER is satisfied that the Work has been completed and CONTRACTOR's other obligations under the Contract Documents have been fulfilled, ENGINEER will, within ten days after receipt of the final Application for Payment, indicate in writing ENGINEER'S recommendation of payment and present the Application to OWNER for payment. At the same time ENGINEER will also give written notice to OWNER and CONTRACTOR that the Work is acceptable subject to the provisions of paragraph 14.15. Otherwise, ENGINEER willretum the Application to CONTRACTOR, indicating in writing the reasons for refusing to recommend final payment, in which case CONTRACTOR shall make the necessary corrections and resubmit the Application. Thirty days after the presentation to OWNER of the Application and accompanying documentation, in appropriate form and substance and with ENGINEER's 34 recommendation and notice of acceptability, the amount recommended by ENGI- NEER will become due and will be paid by OWNER to CONTRACTOR. 14.14 If, through no fault of CONTRACTOR, final conpletion of the Work is significantly delayed and if ENGINEER so confirms, OWNER shall, upon receipt of CONTRACTOR'S final Application for Payment and recommendation of ENGINEER, and without terminating the Agreement, make payment of the balance due for that portion of the Work fully completed and accepted. If the remaining balance to be held by OWNER for Work not fully completed or corrected is less than the retainage stipulated in the Agreement, and if Bonds have been furnished as required in paragraph 5.1 the written consent of the surety to the payment of the balance due for that portion of the Work fully completed and accepted shall be submitted by CONTRACTOR to ENGINEER with the Application for such payment. Such payment shall be made under the terms and conditions governing final payment, except that it shall not constitute a waiver of claims. Waiver of Claims: 14.15 The making and acceptance of final payment will constitute: 14.15.1 a waiver of all claims by OWNER against CONTRACTOR, except claims arising from unsettled Liens,from defective Work appearing after final inspection pursuant to paragraph 14.11, from failure to comply with the Contract Documents or the terms of any special guarantees specified therein, or from CONTRACTOR's continuing obligations under the Contract Documents; and 14.15.2a waiver of all claims by CONTRACTOR against OWNER other than those previously made in writing and still unsettled. ARTICLE 15 -- SUSPENSION OF WORK AND TERMINATION OWNER May Suspend Work: 15.1 At any time and without cause, OWNER may suspend the Work or any portion thereof for a period of not more than ninety days by notice in writing to CONTRACTOR and ENGINEER which will fix the date on which Work will be resumed. CONTRACTOR shall resume the Work on the date so fixed CONTRACTOR shall be allowed an adjustment in the Contract Price or an extension of the Contract Times, or both, directly attributable to any such suspension if CONTRACTOR makes an approved claim therefore, as provided in Articles 11 and 12. OWNER May Terminate: 15.2 Upon the occurrence of any one or more of the following events: 15.2.1 if CONTRACTOR persistently fails to perform the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents (including, but not limited to, failure to supply sufficient skilled workers or suitable materials or equipment or failure to adhere to the progress schedule established under paragraph 2 9 as adjusted from time to time pursuant to paragraph 6.6); 15.2.2 if CONTRACTOR disregards Laws or Regulations of any public body having jurisdiction; 15.2.3 if CONTRACTOR disregards the authority of ENGINEER; or 15.2.4 if CONTRACTOR otherwise violates in any substantial way any provisions of the Contract Documents; OWNER may, after giving CONTRACTOR (and the surety, if any,) seven days' written notice and to the extent permitted by Laws and Regulations, terminate the services of CONTRACTOR, exclude CONTRACTOR from the site and take possession of the Work and of all CONTRACTOR's tools, appliances, construction equipment and machinery at the site and use the same to the full extent they could be used by CONTRACTOR (without liability to CONTRACTOR for trespass or conversion), incorporate in the Work all materials and equipment stored at the site or for which OWNER has paid CONTRACTOR but which are stored elsewhere, and finish the Work as OWNER may deem expedient. In such case CONTRACTOR shall not be entitled to receive any further payment until the Work is fmished. If the unpaid balance of the Contract Price exceeds all claims, costs, losses and damages sustained by OWNER arising out of or resulting from completing the Work such excess will be paid to CONTRACTOR. If such claims, costs, losses and damages exceed such unpaid balance CONTRACTOR shall pay the difference to OWNER. Such claims, costs, losses and damages incurred by OWNER will be reviewed by ENGINEER as to their reasonableness and when so approved by ENGINEER incorporated in a Change Order, provided that when exercising any rights or remedies under this paragraph OWNER shall not be required to obtain the lowest price for the Work performed. 15.3 Where CONTRACTOR's services have been so terminated by OWNER, the termination will not affect any rights or remedies of OWNER against CONTRACTOR then existing or which may thereafter accrue. Any retention or payment of moneys due CONTRACTOR by OWNER will not release CONTRACTOR from liability. 15.4 Upon seven days' written notice to CONTRACTOR and ENGINEER, OWNER may, without cause and without prejudice to any other right or remedy of OWNER, elect to terminate the Agreement. In such case, CONTRACTOR shall be paid (without duplication of any items): 15.4.1 for completed and acceptable Work executed in accordance with the Contract Documents prior to the effective date of termination. including fair and reasonable sums for overhead and profit on such Work; 15.4.2 for expenses sustained prior to the effective date of termination in performing services and famishing labor, materials or equipment as required by the Contract Documents in connection with uncompleted Work, plus fair and reasonable sums for overhead and profit on such expenses; 15.4.3 for all claims, costs, losses and damages incurred in settlement of terminated contracts with Subcontractors, Suppliers and others; and 15.4.4 for reasonable expenses directly attributable to termination. CONTRACTOR shalt not be paid on account of loss of' anticipated profits or revenue or other economic loss arising out of or resulting from such termination. CONTRACTOR May Stop Work or Terminate: 15.5 If, through no act or fault of CONTRACTOR, the Work is suspended for a period of more than ninety days by OWNER or under an order of court or other public authority, or ENGINEER fails to act on any Application for Payment within thirty days after it is submitted or OWNER falls for thirty days to pay CONTRACTOR any sum finally determined to be due, then CONTRACTOR may, upon seven days' written notice to OWNER and ENGINEER, and provided OWNER or ENGINEER do not 35 remedy such suspension or failure within that time, terminate the Agreement and recover from OWNER payment on the same terms as provided in paragraph 15.4. In lieu of terminating the Agreement and without prejudice to any other right or remedy, if ENGINEER has failed to act on an Application for Payment within thirty days after it is submitted, or OWNER has failed for thirty days to pay CONTRACTOR any sum finally determined to be due, CONTRACTOR may upon seven day's written notice to OWNER and ENGINEER stop the Work until payment of all such amounts due CONTRACTOR, including interest thereon. The provisions of this paragraph 15.5 are not intended to preclude CONRACTOR from making claim under Articles 11 and 12 for an increase in Contract Price or Contract Times or otherwise for expenses or damage directly attributable toCONTRAC- TOR's stopping Work as permitted by this paragraph. ARTICLE 16 -- DISPUTE RESOLUTION If and to the extent that OWNER and CONTRACTOR have agreed on the method and procedure for resolving disputes between them that may arise under this Agreement such dispute resolution method and procedure, if any, shall be as set forth in Exhibit GC -A, "Dispute Resolution Agreement," to be attached hereto and made a part hereof. If no such agreement on the method and procedure for resolving such disputes has been reached, and subject to the provisions of paragraphs 9.10, 9.11, and 9.12, OWNER and CONTRACTOR may exercise such rights or remedies as either may otherwise have under the Contract Documents or by Laws or Regulations in respect of any dispute. ARTICLE 17 -- MISCELLANEOUS Giving Notice: 17.1 Whenever any provision of the Contract Documents requires the giving of written notice, it will be deemed to have been validly given if delivered in person to the individual or to a member of the firm or to an officer of the corporation for whom it is intended, or if delivered at or sent by registered or certified mail, postage prepaid, to the last business address known to the giver of the notice. Computation of Times: 17.2.1 When any period of time is referred to in the Contract Documents by days, it will be computed to exclude the first and include the last day of such period. If the last day of any such period falls on a Saturday or Sunday or on a day made a legal holiday by the law of the applicable jurisdiction, such day will be omitted from the computation. 17.2.2 A calendar day of twenty-four hours measured from midnight to the next midnight will constitute a day. Notice of Claim: 17.3 Should OWNER or CONTRACTOR suffer injury or damage to person or property because of any error, omission or act of the other party or of any of the other parry's employees or agents or others for whose acts the other party is legally liable, claim will be made in writing to the other party within a reasonable time of' the first observance of such injury or damage. The provisions of this paragraph 17.3 shall not be construed as a substitute for or a waiver of the provisions of any applicable statute of limitations or repose. Cumulative Remedies: 17.4 The duties and obligations imposed by these General Conditions and the rights and remedies available hereunder to the parties hereto, and, in particular but without limitation, the warranties, guarantees and obligations imposed upon CONTRACTOR by paragraphs 6.12, 6.16, 6.30 6.31, 6.32 13.1, 13.12, 13.14, 14.3 and 15.2 and all of the rights and remedies available to OWNER and ENGINEER thereunder, are in addition to, and are not to be construed in any way as a limitation of, any rights and remedies available to any or all of them which are othenvise imposed or available by Laws or Regulations, by special warranty or guarantee or by other provisions of the Contract Documents and the provisions of this paragraph will be as effective as if repeated specifically in the Contract Documents in connection with each particular duty, obligation, right and remedy to which they apply. Professional Fees and Court Costs Included 17.5 Whenever reference is made to 'claims, costs, losses and damages," it shall include in each case, but not be limited to, all fees and charges of engineers, architects, attorneys and other professionals and all court or arbitration or other dispute resolution costs. [The remainder of this page was left blank intentionally.] 36 EXHIBIT GC -A to General Conditions of the Agreement Between OWNER and CONTRACTOR Dated For use with EJCDC No. 1910-8 (1990 ed.) DISPUTE RESOLUTION AGREEMENT OWNER and CONTRACTOR hereby agree that Article 16 of the General Conditions to the Agreement between OWNER and CONTRACTOR is amended to include the following agreement of the parties: 16.1 All claims, disputes and other matters in question between OWNER and CONTRACTOR arising out of or relating to the Contract Documents or the breach thereof (except for claims which have been waived by the making or accep- tance of final payment as provided by paragraph 14.15) will be decided by arbitration in accordance with the Construction Industry Arbitration Rules of the American Arbitration Association then obtaining, subject to the limitations of this Article 16. This agreement so to arbitrate and any other agreement or consent to arbitrate entered into in accordance herewith as provided in this Article 16 will be specifically enforceable under the prevailing law of any court having jurisdiction. 16.2 No demand for arbitration of any claim, dispute or other matter that is required to be referred to ENGINEER initially for decision in accordance with paragraph 9.11 will be made until the earlier of (a) the date on which ENGINEER has rendered a written decision or (b) the thirty-first day after the parties have presented their evidence to ENGINEER if a written decision has not been rendered by ENGINEER before that date. No demand for arbitration of any such claim, dispute or other matter will be made later than thirty days after the date on which ENGINEER has rendered a written decision in respect thereof in accordance with paragraph 9.11; and the failure to demand arbitration within said thirty days' period will result in ENGINEERs decision being final and binding upon OWNER and CONTRACTOR. If ENGINEER renders a decision after arbitration proceedings have been initiated, such decision may be entered as evidence but will not supersede the arbitration proceedings, except where the decision is acceptable to the parties concerned. No demand for arbitration of any written decision of ENGINEER rendered in accordance with paragraph 9.10 will be made later than ten days after the party making such demand has delivered written notice of intention to appeal as provided in paragraph 9.10. 16.3 Notice of the demand for arbitration will be filed in writing with the other party to the Agreement and with the American Arbitration Association, and a copy will be sent to ENGINEER for information. The demand for arbitration will he made within the thirty -day or ten-day period specified in paragraph 16.2 as applicable, and in all other cases within a reasonable time after the claim dispute or other matter in question has arisen, and in no event shall any such demand be made after the date when institution of legal or equitable proceedings based on such claim, dispute or other matter in question would be barred by the applicable statute of limitations. 16.4 Except as provided in paragraph 16.5 below, no arbitration ansing out of or relating to the Contract Documents shall include by consolidation joinder or in any other manner any other person or entity (including ENGINEER,ENGI- NEER's Consultant and the officers, directors, agents, employees or consultants of any of them) who is not a party to this contract unless: 16.4.1 the inclusion of such other person or entity is necessary if complete relief is to be afforded among those who are already parties to the arbitration, and 16.4,2 such other person or entity is substantially involved in a question of law or fact which is common to those who are already parties to the arbitration and which will arise in such proceedings, and 16.4.3 the written consent of the other person or entity sought to be included and of OWNER and CONTRACTOR has been obtained for such inclusion, which consent shall make specific reference to this paragraph; but no such consent shall constitute consent to arbitration of any dispute not specifically described in such consent or to arbitration with any party not specifically identified in such consent 16.5 Notwithstanding paragraph 16.4 if a claim, dispute or other matter in question between OWNER and CONTRACTOR involves the Work of a Subcontractor, either OWNER or CONTRACTOR may join such Subcontractor as a party to the arbitration between OWNER and CONTRACTOR hereunder. CONTRACTOR shall include in all subcontracts required by paragraph 6.11 a specific provision whereby the Subcontractor consents to being joined in an arbitration between OWNER and CONTRACTOR involving the Work of such Subcontractor. Nothing in this paragraph 16.5 nor in the provision of such subcontract consenting tojoinder shall create any claim, right or cause of action in favor of Subcontractor and against OWNER, ENGINEER or ENGINEER's Consultants that does not otherwise exist. 16.6 The award rendered by the arbitrators will be final, judgment may be entered upon it in any court having jurisdiction thereof, and it will not be subject to modification or appeal. 16.7 OWNER and CONTRACTOR agree that they shall first submit any and all unsettled claims, counterclaims, disputes and other matters in question between them arising out of or relating to the Contract Documents or the breach thereof ("disputes") to mediation by The American Arbitration Association under the Construction Industry Mediation Rules of the American Arbitration Association prior to either of them initiating against the other a demand for arbitration pursuant to paragraphs 16.1 through 16.6, unless delay in initiating arbitration would irrevocably prejudice one of the parties. The respective thirty and ten day time limits within which to file a demand for arbitration as provided in paragraphs 16.2 and 16.3 above shall be suspended with respect to a dispute submitted to do mediation within those same applicable time limits and shall remain suspended until ten days after the termination of the mediation. The mediator of any dispute submitted to mediation under this Agreement shall not serve as arbitrator of such dispute unless otherwise agreed. [The remainder of this page was left blank intentionally.] 37 SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS DEFINITIONS (Article 1) The following definitions are added to Article 1 of the Standard General Conditions - "or -equal" wherever used in these Contract Documents shall mean 'equivalent". "Approve or Approval" wherever used in these Contract Documents shall mean "is in General Conformance". ' Inspection or Supervision" wherever used m these Contract Documents shall mean "Continual Observation of the Work". The term "General Requirement" used in these Contract Documents shall mean Special Conditions. "The date the work commences" shall mean the date the Contractor begins construction or the date specified in the Notice to Proceed, whichever occurs first will be used m computing contract time. II. GEOTECHNICAL INFORMATION AND TECHNICAL DATA (Art. 4.2) Geotechnical information or technical data is available for review at the Engineer's office concerning this Project specific reports are identified in the Special Conditions. The soils report and log of borings is available for Contractor's information only The report is not a warranty of subsurface conditions, nor is it a part of the Contract Documents. Contractors are expected to examine the site and such reports then decide for themselves the character of the materials to be encountered. OWNER and ENGINEER disclaim any responsibility for the accuracy, true location and extent of the surface and subsurface investigations that have been prepared by others. OWNER and ENGINEER further disclaim responsibility for interpretation of that data by Contractors i.e. projecting soil -bearing value, rock profiles, soil stability and the presence, level and extent of the underground water. III. DEVIATIONS OCCASIONED BY UTILITIES Article 4.3.2 of the Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract shall be amended to include the following: whenever existing utilities not indicated on plans, present obstructions to grade and alignment, immediately notify Engineer, who without delay, will determine whether existing improvements are to be relocated, or grade and alignment changed. Where necessary to move service lines, poles, guy wires, pipelines or other obstructions, the Contractor shall make arrangements with owners of utilities. The Owner will pay for changes required by utility conflicts. IV. COORDINATION OF DOCUMENTS The Specifications, accompanying Construction Drawings, Invitation/Advertisement to Bidders, Instruction to Bidders, Standard General Conditions, Special Conditions and Supplementary Conditions are essential parts of the Contract and a requirement occurring in one is as binding as though occurring in all. However in case of discrepancy, the Special Conditions will take precedence over all sections of the Contract Documents and the Supplementary Conditions will take precedence over all other sections of the Contract Documents other than the Special Conditions. The Contract Documents are intended to be complimentary and to describe and provide for the proposed Project. In case of discrepancy in the Contract Documents, the Engmeer should be notified immediately so that a written clarification can be issued by the Engineer. If a discrepancy occurs between the technical specifications in these Contract Documents and the technical specifications of the jurisdiction where the work is being performed, the technical specification of the jurisdiction shall take precedence. V. SPECIAL PROVISIONS GOVERNING USE OF PUBLIC ROADS AND STREETS In the hauling of construction materials, excavation, equipment or other items required in the completion of this Project, the attention of the Contractor is directed to ordinances and regulations of local municipal or county governments, and State Governments which limit the type or the gross weight of motor vehicles Page 1 of 17 O:ILAND\ 1546\1546640I \Biddoc\V&ESUPCNUTL.doc or construction equipment operating on public roads and streets or which restrict the use of such equipment on certain streets. The Contractor shall keep haul routes clean at all times to the satisfaction of the Engineer and the local governing body having jurisdiction over the haul routes. It will be the responsibility of the Contractor to investigate any limitations in routing, size of equipment or gross weight which may be subject to regulation by governmental jurisdictions. Traffic control during construction shall be generally in accordance with the Texas Manual on Uniform Traffic Control Devices. It shall be the responsibility of the Contractor to provide for the safety and convenience of pedestrians and traffic so as to comply with all existing traffic regulations and ordinances that may apply Care of existing pavement (all types) shall be the responsibility of the Contractor. He will be held liable for any damage to the existing pavements which will be used by construction equipment or suppliers while construction is in progress. Upon completion of the construction, the pavement shall be restored to its original condition or better. The cost for maintaining and repairing the existing pavement shall be included in the prices bid per other items. No additional payment will be made to the Contractor for these repairs. Any bonds, permits or fees required for use of roadways will be the sole obligation of the Contractor. VI. OCCUPATIONAL SAFETY AND HEALTH STANDARDS (Art. 6.20) The work and the Contractor's operational activities shall comply with the applicable provisions of the Department of Labor, Safety and Health Regulations for Construction and applicable Occupational Safety and Health Standards. VII. WORKING DAY (Amendment to Art. 17.2) If the Contractor works on the site until Noon, or in the judgment of the Engineer, could have worked until Noon the day in question shall be considered as a Working Day in computing Contract Time. Working days shall be considered as Monday through Friday excluding legal holidays. The Contractor may work on Saturday Sunday and Legal Holidays provided the Engineer is notified 48 hours in advance. Work on these days shall be included in computing contract time. If Contractor chooses to work on a day other than a normal working day, as previously defined, Contractor shall be liable for any and all additional costs incurred by the Engineer. These costs will be deducted from the Contract, and the Owner will make payment to the Engineer for these costs. Legal holidays are New Year's Day, Good Friday, Memorial Day, July 4th, Labor Day, Thanksgiving, the day after Thanksgiving, and Christmas. VIII. FINAL PAYMENT TO CONTRACTOR (Art. 14.13 & 14.14) Final pay estimates will not be approved by the Engineer until all acceptances have been made by the Owner and governmental bodies having jurisdiction. Partial payment to the Contractor of the final progress payment does not constitute final acceptance of the project by the Owner/Engineer. IX. SALES TAXES (Amendment to Art. 6.15) Owner is exempt from Texas sales and use taxes pursuant to Texas Tax Code §151.309 as a political subdivision of the State of Texas. Owner shall provide Contractor with a completed Texas Sales and Use Tax Exemption Certification as evidence of the applicability of such exemption and, accordingly, Contractor Page 2 of 17 O:' LAND\ 1546\ 15466401\B i ddoc\V& ESUPCNUTL. doc shall not collect Texas sales and use taxes from Owner with respect to this contract. Contractor and all subcontractors to Contractor shall issue a Texas Sales and Use Tax Exemption Certification with respect to and shall not pay Texas sales and use taxes on, all purchases of the following items that are exempt from Texas sales and use taxes pursuant to Texas Tax Code § 151.311: (i) tangible personal property that will be incorporated into Owner's realty (ii) tangible personal property that is necessary and essential for the performance of this contract and is consumed entirely on the job site; and (iii) taxable services for use in the performance of this contract that are performed at the job site and are either integral to the performance of this contract or expressly required to be provided by this contract. In addition, Contractor and all subcontractors to Contractor (i) shall not include any provision for Texas sales and use taxes with respect to such exempt items in any bid or contract amount, and (it) shall pass on to Owner cost savings due to the exempt status of such exempt items. Contractor's contracts will all subcontractors to Contractor shall include the foregoing provision regarding the exemption from Texas sales and use taxes. X. PROGRESS ESTIMATES (Amendment to Art. 14.2) Contractor shall provide to the Engineer on the Engineer s form or the Contractor's form approved by the Engineer, a progress estimate for payment of work completed. Work must be completed for the Engineer to consider payment of an item. No payment will be made for materials at the site which have not been incorporated into the work unless otherwise agreed to in writing in advance. The Engineer shall inform the Contractor in the Special Conditions as to which day of the month progress estimates must be submitted to be considered for payment. The Contractor must submit the pay estimate on the date required to the Engineer at the Engineer's main office. Before the Contractor receives progress payments, the Contractor will have to certify that the quantities and prices of work and materials shown on the estimate are correct, and that all work has been performed and materials supplied in full accordance with the terms and conditions of the construction documents. Within ten days after the Contractor receives payment from the Owner, the Contractor will provide Owner with a waiver of lien The waiver of lien form will be provided by the Engineer. XI. DUTIES RESPONSIBILITIES AND LIMITATIONS OF AUTHORITY OF RESIDENT PROJECT REPRESENTATIVE (Art. 9.3) A. General Resident Project Representative will act as Engineer's Agent, and will be under the direct supervision of the Engineer and will confer with Engineer regarding his actions. Resident Project Representative's dealings in matters pertaining to the on -site work shall in general be only with the Engineer and Contractor, and dealings with subcontractors shall only be through or with the full knowledge of the Contractor. When subcontractor(s) are working on the site, the Contractor must have a superintendent on site who is in responsible charge of the work. Under the Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract Article 15.1, the Owner has the right to suspend work at any time and without cause. The Engineer, with Owner's prior written approval, will have the power under this contract to suspend work when the Contractor does not have an employee in responsible charge on the project. The Contractor shall designate in writing to the Owner and Engineer the individual in responsible charge of the work. When work is suspended, due to a lack of an employee of responsible charge on the project the Contractor and subcontractor(s) agree that they will have no recourse against the Owner or Engineer. No allowances for compensation will be made during this period of time. Written communication with Owner will be only through or as directed by the Engineer. Duties and Responsibilities Resident Project Representative will: 1. Schedules: Review the progress schedule and schedule of values prepared by Contractor, and consult with Engineer concerning their acceptability. Page 3 of 17 °.LAND\1546\1546640I \Biddoc\V&ESUPCNUTL.doc 2. Conferences: Attend pre -construction conferences, progress meetings and other job conferences as required in consultation with Engineer, notify those expected to attend in advance, and maintain and circulate copies of minutes thereof. 3. Liaison: a. Serve as Engineer's liaison with Contractor, working principally through Contractor's superintendent and assisting him in understanding the intent of the Contract Documents. Assist Engineer in serving as Owner's liaison with Contractor when Contractor's operations affect Owner's on -site operations. b. As requested by Engineer, assist in obtaining from Owner additional details or information, when required at the job site for proper execution of the work. 4. Review of Work, Rejection of Defective Work, Inspections and Tests: a. Conduct on -site observations of the work in progress to assist Engineer in determining if the work is proceeding in accordance with the Contract Documents. b. Report to Engineer and Contractor whenever he believes that any work is unsatisfactory, faulty or defective or does not conform to the Contract Documents, or does not meet the requirements of any inspections, tests or approval required to be made or has been damaged prior to fmal payment; and advise Engineer when he believes work should be corrected or rejected or should be uncovered for observation or requires special testing inspection or approval. c. Verify that tests, equipment and systems startups and operating and maintenance instructions are conducted as required by the Contract Documents and in the presence of the required personnel, and that Contractor maintains adequate records thereof, observe, record and report to Engineer appropriate details relative to the test procedures and startups. d. Accompany visiting inspectors representing public or other agencies having jurisdiction over the Project, record the outcome of these inspections and report to Engineer. Coordination of Procedures: Transmit to Contractor, Engineer's clarifications and interpretations of the Contract Documents. 6. Modifications: Consider and evaluate Contractor's suggestions for modifications in Drawings or Specifications and report them with recommendations to Engineer. 7. Records: a. Maintain orderly files for correspondence, reports of job conferences, Contract Documents including all addenda change orders, field orders, additional drawings issued subsequent to the execution of the Contract, Engineer's clarifications and interpretations of the Contract Documents, progress reports, cut sheets, and other Project related documents. These items will be submitted to the Engineer for his final review and approval. b. Keep a diary or log book recording hours on the job site, weather conditions, data relative to questions of extras or deductions, list of visiting officials and representatives of manufacturers, fabricators suppliers and distributors daily activities, decisions, observations in general and specific observations in more detail as in the case of observing test procedures. Send copies to Engineer. c. Record names addresses and telephone numbers of all Contractors, subcontractors and major suppliers of materials and equipment. Page 4 of 17 O:\LAND\I546\ 15466401\Eiddoc\V&ESUPCNUTL.doc 8. Reports: a. Furnish Engineer periodic reports as required of progress of the work and Contractor's compliance with the approved progress schedule. b. Consult with Engmeer in advance of scheduled major tests; inspections or start of important phases of the work. c. Report immediately to Engineer upon the occurrence of any accident. 9. Payment Requisitions: Review applications for payment with Contractor for compliance with the established procedure for their submission and forward them with recommendations to Engineer, noting particularly their relation to the schedule of values, work completed and materials and equipment delivered at the site but not incorporated in the work. 10. Completion: a. Before Engineer issues a Certificate of Substantial Completion, submit to Contractor a list of observed items requiring completion or correction. b. Conduct final inspection in the company of Engineer, Owner and Contractor and prepare a final list of items to be completed or corrected c. Verify that all items on final list have been completed or corrected and make recommendations to Engineer concerning acceptance C. Limitations of Authority Except upon written instructions of Engineer, Resident Project Representative: 1. Shall not authorize any deviation from the Contract Documents or approve any substitute materials or equipment. 2. Shall not exceed limitations on Engineer's authority as set forth in the Contract Documents. 3. Shall not undertake any of the responsibilities of Contractor, subcontractors or Contractor's superintendent, or expedite the work. 4. Shall not advise on or issue directions relative to any aspect of the means, methods, techniques, sequences or procedures of construction unless such is specifically called for in the Contract Documents. 5. Shall not advise on or issue directions as to safety precautions and programs in connection with the work except when Contractor is not in compliance with trench safety requirements. 6. Shall not authorize Owner to occupy the Project in whole or in part. 7. Shall not participate in specialized field or laboratory tests. 8. Shall not interpret construction staking for the Contractor. XII. PERMITS AND LICENSES The Owner shall outline in the Special Conditions any permits or license fees which the Owner intends to pay and obtain. If no permits or licenses are outlined as being paid for by the Owner then the Contractor shall be responsible as outlined in Article 6.13 of the Standard General Conditions. It is the Contractor's responsibility to obtain and post such permits as they are required. XIII. APPROVAL OF CUT SHEETS If the Engineer is responsible for providing the Contractor with approved cut sheets, the Contractor shall not commence construction prior to his receipt of approved cut sheets signed by the Engineer or his Representative. Page 5 of 17 O:\LAND\1546\1546640I \H iddoc\V&ESUPCNUrL.doc Any construction of facilities prior to receipt of approved cut sheets is done at the Contractor's risk. Any work performed prior to approved cut sheets which has to be redone due to changes in Plans, relocation of lines or any other revision, will not be considered in payments made to the Contractor. XIV. CONSTRUCTION STAKING/WATER LINES, SANITARY, STORM SEWERS, DRAINAGE FACILITIES, AND WATER AND WASTEWATER PLANTS It is the intent to define the staking services that the Engineer will furnish and to set forth the responsibilities of the Contractor respecting the use and maintenance of same. The Engineer will stake the facilities either by Method A or Method B as outlined in this section. The method of staking will be stated in the Special Conditions. Unless authorized by the Engineer any construction performed from other than Engineer provided construction staking shall be done at the Contractor's risk and will be subject to verifications by the Engineer at Contractor's expense. All distances and measurements given will be made in a horizontal plane. All horizontal and vertical posi- tions referenced by the layout of construction control shall be as defined and directed by the Engineer. A. Notifications The Contractor shall notify the Engineer seven (7) days prior to start-up so as to allow the Engineer to set his control and provide stakes for construction. Subsequently the Contractor shall notify the Engineer, in writing, at least three (3) full working days in advance of the date when specific staking services are desired, giving the specific location and/or limited stations. The Engineer shall be notified of any change of the sequence of work which was established at pre -construction conference. Upon receiving a written request for construction staking, the Engineer will inspect the area to be staked. Upon inspection of this area, the Engineer shall determine if the area is in a suitable condition to be staked or if additional clean-up work is required by the Contractor. The Contractor is responsible for maintaining the work area in a suitable condition to be staked for either control or con- struction as determined by the Engineer. The Contractor shall take every reasonable precaution to preserve the layout from which construction is to be or has been performed. Subsequent to a request for construction layout, the Contractor shall have replaced at his expense those controls which have been lost, disturbed or destroyed, and which, in the opinion of the Engineer, are required for performance or checking of the work. The Contractor shall not disturb any survey monument until the monument rivet disc or reference mark therein has been referenced by a field survey party of the Engineer. In the event that the Contractor disturbs any survey monument during construction operations or if stakes are lost or disturbed for any reason, the Engineer will reset such monuments and stakes at the expense of the Contractor. The Contractor will be responsible for payment to the Owner for all re -staking and additional staking requested in writing to the Engineer by .the Contractor The Owner at his discretion, may withhold portions of the Contractor's pay estimate for amounts owed to Owner by Contractor for re -staking and additional staking. It will be the responsibility of the Contractor to inform his employees and his subcontractors of the importance of the survey stakes and the necessity for their preservation. It shall be the Contractor's responsibility to examine the stakes before commencing operations and notify the Engineer of any errors and/or discrepancies. Should occasion arise where the validity of a stake is questionable, either as to its location or the offset marked thereon, or as to the elevation of the cut or fill marked thereon, the Contractor shall notify the Engineer, who will check the stake Page 6 of 17 0:\L AND\ 1546\ 15466401 \Bi ddoc\V& E SUPCNUTL.doc or stakes in question Any stakes found to be in error will be reset at the engineer's expense. If the removal of a control stake is required by the construction operations of the Contractor or his subcontractors, advance notice in writing of at least three (3) full working days shall be given to the Engineer, who will reference and remove said stake or stakes at no cost to the Contractor. B. Scope Surveys and survey data to be furnished by the Owner will be as follows: Utilities 1 Method "A"/Total Construction Staking a. One (1) set of stakes for constructing underground facilities: water and sewer mains, and storm sewer. b. For water lines and force mains, the Engineer will furnish center line stakes at mtervals sufficient to assure accurate line. Valve and fitting locations will be staked, and grade will be furnished as necessary. c. For sanitary and storm sewers, offset stakes will be provided at intervals sufficient to assure accurate line and grade. Manholes, inlets and junction boxes will be located with offset stakes. Sanitary sewer leads will be staked at the property line on the center of the lead. Lift station sites will have all corners staked. d. No additional stakes will be furnished, except as required in writing by the Contractor and paid for by him This applies to all restaking for whatever reason, as well as for additional staking which the Contractor may request. 2. Method "B"/Limited Construction Staking a. Provide horizontal location of centerline P.C.'s, P.T.'s, angle points and street intersections. b. Provide horizontal location of all applicable utility easements. c. Provide vertical control (benchmarks) at intervals not to exceed 2,000 feet. Drainage One (1) set of stakes for construction of drainage facilities* drainage ditch, swales, storm sewer lines/inlets, detention ponds and structures. 1. For drainage channels, the Engineer will furnish offset stakes and intervals sufficient to establish line and grade as necessary. 2. For storm sewers, offset stakes will be provided as required to construct the facilities. Inlets will be located with offset stakes. 3. For detention ponds, the Engineer will stake the perimeter boundary of the detention area and provide an onsite benchmark. 4. No additional stakes will be furnished except as required in writing by the Contractor and paid for by the Contractor. This applies to all restakmg for whatsoever reason, as well as for additional staking which the Contractor may request. Water and Wastewater Treatment Plants 1. The perimeter boundary of the wastewater treatment plant and water treatment plant will be staked and an onsite benchmark will be provided by the Engineer. For water plants with water wells, the center of the water well will be staked 2. No additional stakes will be furnished except as required in writing by the Contractor and paid for by the Contractor. This applies to all restaking for whatever reason, as well as for additional staking which the Contractor may request. XV. TESTING (Art. 6.4, 13.4) The Contractor's responsibilities regarding the testing of the work to be performed are amended to add the following: Page 7of17 0:\LAND\ 1546\ 15466401 W iddoc\ V&ES UP CNUiL.doc Underground Utilities The Contractor shall be responsible for furnishing all materials, labor, equipment and incidentals to test the water distribution lures and sanitary sewer system as per the procedures prescribed m the Specifications. The Contractor is to notify the Engineer at least three (3) working days prior to performing the required test so that a Representative of the Owner and/or Engineer may be present for observation of the test. The Contractor shall be responsible for collecting sufficient water quality samples from the water distribution system and transporting said samples to the appropriate laboratory for bacteriological testing. Copies of bacteriological test results shall be furnished to the Engineer. Contractor's Responsibility for Testing The Owner will pay for all initial testing as required to assure compliance with applicable codes and requirements of the junsdiction where the work is being performed. Initial tests which fail will be retaken and tests in excess of 10% of the initial tests taken will be paid for by the Contractor. The Owner will deduct these amounts from the Contractor's contract to compensate the testing lab. XVI. EXISTING UTILITIES The Contractor shall notify the various water, gas power, telephone, or other utility companies 72 hours in advance of his intention to begin work so that the utility companies may take any necessary protective measures around their facilities. The Contractor is responsible for the protection of any utility and for damage to any such utility during the prosecution of the work Any damage to a utility shall be repaired at the Contractor's expense to the satisfaction of the owner of the facility at the expense of the Contractor Unless otherwise indicated on the contract drawings or in the Special Conditions of the Contract Documents, the Contractor shall maintain in service all drainage, water, gas and sewer lines, including house services; power, lighting, and telephone conduits; and any other surface or subsurface utility for his convenience, the Contractor may arrange with the utility company or homeowner to temporarily disconnect house service lines or other facilities along the line of the work. The cost of disconnecting and restoring such utilities will be borne by the Contractor and no extension of time will be allowed for this type of relocation. XVII. RECORD DRAWINGS Article 6.19 of the General Conditions of Agreement shall be amended to read as follows: "The information furnished by the Contractor will be used by the Engineer to prepare a set of reproducible 'record drawings' which will be signed by the Contractor prior to final acceptance and final payment." The certification which the Contractor shall sign will read as follows: "RECORD DRAWING - I certify that this drawing reflects the improvements constructed as to size, location, and grade and that the construction was in full compliance with the Contract Documents". XVIII. PROPERTY INSURANCE A. Paragraph 5.4 of the Standard General Conditions is hereby modified by adding paragraphs 5.4.14 and 5.4 15, to read as follows: 5.4.14. be issued by an "B+" rated insurance company or companies; Page 8 of 17 0:\L AND\ 1546\ 15466401 \B i ddoc\V& E SUPCNUTL. doc 5 4.15. with respect to insurance required by paragraphs 5.4.1 and 5.4.2, contain provisions to the effect that in the event of payment of any loss or damage the insurers will have no rights of recovery against any of the insureds or any additional insureds thereunder. B. CONTRACTOR shall be liable for any damage to the Project that occurs prior to final payment pursuant to paragraph 14.13 and CONTRACTOR, at its sole cost and expense, shall purchase and maintain the property insurance required in paragraph 5.6 of the Standard General Conditions. C. Paragraph 5.8 of the Standard General Conditions is hereby modified to read, as follows: 5.8. All the policies of insurance (and the certificates or other evidence thereof) required to be purchased and maintained by CONTRACTOR or OWNER in accordance with paragraphs 5.6 and 5.7 will contain a provision or endorsement that the coverage afforded will not be canceled or materially changed or renewal refused until at least thirty days prior written notice has been given to OWNER and CONTRACTOR and to each other insured to whom a certificate of insurance has been issued and will contain waiver provisions in accordance with paragraph 5.22 (and the certificates of insurance furnished by the CONTRACTOR pursuant to paragraph 5 3.2 will so provide). D. With regard to the waivers set forth in the paragraph 5.11.1, such waivers shall be applicable only to the extent of any insurance proceeds paid with respect to the losses or damages for which the waiver is being enforced. E. Paragraph 5.11.22 of the Standard General Conditions is hereby modified to read, as follows: 5.11.2.2. loss or damage to the completed Project or part thereof caused by arising out of or resulting from fire or other insured peril covered by any property insurance maintained on the completed Project or part thereof by OWNER after final payment pursuant to paragraph 14.13. F. Paragraph 5.13 of the Standard General Conditions is hereby modified to read, as follows: 5.13. OWNER as fiduciary shall have power to adjust and settle any loss with the insurers unless one of the parties in interest shall object m writing within fifteen days after the occurrence of loss to OWNER S exercise of this power. If such objection be made, OWNER as fiduciary shall use reasonable efforts to make settlement with the insurers in accordance with such agreement as the parties in interest may reach. If no such agreement among the parties in interest is reached, OWNER as fiduciary shall adjust and settle the loss with the insurers and, if required in writing by any party in interest, OWNER as fiduciary shall obtain a bond, at the cost of the party requiring such bond, for the proper performance of such duties. XIX. INDEMNITY AND LIABILITY INSURANCE (Ref. 6.31, 6.32, and 6.33) Delete Paragraphs 6.31, 6.32, and 6.33 of the following: Indemnification: General Conditions in their gntir$y and replace with the G , ,� I ?� Ol 6.31 TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PER TTED BY ALL APPLICABLE LAWS AND REGULATIONS, CON TRACTOR SHALL INDEMNIFY AND HOLD HARMLESS OWNER, ENGINEER, ENGINEER'S CONSULTANT AND THE OFFICERS, DIRECTORS, EMPLOYEES, AND OTHER CONSULTANTS OF EACH AND ANY OF THEM (THE INDEMNIFIED PARTIES) FROM AND AGAINST EVERY CLAIM, LOSS, DAMAGE, INJURY, COST EXPENSE, JUDGEMENT OR LIABILITY OF EVERY KIND OF CHARACTER WHATSOEVER, IN Page 9 of 17 0:\LAND\ 1546\ 15466401 W i ddoc\V&ESUP CNU1L. doc CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, DIRECT OR INDIRECT, INCLUDING INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL AND CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO ALL FEES AND CHARGES OF ENGINEERS, ARCHITECTS, ATTORNEYS AND OTHER PROFESSIONALS AND ALL COURT OR ARBITRATION OR OTHER DISPUTE RESOLUTION COSTS) FOR BODILY INJURY, DEATH, PROPERTY DAMAGE OR ECONOMIC LOSS (INCLUDING LOSS OF USE) CAUSED BY, ARISING OUT OF OR RESULTING FROM ANY ACT OR OMISSION OF CONTRACTOR, ANY SUBCONTRACTOR ANY SUPPLIER, OR ANY PERSON OR ORGANIZATION DIRECTLY OR INDIRECTLY EMPLOYED BY ANY OF THEM TO PERFORM OR FURNISH ANY OF THE WORK OR ANYONE FOR WHOSE ACTS ANY OF THEM MAY BE LIABLE (THE CONTRACTOR PARTIES,) TAKEN IN CONNECTION WITH THE PERFORMANCE OF THE WORK, REGARDLESS OF WHETHER OR NOT CAUSED IN WHOLE OR IN PART BY THE SOLE OR CONCURRENT NEGLIGENCE OF EVERY KIND OR CHARACTER WHATSOEVER WHETHER GROSS ACTIVE OR PASSIVE, WHETHER AN AFFIRMATIVE ACT OR AN OMISSION, INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION ALL TYPES OF NEGLIGENT CONDUCT IDENTIFIED IN THE RESTATEMENT (SECOND) OF TORTS, OF ALL OR ANY OF THE INDEMNIFIED PARTIES AND REGARDLESS OF WHETHER LIABILITY IS IMPOSED UPON ALL OR ANY OF THE INDEMNIFIED PARTIES BY LAWS AND REGULATIONS REGARDLESS OF THE NEGLIGENCE OF EVERY KIND OR CHARACTER WHATSOEVER (WHETHER SOLE, JOINT, CONCURRENT, GROSS, ACTIVE OR PASSIVE) OF ALL OR ANY OF THE INDEMNIFIED PARTIES. THIS INDEMNIFICATION OBLIGATION OF THE CONTRACTOR PARTIES SHALL NOT BE LIMITED IN ANY WAY BY ANY LIMITATIONS ON THE AMOUNT OR TYPE OF DAMAGES, COMPENSATION OR BENEFITS PAYABLE BY OR FOR THE CONTRACTOR PARTIES UNDER WORKERS' COMPENSATION ACTS, DISABILITY BENEFIT ACTS OR OTHER EMPLOYEE BENEFITS ACTS. The Contractor shall provide and maintain such insurance as will protect him from claims under the Worker's Compensation Act and from any other claims for property damage and damages for personal injuries, including death, which may arise from any operation while performing the work whether such operation be by himself or by any subcontractor or anyone directly or indirectly employed by either of them. Such liability insurance must include coverage for completed operations and be extended to cover damage to underground property and damage caused by collapse. The Contractor shall provide and maintain comprehensive general liability with bodily injury limits not less than $2,000,000, and property damage limits of not less than $1,000 000, which will include insurance for liabilities assumed in the above indemnity agreement. The Contractor shall provide and maintain comprehensive automobile liability insurance with bodily injury of not less than $500,000 for any one person, and $1,000,000 for two or more persons in a single accident, and property damage lunit of not less than $500,000 any one accident. The above limits of liability may be provided by a combination of policies including umbrella excess liability so that the total of bodily injury and property damage liability limits available for any one occurrence are at least $2,000 000. A certificate of insurance shall be filed with the Owner as a condition precedent to the award of contract and shall be subject to the Owner's approval for adequacy of protection. Such certificate shall provide for at least 30 days prior written notice to the Owner of change or termination of the insurance in force on the work. Page 10 of 17 0:\LAA'D\I546\15466401\13 iddoc\V&ESUPCNUTL.doc XX. WORKERS' COMPENSATION INSURANCE COVERAGE A. Definitions. 1. Certificate of Coverage ("certificate") - A copy of a certificate of insurance, a certificate of authority to self -insure issued by the Texas Workers' Compensation Commission (the "TWCC") or a coverage agreement (TWCC-81, TWCC-82, TWCC-83, or TWCC-84), showing statutory workers' compensation insurance coverage for the person's or entity's employees providing services on a project for the duration of the project. 2. Duration of the project - includes the time from the beginning of the work on the project until the Contractor's/person's work on the project has been completed and accepted by the governmental agency. 3. Persons providing services on the project ("subcontractor" in Section 406.096 of the Texas Labor Code) - includes all person or entities performing all or part of the services that the Contractor has undertaken to perform on the project, regardless of whether that person contracted directly with the Contractor and regardless of whether that person has employees. This includes, without limitation, independent contractors, subcontractors, leasing companies, motor carriers, owner -operators, employees of any such entity or employees of any entity which furnishes persons to provide services on the project. "Services" include, without limitation, providing, hauling, or delivering equipment or materials, or providing labor, transportation, or other service related to a project. "Services" does not include activities unrelated to the project, such as food/beverage vendors, office supply deliveries, and delivery of portable toilets. B. The Contractor shall provide coverage, based on proper reporting of classifications codes and payroll amounts and filing of any coverage agreement, which meets the statutory requirements of the Texas Labor Code, §401.011(44), for all employees of the Contractor providing services on the project, for the duration of the project. C. The Contractor must provide a certificate of coverage to the Owner prior to being awarded the contract. If the coverage period shown on the Contractor's current certificate of coverage ends during the duration of the project, the Contractor must, prior to the end of the coverage period, file a new certificate of coverage with the Owner, showing that the coverage has been extended. E. The Contractor shall obtain from each person providing services on the project, and provide to the Owner: 1. A certificate of coverage, prior to that person beginning work on the project so that the Owner will have on file certificates of coverage showing coverage for all persons providing services on the project; and 2. No later than seven days after receipt by the Contractor, a new certificate of coverage showing extension of coverage if the coverage period shown on the current certificate of coverage ends during the duration of the project; F. The Contractor shall retain all required certificates of coverage on file for the duration of the project and for one year thereafter. G. The Contractor shall notify the Owner in writing by certified mail or personal delivery, within ten days after the Contractor knew, or should have known, of any change that materially affects the provision of coverage of any person providing services on the project. Page 11 of 17 \\LJAHFS01\archive\LAND\1546\ I5466401\B iddoc\V&ESUPCNUTL.doc H. The Contractor shall post on each project site a notice, in the text, form and manner prescribed by the TWCC, informing all persons providing services on the project that they are required to be covered, and stating how a person may verify current coverage and report failure to provide coverage. The Contractor shall contractually require each person with whom it contracts to provide services on a project to: 1. Provide coverage, based on proper reporting of classification codes and payroll amounts and filing of any coverage agreements, which meets the statutory requirements of Texas Labor Code §401.011(44) for all its employees providing the services on the project, for the duration of the project; 2. Provide to the Contractor, prior to that person beginning work on the project, a certificate of coverage showing that coverage is being provided for all employees of the person providing services on the project, for the duration of the project; 3. Provide the Contractor, prior to the end of the coverage period, a new certificate of coverage showing extension of coverage if the coverage period shown on the current certificate of coverage ends during the duration of the project; 4. Obtain from each other person with whom it contracts, and provide to the Contractor: a. A certificate of coverage, prior to the other person beginning work on the project; and b. A new certificate of coverage showing extension of the coverage period, prior to the end of the coverage period if the coverage period shown on the current certificate of coverage ends during the duration of the project 5. Retain all required certificates of coverage on file for the duration of the project and for one year thereafter; 6. Notify the Owner in writing by certified mail or personal delivery, within ten days after the person knew or should have known, of any change that materially affects the provision of coverage of any person providing services on the project; and 7. Contractually require each other person with whom it contracts to perform as required by paragraphs 22.6.1 - 22.6.7, with the certificate of coverage to be provided to the person for whom they are providing services. J. By signing this contract or providing or causing to be provided a certificate of coverage, the Contractor is representing to the Owner that all employees of the Contractor who will provide services on the project will be covered by workers' compensation coverage for the duration of the project that the coverage will be based on proper reportmg of classification codes and payroll amounts, and that all coverage agreements will be filed with the appropriate insurance carrier or, in the case of a self - insured, with the TWCC s Division of Self -Insurance Regulation. Providing false or misleading information may subject the Contractor to administrative penalties, criminal penalties, civil penalties, or other civil actions. K. The Contractor's failure to comply with any of these provisions is a breach of contract by the Contractor which entitles the Owner to declare the contract void if the Contractor does not remedy the breach within ten days after receipt of notice of breach from the Owner XXI. CHANGE OF CONTRACT PRICE The sub -heading and articles 11.7 and 11.9 shall read as follows: Adjustment of Contract Prices: 11.7 Whenever the cost of any Work is to be determined pursuant to paragraphs 11.4 or 11.5, Contractor will submit in a form acceptable to Engineer an itemized cost breakdown together with supporting data. Page 12 of 17 0:\LAND\t 546\15466401 \Biddoc\V&ESUPCNUTL.doc 11.9 Where the quantity of Work with respect to any item that is covered by a unit price differs materially and significantly from the quantity of such Work indicated in the Contract Documents an appropriate Change Order may be issued on recommendation of Engineer to adjust the contract price. XXII. CHANGE OF CONTRACT TIME This section refers to Article 12 of the Standard General Conditions. Contract time allowances may be made by the Engineer on a monthly basis through the issuance of approved time extensions agreed upon as part of the progress estimate. XXIII. BONDS (Article 5) Payment and Performance Bonds WHEREAS, the Owner wishes to establish such criteria and specific requirements for surety companies issuing payment and performance bonds in conjunction with the construction of Owner's facilities; Now, Therefore, BE IT RESOLVED BY THE OWNER THAT: Section 1: For all construction projects the Owner requires that any surety company issuing payment and performance bonds for such construction projects must (a) be authorized to do business in the State of Texas as evidenced by licensing through the State Board of Insurance; (b) have a rating of at least B+ in the current Best Key Rating Guide or, if the surety company does not have any such rating due to the length of time is has been a surety company, the surety company must demonstrate eligibility to participate in the surety bond guarantee program of the Small Business Administration and must be approved surety company listed in the current United States Department of Treasury Circular 570; ( c) be authorized to issue payment and performance bonds in the amount' required by the contract as indicated in the records of the State Board of Insurance; (d) and for contracts over $100,000, the surety must also hold a certificate of authority from the United States Secretary of Treasury to qualify as a surety on obligations permitted or required under federal law, or have obtained reinsurance for any liability in excess of $100,000 from a reinsurer that is authorized and admitted as a reinsurer in the State of Texas and is the holder of a certificate of authority from the United State Secretary of Treasury to qualify as a surety or reinsurer on obligations permitted or required under federal law Section 2: If the surety company does not have a rating in Best Key Rating Guide and is eligible to participate in the surety bond program of the Small Business Administration, the payment and performance bonds issued by such surety, in addition to the criteria set out in this Resolution, also must meet the criteria contained in the rules and regulations promulgated by the United States Department of Treasury with respect to performance and payment bonds for federal jobs, including specifically the rules related to the underwriting limitation. Section 3: The person executing the payment and performance bonds must be licensed as a Texas Local Recording Agent through the State Board of Insurance as required by the laws of the State of Texas and such licensing must be recorded in the files of the State Board of Insurance. Section 4: The person executing the payment and performance bonds must hold an appointment from the surety company to execute payment and performance bonds on behalf of the surety in the amount required by the construction contract, and such appointment and authorization must be recorded in the office of the State Board of Insurance. Page 13 of 17 O:\LAND\ I546\15466401\B iddoc\V&ESUPCNUTL.doc Section 5: The Owner adopts these criteria as the minimum standards for the acceptability of surety companies issuing payment and performance bonds for the construction of all Owner facilities, works, and improvements; however, the Owner reserves the right to adopt more stringent criteria in individual construction contracts for specific projects depending upon the conditions and circumstances affecting such project. Section 6: The effective date of the provisions of this Resolution shall be September 1, 1997. XXIV. SHOP DRAWINGS (Ref. 6.24) The Contractor shall submit to the Engineer, with such promptness as to cause no delay in his own work or in that of any other Contractor, four checked copies, unless otherwise specified, of all shop and/or setting drawings and schedules required for the work of the various trades, and the Engineer shall pass upon them with reasonable promptness, making desired corrections. The Contractor shall make any corrections required by the Engineer, file with him two corrected copies and furnish such other copies as may be needed. The Engineer's approval of such drawings or schedule shall not relieve the Contractor from responsibility for deviations from drawings or specifications, unless he has in writing called the Engineer's attention to such deviations at the time of submission, nor shall it relieve him from responsibility for errors of any sort in shop drawings or schedules. It shall be the Contractor s responsibility to fully and completely review all shop drawings to ascertain their effect on his ability to perform the required contract work in accordance with the plans and specifications and within the contract time. Such review by the Engineer shall be for the sole purpose of determining the sufficiency of said drawings or schedules to result in finished improvements in conformity with the plans and specifications and shall not relieve the Contractor of his duty as an independent Contractor as previously set forth, (it being expressly understood and agreed that the Engineer does not assume any duty to pass upon the propriety or adequacy of such drawings or schedules, or any means or methods reflected thereby, in relation to the safety of either person or property during Con- tractor's performance hereunder). XXV. CERTIFICATES, MAINTENANCE AND OPERATION MANUALS The Contractor will supply to the Engineer all applicable certificates and maintenance and operation manuals required to properly operate and maintain the facilities installed by the Contractor. Until the Engineer has been furnished this material, final payment will not be made to the Contractor. XXVI. DISPUTE RESOLUTION If Owner and Contractor do not agree upon a specific method of dispute resolution as outlined in the Special Conditions, then Exhibit GC -A of the Standard General Conditions will be the method of dispute resolution for this contract. Arbitration under this agreement shall be subject to the provisions of the Texas General Arbitration Act, Sections 171.001 through 171.098, Texas Civil Practice and Remedies Code, as amended To any extent that the provisions of Exhibit GC -A of the General Conditions are in conflict with or in- consistent with any provision of such Act, the provisions of such Act shall control. XXVII. COOPERATION BETWEEN CONTRACTORS (Ref. 7.4) Owner shall have sole authority and responsibility for coordination of Contractors unless specifically stated otherwise in the Special Conditions. Page 14 of 17 0:\LAND\ 1546\ 15466401\Biddoc\V&ESUPCNUTL.doc Cooperation Between Contractors - When two or more Contractors are employed on related or adjacent work or obtain materials from the same material source, or when work must be completed by one Contractor before another can begin, each shall conduct his operations in such a manner as not to cause any unnecessary delay or hindrance to the other. Each Contractor shall be responsible to the other for all damage to work, to persons, or to property caused to the other by his operations and for loss caused the other due to unreasonable or unjustified delays or failure to finish the work or portions thereof, or furnish materials within the time requested. Should CONTRACTOR cause damage to the work or property of any separate contractor at the site, or should any claim arising out of CONTRACTOR's performance of the Work at the site be made by any separate contractor against CONTRACTOR, OWNER, ENGINEER, ENGINEER's Consultants, or any other person, CONTRACTOR shall promptly attempt to settle with such other contractor by agreement, or to otherwise resolve the dispute by arbitration or at law. CONTRACTOR SHALL, TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY ALL APPLICABLE LAWS AND REGULATIONS, INDEMNIFY AND HOLD OWNER, ENGINEER, ENGINEER'S CONSULTANTS AND THE OFFICERS, DIRECTORS, EMPLOYEES AGENTS AND OTHER CONSULTANTS OF EACH AND ANY OF THEM (THE INDEMNIFIED PARTIES) HARMLESS FROM AND AGAINST ALL CLAIMS, DAMAGES, LOSSES AND EXPENSES (INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO, FEES OF ENGINEERS, ARCHITECTS ATTORNEYS AND OTHER PROFESSIONALS AND COURT AND ARBITRATION AND OTHER DISPUTE RESOLUTION COSTS) ARISING DIRECTLY, INDIRECTLY OR CONSEQUENTIALLY OUT OF ANY ACTION, LEGAL OR EQUITABLE, BROUGHT BY ANY SEPARATE CONTRACTOR AGAINST THE INDEMNIFIED PARTIES TO THE EXTENT BASED ON A CLAIM ARISING OUT OF CONTRACTOR'S PERFORMANCE OF THE WORK. Should a separate contractor cause damage to the Work or property of CONTRACTOR or should the performance of Work by any separate contractor at the site give rise to any other claim, CONTRACTOR shall not institute any action, legal or equitable, against OWNER, ENGINEER, ENGINEER s Consultants or permit any action against any of them to be maintained and continued in its name or for its benefit in any court or before any arbiter which seeks to impose liability on or to recover damages from OWNER, ENGINEER, ENGINEER's Consultants on account of any such damages or claim. If CONTRACTOR is delayed at any time in performing or furnishing Work by any act or negligence of a separate contractor and OWNER and CONTRACTOR are unable to agree as to the extent of any adjustment in Contract Time attributable thereto, CONTRACTOR may make a claim for an extension of time in accordance with Article 12 of the General Conditions. An extension of the Contract Time shall be CONTRACTOR's exclusive remedy with respect to OWNER, ENGINEER, or ENGINEER Consultants for any delay, disruption, interference or hindrance caused by any separate contractor. XXVIII. ARCHEOLOGICAL OR HISTORICAL MATERIAL If any materials are discovered which might be of archeological or historical significance all construction shall immediately cease and the Contractor shall notify a representative of LJA Engineering and Surveying, Inc. The representative shall then consult with a professional archeologist and the Texas Historical Society to determine the significance of the find. XXIX. MAINTENANCE OF JOB SITE (Ref. 6.17) The following shall be added to Paragraph 6.17. The Contractor shall maintain the job site reasonably clean and in a usable condition during the progress of the work. After construction work has been completed, all debris, trash, excess materials, and equipment occasioned by the work and the construction shall be removed from the job site. The site shall be left in a neat appearing and workmanlike condition before final acceptance. Payment for clean-up will not be paid for directly, but shall be included in the unit bid price of all other items in the contract. Page 15 of 17 0:\LAND\ 1546\15466401\B iddoc\V &ESUPCNUTL.doc XXX. IDENTIFICATION OF SUBCONTRACTORS, SUPPLIERS, AND OTHERS (Ref. 6.8.2) Upon written request from the Owner or Engineer, the Contractor will provide the Owner or Engineer a list of all subcontractors, suppliers, and others who will provide materials or services in the prosecution of the work. XXXI UTILITY SERVICE Water and Electricity - It shall be the responsibility and expense of the CONTRACTOR to obtain and utilize temporary electric power and water service. XXXI. EROSION CONTROL Erosion Controls will be maintained on a daily basis Should additional controls be required as directed by the ENGINEER or his representative, the items will be paid for according to the contract unit price. XXXIII. OWNER FINANCING OF THE PROJECT (Art. 8.11) If OWNER chooses to provide information concerning financing of the project, that information will be in the Special Conditions of the Contract Documents. XXXIV. IDENTIFICATION OF DRAWINGS OR PHYSICAL CONDITIONS WHICH AFFECT THE WORK The ENGINEER will to the best of his knowledge, identify existing surface and subsurface structures which will affect the work in the Special Conditions. The ENGINEER will identify those drawings of physical conditions which were utilized in preparation of the Contract Documents. XXXV. INSUREDS OR ADDITIONAL INSUREDS Any persons or entities which are to be listed as Insureds or additional Insureds in such insurance policies as stated in Paragraph 5.11 of the Standard General Conditions will be named in the Special Conditions of these Contract Documents. XXXVI. INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY RIGHTS AND INDEMNIFICATION (REF. 6.12) In addition to Article 6.12, the following language in included: (a) Contractor shall not furnish or provide to Owner any Materials or Work that infringes a third party's intellectual property rights (whether it be claims of improper use of confidential information, patent infringement, copyright infringement, or the like). Contractor shall not disclose or provide to Owner any information ideas, concepts, improvements, discoveries, inventions, or forms of expression of ideas which Contractor does not own or otherwise have the right to disclose or provide to Owner. (b) Contractor represents and warrants that the Materials and the Work shall be free from third party claims of ownership and that Owner s right to own, use, or otherwise disclose such Materials and Work shall be free from third party claims of infringement of intellectual property rights (whether it be claims of improper use of confidential information, patient infringement, copyright infringement, trademark infringement or the like). (c) Contractor represents and warrants to Owner that all information, ideas, concepts, improvements, discoveries, inventions, or forms of expression of ideas disclosed or provided to Owner shall be free from third party claims of ownership and that Owner's nght to own use, or otherwise disclose such Materials and Work shall be free from third party claims of ownership and that Owner's right to own, Page 16 of 17 O:\LAND\ 154 6\ 15 466401 \B i d d o c\ V& E S UP C NUiL. d o c use, or otherwise disclose such information, ideas, concepts, improvements, discoveries, inventions, or forms of expression of ideas shall be free from third party claims of infringement of intellectual property rights (whether it be claims of improper use of confidential information, patent infringement, copyright infringement, trademark infringement or the hike). (d) Contractor represents and warrants that all processes or methods utilized by Contractor to provide its services to Owner are free from infringement of third party intellectual property rights (whether it be claims of improper use of confidential information, patent infringement, copyright infringement, or the like) and that all products provided by Contractor to Owner are free from third party claims of infringement of intellectual property rights, including allegations that the product infringes the claims of the United States process patent in violation of the Process Patents Amendment Act of 1988. Contractor shall cooperate fully and promptly with Owner with respect to any notice of infringement or request for disclosure or response to a request for disclosure generated or received by Owner in connection with Contractor's Work pursuant to the Process Patents Amendment Act of 1988. To the extent that Contractor obtains products from third parties which it intends to provide to Owner, Contractor shall obtain agreements from Contractor's vendors to cooperate in connection with requests for disclosure generated or received by Owner pursuant to the Process Patents Amendment Act of 1988. (e) CONTRACTOR SHALL DEFEND, PROTECT, INDEMNIFY AND HOLD OWNER HARMLESS FROM AND AGAINST ALL LIABILITY, CLAIMS, DEMANDS AND CAUSES OF ACTION BROUGHT BY THIRD PARTIES (AND ALL COSTS, EXPENSES, DAMAGES, LIABILITIES OR JUDGMENTS SUSTAINED OR INCURRED BY OWNER IN CONNECTION THEREWITH INCLUDING THE COSTS OF INVESTIGATION AND REASONABLE ATTORNEYS FEES) ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO: (I) CONTRACTOR'S BREACH OF ANY REPRESENTATION OR WARRANTY, WHETHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, REGARDING INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY RIGHTS; (II) ALLEGATIONS THAT OWNER BY USE OF THE MATERIALS OR THE WORK, INFRINGES ANY THIRD PARTY S INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY RIGHTS (WHETHER IT BE CLAIMS OF IMPROPER USE OF CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION, PATENT INFRINGEMENT, COPYRIGHT INFRINGEMENT, TRADEMARK INFRINGEMENT OR THE LIKE)• (III) ALLEGATIONS THAT A THIRD PARTY OWNS INFORMATION, IDEAS, CONCEPTS, IMPROVEMENTS, DISCOVERIES, INVENTIONS, OR FORMS OF EXPRESSION OF IDEAS DESCRIBED OR PROVIDED BY CONTRACTOR TO OWNER; (IV) ALLEGATIONS THAT OWNER S OWNERSHIP OR USE OF INFORMATION, IDEAS, CONCEPTS, IMPROVEMENTS, DISCOVERIES, INVENTIONS, OR FORMS OF EXPRESSION OF IDEAS DISCLOSED OR PROVIDED BY CONTRACTOR TO OWNER INFRINGE A THIRD PARTY S INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY RIGHTS; (V) ALLEGATIONS THAT THE PROCESSES UTILIZED BY CONTRACTOR IN PROVIDING ITS SERVICES TO OWNER INFRINGE THIRD PARTY INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY RIGHTS (INCLUDING A VIOLATION OF THE PROCESS PATENTS AMENDMENT ACT OR 1988), OR (VI) THE COSTS, EXPENSES INCLUDING REASONABLE ATTORNEY 'S FEES INCURRED BY OWNER IN ENFORCING THE INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY INDEMNITY INCLUDED IN THIS PARAGRAPH. THIS CONTRACTUAL OBLIGATION OF INDEMNIFICATION SHALL APPLY EVEN IF THE THIRD PARTY ALLEGES OR ESTABLISHES THAT OWNER WAS PARTIALLY NEGLIGENT OR OTHERWISE AT FAULT (E G., THAT OWNER WAS NEGLIGENT IN RETAINING CONTRACTOR'S SERVICES AND ACCEPTING MATERIALS, WORK INFORMATION, IDEAS, CONCEPTS, IMPROVEMENTS, DISCOVERIES, INVENTIONS, OR FORMS OF EXPRESSION OF IDEAS FROM CONTRACTOR OR THAT OWNER WAS NEGLIGENT IN FAILING TO ASCERTAIN WHETHER THE MATERIALS WORK, INFORMATION, IDEAS CONCEPTS, IMPROVEMENTS, DISCOVERIES INVENTIONS OR FORMS OF EXPRESSION OF IDEAS INFRINGED THE RIGHTS OF THIRD PARTIES). Page 17 of 17 O:\LAND\ 1546\I5466401 \Biddoc\V&ESUPCNUTL.doc Brazoria County Municipal Utility District No. 26 Shadow Creek Ranch Interim Wastewater Treatment Plant - Phases I & II SPECIFICATIONS TABLE OF CONTENTS SPECIFICATIONS DIVISION 1 - GENERAL REQUIREMENTS Summary of Work 01010 - 1-1 Submittals . 01300 - 1-4 01410 - 1-3 01526 - 1-2 01560 - 1-2 01563 - 1-7 01669 - 1-2 01710 - 1-2 01730 - 1-14 Testing Laboratory Services Trench Safety System Protection of Environment Control of Ground Water and Surface Water Hydrostatic Tests for Pressure Mains Cleaning Operation and Maintenance (O&M) Data DIVISION 2 - SITE WORK 02100 - 1-2 02210 - 1-4 02221 - 1-9 02252 - 1-3 02512 - 1-3 02605 - 1-7 02612 - 1-4 02920 - 1-2 02931 - 1-3 She Preparation Site Grading Trenching, Backfilling and Compacting Cement Stabilized Sand Crushed Limestone Pad Manholes and Inlets Reinforced Concrete Pipe. Topsoil Seeding DIVISION 3 - CONCRETE Concrete Reinforcement 03200 - 1-4 Cast -In -Place Concrete 03300 - 1-9 DIVISION 4 - MASONRY Not Used DIVISION 5 - METALS Metal Fabrications 05500 - 1-9 DIVISION 6 - WOOD AND PLASTICS Not Used DIVISION 7 - THERMAL AND MOISTURE PROTECTION Not Used DIVISION 3 - DOORS, WINDOWS AND GLASS Not Used GC-1 Page l of 3 03110/98 Brazoria County Municipal Utility District No. 26 Shadow Creek Ranch Interim Wastewater Treatment Plant - Phases I & II 03/10/98 DIVISION 9 - FINISHES Painting 09900 - 1-12 DIVISION 10 - SPECIALTIES Not Used DIVISION 11 - EQUIPMENT Submersible Non -Clog Pumps 11317 - 1-6 DIVISION 12 - FURNISHINGS Not Used DIVISION 13 - SPECIAL CONSTRUCTION Plant Process Equipment DIVISION 14 - CONVEYING SYS"1'EMS Not Used DIVISION 15 - MECHANICAL Process Mechanical Piping Systems 13217 - 1-9 Welded Steel Pipe Ductile Iron Piping Hose, Nozzles, Nonmetallic Tubing and Quick -Connect Couplings Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC) Pipe Gate Valves Butterfly Valves . Check Valves Eccentric Plug Valves Pipe Hangers Supports and Anchors DIVISION 16 - ELECTRICAL Electrical Work 15059 - 1-5 15072 - 1-8 15073 - 1-7 15076 - 1-3 15078A - 1-4 15101 - 1-3 15103 - 1-4 15111 - 1-2 15117 - 1-3 15140 1 10 16012 - 1-5 Raceways 16110 - 1-8 Conduit, Fittings And Bodies 16111 - 1-6 Underground Ducts and Manholes 16119 - 1-8 600-Volt Building Wire And Cable 16120 - 1-4 Device, Pull And Junction Boxes 16131 - 1-3 Cabinets, Boxes and Fittings 16135 -1-5 Wiring Devices 16140 1 3 Electric Motors 16150 - 1-4 Disconnects Switches 16165 - 1-3 Electrical Identification 16195 - 1-6 Electric Service 16401 - 1-2 ADDENDUM NO. 2 GC-2 Page 2 of 3 Brazoria County Municipal Utility District No. 26 Shadow Creek Ranch Interim Wastewater Treatment Plant - Phases I & II Underground Duct Banks. Power Factor Correction Grounding Transformers Panelboards Overcurrent Protective Devices Disconnects and Circuit Breakers Motor - Control Centers (600V or less) Lighting Fixtures Interior Lighting. Exterior Lighting Telephone Service Entrance Telephone Automatic Dialer System Electronic Circular Chart Recorder. • 03/10/98 16402 1 3 16410-1-4 16452 - 1-7 16460 1 5 16470 - 1-7 16475 - 1-10 16476 - 1-4 16482 1 7 16510 - 1-3 16515 - 1-5 16525 - 1-7 16740 1 2 16935 - 1-3 16937 - 1-2 ADDENDUM NO. 2 GC-3 Page 3 of 3 Brazoria County Municipal Utility District No. 26 Shadow Creek Ranch Interim Wastewater Treatment Plant - Phases I & II SECTION 01010 SUMMARY OF WORK PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 PROJECT DESCRIPTION SUMMARY OF WORK A. Work of this Contract comprises general construction of the following items for Brazoria County Municipal Utility District No. 26 located in Pearland, Texas: 1. Installation of two (2) 52' x 12' x 11' basins for aeration and digester capacity. 2. Installation of one (1) 22' diameter final clarifier. 3 Installation of a 16' x 12' x 11' filter basin with backwash pumps and piping. 4. Installation of a 14' x 12' x 11' chlorine contact basin. 5. Installation of chlorination equipment and building. 6. Installation of two (2) 700 SCFM blowers, motors and piping. 7. Conversion of sanitary manhole to temporary lift station including submersible pumps and piping. 8. Installation of all electrical work. 9. Painting of the proposed basins and equipment. 10. Installation of yard piping. 11. All other work, including site work, as indicated on Drawings. 1.02 FORM OF SPECIFICATIONS A. Some Work described in these Specifications use systems approach to identify systems of structure or facility. 1. System components are either specified in system specification or by reference to another section. B. Term "provide" or "provided" shall mean "furnish and install in -place." 1.03 CONTRACTS A. Perform Work under lump sum Contract with OWNER 1.04 CONTRACTOR'S USE OF PREMISES A. Keep driveways, roads, and entrances serving premises clear and available to OWNER and OWNER'S employees at all times. Do not use these areas for parking or storage of materials Schedule deliveries to minimize space and time requirements for storage of materials and equipment on site. PART 2 PRODUCTS (Not Used) PART 3 EXECUTION (Not Used) ***END OF SECTION*** W:\LAND\ 1546`6401\wsstp\specs\OI010SPC.doc 04/01 /98 01010-1 Page 1 of l Brazoria County Municipal Utility District No. 26 Shadow Creek Ranch Interim Wastewater Treatment Plant - Phases I & II SUBMITTALS SECTION 01300 SUBMITTALS PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Procedural requirements for Work -related submittals including Construction Progress Schedules, Shop Drawings, product data, samples operation and maintenance (O&M) data, construction photographs, schedule of values and other miscellaneous Work -related submittals. 1.02 DEFINITIONS A. Submittal for Review: 1. Submittal for ENGINEER'S review in accordance with requirements of Contract Documents. B. Submittal for Record: Submittal for inclusion into OWNER'S records prior to Substantial Completion. Submittal will not be reviewed by ENGINEER. 1.03 CONSTRUCTION PROGRESS SCHEDULES A. CONTRACTOR is not required to submit estimated or final schedule as required in Subparagraph 2.6.1 and Paragraph 2.9 of General. Conditions. B. CONTRACTOR'S Responsibilities: I. Review Shop Drawings and product data prior to submittal. 2. Determine and verify following. a. Field measurements. b. Field construction cnteria. c. Catalog numbers and similar data. d. Conformance with Specifications. Coordinate each submittal with requirements of Work and Contract Documents. Notify ENGINEER in writing, at time of submittal, of deviations in submittals from requirements of Contract Documents. 5. Begin no fabrication or Work requiring submittals until return of submittals with ENGINEER approval. 6. Designate in Construction Progress Schedule, dates for submittal and receipt of reviewed shop drawings and samples. 7. Submittals received but not requested in Specifications shall be returned without review. C. Submittals shall contain: 1. Date of submittal and dates of previous submittals. 2. Project title and number. W:\LAND\1546\6401 \wwtp\specs\01300SPC.doc 04/01/98 01300-1 Page 1 of4 Brazoria County Municipal Utility District No. 26 Shadow Creek Ranch Interim Wastewater Treatment Plant - Phases I & II 3. Contract identification. 4. Names of: a. CONTRACTOR. b. Supplier. c. Manufacturer. SUBMITTALS 5. Identification of product, with identification numbers, and Drawing and Specification section numbers. 6. Field dimensions, clearly identified. 7. Identify details required on Drawings and in Specifications. 8. Show manufacturer and model number, give dimensions, and provide clearances. 9. Relation to adjacent or critical features of Work or materials. 10. Applicable standards, such as ASTM or Federal Specification numbers. Identification of deviations from Contract Documents. 11. Identification of revisions on resubmittals. 12. 8-in. by 3-in. blank space for CONTRACTOR and ENGINEER stamps. 13. CONTRACTOR'S stamp, signed certifying to review of submittal, verification of products, field measurement, field construction criteria, and coordination of information within submittal with requirements of Work and Contract Documents. D. Resubmittal Requirements: 1. Comply with submittal requirements. 2. Make corrections or changes in submittals required by ENGINEER. Resubmittals required until approved. 3. Identify on transmittal form submittal is resubmission. 4. Shop Drawings and Product Data: a. Revise initial drawings or data and resubmit as specified for initial submittal. b. Indicate changes made other than those requested by ENGINEER c. ENGINEER'S responsibility for variation or revisions from previously reviewed submittal is established in Article 6.27 of General Conditions. E. Distribute reproductions of Shop Drawings and copies of product data which carry ENGINEER'S stamp approval to following. 1. Jobsite file. 2. Record documents file. 3. Subcontractors. 4. Supplier or fabricator. F. ENGINEER'S Duties: 1. Review submittals in accordance with schedule. 2. Affix stamp and signature, and indicate requirements for resubmittal or approval of submittal. 3. Return submittals to CONTRACTOR for distribution or for resubmittal. 1.05 TEST RESULTS AND CERTIFICATIONS A. Submit test results and certifications required in Specification sections. B. Submit test results upon completion of test or submittal of results from testing laboratory. W:\LAND\1546\6401 \wwtp\specs\01300SPC.doc 04/01/98 01300-2 Page 2 of 4 Brazoria County Municipal Utility District No. 26 Shadow Creek Ranch Interim Wastewater Treatment Plant - Phases 1 & II SUBMITTALS C. Test results and certifications are submitted for review of conformance with specified requirements and information. 1.06 GUARANTEE WARRANTIES, MAINTENANCE AGREEMENTS, AND WORKMANSHIP BONDS A. Refer to Specification sections for requirements. Submittal considered final when submittal is returned by ENGINEER, marked "Approved" or "Approved as Noted." B. In addition to copies desired for CONTRACTOR'S use, furnish 2 executed copies. Provide 2 additional copies where required for maintenance data 1.07 OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE (O&M) DATA A. Submit O&M data in accordance with Section 01730. 1.08 ACTION ON SUBMITTALS A. ENGINEER'S Action: 1. General: a. Except for submittals for record and similar purposes, where action and return on submittals required or requested, ENGINEER will review each submittal, mark with appropriate action, and return. Where submittal must be held for coordination, ENGINEER will so advise CONTRACTOR without delay. b. ENGINEER will stamp each submittal with action stamp, appropriately marked with submittal action 2. Notification of Insufficient Information: a. If information submitted is not sufficient to complete review of submittal, ENGINEER will send transmittal to CONTRACTOR notifying CONTRCTOR that additional information is required. b. Submittal will not be returned. Submittal will be placed in an "on hold" status until CONTRACTOR provides additional information. B. Action Stamp: 1. Marking: Approved. a. Final Unrestricted Release: Where submittals are marked as "Approved," Work covered by submittal may proceed provided it complies with Contract Documents. Acceptance of Work depends on that compliance. 2. Marking: Approved With Noted Exceptions. a. Final -But -Restricted Release: When submittals are marked as "Approved With Noted Exceptions," Work covered by submittal may proceed provided it complies with ENGINEER'S notations or corrections on submittal and with Contract Documents. Acceptance of Work depends on that compliance. Resubmittal not required. W?LAND\154616401\wwtp\specs`A I300SPC.doc 04/01/98 01300-3 Page 3 of 4 Brazoria County Municipal Utility District No. 26 Shadow Creek Ranch Interim Wastewater Treatment Plant - Phases 1 & II SUBMITTALS 3. Marking: Not Approved. a. Submittal Not Accepted: When submittals are marked as "Not Approved," do not proceed with Work covered by submittal. Work covered by submittal does not comply with Contract Documents. b. Prepare new submittal for different material or equipment supplier or different product line or material of same supplier complying with Contract Documents. 4. Marking: Revise and Resubmit. a Returned for Resubmittal: When submittals are marked as "Revise and Resubmit," do not proceed with Work covered by submittal. Do not permit Work covered by submittals to be used at Project site or elsewhere where Work is in progress. b. Revise submuttal or prepare new submittal in accordance with ENGINEER'S notations. Resubmit without delay. Repeat if required to obtain different action marking PART 2 PRODUCTS (Not Used) PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 SUBMITTAL REQUIREMENTS A. Provide complete copies of required submittals as follows. 1. Construction Progress Schedule: a. 2 copies of initial schedule. b. 2 copies of each revision 2. Shop Drawings and Product Data: 6 copies. 3. Test Results: 3 copies. 4. Construction Photos: 2 prints of each view. 5. Other Required Submittals: a. 6 copies if required for review. b. 3 copies if required for record. B. Deliver required copies of submittals to ENGINEER at 2929 Briarpark Drive, Suite 600, Houston, Texas 77042- 3703. ***END OF SECTION*** NV: \LAND\1546\6401 \wwtp\specs'01300SPC.doc 04/01/98 01300-4 Page 4 of 4 Brazoria County Municipal Utility District No. 26 Shadow Creek Ranch Interim Wastewater Treatment Plant - Phases I & II TESTING LABORATORY SERVICES SECTION 01410 TESTING LABORATORY SERVICES PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS A. EMPLOY and pay for services of testing laboratory approved by OWNER to perform specified services and testing as described in Specifications. 1. Employment of laboratory shall, in no way, relieve CONTRACTOR'S obligations to perform Work of Contract. B. Related Requirements in Other Parts of Contract Documents: 1. Inspections and testing required by laws, ordinances, rules, regulations, orders or approvals of public authorities, Conditions of Contract. 1.02 REFERENCES A. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM): 1. E329-90 - Standard Practice for Use in the Evaluation of Testing and Inspection Agencies as Used in Construction. 1.03 QUALIFICATION OF LABORATORY A. Meet basic requirements of ASTM E329. B. Authorized to operate in state in which Project is located. C. Testing Equipment: 1. Calibrated at reasonable intervals by devices of accuracy traceable to either: a. National Bureau of Standards. b. Accepted values of natural physical constants. 1.04 LABORATORY DUTIES A. Cooperate with ENGINEER and CONTRACTOR; provide qualified personnel to perform Work after due Notice to Proceed. B. Perform specified inspections, secure samples, and test materials. 1. Comply with specified standards. 2. Ascertain compliance of materials with Contract Documents. C. Promptly notify CONTRACTOR of observed irregularities or deficiencies of Work, equipment or material. D. Promptly submit written report of each test and inspection; one copy each to ENGINEER, OWNER, material supplier, and CONTRACTOR and one copy to record document file. Each report shall include following. NV: \LAND\1546'b40I\wwtp\specs101410SPC.doc 01410-1 04/01/98 Page I of 3 Brazoria County Municipal Utility District No. 26 Shadow Creek Ranch Interim Wastewater Treatment Plant - Phases I & II TESTING LABORATORY SERVICES 1. Date issued. 2. Project title and number. 3. Testing laboratory name, address, and telephone number. 4. Name and signature of laboratory inspector 5. Date and time of sampling or inspection 6. Record of temperature and weather conditions if test performed in field. 7. Date of test. 8. Identification of product and Specification section. 9. Location of sample or test in Project. 10. Type of inspection or test. 11. Results of tests and compliance with Contract Documents. 12. Interpretation of test results, when requested by ENGINEER. E. Perform additional tests as required by ENGINEER 1.05 LIMITATIONS OF AUTHORITY OF TESTING LABORATORY A. Laboratory is not authorized to: 1. Release, revoke, alter or enlarge on requirements of Contract Documents. 2. Approve or accept any portion of Work. 3. Perform duties of CONTRACTOR. 1.06 CONTRACTOR'S RESPONSIBILITIES A. Cooperate with laboratory personnel and provide access to Work. B. Provide to laboratory preliminary design mix proposed to be used for concrete and other material mixes which require control by testing laboratory. C. Furnish copies of product test reports. D. Furnish incidental labor and facilities. 1. Provide access to Work to be tested. 2. Obtain and handle samples at Project site or at source of product to be tested 3. Facilitate inspections and tests. 4. Store and cure test samples. E. Notify laboratory and ENGINEER sufficiently in advance of operations to allow for laboratory assignment of personnel and scheduling of tests 1. When tests or inspections cannot be performed after such notice, reimburse OWNER for laboratory personnel and travel expenses incurred due to CONTRACTOR'S negligence. F. Make arrangements with laboratory and pay for additional samples and tests required for CONTRACTOR'S convenience. G. Employ and pay for services of testing laboratory to perform additional inspections, sampling, and testing required when initial tests indicate Work does not comply with Contract Documents. W:UAND\ 1546\6401 \wwtp\specs\014 10S PC.doc 04/01/98 Page 2 of 3 01410-2 Brazoria County Municipal Utility District No.26 Shadow Creek Ranch Interim Wastewater Treatment Plant-Phases I&II TESTING LABORATORY SERVICES PART 2 PRODUCTS (Not Used) PART 3 EXECUTION (Not Used) * **END OF SECTION* * * , W\LA D\1546\6401\v^vtp\spe«w14l0SPC.doc 01410-3 04/01/98 Page 3 of 3 Brazoria County Municipal Utility District No.26 Shadow Creek Ranch Interim Wastewater Treatment Plant-Phases I&II TRENCH SAFETY SYSTEM SECTION 01526 TRENCH SAFETY SYSTEM PART I GENERAL 1 01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Trench safety system for the construction of trench excavations. B. Trench safety system for structural excavations which fall under provisions of State and Federal trench safety laws. 102 DEFINITIONS A. A trench shall be defined as a narrow excavation (in relation to its depth)made below the surface of the ground. In general,the depth is greater than the width,but the width of a trench(measured at the bottom)is not greater than 15 feet. B. The trench safety system requirements will apply to larger open excavations if the erection of structures or other installations limits the space between the excavation slope and these installation to dimensions equivalent of a trench as defined. C. Trench Safety Systems include but are not limited to sloping,sheeting,trench boxes or trench shields,sheet piling,cribbing,bracing,shoring,dewatering or diversion of water to provide adequate drainage. 103 SUBMITTALS A. Submittals shall conform to requirements of Section 01300-Submittals. B. Submit a safety program specifically for the construction of trench excavation. Design the trench safety program to be in accordance with OSHA 29CFR standards governing the presence and activities of individuals working in and around trench excavations. C. Construction and shop drawings containing deviations from OSHA standards or special designs shall be sealed by a licensed Engineer retained and paid by CONTRACTOR. D Review of the safety program by the ENGINEER will only be in regard to compliance with this specification and will not constitute approval by the ENGINEER nor relieve CONTRACTOR of obligations under State and Federal trench safety laws. 1 04 REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS A. Install and maintain trench safety systems in accordance with the detail specifications set out in the provision of Excavations, Trenching, and Shoring, Federal Occupation Safety and Health Administration (OSHA) Standards,29CFR,Part 1926,Subpart P,as amended,including Final Rule,published in the Federal Register Vol.54,No.209 on Tuesday,October 31, 1989 B. Legislation that has been enacted by the Texas Legislature with regard to Trench Safety Systems,is hereby incorporated,by reference,into these specifications. Refer to Texas Health and Safety Code Ann., §756.021 (Vernon 1991). N•V..AhD1154616401Vwwtpspecs50I526SPC.doc 01526-1 6126/01 Page 1 of 2 1 Brazoria County Municipal Utility District No. 26 Shadow Creek Ranch Interim Wastewater Treatment Plant-Phases I&II TRENCH SAFETY SYSTEM 1 05 INDEMNIFICATION A. CONTRACTOR shall indemnify and hold harmless the Engineer and Owner,its employees and agents,from any and all damages,costs(including,without limitation,legal fees,court costs,and the cost of investigation), judgements or claims by anyone for injury or death of persons resulting from the collapse or failure of trenches constructed under this Contract. B. CONTRACTOR acknowledges and agrees that this indemnity provision provides indemnity for the Engineer and Owner in case the Engineer and Owner is negligent either by act or omission in providing for trench safety,including,but not limited to safety program and design reviews,inspections,failures to issue stop work orders,and the hiring of the CONTRACTOR. PART 2 PRODUCTS (Not Used) PART 3 EXECUTION 3 01 INSTALLATION A. Install and maintain trench safety systems in accordance with provisions of OSHA 29CFR. B. Specially designed trench safety systems shall be installed in accordance with the trench safety drawings produced for the locations and conditions identified on the Drawings. C. A competent person,as identified in the CONTRACTOR's Trench Safety Program, shall verify that trench boxes and other premanufactured systems are certified for the actual installation conditions. 3 02 INSPECTION A. CONTRACTOR,or CONTRACTOR's independently retained consultant,shall make daily inspections of the trench safety systems to ensure that the installed systems and operations meet OSHA 29CFR and other personnel protection regulations requirements. B. If evidence of possible cave-ins or slides is apparent, CONTRACTOR shall immediately stop work in the trench and move personnel to safe locations until the necessary precautions have been taken by CONTRACTOR to safeguard personnel entering the trench. 3.03 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. CONTRACTOR shall verify specific applicability of the selected or specially designed trench safety systems to each field condition encountered on the project. * * *END OF SECTION* * * W\LAND\1546\6401\wwrplspecs101526SPC.doc 01526-2 4/27/01 Page 2 of 2 Brazoria County Municipal Utility District No. 26 Shadow Creek Ranch Interim Wastewater Treatment Plant - Phases I & II PROTECTION OF ENVIRONMENT SECTION 01560 PROTECTION OF ENVIRONMENT PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. CONTRACTOR, in executing Work shall maintain Work areas on- and off -site free from environmental pollution that would be in violation of federal, state or local regulations. 1.02 PROTECTION OF STORM SEWERS A. Prevent construction material, pavement, concrete, earth or other debris from entering existing storm sewer or sewer structure. 1.03 PROTECTION OF WATERWAYS A. Observe rules and regulations of State of Texas and agencies of U.S. government prohibiting pollution of lakes, streams, rivers or wetlands by dumping of refuse, rubbish, dredge material or debris. 1. Any permits required shall be obtained by CONTRACTOR at CONTRACTOR'S cost. B. Provide holding ponds or approved method which will divert flows, including storm flows and flows created by construction activity, to prevent excessive silting of waterways or flooding damage to property. C. Comply with procedures outlined in U.S. EPA manuals entitled, "Guidelines for Erosion and Sedimentation Control Planning and Implementation," Manual EPA-72-015 and "Processes, Procedures, and Methods to Control Pollution Resulting from All Construction Activity " Manual EPA 43019-73-007. 1.04 PROTECTION OF AIR QUALITY A. Minimize air pollution by requiring use of properly operating combustion emission control devices on construction vehicles and equipment and encourage shutdown of motorized equipment not in use. B. Do not burn trash on construction site. C. If temporary heating devices are necessary for protection of Work, they shall not cause air pollution. 1.05 USE OF CHEMICALS A. Chemicals used during project construction or furnished for project operation, whether herbicide, pesticide, disinfectant, polymer, reactant or of other classification, shall be approved by U.S. EPA or U.S. Department of Agriculture or any other applicable regulatory agency. B. Use and disposal of chemicals and residues shall comply manufacturer's instructions. 01560-1 Page 1 of2 \ ljahfs0l \work\LAND\I54616401\wwtp\specs\01560SPC.doc 4/27/01 Brazoria County Municipal Utility District No. 26 Shadow Creek Ranch Interim Wastewater Treatment Plant - Phases I & II PROTECTION OF ENVIRONMENT 1.06 NOISE CONTROL A. Conduct operations to cause least annoyance to residents in vicinity of Work, and comply with applicable local ordinances. B. Equip compressors, hoists, and other apparatus with mechanical devices necessary to minimize noise and dust. Equip compressors with silencers on intake lines. C. Equip gasoline or oil -operated equipment with silencers or mufflers on intake and exhaust lines. D. Line storage bins and hoppers with material that will deaden sounds. E. Route vehicles carrying rock, concrete or other material over such streets as will cause least annoyance to public and do not operate on public streets between hours of 6:00 p.m. and 7:00 a.m., or on Saturdays, Sundays or legal holidays unless approved by ENGINEER. 1.07 DUST CONTROL A. Due to close geographic location of Project to other off -site facilities take special care in providing and maintaining temporary site roadways, OWNER'S existing roads, and public roads used during construction operations in clean, dust free condition. B. Comply with local environmental regulations for dust control. If CONTRACTOR'S dust control measures are considered inadequate by ENGINEER, ENGINEER may require CONTRACTOR to take additional dust control measures PART 2 PRODUCTS (Not Used) PART 3 EXECUTION (Not Used) ***END OF SECTION*** \Ujahfs0l\work\LAND\I546\6401\wwtp\specs\01560SPC.doc 01560-2 4/27/01 Page 2 of 2 Brazoria County Municipal Utility District No. 26 Shadow Creek Ranch Interim Wastewater Treatment Plant - Phases 1 & II CONTROL OF GROUND WATER AND SURFACE WATER SECTION 01563 CONTROL OF GROUND WATER AND SURFACE WATER PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Dewatering, depressurizing, draining, and maintaining trench and shaft excavations and foundation beds in dry and stable condition, and controlling ground water conditions for tunnel excavations B. Protecting work against surface runoff and rising flood waters. C. Disposing of removed water. 1.02 METHOD OF PAYMENT A. No separate payment will be made for control of ground water and surface water. Include the cost to control ground water and surface water in unit price for work requiring such controls 1.03 REFERENCES A. ASTM D698 - Test Methods for Moisture -Density Relations of Soils and Soil -Aggregate Mixtures, Using 5.5- lb (2.49 kg) Rammer and 12-inch (304.8 mm) Drop. B. Federal Regulations, 29 CFR Part 1926, Standards -Excavation, Occupational Safety and Health Administration (OSHA). C. Federal Register 40 CFR (Vol. 55, No. 222) Part 122, EPA Administered Permit Programs (NPDES), Para.122.26(b)(14) Storm Water Discharge. 1.04 DEFINITIONS A. Ground water control includes both dewatering and depressurization of water -bearing soil layers. 1. Dewatermg includes lowering the water table and intercepting seepage which would otherwise emerge from slopes or bottoms of excavations, or into tunnels and shafts, and disposing of removed water. The intent of dewatering is to increase stability of tunnel excavations and excavated slopes; prevent dislocation of material from slopes or bottoms of excavations; reduce lateral loads on sheeting and bracing; improve excavating and hauling characteristics of excavated material; prevent failure or heaving of the bottom of excavations and to provide suitable conditions for placement of backfill materials and construction of structures and other installations. 2. Depressurization includes reduction in piezometnc pressure within strata not controlled by dewatering alone, as required to prevent failure or heaving of excavation bottom or instability of tunnel excavations. Excavation drainage includes keeping excavations free of surface and seepage water and may be achieved by placement of drainage layer and sump pumping. W:\LAND\1$46\640I \wwtp\spccs\01563 SPC.doc 4/27/01 01563-1 Page I of7 Brazoria County Municipal Utility District No. 26 Shadow Creek Ranch Interim Wastewater Treatment Plant - Phases I & II CONTROL OF GROUND WATER AND SURFACE WATER C. Surface drainage includes use of temporary drainage ditches and dikes and installation of temporary culverts and sump pumps with discharge lines as required to protect the Work from any source of surface water. D. Equipment and instrumentation for monitoring and control of the ground water control system includes piezometers and monitoring wells, and devices such as flow meters, for observing and recording flow rates. 1.05 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS A. Conduct subsurface investigations to identify groundwater conditions and to provide parameters for design, installation and operation of groundwater control systems. B. Design a ground water control system, compatible with requirements of Federal Regulations 29 CFR Part 1926 and Section 01526 - Trench Safety System, to produce the following results: 1. Effectively reduce the hydrostatic pressure affecting: 1. Excavations. 2. Tunnel excavation, face stability or seepage into tunnels. 2. Develop a substantially dry and stable subgrade for subsequent construction operations. 3. Preclude damage to adjacent properties, buildings, structures, utilities, installed facilities, and other work. 4. Prevent the loss of fines, seepage, boils, quick condition, or softening of the foundation strata. 5. Maintain stability of sides and bottom of excavations. C. Provide ground water control systems may include single -stage or multiple -stage well point systems, eductor and ejector -type systems, deep wells, or combinations of these equipment types. Provide drainage of seepage water and surface water, as well as water from any other source entering the excavation. Excavation drainage may include placement of drainage materials, such as crushed stone and filter fabric, together with sump pumping. E. Provide ditches, berms, pumps and other methods necessary to divert and drain surface water from excavation and other work areas. F. Locate ground water control and drainage systems so as not to interfere with utilities, construction operations, adjacent properties, or adjacent water wells. G. Assume sole responsibility for ground water control systems and for any loss or damage resulting from partial or complete failure of protective measures and any settlement or resultant damage caused by the ground water control operations. Modify ground water control systems or operations if they cause or threaten to cause damage to new construction, existing site improvements, adjacent property, or adjacent water wells, or affect potentially contaminated areas. Repair damage caused by ground water control systems or resulting from failure of the system to protect property as required. H. Provide an adequate number of piezometers installed at the proper locations and depths as required to provide meaningful observations of the conditions affecting the excavation, adjacent structures, and water wells. I. Provide environmental monitoring wells installed at the proper locations and depths as required to provide adequate observations of hydrostatic conditions and possible contaminant transport from contamination sources into the work area or into the ground water control system. 6/26/01 W:\LAND\I546\6401\wwtp\specs\01563SPC.doc 01563-2 Page 2 of 7 Brazoria County Municipal Utility District No. 26 Shadow Creek Ranch Interim Wastewater Treatment Plant - Phases I & II CONTROL OF GROUND WATER AND SURFACE WA I ER J. Decommission piezometers and monitoring wells installed during design phase studies and left for CONTRACTORs monitoring and use. 1.06 SUBMITTALS A. Submittals shall conform to requirements of Section 01300 - Submittals. B. Submit a Ground Water and Surface Water Control Plan for review by the ENGINEER prior to start of any field work. The Plan shall be signed by a Professional Engineer registered in the State of Texas. Submit a plan to include the following: 1. Results of subsurface investigation and description of the extent and characteristics of water bearing layers subject to ground water control. 2. Names of equipment suppliers and installation subcontractors. 3. A description of proposed ground water control systems indicating arrangement, location, depth and capacities of system components, installation details and criteria, and operation and maintenance procedures. 4. A description of proposed monitoring and control system indicating depths and locations of piezometers and monitoring wells, monitoring installation details and criteria, type of equipment and instrumentation with pertinent data and characteristics. 5. A description of proposed filters including types, sizes, capacities and manufacturer's application recommendations 6. Design calculations demonstrating adequacy of proposed systems for intended applications. Define potential area of influence of ground water control operation near contaminated areas. 7. Operating requirements, including piezometric control elevations for dewatering and depressurization. 8. Excavation drainage methods including typical drainage layers sump pump application and other necessary means. 9. Surface water control and drainage installations. 10. Proposed methods and locations for disposing of removed water. C. Submit the following records upon completed installation: 1. Installation and development reports for well points, eductors, and deep wells. 2. Installation reports and baseline readings for piezometers and monitoring wells. 3. Baseline analytical test data of water from monitoring wells. 4. Initial flow rates. D. Submit the following records on a weekly basis during operations: 1. Records of flow rates and piezometric elevations obtained during monitoring of dewatering and depressurization. Refer to Paragraph 3.02 Requirements for Eductor, Well Points or Deep Wells. 2. Maintenance records for ground water control installations, piezometers, and monitoring wells. E. Submit the following records at end of work. Decommissioning (abandonment) reports for monitoring wells and piezometers installed by other during the design phase and left for CONTRACTOR's monitoring and use. NV: \LAND\1546\6401 \wwtp\specS\0 1563SPC.doc 015 63 -3 6/26101 Page 3 of 7 Brazoria County Municipal Utility District No. 26 Shadow Creek Ranch Interim Wastewater Treatment Plant - Phases I & II CONTROL OF GROUND WATER AND SURFACE WATER 1.07 ENVIRONMENTAL REQUIREMENTS A. Comply with requirements of agencies having jurisdiction. B. Comply with Texas Natural Resource Conservation Commission regulations and Texas Water Well Drillers Association for development, drilling, and abandonment of wells used in dewatering system. C. Obtain permit from EPA under the National Pollutant Discharge Elimination System (NPDES), for storm water discharge from construction sits. D. Obtain all necessary permits from agencies with control over the use of groundwater and matters affecting well installation, water discharge, and use of existing storm drains and natural water sources Because the review and permitting process may be lengthy, take early action to pursue and submit for the required approvals. E. Monitor ground water discharge for contamination while performing pumping in the vicinity of potentially contaminated sites. PART 2 2.01 A. B. C. D. PART 3 3.01 A. B. PRODUCTS EQUIPMENT AND MATERIALS Equipment and materials are at the option of CONTRACTOR as necessary to achieve desired results for dewatering. Selected equipment and materials are subject to review of the ENGINEER through submittals required in Paragraph 1.06, Submittals. Eductors, well points, or deep wells, where used, must be furnished, installed and operated by an experienced CONTRACTOR regularly engaged in ground water control system design installation, and operation. All equipment must be in good repair and operating order. Sufficient standby equipment and materials shall be kept available to ensure continuous operation, where required. EXECUTION GROUND WATER CONTROL Perform a subsurface investigation by borings as necessary to identify water bearing layers, piezometric pressures, and soil parameters for design and installation of ground water control systems. Perform pump tests, if necessary to determine the drawdown characteristics of the waterbearing layers. The results shall be presented in the Ground Water and Surface Water Control Plan (See Paragraph 1.06,B.1) Provide labor, material, equipment, techniques and methods to lower, control and handle ground water in a manner compatible with construction methods and site conditions. Monitor effectiveness of the installed system and its effect on adjacent property. W:\LAND\I546\6401\w«tliepecs\01563SPC.doc 01563-4 6/26/01 Page 4 of 7 Brazoria County Municipal Utility District No. 26 Shadow Creek Ranch Interim Wastewater Treatment Plant - Phases I & II CONTROL OF GROUND WATER AND SURFACE WA 1'ER C. Install, operate, and maintain ground water control systems in accordance with the Ground Water and Surface Water Control Plan. Notify ENGINEER in writing of any changes made to accommodate field conditions and changes to the Work. Provide revised drawings and calculations with such notification. D. Provide for continuous system operation, including nights, weekends, and holidays. Arrange for appropriate backup if electrical power is primary energy source for dewatering system. E. Monitor operations to verify that the system lowers ground water piezometric levels at a rate required to maintain a dry excavation resulting in a stable subgrade for prosecution of subsequent operations. F. Where hydrostatic pressures in confined water bearing layers exist below excavation, depressurize those zones to eliminate risk of uplift or other instability of excavation or installed works. Allowable piezometric elevations shall be defined in the Ground Water and Surface Water Control Plan. G. Maintain water level below subgrade elevation, or to elevations indicated on Drawings, unless a higher level is authorized by ENGINEER. Do not allow levels to rise until foundation concrete has achieved its design strength. H. During backfilling, dewatering may be reduced to maintain water level a minimum of 5 feet below prevailing level of backfill. However, do not allow that water level to result in uplift pressures in excess of 80 percent of downward pressure produced by weight of structure or backfill in place. Do not allow water levels to rise into cement stabilized sand until at least 48 hour after placement. I. Provide a uniform diameter for each pipe drain run constructed for dewatering. Remove pipe drain when it has served its purpose. If removal of pipe is impractical, provide grout connections at 50-foot intervals and fill pipe with cement-bentonite grout or cement -sand grout when pipe is removed from service. J. Extent of construction ground water control for structures with a permanent perforated underground drainage system may be reduced such as for units designed to withstand hydrostatic uplift pressure Provide a means of draining the affected portion of underground system, including standby equipment. Maintain drainage system during operations and remove it when no longer required. K. Remove system upon completion of construction or when dewatering and control of surface or ground water is no longer required. L. Replace any excavation performed for convenience of dewatering in foundation beds with materials as impermeable as original foundation material. Compact backfill to not less than 95 percent of the maximum dry density in accordance with ASTM D698, or as indicated on Drawings. 3.02 REQUIREMENTS FOR EDUCTOR, WELL POINTS, OR DEEP WELLS A. Submit a certification that the ground water control system including eductors, well points, or deep well is in compliance with the cnteria of Ground Water and Surface Water Control Plan. B. For aboveground piping in ground water control system, include a 12-inch minimum length of clear, transparent piping between every eductor well or well point and discharge header so that discharge from each installation can be visually monitored W:\LAND\ 1546`6401\wwtplspecs101563SPC.doc 6/26/01 01563-5 Page 5 of 7 Brazoria County Municipal Utility District No. 26 Shadow Creek Ranch Interim Wastewater Treatment Plant - Phases I & II CONTROL OF GROUND WATER AND SURFACE WATER Install sufficient piezometers or monitoring wells to show that all trench or shaft excavations in water bearing materials are predrained prior to excavation. Provide separate piezometers for monitoring of dewatenng and for monitoring of depressurization. Install piezometers and monitoring wells for tunneling as appropriate for CONTRACTOR's selected method of work. D. Install piezometers or monitoring wells not less than one week in advance of beginning the associated excavation. E. Dewatering may be omitted for portions of underdrains or other excavations, but only where auger borings and piezometers or monitoring wells show that soil is predramed by an existing system such that the criteria of the ground water control plan are satisfied. F. Replace installations that produce noticeable amounts of sediments after development. G. Provide additional ground water control installations, or change the methods, in the event that the installations according to the ground water control plan does not provide satisfactory results based on the performance criteria defined by the plan and by the specification Submit a revised plan according to Paragraph 1.06B. 3.03 EXCAVATION DRAINAGE A. CONTRACTOR may use excavation drainage methods if necessary to achieve well drained conditions. The excavation drainage may consist of a layer of crushed stone and filter fabric and sump pumping in combination with sufficient wells for ground water control to maintain stable excavation and backfill conditions. 3.04 MAINTENANCE AND OBSERVATION A. Conduct daily maintenance and observation of piezometers or monitoring wells while the ground water control installations or excavation drainage are operating in an area or seepage into tunnel is occurring. Keep system in good condition. B. Replace damaged and destroyed piezometers or monitoring wells with new piezometers or wells as necessary to meet observation schedule. C. Cut off piezometers or monitoring wells in excavation areas where piping is exposed, only as necessary to perform observation as excavation proceeds. Continue to maintain and make observations, as specified. D. Remove and grout piezometers inside or outside the excavation area when ground water control operations are complete. Remove and grout monitoring wells when directed by the ENGINEER 3.05 MONITORING AND RECORDING A. Monitor and record average flow rate of operation for each deep well or for each wellpoint or eductor header used in dewatering system. Also monitor and record water level and ground water recovery. These records shall be obtained daily until steady conditions are achieved and twice weekly thereafter. W:\LAND\1546\6401\wwtp\specs\0I563SPC.doc 01563-6 4/27/01 Page 6 of 7 Brazoria County Municipal Utility District No. 26 Shadow Creek Ranch Interim Wastewater Treatment Plant - Phases I & II CONTROL OF GROUND WA 1'ER AND SURFACE WATER B. Observe and record elevation of water level daily as long as ground water control system is in operation, and weekly thereafter until the Work is completed or piezometers or wells are removed, except when ENGINEER determines that more frequent monitoring and recording are required. Comply with ENGINEER s direction for increased monitonng and recording and take measures as necessary to ensure effective dewatering for intended purpose. 3.06 SURFACE WATER CONTROL A. Intercept surface water and divert it away from excavations through use of dikes, ditches, curb walls, pipes, sumps or other approved means. The requirement includes temporary works required to protect adjoining properties from surface drainage caused by construction operations. B. Divert surface water and seepage water into sumps and pump it into drainage channels or storm drains, when approved by agencies having jurisdiction Provide settling basins when required by such agencies. * * * END OF SECTION * * * W:\LAND\I546\6401 \wwtp\specs\01563SPC.doc 4/27/01 01563-7 Page 7 of 7 Brazoria County Municipal Utility District No. 26 Shadow Creek Ranch Interim Wastewater Treatment Plant - Phases I & 11 HYDROSTATIC TESTS FOR PRESSURE MAINS SECTION 01669 HYDROSTATIC TESTS FOR PRESSURE MAINS PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. Measurement and Payment 1. Separate payment will not be made for pressure and leakage testing of water mains. Include costs for testing, repair of defects, and retesting required in this section in appropriate lump sum prices. 1.02 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Perform pressure and leakage testing on water mains in accordance with AWWA C600. PART 2 PRODUCTS (Not Used) PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 GENERAL A. Conduct pressure and leakage tests in accordance with Section 4 of AWWA C600 and these Specifications. B. Conduct tests in presence of ENGINEER. C. Commence test procedures when following conditions are met. 1. Pipe section to be tested is clean and free of dirt, sand or other foreign material 2. Pipe outlets plugged with test plugs. Plugs pipes, fittings, and valves secured to prevent blowouts. 3. Furnish water for testing. D. Equipment: 1. Pressurizing equipment shall include regulator set to avoid over pressurizing and damaging otherwise acceptable line. 3.02 PRESSURE TEST A. Test pressures shall be as follows. Oi 1. Water Main Test Pressure: 150 psi at lowest elevation in test section. W:\LAND\1546\6401\wwtp\specs\01669SPC.doc 04/30/01 01669-1 Page I of2 Brazoria County Municipal Utility District No. 26 Shadow Creek Ranch Interim Wastewater Treatment Plant - Phases I & II HYDROSTATIC TESTS FOR PRESSURE MAINS B. Test Procedure: 1. Add water to expel air. 2. Apply test pressure by means of force pump of design and capacity that required pressure can be applied and maintained without interruption for duration of test. 3. Measure test pressure by means of tested and properly calibrated pressure gauge. 4. Perform final test at required test pressure for 1 hr. 5. When repairs are required, repeat pressure test after repairs until pipe installation conforms to specified requirements. C. Water main has failed pressure test if applied pressure drops 1 psi. 3.03 LEAKAGE TEST A. Conduct pressure test and leakage test concurrently. B. Leakage defined as gallons of water to be supplied into newly laid pipe, or section thereof, necessary to maintain specified leakage test pressure after main has been filled with water and entrapped air expelled. 1. Leakage shall not exceed number of gph as determined by following formula for rubber -sealed joints. gph— ND (P)(a2) 7,400 Where: gph = gallons per hour N = number of joints under test D = nominal dia of main in in. P = average pressure in lbs/sq in. gauge during leakage test 2. If section under test contains joints of various dia, allowable leakage will be sum of computed leakage for each size of joint. C. Test Procedure: 1. Submit test section to approximately 100 psi gauge pressure at highest elevation of water main under test. 2. Conduct leakage test for 1 hr. • 3.04 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Correct leaks and defects, and retest until acceptable results obtained. * * * END OF SECTION * * * W:\LAND\1546\6401 \wwtp'speca 1669 S PC.doc 04/30/01 01669-2 Page 2 of 2 Brazoria County Municipal Utility District No. 26 Shadow Creek Ranch Interim Wastewater Treatment Plant - Phases I & II CLEANING SECTION 01710 CLEANING PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. Execute cleaning during progress of Work and at completion of Work. B. Cleaning for Specific Products or Work: Specification section for that Work. 1.02 DISPOSAL REQUIREMENTS A. Conduct cleaning and disposal operations to comply with codes, ordinances, regulations, and anti -pollution laws PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS A. Use only those cleaning materials which will not create hazards to property and persons or damage surfaces of material to be cleaned. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 DURING CONSTRUCTION A. Comply with General Conditions. 3.02 FINAL CLEANING A. Remove grease, mastic, adhesives, dust, dirt, stains, fingerprints, labels, and other foreign materials from sight exposed interior and exterior surfaces B. Wash and shine glazing and mirrors. C. Polish glossy surfaces to clear shine. D. Ventilating Systems: 1. Clean permanent filters and replace disposable filters if units were operated during construction. 2. Clean ducts, blowers, and coils if units were operated without filters during construction. E. Electrical Systems: 1. Leave electrical equipment rooms broom clean. 2. Clean interior of panel cabinets, pull boxes, and other equipment enclosures. 3. Clean lighting fixtures, lamps and other electrical equipment soiled during installation. W ALAN\1546\6401\wwtp\specs\017I OSPC.doc 4/27/01 01710-1 Page 1 of2 Brazoria County Municipal Utility District No. 26 Shadow Creek Ranch Interim Wastewater Treatment Plant - Phases I & II CLEANING 4. Touch-up paint or repaint damaged finishes on electrical items delivered to Project with finish coat of paint ENGINEER will make final determination of items to be repainted or touched -up. F. Vacuum carpeted areas and broom clean interior floors and exterior paved surfaces; rake clean other surfaces of grounds. G. Clean out existing or new sewers to remove sediment and other materials that have entered during construction. H. Clean haul roads and streets used as haul roads during construction of accumulated material. Clean paved streets with water. I. Prior to final completion or OWNER occupancy, CONTRACTOR and ENGINEER, shall conduct inspection of sight -exposed interior and extenor surfaces and work areas to verify Work and site is clean. * * * END OF SECTION * * * W:\LA D\I546\6401\wwtp\specs\017I0SPC.doc 4/27/01 01710-2 Page 2 of 2 Brazoria County Municipal Utility District No. 26 Shadow Creek Ranch Interim Wastewater Treatment Plant - Phases I & II OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE (O&M) DATA SECTION 01730 OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE (O&M) DATA PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. Compile data and related information in manuals appropriate for OWNER'S operation and maintenance (O&M) of each item of equipment identified in other Specification sections. 1.02 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Preparation of data shall be performed by personnel: 1. Trained and experienced in O&M of described equipment. 2. Familiar with requirements of this section. 3. Skilled as technical writer to extent required to communicate essential data. 4. Skilled as drafter competent to prepare required drawings. 1.03 FORM OF MANUALS A. Components: 1. Size: 8-1/2 in. by 11 in., or 11 in. by 17 in. folded, with standard 3-hole punching. 2. Paper. 20-1b rmnimum, white, for typed pages. 3. Text: Manufacturer's printed data, or neatly typewritten. Handwritten data is not acceptable. 4. Drawings: a. Bind in with text. b. Fold larger drawings and place in clear plastic pockets punched for inserting into binder. Place identification on outside of each pocket. B. Cover Label: Label each binder cover and spine with typed or printed title "OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE INSTRUCTIONS" and following: 1. Project title. 2. Name(s) of applicable building(s) or structure(s) as shown on Drawings in which equipment located. 3. Name of equipment as set forth in Contract Documents. 4. Specification section number for equipment as set forth in Contract Documents. C. Binders: 1. Commercial quality D-Ring binder with durable and cleanable plastic covers. Paperboard and lami- nated paperboard covers are not acceptable. 2. Do not fill binders to more than 75% of capacity. 3. When multiple binders are used for an item of equipment, organize contents into related groupings. Each binder cover shall bear identification of specific contents. W:\LAND\ 1546\6401 \wwtp$specs\01730SPC.doc 04/27/01 01730-1 Page 1of14 Brazoria County Municipal Utility District No. 26 Shadow Creek Ranch Interim Wastewater Treatment Plant - Phases I & II OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE (O&M) DATA 1.03 SUBMITTAL SCHEDULE A. Submit 6 copies of complete O&M data, bound in binders bearing identification label, for review within 30 days after time CONTRACTOR receives approved Shop Drawings and other submittals for equipment from ENGINEER. B. ENGINEER'S review and acceptance of O&M data will be only for conformance with requirements of this section for form of submittal and organization of data and completeness of information provided, but not for technical content or coordination between individual suppliers of equipment or system(s). C. CONTRACTOR shall review O&M submittal and complete Form 1, Contractor Submittal Form, attached to this section indicating requirements of this section have been met before submitting to ENGINEER. ENGINEER will reject submittals without completed Form 1. D. ENGINEER will be sole judge of completeness of data. 1.04 PAYMENTS A. Progress payment for equipment delivered, stored or installed under these Contract Documents will not be made until O&M data is approved by ENGINEER. B. Progress payments for control systems packaged with equipment will not be made until O&M data incorporated into equipment and control system manual is approved by ENGINEER. PART 2 PRODUCTS (Not Used) PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 GENERAL CON TENTS OF DATA A. Each manual shall contain equipment data pertaining to not more than one Specification section number indicated in Contract Documents. B. Title Sheet: First page in data listing following: 1. Title: 'OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE INSTRUCTIONS." 2. Title of Project: As shown on Contract Documents. 3. Name(s) of applicable building(s) or structure(s) in which equipment is located. 4. Name of equipment as described in Contract Documents 5. Specification section number for equipment. 6. CONTRACTOR'S name, address, and telephone number. 7. Subcontractor's name, address, and telephone number if equipment is provided by Subcontractor. 8. CONTRACTOR'S or Subcontractor's purchase order number, manufacturer's shop order number or other such numbers required for parts and service ordering. 9. Manufacturer's name, address, and telephone number. 10. Name address, and telephone number for local source of supply for parts and service. \V:\LAND\I546\640I\wwtp\specs\01730SPC.doc 01730-2 04/27/01 - Page 2 of 14 Brazoria County Municipal Utility District No. 26 Shadow Creek Ranch Interim Wastewater Treatment Plant - Phases I & II OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE (O&M) DATA C. Equipment List: Immediately following title sheet containing following: 1. Completed Form 1, Contractor's Submittal Form. D. Table of Contents: Immediately following equipment list. Arrange in logical, systematic order and shall include as minimum each tabbed divider. Each page shall be numbered. E. Tabbed Dividers: Insert tabbed section dividers between each major section 1. Provide title of section on each tab. 2. Provide table of contents for each tabbed section, arranged in systematic order. F. Equipment Data Sheets: Provide catalog sheets showing configuration, manufacturer's specifications, models options, and styles of equipment and major components being provided. Product data sheets will show project specific information with inapplicable information deleted by crossing out or removal. Include in tabbed section(s). G. Text: 1. Include only those sheets applicable to Project. 2. Each sheet shall: a. Identify specific equipment or part installed. b. Identify text applicable to equipment or part installed. c. Do not include inapplicable information H. Drawings: 1. Supplement text with drawings to clearly illustrate following: a. Equipment and components b. Relations of component parts of equipment and systems. c. Control and flow diagrams. 2. Actual drawings of equipment from manufacturer. "Typical" drawings are not acceptable, unless they accurately illustrate actual installation. Specially written information, as required to supplement text for particular installation. 1. Provide explanation of interrelationships of equipment and components, and effects one component has on another or entire system. 2. Provide overall instructions and procedures for equipment tying in instructions and procedures for separate components into unified instructional package. 3. Provide glossary of special terms used by manufacturer. 4. Organize in consistent format under separate headings for different procedures. 5. Provide logical sequence of instructions for each procedure. J. Copy of each warranty, bond or service contract issued. NV: \LAND\ 15461.6401 \wwtp\s pecs\01730S PC. doc 04/27/01 01730-3 Page 3 of 14 Brazoria County Municipal Utility District No. 26 Shadow Creek Ranch Interim Wastewater Treatment Plant - Phases 1 & II OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE (O&M) DATA 1. Provide information sheet for OWNER'S personnel to explain following. a. Proper procedures in event of failure or malfunction to prevent voiding warranty. b. Instances affecting validity of warranties or bonds. 3.02 SPECIFIC DATA FOR EACH EQUIPMENT AND SYSTEMS A. For each item of equipment and system include: 1. Completed Equipment Data Form typewritten on copy of Form 2 to Section 01730. 2. Description of equipment and component parts: a. Function, normal operating characteristics, and limiting conditions. b. Performance curves, engineering data, and tests as applicable. c. Complete nomenclature and commercial number of replaceable parts. d. Complete nameplate data. e. P&ID numbers for equipment as indicated on Drawings. 3. Operating Procedures: a. Startup, break-in, and normal operating instructions. b. Regulation, control, stopping, shutdown, and emergency instructions. c. Sumner and winter operating instructions, as applicable. d. Special operating instructions. 4. Maintenance Procedures: a. Routine maintenance operations. b. Guide to troubleshooting. c. Disassembly, repair, and reassembly instructions. d. Alignment adjusting, and checicing instructions. 5. Servicing and Lubrication Schedule: a. List of lubricants required and quantity to be applied. b. Schedule of lubrication. c. Schedule for other routine maintenance. 6. Manufacturer's printed instructions regarding safety precautions for both (a) protection of personnel operating equipment and systems and (b) prevention of damage to equipment and systems. 7. Descnption of sequence of operation of controls. 8. Manufacturer s parts list, illustrations, assembly drawings, and diagrams required for maintenance. a. Predicted life of parts subject to wear. b. Items recommended to be stocked as spare parts and quantities of same. 9. Approved control diagrams such as ladder diagrams, instrumentation loop diagrams, and electrical schematics as appropriate. 10. Bill of material 11. Other data as required under applicable Specification sections. W;\LAND\I546\6401\swap \spccs\01730SPC.doc 01730-4 04/27/01 P ge 4 of 14 Brazoria County Municipal Utility District No. 26 Shadow Creek Ranch Interim Wastewater Treatment Plant - Phases I & II OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE (O&M) DATA B. Each electric and electronic system, as applicable to equipment such as switchgear, motor control centers, panelboards, switchboards, starters, breakers, and relays shall include: 1. Description of System and Component Parts: a. Function, normal operating characteristics, and limiting conditions. b. Performance curves, engineering data, rating tables, and tests as applicable. c. Complete nomenclature and commercial number of replaceable parts. d. Complete nameplate data. e. P&ID numbers for equipment as set forth on Drawings. 2. Circuit Directories of Panelboards: a. Electrical service. b. Controls. c. Communications. 3. Complete instrumentation loop diagrams with tabulated listing of components in each control circuit or loop. 4. Operating Procedures: a. Routine and normal operating instructions. b. Sequences required. c.. Special operating instructions. Maintenance Procedures• a. Routine maintenance operations. b. Guide to troubleshooting. c. Disassembly, repair, and reassembly instructions. d. Adjustment and checking instructions. 6. Manufacturer's printed instructions regarding safety precautions for both (a) protection of personnel operating equipment and systems and (b) prevention of damage to equipment and systems 7. List of original manufacturer's spare parts and recommended quantities maintained in storage. 8. Other data as required under pertinent sections of Specifications. C. Prepare and include additional data when need for such data becomes apparent during instruction of OWNER'S personnel or as requested by OWNER. W:\[.AND\I546\64011wwtp\specs'D I730SPC.doc 0173 0-5 04/27/01 Page 5 of 14 Brazoria County Municipal Utility District No. 26 Shadow Creek Ranch Interim Wastewater Treatment Plant - Phases I & II OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE (O&M) DATA FORM 1 TO SECTION 01730 Page 1 of 5 CONTRACTOR SUBMITTAL FORM TO: (Engineer) (Address) (City, State Zip) (Attn:) DATE: SPECIFICATION SECTION TITLE: SECTION NO.: MANUFACTURER/ VENDOR: FROM: (Contractor) (Address) (City, State, Zip) NO. OF COPIES SUBMITTED TO ENGINEER SIGNATURE OF CONTRACTOR: GENTLEMEN: We have checked the O&M manual submittal dated , 20_, and have found it to be in accordance with the requirements of Specification Section 01730 as noted below. FORMAT Size: 81/2x11or11x17 Paper: 20-1b minimum Text: Printed data/neatly typed Drawings: Standard size bound in text; in text -size labeled envelopes Tabbed Section Dividers Cover Label: Title Project name Building/structure ID Equipment name Specification section Binders: Plastic Cover W :\LAND\ 1546\6401 \wwtp\specs\01730SPC.doc 04/27/01 01730-6 Page 6 of 14 Brazoria County Municipal Utility District No. 26 Shadow Creek Ranch Interim Wastewater Treatment Plant - Phases I & II OPERATION AND 1VIAINTENANCE (O&M) DATA FORM CONTRACTOR 1 TO SECTION SUBMITTAL 01730 FORM Page 2 of 5 Provided Not Applicable Page No. GENERAL CONTENTS One specification only Title Page - Title - Project title - Building/structure ID - Equipment name - Specification section number - Contractor ID - Subcontractor ID - Purchase order data - Manufacturer ID - Service/parts supplier ID Product List Table of Contents Tabbed Sections - Pertinent data sheets - Annotated as needed Text - Pertinent to project - Annotated Drawings - Illustrate product and components - Control and flow diagrams W:\LAND\ I546\6401 \wwtp\spees\01730SPC,doa 06/26/01 01730-7 Page 7 of 14 Brazoria County Municipal Utility District No. 26 Shadow Creek Ranch Interim Wastewater Treatment Plant - Phases 1 & 11 OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE (O&M) DATA FORM CONTRACTOR 1 SECTION SUBMITTAL 01730 FORM Page 3 of 5 TO Provided Not Applicable Page No. GENERAL CONTENTS Special Information - Interrelationships of equipment and components - Instructions and procedures provided - Instructions organized in consistent format - Instructions in logical sequence - Glossary Warranty, Bond, Service Contract SPECIFIC CONTENTS (EOUIPMENT/SYSTEMS ONLY) Description of Unit and Components - Equipment functions - Normal operating characteristics - Limiting conditions - Performance curves - Engineering data - Test data - Replaceable parts list (with numbers) - Nameplate data - P&ID numbers Operating Procedures - Startup - Routine/normal operation - Regulation and control - Stopping and shutdown - Emergency 01730-8 W:\LAND\I546\6401 \wwtp\specs\0I7305PC.doc 06/26/01 Page 8 of 14 Brazoria County Municipal Utility District No. 26 Shadow Creek Ranch Interim Wastewater Treatment Plant - Phases I & II OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE (O&M) DATA FORM CONTRACTOR 1 TO SECTION SUBMITTAL 01730 FORM Page 4 of 5 Provided Not Applicable Page No. SPECIFIC CONTENTS (EQUIPMENT/SYSTEMS ONLY) Operating Procedures (continued) - Seasonal operation - Special instructions Maintenance Procedures - Routine/normal instructions - Troubleshootingguide - Disassembly/reassembly/repair Servicing and Lubrication - List of lubricants - Lubrication schedule - Maintenance schedule Safety Precautions/Features Sequence of Operation of Controls Assembly Drawings Parts List and Illustrations - Predicted life - Spare parts list Control Diagrams/Schematics Bill of Materials Completed Equipment Data Form per Specification Other Data as Required 01730-9 NV: \LAND\ 1546\6401 \wwtp\specs\0 1730SPC.doc 06/26/01 Page 9 of 14 Brazoria County Municipal Utility District No. 26 Shadow Creek Ranch Interim Wastewater Treatment Plant-Phases I&II OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE(O&M)DATA FORM 1 TO SECTION 01730 Page 5 of 5 CONTRACTOR SUBMITTAL FORM Provided Not Applicable Page No. h ' SPECIFIC CONTENTS(EQUIPMENT/SYSTEMS ONLI9 Description -Equipment functions -Normal operating characteristics -Performance curves -Engineering data -Test data -Replaceable parts list(with numbers) -Nameplate data -P&ID numbers Panelboard Directories -Electrical -Controls -Communications Instrumentation Loops -Diagrams -Components list each circuit/loop Maintenance Procedures -Routine/normal instructions -Troubleshooting guide -Disassembly/reassembly -Adjusting and checking Safety Precautions/Features Spare Parts List Additional Data Wll.AND11546164011wwtpkpecs101730SPC.doo 01730-10 06126/01 Page 10 of 14 l__ Brazoria County Municipal Utility District No. 26 Shadow Creek Ranch Interim Wastewater Treatment Plant - Phases 1 & II OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE (O&M) DATA FORM EQUIPMENT 2 TO SECTION DATA FORM 01730 Page 1 of 4 PROJECT NAME CONTRACT NO. CONTRACTOR EQUIPMENT NO. ASSET NO.* DESCRIPTION MAINT. NO.* LOCATION MANUFACTURER PURCHASED FROM VENDOR ORDER NO. PURCHASE $ DATE OF PURCHASE LOCAL SUPPLIER ADDRESS PHONE NO. MODEL NO. NO. OF UNITS I SERIAL NOS. *By Owner NV: \LAND\ 1546\6401 \wwrp\specsl0I 730S PC.doc 04/27/01 01730-11 Page 11 of 14 Brazoria County Municipal Utility District No. 26 Shadow Creek Ranch Interim Wastewater Treatment Plant - Phases I & II OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE (O&M) DATA FORM EQUIPMENT 2 TO SECTION DATA FORM 01730 Page 2 of 4 NAMEPLATE DATA ELECTRIC MOTOR PUMP/HVAC UNIT MANUFACTURER MANUFACTURER TYPE [ ] AC [ ] DC TYPE HORSEPOWER SIZE RPM CAPACITY VOLTAGE PRESSURE _ AMPERAGE ROTATION PHASE IMPELLER SIZE FRAME IMPELLER MATERIAL DRIVE/REDUCER OTHER (I&C) MANUFACTURER MANUFACTURER [ ] GEAR TYPE [ ] [ ) V-BELT CHAIN TYPE [ ] VARIDRIVE SIZE SERVICE FACTOR CAPACITY RATIO RANGE W N.AND\1546`.6401\wwtp\specs\01730SPC.doc 04/27/01 01730-12 Page 12 of 14 Brazoria County Municipal Utility District No. 26 Shadow Creek Ranch Interim Wastewater Treatment Plant - Phases I & II OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE (O&M) DATA FORM EQUIPMENT 2 SECTION DATA FORM 01730 Page 3 of 4 TO MAINTENANCE SUMMARY EQUIPMENT NO. ASSET NO.* DESCRIPTION MAINT. NO.* MAINTENANCE OPERATION: FREQUENCY: List information 'Lubricant briefly each in List" Lubrication operation Manual required if applicable. and refer Refer to specific by symbol to List required frequency operation. each of Manufacturer's maintenance for maintenance Operation. *By Owner \VaAND\I546\6401 \wwtp`specs\01730SPC.doc 04/27/01 01730-13 Page 13 of 14 Brazoria County Municipal Utility District No. 26 Shadow Creek Ranch Interim Wastewater Treatment Plant - Phases I & 11 OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE (O&M) DATA FORM EQUIPMENT 2 SECTION DATA FORM 01730 Page 4 of 4 TO LUBRICANT/RECOMMENDED SPARE PARTS LIST EQUIPMENT NO. ASSET NO.* DESCRIPTION MAINT. NO.* LUBRICANT LIST REFERENCE SYMBOL (MILITARY LUBRICANT STANDARD) TYPE RECOMMENDED AND MANUFACTURER LUBRICANT List 'maintenance symbols (Page in 3). List general lubricant type. List specific lubricant name, viscosity, and manufacturer. operation" RECOMMENDED SPARE PARTS LIST PART NO.** DESCRIPTION UNIT QUANTITY UNIT COST ADDITIONAL DATA AND REMARKS * ** Note: By Identify Owner Attach parts additional provided sheets by this if contract necessary; with identify two asterisks. each sheet at top with equipment number description. and * * * END OF SECTION * * * NV: \ LAND \ 1546\6401 \wwtp\specs\A 1730S PC.doc 04/27/01 01730-14 Page 14 of 14 Brazoria County Municipal Utility District No. 26 Shadow Creek Ranch Interim Wastewater Treatment Plant M. Phases I & II SITE PREPARATION SECTION 02100 SITE PREPARATION PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Clearing and grubbing. 2. Stripping topsoil 1.02 DEFINITIONS A. Structures and Surface Features: Existing structures and surface features including buildings, pavements, curb and gutter, signs, posts, fences, trees, shrubs, landscaped surface features, and other miscellaneous items. B. Utilities: Existing gas mains, water mains, steam lines, electric lines and conduits, telephone and other communication lines and conduits sewer pipe cable television, other utilities, and appurtenances. C. Clearing and Grubbing: Cutting and disposing of trees, brush, windfalls logs, and other vegetation, and removing and disposing of roots, stumps, stubs, grubs, logs, and other timber. D. Salvaged Topsoil: Natural loam, sandy loam, silt loam, silty clay loam, or clay loam humus -bearing soils available from overlying portions of areas to be excavated for construction. PART 2 PRODUCTS (Not Used) PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 PREPARATION A. Provide 48 hours notice, prior to beginning construction, to owners of existing utilities. B. Provide protection and support during construction for existing utilities, structures, and surface features at no separate pay. 3.02 CLEARING AND GRUBBING A. Clear and grub areas specified on the Drawings. B. Remove shrubs, trees, stumps, vegetation, rubbish, and other perishable or objectionable matter. during clearing and grubbing operations. C. Grub to depth of not less than 12 in. below original ground surface or subgrade not less than 36 in. where roots and stumps exist. D. Dispose of materials removed by clearing and grubbing in accordance with applicable regulations. W:\LAND\ 154C4 401 \ww[p\specs`02100 S PC.doc 03/10/98 02100-1 Page 1 of 2 Brazoria County Municipal Utility District No. 26 Shadow Creek Ranch Interim Wastewater Treatment Plant - Phases I & II SITE PREPARATION 3.03 STRIPPING TOPSOIL A. Cut or mow and remove grass, weeds, and other vegetation before stripping topsoil. B. Remove topsoil to entire depth in areas where grade is to be raised and in areas to be covered by structure, walk or paving Stockpile area to be arranged with engineer. Stockpile for proper drainage. C. Strip stockpile areas of vegetation prior to stockpiling. D. Stripped topsoil shall be free from clay, stones, vegetation, and debris. * * * END OF SECTION * * * W :\LAND\ 1546\64011wwtp\s Pecs\02100S PC.doc 03/10/98 02100-2 Page 2 of2 Brazoria County Municipal Utility District No. 26 Shadow Creek Ranch Interim Wastewater Treatment Plant - Phases I & II SECTION 02210 SITE GRADING SITE GRADING PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 REFERENCES A. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM): 1. ASTM D1140-54 Standard Test Method for Amount of Material in Soils Finer than the No. 200 (75-um) Sieve. 2. ASTM D1557-78 - Standard Test Methods for Moisture Density Relations of Soils and Soil Aggregate Mixtures Using 10-1b (4.54-kg) Rammer and 18-in. (457-mm) Drop 3. ASTM D4253-83 - Standard Test Methods for Maximum Index Density of Soils Using a Vibratory Table. 4. ASTM D4318-84 Standard Test Method for Liquid Limit Plastic Limit, and Plasticity Index of Soils. 1.02 DEFINITIONS A. Influence Zone Under Foundations, Pavements, or Sidewalks: Area below foundation or pavement and sidewalk subbase bounded by 1 horizontal to 2 vertical slope extending outward from 1-ft beyond outer edge of foundation, pavement or sidewalk B. Influence Zone Around Piping or Electrical Ducts: Area below limits bounded by line 12 in. above pipe or duct and by 1 horizontal to 2 vertical slope extending outward from that line 1-ft beyond outer edge of pipe or duct. C. Unsuitable Material: Topsoil, peat, organic soils, and materials containing slag, cinders, foundry sand, debris, and rubble or soil with less than required bearing capacity as determined by ENGINEER. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. Test results. B. Submit in accordance with Section 01300. 1.04 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Testing shall be provided by CONTRACTOR in accordance with Section 01410 and this section. 1.05 PROJECT/SITE CONDITIONS A. Notify corporations, companies individuals or authorities owning above or below ground conduits, wires, pipes or other utilities running to property or encountered during grading operations. B. Cap or remove and relocate services in accordance with instructions by owners of said services. C. Protect, support, and maintain conduits, wires, pipes or other utilities that are to remain in accordance with requirements of owners of said services. W:\LAND\1546\6401 \wwtP\specs\0221 OSPC.doc 04/01/98 02210-1 Page 1 of 4 Brazoria County Municipal Utility District No. 26 Shadow Creek Ranch Interim Wastewater Treatment Plant - Phases I & II SITE GRADING PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 STRUCTURAL FILL A. Well -graded sand, well -graded sand and gravel, crushed stone or other approved granular material, of 2-in. maximum size, free from organic and deleterious materials. B. Plasticity Index: ASTM D4318, 6 or less. C. Maximum Fines: ASTM Dl 140, 15% clay or 20% silt -clay. D. Uniformity Coefficient. 10 or greater. 2.02 CONTROLLED FILL A. Natural soils classified as CL, SM, SC, or ML in Unified Soil Classification System. B. Maximum Liquid Limit. ASTM D4318, 30. C. Plasticity Index: ASTM D4318, 10. 2.03 EARTH FILL A. Subsoil, excess topsoil or sand, free of wood, peat, cinders, vegetable matter or other rubbish. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. Examine surfaces to receive fill to determine existence of areas loosened by frost action, softened by flooding or weather or of unsuitable materials. 3.02 PREPARATION A. Fill settled areas where excavations or trenches were backfilled and holes made by demolition, tree removal, and site preparation work. B. Natural soils or compacted fill softened by frost, flooding or weather shall be removed, replaced, and compacted. C. Remove unsuitable material from under walks, parking, and driveway areas. D. Proof roll areas to receive fill material to detect soft or loose zones prior to placing fill. Remove and replace soft or loose zones. E. Keep construction site free -draining. F. Plow, step, or bench slopes steeper than 1 vertical to 4 horizontal. G. Disc level surfaces. W:ILAND\1546164OI \wwtp\specs\022I OSPC.doc 04/01/98 02210-2 Page 2 of 4 Brazoria County Municipal Utility District No. 26 Shadow Creek Ranch Interim Wastewater Treatment Plant - Phases I & II SITE GRADING H. Grading within influence zone of existing or future structures or piping and electrical ducts shall be in accordance with Section 02221. 3.03 FILL USAGE A. Controlled or Structural: Within influence zone under pavements or sidewalks. B. Earth: Other areas not previously specified. Rubble may be used for earth fill under following conditions: 1. Do not bury within vertical projection of influence zone of future construction. 2. Landscaped Areas: Cover with minimum of 3 ft of earth fill. 3. Place in single thickness, parallel layers with 6 in. of earth fill between. 3.04 PLACING FILL A. Conform to requirements of table given below. Location Paving or Sidewalk Influence Zone Lift Thickness (in.) Standard Proctor (%) Granular Material Relative Density (%) 12 95 60 Cohesive Material 8 95 Lawns and Landscaped Areas 12 95 50 3.05 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Rough Grading Tolerances: 1. Grade to 4 in. below finished grade in areas to receive topsoil, unless new grade is less than 4 in. above existing grade. Grade to bottom of base course in areas to receive paving or riprap. Maximum allowable variation from design elevation is 1 in. in 10 ft. Degree of finish shall be ordinarily obtainable from either blade -grader or scraper operations, except as otherwise specified 2. Rough grading areas, including excavated and filled sections and adjacent transition areas shall be reasonably smooth, compacted, and free from irregular surface changes. B. Testing: 1. One sieve analysis and plasticity index for each source of structural fill. 2 One liquid limit and plasticity index for each source of controlled fill. 3. One field density test for each 50 cu yd of controlled and 25 cu yds of structural fill (minimum). 4. One field density test for each 500 cu yds of earth fill (minimum). W :U.AND\ 1546\6401 \wwtp\specs\022 I OSPC. doc 04/01/98 02210-3 Page 3 of 4 Brazoria County Municipal Utility District No. 26 Shadow Creek Ranch Interim Wastewater Treatment Plant - Phases I & II SITE GRADING C. Degree of Compaction: ASTM D1557, Method D (Standard Proctor) or ASTM D4253 (Relative Density). Relative density applies to granular soils only. D. Moisture Content of Controlled Fill: Within 3% of optimum when placed and compacted. 3.06 ADJUSTMENT AND CLEANING A. Excess Material: 1. OWNER has first right to excess grading material suitable for backfilling or site grading, not required at job site. 2. Remove material not required by OWNER from site. B. Stockpile material suitable for backfill where indicated on Drawings or designated by ENGINEER. Place no fill where trenches for sewers, water lines or other utilities will be located. C. Place material not suitable for backfilling or site grading and unsuitable materials in designated spoil areas and grade to drain. If no spoil areas are provided on -site remove excess material from site. D. Rough grade areas within grading lines and areas which are disturbed to achieve lines and grades indicated on Drawings, with allowance for thickness of pavements, sidewalks, and topsoil. * * * END OF SECTION * * * W:\LAND\ 1546\6401 \ swap \specs'+022I0S PC.doc 04/01/98 02210-4 Pag 4 of 4 Brazoria County Municipal Utility District No. 26 Shadow Creek Ranch Interim Wastewater Treatment Plant - Phases I & II TRENCHING, BACKFILLING AND COMPACTING SECTION 02221 TRENCHING, BACKFILLING AND COMPACTING PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. Alternatives: 1. Bedding Alternate: a. Allowed for pressure piping or for gravity piping greater than 30 in. dia and upon approval of ENGINEER. b. In lieu of overexcavation and granular support under pipe, trench bottom may be rounded and graded to provide continuous uniform bearing of at least 1/4 pipe circumference on undisturbed soil. At bells or other joint locations, excavate only to extent necessary to permit making joints Following placement of pipe, continuation of bedding shall, if required, be as specified herein. c. If trench bottom overexcavated, or where trench bottom found to be of unsuitable matenal, this alternate method of bedding not permitted B. Measurement and Payment: 1. Measurement and Payment shall be in accordance with the Bid Proposal. 1.02 REFERENCES A. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM): 1. ASTM C33-86 - Standard Specification for Concrete Aggregates. 2. ASTM D1140-54 Standard Test Method for Amount of Material in Soils Finer than No. 200 (75- um) Sieve. 3. ASTM D1557-78 - Standard Test Methods for Moisture Density Relations of Soils and Soil Aggregate Mixtures Using 10-1b (4.54-kg) Rammer and 18-in.(457-mm) Drop. 4. ASTM D1586-84 Standard Method for Penetration Test and Split Barrel Sampling of Soils. 5. ASTM D4253-83 - Standard Test Method for Maximum Index Density of Soils Using a Vibrating Table. 6. ASTM D4318-84 - Standard Test Method for Liquid Limit, Plastic Limit, and Plasticity Index of Soils. 1.03 DEFINITIONS A. Influence Zone Around Piping or Electrical Ducts: Area below limits bounded by line 12 in. above pipe or duct and by 1 horizontal to 2 vertical slope extending outward from that line 1 ft beyond outer edge of pipe or duct B. Influence Zone Under Foundations, Pavements or Sidewalks: Area below foundation or pavement and sidewalk subbase bounded by 1 horizontal to 2 vertical slope extending outward from 1 ft beyond outer edges of foundation, pavement or sidewalk. C. Unsuitable Material: Topsoil, peat organic soils, and materials containing slag, cinders, foundry sand, debris, and rubble or soil with less than required bearing capacity as determined by ENGINEER. W:\LAND\1546\6401\wwtp\specsW2221 SPC.aoc 04/01/98 02221-1 Page I of 9 Brazoria County Municipal Utility District No. 26 Shadow Creek Ranch Interim Wastewater Treatment Plant - Phases I & II TRENCHING, BACKFILLING AND COMPACTING 1.04 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Testing shall be performed by CONTRACTOR in accordance with Section 01410 and this section. 1.05 SUBMITTALS A. Test results. B. Shoring, Bracing, and Sheet Piling Construction Procedures and Details: ENGINEER will review submitted material to ascertain shoring effect on new construction. ENGINEER will not review shoring bracing, and sheet piling construction procedures and details for structural integrity or effect on existing facilities. C. Submit in accordance with Section 01300. 1.06 PROJECT/SITE CONDITIONS A. Do not block or obstruct sidewalks or pavements with excavated materials, except as authorized by ENGINEER. Trim banks to minimize inconvenience to public travel. B. Sheeting, Bracing, and Shoring: 1. When close sheeting required, drive to prevent soil from entering trench below or through such sheeting. 2. Fill voids remaining after sheeting pulled with sand or other approved material. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 FINE AGGREGATE A. Granular matenal, consisting of durable particles ranging in size from fine to coarse in substantially uniform combination Unwashed bank -run sand and crushed bank -run gravel will be considered. 1. Gradation No. 1: Sieve Size % Passing by Weight 1 in. 100 No. 16 45 - 80 No. 200 2 - 10 W:\LAND\ 1546\6401 \wwtp\specs\02221 SPC.doc 04/01/98 02221-2 Page 2 of Brazoria County Municipal Utility District No. 26 Shadow Creek Ranch Interim Wastewater Treatment Plant - Phases I & II TRENCHING, BACKFILLING AND COMPACTING 2. Gradation No. 2: Sieve Size % Passing by Weight 1 in. 100 3/4 in. 85 - 100 3/8 in. 50 - 80 No. 4 35 - 65 No. 40 15 - 30 No. 200 5 - 15 2.02 COARSE AGGREGATE A. Crushed stone chips from crushing sound limestone or dolomite ledge rock or other rock materials of regional availability shall be hard, tough, and durable. 1. Gradation No. 1: Sieve Size % Passing by Weight 1/2 in. 100 3/8 in. 90 - 100 No.8 0- 15 No. 30 0 - 3 2. Gradation No. 2 (ASTM C33 - Size No. 67): Sieve Size % Passing by Weight 1 in. 100 3/4 in. 90 - 100 3/8 in. 20 - 55 No.4 0- 10 No. 8 0 - 5 W:\LAND\ I546\6401\wwtp\specs\02221 SPC.doc 04/01/98 02221-3 Page 3 of 9 Brazoria County Municipal Utility District No. 26 Shadow Creek Ranch Interim Wastewater Treatment Plant - Phases I & II 3. Gradation No. 3 (ASTM C33 - Size No. 2): TRENCHING, BACKFILLING AND COMPACTING Sieve Size 3 in. % Passing by Weight 100 2-1/2 in. 90 - 100 2 in. 35 - 70 1-1/2 in. 0-15 3/4 in. 0-5 4. Gradation No. 4 (ASTM C33 - Size No. 3): Sieve Size % Passingby Weight 2-1/2 in. 100 2 in. 90 - 100 1-1/2in. 35-70 1 in. 0 - 15 1 /2 in. 0 - 5 2.03 STRUCTURAL FILL A. Well -graded sand, well -graded sand and gravel, crushed stone or other approved granular material, of 2 in. maximum size, free from organic and deleterious materials. B. Plasticity Index: With ASTM D4318, 6 or less. C. Maximum Fines: ASTM D1140, 15% clay or 20% silt -clay. D. Uniformity Coefficient: 10 or greater. 2.04 CONTROLLED FILL A. Natural soils classified as CL, SM, SC or ML in Unified Soil Classification System. B. Maximum Liquid Limit: ASTM D4318, 30. C. Plasticity Index: ASTM D4318, 10. 04/01/98 W:\LAND\I546\640I\wwtp\spec02221 SPC.doc 02221-4 Page 4of9 Brazoria County Municipal Utility District No. 26 Shadow Creek Ranch Interim Wastewater Treatment Plant - Phases I & II TRENCHING, BACKFILLING AND COMPACTING 2.05 EARTH FILL A. Subsoil, excess topsoil or sand, free of wood, peat, cinders, vegetable matter or other rubbish. B. Rubble such as rock, boulders, concrete, and other approved inorganic materials. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. Examine surfaces to receive fill to determine existence of areas loosened by frost action, softened by flooding or weather or of unsuitable materials. 3.02 PREPARATION A. Notify corporations, companies, individuals or authorities owning above or below ground conduits, wires, pipes or other utilities running to property or encountered during excavating operations. B. Cap or remove and relocate services in accordance with instructions by owners of services. C. Protect, support, and maintain conduits, wires, pipes, and other remaining utilities in accordance with requirements of owners of said services. D. Remove and replace or compact natural soils or compacted fills softened by frost, flooding or weather. E. Remove unsuitable material from within trenches. F. Stabilize trench bottom and replace unsuitable material with coarse aggregate gradation No. 3 or 4. G. Dewatering: 1. Keep construction site free -draining. 2. Keep excavations free from water. 3. Maintain groundwater minimum of 12 in. below excavations. 4. Remove soil which disturbed by pressure or flow of groundwater and replace with free draining material. 5. Maintain dewatering systems to prevent uplifting of structures. 6. Protect adjacent properties from damage resulting from dewatering operations. 7. Dewatering wells shall be drilled, maintained, and abandoned m accordance with federal, state, and local ordinances. 3.03 EXCAVATION A. Excavate to elevations and dimensions necessary to complete construction. B. Trenching Tolerances: 1. Excavate so pipes, ducts, and conduits can be laid straight at uniform grade, without sags or humps, between elevations shown on Drawings. 2. Maximum width of excavation at top of pipe shall be outside dia of pipe plus 24 in. When stringers and sheathing required width of trench may be increased to allow for their use, provided provisions for this excess width of trench are met. W'LAND\ 1546\640I \nip\spccs\A222I S PC.doc 04/01/98 02221-5 Page 3 of9 Brazoria County Municipal Utility District No. 26 Shadow Creek Ranch Interim Wastewater Treatment Plant - Phases I & II TRENCHING, BACKFILLING AND COMPACTING 3. Where trench width for that portion of trench depth between trench bottom and outside top of pipe barrel, for any reason within CONTRACTOR'S control exceeds specified limits, CONTRACTOR, at his expense, shall furnish pipe with strength adequate for actual trench width. 4. Maximum width at surface of ground shall not exceed width of trench at top of pipe by more than 2 ft without permission of ENGINEER, unless specifically shown on Drawings. 5. Minimum trench width shall be outside pipe dia plus 18 in 6. Excavate electrical duct or conduit trenches as required so top of concrete encasement or top of conduit shall be minimum of 24 in. below final grade or as shown on Drawings. C. Do not advance excavation of trenches more than 300 ft ahead of completed pipe installation. D. Do not excavate for manholes and other structures until scheduled for construction. E. Do not excavate within influence zone of existing footings or foundations without prior approval of ENGINEER. F. Upon completion of excavation, notify ENGINEER before proceeding with further Work. G. Excavation of Rigid Surfacing: 1. Remove width 1 ft beyond anticipated edge of excavation. 2. Saw to ensure straight joint. 3. Surface replacement shall match existing surfacing. H. Excavation Across Roadways: Excavation, backfill, and surface replacement shall conform to requirements of local highway authority. In no case shall surface replacement edges bear on less than 12 in. of undisturbed soil 3.04 FILL USAGE A. Bedding Material: 1. Plastic, Copper, Fiber Glass or Reinforced Plastic Pipe, and Electrical Conduit or Ducts: Fine aggregate gradation No. 1. 2. Underground Fiber Glass Tanks: Coarse aggregate gradation No. 2. 3. Other Piping: a. Pipe 18 in. dia or less: Coarse aggregate gradation No. 1. b. Pipe larger than 18 in. dia: Coarse aggregate gradation No. 2. B. Cover Material: 1. Plastic, Copper, Fiberglass or Reinforced Plastic Pipe and Electrical Conduit: Fine aggregate gradation No. 1. 2. Underground Fiberglass Tanks: Coarse aggregate gradation No. 2. 3. Other Piping Fine aggregate gradation No. 2. 4. Electrical Ducts: Earth fill. 5. Bedding material may be substituted for cover material. C. Structural Fill: Within trenches under pavements. D. Controlled or Structural Fill: Within piping or electrical duct influence zone and within influence zone under pavements or sidewalks. W ^,LAND\1546\6401 \wwtfrspecs A2221 SPC.doc 04/01/98 02221-6 Page 6 of 9 Brazoria County Municipal Utility District No. 26 Shadow Creek Ranch Interim Wastewater Treatment Plant - Phases I & II TRENCHING, BACKFILLING AND COMPACTING E. Earth Fill: Other areas not previously specified. Rubble may be used for earth fill under following conditions. 1. Do not bury within vertical projection of influence zone of future construction. 2. Landscaped Areas: Provide minimum of 3 ft of earth fill. 3. Place in single thickness, parallel layers with 6 in. of earth fill between. 3.05 PLACING FILL A. Notify ENGINEER before placing fill material. B. Do not use frozen material or place fill on frozen subgrade. C. Bedding Material Limits: 1. Electric Ducts: a. Hand grade and rake bottom of trench to establish uniform trench gradient not less than 4 in./100 ft. b. Use bedding to bring grade to desired level. 2. Plastic, Copper, Fiberglass or Reinforced Plastic Pipe and Electrical Conduit: Minimum of 6 in. below, to spring line and minimum of 9 m each side. 3. Other Piping: Minimum of 6 in. below minimum of 5 in. below bell of pipe, to spring line, and entire trench width. 4. Underground Fiber Glass Tanks: Minimum of 12 in. below tank, to tank spring line, and minimum of 18 in. each side of tank. D. Cover Material Limits: 1. Plastic, Copper, Fiberglass or Reinforced Plastic Pipe and Electrical Conduit: Minimum 6 in. above and 9 in. each side. 2. Other Piping Minimum 12 in. above and 12 in. each side. 3. Underground Fiber Glass Tanks: a. Minimum 36 in. beneath asphalt paving. b. Minimum 18 in. beneath concrete paving. c. Minimum 24 in for tanks not subject to traffic loads. d. Maximum Depth of Burial: 7 ft-0 in E. Trench backfill beyond limits of cover material specified above shall be as specified elsewhere in this section. F. Where pipes or electrical ducts cross, protect piping or ducts at higher elevation by backfilling trench within higher pipe or duct influence zone down to bedding of lower pipe or duct with structural fill or controlled fill. G. Where pipes or electrical ducts leave structures, protect by backfilling pipe or duct influence zone down to undisturbed soil with structural or controlled fill. H. Do not backfill until new concrete has properly cured, and required tests accepted I. Place fill simultaneously on both sides of free-standing structures. W:U.AND\I546\640I\watp\specs\02221 SPC.doc 02221-7 Page 7 of 9 04/01/98 Brazoria County Municipal Utility District No. 26 Shadow Creek Ranch Interim Wastewater Treatment Plant - Phases I & II TRENCHING, BACKFILLING AND COMPACTING J. Provide mechanical compaction for cohesive material and vibratory compaction for granular materials. When approved by ENGINEER, jetting, flooding, puddling or vibroflotation methods may be used for compacting if CONTRACTOR furnishes test results to confirm required degree of compaction being obtained uniformly throughout entire mass. K. Lift Thickness and Compaction: Place and compact fill materials in maximum lift thickness and to minimum densities listed below. Location Thickness Lift (in.) Standard Proctor (%) Relative Density (%) **Sidewalk, Duct Influence Paving, Zone Piping or Electrical Granular Material 12 95 1 60 Cohesive Material 8 95 -- Bedding Material or Cover Material 6 95 70 **Lawns and Landscaped Areas 12 95 50 Crop Lands -- 95 50 3.06 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Testing: 1. One sieve analysis and plasticity index for each source of structural fill, bedding material, and cover material. Additional analysis as required by ENGINEER verifying gradation and plasticity index. 2. One liquid limit and plasticity index for each source of controlled fill. 3. One field density test for each 25 cu yds of structural (minimum one each lift) or controlled fill, bedding or cover material. 4. One field density test for each 50 cy yd of controlled fill (minimum one each lift). 5. One field density test for each 500 cu yd of earth fill. B. Degree of Compaction: ASTM D1557, Method D (Standard Proctor) or ASTM D4253 (Relative Density). Relative density applies to granular soils only. C. Moisture Content of Controlled Fill: Within 3% of optimum when placed and compacted. 3.07 ADJUSTMENT AND CLEANING A. Excess Material. 1. OWNER has first right to excess excavated material suitable for backfilling or site grading not required at job site 2. Remove material not required by OWNER from site. B. Stockpile excavated material suitable for backfill on designated site. Place no fill where trenches for sewers, water lines or other utilities will be located. W ;\LAND\ 1546\6401\wwtp\specs\02221 SPC.doc 04/01/98 02221-8 Page 8 of 9 Shadow Creek Ranch TRENCHING, Interim Wastewater Treatment Plant BACKFILLING AND COMPACTING C. Place excavated material not suitable for backfilling or site grading and other unsuitable materials in designated spoil areas and grade to dram. If spoil areas not provided on -site remove excess material from site. * * * END OF SECTION * * * 02221-9 04/01/98 Page 9 of 9 Brazoria County Municipal Utility District No. 26 Shadow Creek Ranch Interim Wastewater Treatment Plant - Phases I & II SECTION 02252 CEMENT STABILIZED SAND CEMENT STABILIZED SAND PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Cement stabilized sand for backfill and bedding. 1.02 UNIT PRICES A. No payment will be made for cement stabilized sand under this section unless specifically noted in bid documents. Include payment for cement stabilized sand in unit price for applicable utility or structure installation section. 1.03 REFERENCES A. ASTM C31 - Standard Practice for Making and Curing Concrete Test Specimens in the Field. B. ASTM C33 - Standard Specification for Concrete Aggregates (Fine Aggregate). C. ASTM C40 Standard Test Method for Organic Impurities in Fine Aggregates for Concrete. D. ASTM C94 Standard Specification for Ready -Mixed Concrete. E. ASTM C123 - Standard Test Method for Lightweight Pieces in Aggregate. F. ASTM C142 - Standard Test Method for Clay Lumps and Friable Particles in Aggregates. G. ASTM C150 - Specification for Portland Cement. H. ASTM D698 - Test Methods for Moisture -Density Relations of Soils and Soil- Aggregate Mixtures Using 5.5-1b. (2.49-kg) Rammer and 12-in. (304.8 mm) Drop I. ASTM D1633 - Standard Test Method for Compressive Strength of Molded Soil- Cement Cylinders. J. ASTM D2487 - Standard Test Method for Classification of Soils for Engineering Purposes (Unified Soil Classification System) K. ASTM D4318 - Test Method for Liquid Limit, Plastic Limit, and Plasticity Index of Soils. 1.04 SUBMITTALS A. Submittals shall conform to requirements of Section 01300 - Submittals. B. Submit proposed design mix and test data for sand -cement mixture. W:\LAND\ 1546\6401\wwtP\specs102252SPC.doc 04/01/98 02252-1 Page 1 of 3 Brazoria County Municipal Utility District No. 26 Shadow Creek Ranch Interim Wastewater Treatment Plant - Phases 1 & 1I CEMENT STABILIZED SAND 1.05 DESIGN REQUIREMENTS A. Design sand -cement mixture to produce a minimum unconfined compressive strength of 100 pounds per square inch in 48 hours when compacted to 95 percent of ASTM D698 and when cured in accordance with ASTM C31, item 9, and tested in accordance with ASTM C31. Mix shall contain a minimum of 1-1/2 sacks of cement per cubic yard PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS A. Cement: Type 1 Portland cement conforming to ASTM C150. B. Sand: Clean, durable sand meeting grading requirements for fine aggregates of ASTM C33, and the following requirements: 1. Classified as SW, SP or SM by the United Soil Classification System of ASTM D2487. 2. Verify through referenced tests that content of deleterious materials in sand is within following limits: a Clay lumps, ASTM C142; less than 0.5 percent. b. Lightweight pieces, ASTM C123; less than 5 0 percent. c. Organic impurities, ASTM C40; color no darker than the standard color. 3. Plasticity index of 4 or less when tested in accordance with ASTM D4318. C. Water: Potable water free of oils, acids, alkalies, organic matter or other deleterious substances, meeting requirements of ASTM C94. 2.02 MIXING MATERIALS A. Add required amount of water and mix it thoroughly in a pugmill-type mixer. B. Stamp batch ticket at plant with time of loading. Material not placed and compacted within 4 hours after loading shall be rejected. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 PLACING A. Place sand -cement mixture in 8-inch-thick loose lifts and compact to 95 percent of ASTM D698. Perform compaction of sand -cement mixture within 4 hours after addition of water to mix at the plant. B. Do not place sand -cement mixture in standing or free water. 3.02 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Testing will be performed under provisions of Section 01410. W: \LAND\ 1546\6401 \wwtP\specs \02252SPC.doc 04/01/98 02252-2 Page 2 of 3 Brazoria County Municipal Utility District No. 26 Shadow Creek Ranch Interim Wastewater Treatment Plant - Phases I & II CEMENT STABILIZED SAND B. Random samples of delivered product will be taken in the field at point of delivery and tested in accordance with ASTM D1633. * * * END OF SECTION W ; \LAND\ 1546\6401\wwtp\s pees\02252S PC. d oc 04/01/98 02252-3 Page 3 of 3 Brazoria County Municipal Utility District No. 26 Shadow Creek Ranch Interim Wastewater Treatment Plant - Phases I & II SECTION 02512 CRUSHED LIMESTONE PAD CRUSHED LIMESTONE PAD PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. This section covers the installation of a crushed limestone pad as shown on the Drawings. 1.02 SUBMITTALS A. Test results. B. Submit in accordance with Section 01300. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS A. General: 1. Aggregates for "Crushed Limstone ' shall be crushed limestone and its natural binder or other approved fine aggregate, and when tested by laboratory methods, as outlined in these specifications, shall meet the following requirements for gradation: TABLE - Retained Sq. Sieve: DIAMETER PERCENT RETAINED 1"-3/4" 0to10% 3/4" 10 to 35% No. 4 45 to 75% No. 40 60 to 85% % Lime 0 3. ° Liquid Limit Maximum = 35 Plasticity Index Maximum - 10 2. Lime. a. Lime shall be hydrated. When tested shall conform to the following requirements as to chemical composition: 1) Hydrate 2) Alkalinity, percent by Weight CA (CH) Min. 90% W?LAND\1546' 6401 \wwtp\specs\02512SPC.doc 04/01/98 02512-1 Pag 1 of Brazoria County Municipal Utility District No. 26 Shadow Creek Ranch Interim Wastewater Treatment Plant - Phases I & II CRUSHED LIMESTONE PAD 3. Water: a. Water to be used in the mix shall be clean, clear, free from oil, acids, alkali or vegetable matter. Water of doubtful quality shall be tested by standard briquette tests and the test results shall be equal to those made from water of known satisfactory quality. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 MIXING A. Limstone Subgrade: 1. Lime base material and water shall be thoroughly mixed in an approved processing plant. The mixer shall be a stationary pug mill. 2. The plant shall be equipped with feeding and metering devices which will add the based material, lime and water into the mixer in the specified quantities. 3. Regardless of the type of mixer employed, the resulting mixture shall be homogenous and uniform in appearance. 4. The moisture content of the mixture shall be maintained between optimum moisture and two percentage points above optimum moisture, or shall be maintained within the range established by the ENGINEER. B. Preparation of Subgrade: 1. The bed shall be excavated/filled and compacted and shaped in conformity with the Plans, to the lines and grade established by the ENGINEER. 2. All unstable or otherwise objectionable material or roots shall be removed from the subgrade and replaced with approved material. C. Placing: 1. Limestone base couse shall be placed on the prepared subgrade to produce the depth specified on the Plans. To insure homogeneous distribution of the base material in each load dumped on the subgrade shall be moved and spread with a motor grader or other approved spreading machine. 2. The spreading operations shall be done in such a manner as to eliminate nests or pockets of material of non -uniform gradation resulting from a segregation in the hauling or dumping operations and in such a manner as to eliminate planes of weakness. Construction joints between new stabilized base and stabilized base that has been in place four hours or longer shall be approximately vertical. D. Compaction: 1. Compaction shall be carried out under the controlled density method The base courses shall be compacted to not less than 95% of that density obtained in Test Method Tex-114-E of the Texas Highway Department testing procedures using a compactive effort of 13.26 Ft. - Lbs. per cubic inch. W:ILAND\I546\640I \wwcp\spccs\02512SPC.doc 04/01/98 02512-2 Page 2 of 3 Brazoria County Municipal Utility District No. 26 Shadow Creek Ranch Interim Wastewater Treatment Plant - Phases I & II CRUSHED LIMESTONE PAD E. Finishing: 1. After the final course of limestone base is compacted, the surface shall be furnished to grade and section by blading, and shall be sealed with approved pneumatic rollers. All finishing operations shall be completed within a period of not more than six hours after the lime is added to the base material ***END OF SECTION*** W 1LANDv 546\640 nwwtp\specs'\02$ I2SPC.doc 04/01/98 02512-3 Page 3 of 3 Brazoria County Municipal Utility District No. 26 Shadow Creek Ranch Interim Wastewater Treatment Plant - Phases I & II SECTION 02605 MANHOLES AND INLETS PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: • MANHOLES AND INLETS 1. Cast -in -place concrete, concrete block or precast concrete manholes and inlets as shown on Drawings. 2. Where materials of construction are not shown on Drawings, CONTRACTOR has option of selecting one of three materials of construction. B. Measurements and Payment: 1. Comply with Bid Proposal. 2. Storm Water Inlets and Catch Basins: a. For lump sum price bid per the bid proposal for site work and yard piping, include cost of furnishing and installing inlet casting 1.02 REFERENCES A. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM): 1. A48 92 - Standard Specification for Gray Iron Castings. 2. A615 REV A-92 - Standard Specification for Deformed and Plain Billet -Steel Bars for Concrete Reinforcement. 3. C139-73 - Specification for Concrete Masonry Units for Construction of Catch Basins and Manholes. 4. C270 REV A-92 - Standard Specification for Mortar for Unit Masonry. 5. C425-91 - Standard Specification for Compression Joints for Vitrified Clay Pipe and Fittings 6. C443 REV A-85 - Specification for Joints for Circular Concrete Sewer and Culvert Pipe, Using Rubber Gaskets 7. C478 REV B E1-90 - Specification for Precast Reinforced Concrete Manhole Sections (AASHTO No. M199). 8. C497-92 - Standard Test Methods for Concrete Pipe, Manhole Sections, or Tile. 9. D4101 E1-82 - Standard Specification for Propylene Plastic Injection and Extrusion Materials. B. American Association of State Highway and Transportation Officials (AASHTO): 1. M198-90 - Standard Specification for Joints for Circular Concrete Sewer and Culvert Pipe Using Flexible Watertight Gaskets. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. Include one copy of results of tests and certification reports with each shipment of materials. B. If manufacturer's test data is inadequate or unavailable, ENGINEER reserves right to require cores drilled for compressive strength tests. C. Submit in accordance with Section 01300. NV: \ LAND \ 1546\6401\wwry\specs\02605SPC.doc 03/10/98 02605-1 Page 1 of 7 Brazoria County Municipal Utility District No. 26 Shadow Creek Ranch Interim Wastewater Treatment Plant - Phases I & II PART 2 MATERIALS 2.01 CAST -IN -PLACE MANHOLES AND INLETS A. Concrete: Comply with Section 03300. 2.02 CONCRETE MASONRY MANHOLES AND INLETS A. Masonry Units: MANHOLES AND INLETS 1. ASTM C139. 2. 7-5/8 in. high, 6 in. thick and of such length as to fit standard manhole in even units. 3. Units shall be of uniform and compact texture, free from cracks or warpage and with square corners. B. For circular manholes, inner and outer faces shall be curved to coincide with inside and outside circumferences of manhole and catch basins, and end faces shall be cut to fit radial lines C. Barrel Blocks: Key way in either top or bottom of block. D. Corbel Blocks: Key ways in both top and bottom of block. E. Special Block: Upper face notched for steps. 2.03 PRECAST REINFORCED CONCRETE MANHOLES AND INLETS A. ASTM C478. B. Provide eccentric or concentnc cone type precast tops as shown on Drawings. Flat top slabs shall be used only with approval of ENGINEER. C. Reinforced integral base shall be as shown on Drawings. D. Incorporate cast -in adaptors, boots, to accommodate connection of pipe, provide for sewer grade differential between center of manhole and manhole wall for each sewer pipe entering manhole. E. Wall Thickness: Manhole Diameter Wall Thickness 3 ft-6 in. 4-1/2 in. 4 ft-0 in. 5 in. 5 ft-0 in. 6 in. 6 ft-0 in. 7 in. NV: \ LAND \ 1546\640 t\wwtp\specs\02605SPC.doc 03/10/98 02605-2 Page 2 of 7 Brazoria County Municipal Utility District No. 26 Shadow Creek Ranch Interim Wastewater Treatment Plant - Phases I & II MANHOLES AND INLETS F. Joint precast sections of storm sewer manholes and inlets with cement mortar, preformed flexible plastic gaskets or rubber type gaskets. G. Joint precast sections of sanitary sewer manholes with rubber gaskets or preformed flexible plastic gaskets. H. Flexible Plastic Gaskets: 1. Manufacturers: a. Ram-Nek, manufactured by K.T. Snyder Company, Inc. b. Kent Seal, manufactured by Hamilton -Kent, Inc. c. Or equal. 2. Comply with physical requirements for Type B gaskets in AASHTO M198. Rubber Gaskets: ASTM C443. J. Manufacturer shall install steps as specified herein. Embed steps into riser or conical top section wall minimum of 3 in. K. Mark each precast section with name or trademark of manufacturer and date of manufacture. Marking shall be indented into manhole section or shall be painted thereon with waterproof paint. L. Source Quality Control: 1. Precast Reinforced Concrete Manhole Testing: a. Test risers and tops in accordance with ASTM C497 for compressive strength compliance by compression tests on cores drilled from 5% of lot. b. Number of compression tests may be reduced to 1% of lot, with minimum of two cores per lot, for manhole sections fabricated on sewer pipe machine. c. OWNER will approve testing laboratory. d. Manufacturer's core dnlling machine shall conform to ASTM C497. Operator shall take test cores as directed by testing laboratory. e. Stamp risers and tops, meeting strength requirements, with appropriate monogram. 2.04 MANHOLE STEPS A. Provide one of following. 1. Steel Reinforced Plastic: a. Approved plastic such as copolymer polypropylene meeting with requirements of ASTM D4101, Type II, Grade 49108, reinforced with deformed 3/8 in. dia reinforcing bar which conforms to requirements of ASTM A615, Grade 60. 2. Gray Cast Iron: a. Conforming to requirements of ASTM A48, Class 30B, and have minimum cross -sectional dimension of 1 in. in any direction. W:\LAND\ 1546\6401 \wvap\specs \02605SPC.doc 03/10/98 02605-3 Page 3of7 Brazoria County Municipal Utility District No. 26 Shadow Creek Ranch Interim Wastewater Treatment Plant-Phases I&II MANHOLES AND INLETS 3 Ductile iron. B. Embedded portion of steps shall be deformed and grouted to withstand specified live loading. 2.05 LIDS AND CASTINGS A. Comply with this section and the Drawings. 1 Storm Manhole: Neenah R-1500,machined bearing surface,Type B non-rocking lid with pickhole. 2.06 FLEXIBLE SEAL A. Physical Requirements: ASTM C443 B. Performance Requirements: both ASTM C425 and C443 2.07 CEMENT MORTAR A. ASTM C270,Type M. PART 3 EXECUTION 3 01 EXCAVATION AND PREPARATION OF SUBGRADE A. Excavate and prepare subgrade in accordance with Section 02221 and Drawings. B Elevations indicated on Drawings designate sewer elevations at location of center of manholes. 3 02 BASES A. Cast-in-Place Base for Concrete Masonry Manholes: 1 Base shall have minimum thickness of 12 in.below invert of outlet sewer as shown on Drawings. 2. Base shall conform to required shape and dimensions. Extend under flexible pipe to where pipe rests on undisturbed soil. 3 If excavation in stable soil has been carried below required depth,such excess depth shall be filled with concrete. Do not deposit around manhole in such manner to interfere with possible future connections. 4 Support pipe on brick or solid concrete blocks for pouring concrete base. 5 Support for rigid pipe shall end in vertical plane flush with face of bell. B. Cast-in-Place Base for Precast Manhole: 1 Set precast manhole bottom barrel section on concrete brick or solid block so bottom of section is below spring line of outlet pipe and plumbed. 2. Pour in accordance with above. C. Precast Manhole with Integral Base: 1 Excavate deep enough so bottom manhole barrel section with integral base rests on 4 in.minimum of bedding material. W\LAND\1546\6401\wwtphspecs\02605SPC.doc 02605-4 , j 03/I0/98 Page 4 of 7 Brazoria County Municipal Utility District No. 26 Shadow Creek Ranch Interim Wastewater Treatment Plant - Phases I & II MANHOLES AND INLETS 3.03 BACKFILL A. Backfill with pipe bedding and cover material to spring line of incoming pipe in accordance with Section 02221. 3.04 MANHOLE INVERT A. Do not pour until manhole is built and backfilled. B. Invert shall be same dia as larger of adjoining sewers and shall be shaped as shown on Drawings. 3.05 PIPE TO MANHOLE CONNECTION A. Fill space between pipe and precast manhole wall with brick mortared in place, except approved flexible watertight pipe to manhole seal is required for flexible sanitary sewer connections. B. Nonflexible Connections of Rigid Pipe: 1. When connected to concrete brick, block or precast manhole, support as indicated in Article 3.02. 2. Support pipe entering manhole above manhole base from wall of manhole back to face of first pipe joint bell with wall of backfill concrete, bnck or solid concrete block columns. 3. Brick or concrete connecting pipe into manhole wall. C. Nonflexible Connection of Plastic Pipe: 1. Connections to concrete brick, block or monolithic manholes without use of flexible seal, require use of approved manhole waterstop. 2. Position waterstop within wall of manhole and attached to pipe according to manufacturer's instructions prior to pouring concrete base. 3. Keep concrete bricks or blocks used to support pipe outside of waterstops and do not place within manhole perimeter. 4. Care shall be taken to properly work concrete to ensure maximum contact with these waterstops. D. Flexible Connection of Pipe: 1. Connect plastic sanitary sewer pipe to precast manholes by means of flexible watertight pipe to manhole seal 2. Lay pipe entering manhole through this seal in accordance with Section 02221 and do not rigidly support. 3. To maintain seal flexibility, plug portion of annular space between pipe and manhole wall which falls within area of poured invert with flexible plastic gasket prior to pouring manhole invert. 3.06 INSTALLATION OF CONCRETE MASONRY MANHOLES A. Brick: Lay brick flat with long dimension tangent to manhole wall except for each fifth course laid as header or binder course. 1. Lay depressions in brick upward. 2. Back -plaster outside face with mortar, 1/2 in. thick. 3. Clean mortar from inside face of bricks. 4. Stagger vertical joints. WALAND 1546\6401 \wwtp\specs\026055 PC. doc 03/10/98 02605-5 Pan 5 of 7 Brazoria County Municipal Utility District No. 26 Shadow Creek Ranch Interim Wastewater Treatment Plant - Phases I & II MANHOLES AND INLETS B. Concrete Masonry Units: Lay same as brick except lay blocks edgewise, wall consisting of one or more courses of block and without header or binder courses. C. Units shall be clean, dry, and free from frost when laid 3.07 SETTING OF PRECAST REINFORCED CONCRETE MANHOLES A. Set manholes plumb with orientation of cast -in items as shown on Drawings. B. Joint precast sections of storm sewer manholes and inlets with cement mortar, preformed flexible plastic gaskets or rubber type gaskets as shown on Drawings. C. Joint precast sections of sanitary sewer manholes with rubber gaskets or preformed flexible plastic gaskets. 3.08 CONSTRUCTION OF WALLS, CORBEL, AND CHIMNEY A. Construct manhole wall at specified dia up to beginning of corbel section. B. Construct corbel at approximately 1/2 in. horizontal to 1 in. vertical slope to dia of manhole frame. C. Keep face of manhole in which steps are installed vertical. D. Construct chimney having minimum height of 6 in. on top of corbel section or flat slab to elevation at which frame is set. 3.09 MANHOLE STEPS A. Equally space vertically to form continuous ladder at distance of 16 in. oc. B. Place steps within allowable tolerance of ±1 in. 3.10 SETTING CASTINGS A. Set at elevation shown on Drawings. B. Adjust castings to grade with brick or concrete rings, 3 in. to 6 in. thick. C. Sealing: 1. Standard Manhole (Storm). a. Joint: Mortar. 3.11 STORM WATER INLETS A. Excavate and prepare subgrade in accordance with Section 02221. B. Construct in accordance with Drawings. C. Construct cast -in -place inlets in accordance with Section 03300. W : \LAND\ 1546\6401 \wwtp\specs\02605S PC.doc 03/10/98 02605-6 Page 6of7 Brazoria County Municipal Utility District No. 26 Shadow Creek Ranch Interim Wastewater Treatment Plant - Phases I & II MANHOLES AND INLETS 3.12 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Precast reinforced concrete risers and tops shall be subject to rejection on account of failure to conform to any specification requirements. In addition, individual sections of risers and tops may be rejected because of any of following reasons: 1. Fractures or cracks passing through shell, except for single end crack not exceeding depth of joint. 2. Defects indicating imperfect proportioning, mixing, and molding. 3. Surface defects indicating honeycombed or open texture. 4. Damaged ends where such damage would prevent making satisfactory joint. 5. Manhole steps out of line or not properly spaced. 6. Infiltration into sanitary sewer exceeding 0.0758 gal/vert ft/hr. 7. Internal dia of section varying more than 1% from nominal dia. 8. Any continuous crack having surface width of 0.01 in. or more and extending for length of 12 in. or more, regardless of position * * * END OF SECTION * * * W:\LAND\ 1546\6401\w W[p\specs\02605SPC.doc 03/10/98 02605-7 Page 7 of 7 Brazoria County Municipal Utility District No. 26 Shadow Creek Ranch Interim Wastewater Treatment Plant - Phases 1 & 11 SECTION 02612 REINFORCED CONCRETE PIPE PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 REFERENCES REINFORCED CONCRETE PIPE A. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM): 1. ASTM C76-89 - Standard Specification for Reinforced Concrete Culvert, Storm Drain, and Sewer Pipe. 2. ASTM C443-REV A-85 - Standard Specification for Joints for Circular Concrete Sewer and Culvert Pipe Using Rubber Gaskets. 3. ASTM C507-88 - Standard Specification for Reinforced Concrete Elliptical Culvert, Storm Drain, and Sewer Pipe (AASHTO No. M-207). 4. ASTM C655-89 - Standard Specification for Reinforced Concrete D - Load Culvert, Storm Drain, and Sewer Pipe (AASHTO No. M-242). 1.02 SUBMITTALS A. Results of tests shall be included with shipment of materials, with two additional copies of each test results to be furnished to ENGINEER. B. If manufacturer's test data is inadequate or unavailable, ENGINEER reserves right to require cores drilled for compressive strength tests. Costs of these tests shall be borne by CONTRACTOR. C. Submit in accordance with Section 01300. 1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Plant Testing: 1. Three -edge bearing load test circular reinforced concrete sewer pipe to 0.01 in. crack D-load specified in Tables 1 through 5 of ASTM C76. 2. ENGINEER reserves right to direct that loading be continued to load to produce 0.01 in. crack and test ultimate strength of pipe. 3. Test following types of reinforced concrete pipe to load to produce 0.01 in. crack and ultimate strength by means of three -edge bearing test method: a. Circular reinforced concrete sewer pipe manufactured with modified or special design reinforcement steel areas as provided for in ASTM C76. b. Elliptical sewer pipe meeting design requirements of ASTM C507. 4. Pipe not loaded beyond formation of 0.01 in. crack may be used. 5. Three -edge bearing load test D-load pipe in accordance with ASTM C655. 6. For pipe testing frequency, pipe lot shall be defined as pipe of same dia and class manufactured by same process in one plant, over period not to exceed approximately 2 wks. W:'L ND\I546\6401\ww2p`specs\02612SPC.doc 03/10/98 02612-1 Page 1 of4 Brazoria County Municipal Utility District No. 26 Shadow Creek Ranch Interim Wastewater Treatment Plant M. Phases I & II REINFORCED CONCRE i`E PIPE 7. Randomly select test pipe from each lot as follows: a. For lots of 75 or more pipe, 1 percent of number of pipe in lot with minimum of 2 pipe shall be selected. b. For lots of less than 75 pipe, 1 pipe shall be selected. c. For lots of less than 10 pipe testing may be waived by ENGINEER if manufacturing plant has past record of satisfactory specification compliance PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS A. Reinforced Concrete Pipe: ASTM C76, with bell and spigot joints to class shown on Drawings. B. Joints: Rubber gaskets, ASTM C443. C. Fittings: 1. Conform to strength, watertightness, and other requirements of main line pipe to which they are joined. 2. Securely attach fabricated branches for wyes and tees to wall of pipe in watertight manner and flush with inside surface of pipe 3. Tee branches shall have their axis perpendicular to longitudinal axis of pipe. 4. Wye branches shall have their axis approximately 60° or 45° from longitudinal axis of pipe, measured from bell end. 5. Pipe reinforcement shall not be interrupted beyond radial distance of 3 in. outside of fitting. D. Handling Holes: 1. Permitted only on reinforced concrete storm sewer pipe 21 in. or larger in dia. 2. One handling holes is permitted on straight lengths of pipe, less than 48 in. in dia, and two on pipe 48 in. and larger, connection pipe, and cut-off for curves. 3. Plug handling holes with mortar after pipe is laid before cover material is placed. Wipe and clean inside face. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 GENERAL A. When new sewer is to be connected to existing sewer not terminating in manhole, uncover end of existing sewer to allow adjustments in line and grade before pipe is laid. 3.02 INSTALLATION OF CONCRETE PIPE A. Trench, backfill, and compact in accordance with Section 02221. 1. Begin laying pipe from lowest point in proposed sewer line. 2. Lay pipe with bell end of bell and spigot pipe pointing upgrade. 3. Lay pipe uniformly to line and grade so finished sewer will present uniform bore. W:\LAND\1546\6401 \wwcp\specs\02612SPC.doc 03/10/98 02612-2 Page 2 of 4 Brazoria County Municipal Utility District No, 26 Shadow Creek Ranch Interim Wastewater Treatment Plant - Phases I & II REINFORCED CONCRETE PIPE B. Rubber Gasket Joint: 1. Immediately before making joint, lubricate outside of gasket and inside of bell or groove of last pipe with approved vegetable lubricant 2. Take care gasket and ends of pipe are clean and free of sand or gravel. 3. Introduce spigot or tongue of pipe being laid with gasket in place, into bell or groove end of previously laid pipe. 4. Carefully set pipe to line and grade, and then jack or push completely home. C. Cement Mortar Joint for Bell and Spigot Pipe: 1. Butter bell of last pipe laid with cement mortar on inner face throughout lower half of pipe. Butter spigot of pipe to be laid on outer face over entire upper half. 2. Push pipe home and set to proper line and grade. 3. Rub outside of joint with mortar, pushing material into joint and filling any open space. 4. For pipe 8 in. to 21 in. in dia inclusive, fill inside joint as well as possible and wipe clean. 5. For pipe over 21 in. in dia completely fill inside joint with mortar and wipe clean. D. Cement Mortar Joint for Tongue and Groove Pipe: 1. Butter groove of last pipe laid with cement mortar on inner face throughout lower half of pipe. Butter tongue of pipe to be laid on outer face throughout upper half. 2. Join and force pipe together until opening on outside of pipe is no less than 1/2 in. nor more than 1/3 length of tongue. 3. Trowel outside of joint with mortar and fill open space. 4. Trowel around outside lower face of pipe as far as possible. 5. Cover outside of pipe joint with paper or tar paper. 6. For pipe 21 m. to 72 in. in dia completely fill open section of inside joint face with mortar and wipe clean. 7. For pipe over 72 in. in dia, completely fill inside joint face below spring line with mortar and wipe clean. 3.03 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Noticeable variations from true alignment and grade will be considered sufficient cause for rejection of work. B. Pipe shall be subject to rejection for failure to conform to requirements of specifications or for following reasons: 1. Fractures or cracks passing through pipe wall or socket, except single crack not exceeding 2 in. in length at either end of pipe or single fracture in socket not exceeding 3 in. in width nor 2 m. in length shall not be considered cause for rejection unless these defects exist in more than 5% of entire shipment or delivery. 2. Chips or fractures on the interior of pipe exceeding 2 in. in length, 1 in. in width and of depth more than 1/4 barrel thickness. 3. Cracks, sufficient to impair strength, durability, or serviceability of pipe. 4. Defects indicating improper proportioning, mixing, and molding. 5. Variations of more than 1/8 in./lin f3 in alignment of pipe intended to be straight. 6. Insecure attachment of spurs. W : \LAND\ 15 46\6401 \wwtp\s pec s\02612 S P C. d oc 03/10/98 02612-3 Page 3 of 4 Brazoria County Municipal Utility District No. 26 Shadow Creek Ranch Interim Wastewater Treatment Plant - Phases I & II REINFORCED CONCRETE PIPE 7. Damaged ends, where such damage would prevent making satisfactory joint. 8. Extensive patching or painting of any surface of pipe with exception of miter pipe formed by removal of wedge shaped sections from middle of pipe. C. Acceptance of fittings, stubs, miters, cut-off or other specially fabricated pipe sections shall be based on visual inspection at job site. ***END OF SECTION*** W:\LAND\ 1546\6401\wwtp\specs\02612SPC.doc 03/10/98 02612-4 Page 4 of 4 Brazoria County Municipal Utility District No. 26 Shadow Creek Ranch Interim Wastewater Treatment Plant - Phases I & II SECTION 02920 TOPSOIL TOPSOIL PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Furnishing and placing topsoil for finish grading and for seeding, sodding and planting. 1.02 UNIT PRICES A. No separate payment will be made for work specified in this section. Include the cost of such work in the appropriate pay items. B. Measurement for topsoil, when included in unit price bid schedule, is on a cubic yard basis for material placed. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 TOPSOIL A. Topsoil shall be fertile friable, natural sandy loam surface soil obtained from excavation or borrow operations having the following characteristics: 1. pH value of between 5.5 and 6.5. 2. Liquid limit. topsoil not exceed 50 . 3. Plasticity index: 10 or less. 4. Gradation: maximum of 40 percent with a passing the #280 sieve. B. Topsoil shall be reasonably free of subsoil, clay lumps, weeds, non -soil materials and other litter or contamination. Topsoil shall not contain roots, stumps, and stones larger than 2 inches. C. Obtain topsoil from naturally well drained areas where topsoil occurs at a minimum depth of 4 inches and has similar characteristics to that found at the placement site. Do not obtain topsoil from areas infected with a growth of, or reproductive parts of nut grass or other noxious weeds. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. Verify that excavation and embankment operations have been completed to correct lines and grades. 3.02 TOPSOIL EXCAVATION A. Conform to excavation and stockpiling requirements of Section 02221. W:1LAND\ 1546\640I \wwtp\specs'42920S PC.doc 04/01/98 02920-1 Page I of 2 Brazoria County Municipal Utility District No. 26 Shadow Creek Ranch Interim Wastewater Treatment Plant - Phases I & II TOPSOIL 3.03 PLACEMENT A. For areas to be seeded or sodded, scarify or plow existing material to a minimum depth of 4 inches, or as indicated on the Drawings. Remove vegetable material and foreign inorganic material. Place 4 inches of topsoil on the loosened material and roll lightly with an appropriate lawn roller to consolidate the topsoil. B. Increase depth of topsoil to 6 inches when placed over sand bedding and backfill materials specified in Section 02221. C. For areas to receive bushes or trees, excavate existing material and place topsoil to the depth and dimensions shown on the Drawings. D. Remove spilled topsoil from curbs, gutters, and paved areas and properly dispose of. 3.04 PROTECTION A. Protect topsoil from wind and water erosion until planting is completed. * * * END OF SECTION * * * W :\LAND\ 1546\6401 \ww[P\specs\02920S PC.doc 04/01/984/29/01 02920-2 Page 2 of 2 Brazoria County Municipal Utility District No. 26 Shadow Creek Ranch Interim Wastewater Treatment Plant - Phases I & II SECTION 02931 SEEDING PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. Section includes SEEDING 1. Seed 2. Fertilizing. 3. Hydromulching. 4. Watering. B. `Seeding, Fertilizing, Hydromulching, and Watering' shall consist of preparing the ground, providing and planting seed of the kind specified providing and spreading fertilizer of the kind specified, providing and planting hydromulch and providing and applying water along and across such areas as are designated on the Drawings, or by the ENGINEER, and in accordance with this specification. 1.02 SUBMITTALS A. Submit in accordance with Section 01300. 1.03 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Protect seed, fertilizer, and other materials against weather -related damage or other damages occurring during transit and storage so their effectiveness will not be impaired. Do not store in direct contact with gound. B. Deliver fertilizer to site in upopened, original containers, each bearing name and address of manufacturer name brand or trademark, and manufacturer's guarateed analysis. Do not use fertilizer which becomes caked or otherwise damaged. 1.04 PROJECT/SITE CONDITIONS A. When landscape work is executed in conjunction with construction of other work, coordinate schedule to permit execution of landscape work. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 SEED A. All seeds used shall carry a lable showing the purity and germination, name and type of seed, that the seeds meet the requirement of the U. S Department of Agriculture Rules and Regulations under the Federal Seed Act and the Texas Seed Law and that the seeds have been treated with an approved fungicide. Seeds which have become wet, moldy, or otherwise damaged in transit or storage will not be accepted The type of seed, purity, germination, application rate per acre, and planting dates shall be as follows: W:\ AND\ 1546\6401 \wwtp\specs\02931 SPC.doc 04/01/98 02931-1 Page I of3 Brazoria County Municipal Utility District No. 26 Shadow Creek Ranch Interim Wastewater Treatment Plant - Phases 1 & II Type Application Rate per Acre Planting Date Common Bermuda Grass - Unhulled 98/88 40 lbs. Jan. 1 to April 1 Common Bermuda Grass - Hulled 98/88 40 lbs. Jan. 1 to April 1 Annual Rye Grass (Gulf) 50 lbs. Jan. 1 to April I Common Bermuda Grass - Hulled 98/88 40 lbs. April 15 to Oct. I Common Bermuda Grass - Unhulled 98/88 40 lbs. Oct. 1 to Jan. 1 Annual Rye Grass (Gulf) 30 lbs. Oct. 1 to Jan. 1 2.02 FERTILIZER SEEDING A. All fertilizer used shall be delivered in bags clearly labeled showing the analysis. B. Fertilizer shall be water soluble with analysis of 10 percent nitrogen, 20 percent phosphoric acid and 10 percent potash. Rate of application shall be 750 pounds per acre except during the period of April 15 through September 1, when the rate shall be reduced to 600 pounds per acre. 2.03 HYDROMULCH A. Hydromulch (wood cellulose or paper fiber). 2.04 WATER A. Potable, available on -site with OWNER'S permission. 2.05 TOPSOIL A. Fertile soil free of hard lumps, plants and their roots, gravel, cinders, weeds and other unsuitable material. B. Topsoil removed and stockpiled under Section 02210 may be used provided it meets above requirements. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 PREPARATION A. Verify that topsoil placement and compaction has been satisfactorily completed. Verify that soil is within allowable range of moisture content. 3.02 APPLICATION A. Seed area in accordance with Paragraph 2.01 of this Section. NV: \LAND\l546\6401\WWtP\specs\02931SPC.doc 04/01/98 02931-2 Page 2 oil Brazoria County Municipal Utility District No. 26 Shadow Creek Ranch Interim Wastewater Treatment Plant - Phases I & II SEEDING B. The CONTRACTOR shall place hydromulch (wood cellulose or paper fiber) at the rate of (1) 2,000 pounds per acre on slopes and (2) 1 500 pounds per acre on flat areas. As part of the slurry mix containing seed fertilizer and hydromulch the CONTRACTOR shall also add OMB plus Oasis Tackafier or approved equal at the rate of 2 pounds per 1 000 square feet of area to be hydromulched. C. Fertilizer shall be dry and in good physical condition. Fertilizer that is powdered or caked will be rejected. The fertilizer shall be applied at a rate of 400 pounds per acre in the winter months (October -March) and 650 pounds per acre in the spring and summer months (April -September). D. The seeded, fertilized and mulched areas shall receive sufficient water to produce and acceptable stand of grass within 60 days. E. All seeded area shall be guaranteed to 90 percent coverage, with no barren areas greater than 5 square feet; or CONTRACTOR must oversee until an acceptable stand of grass has been established ***END OF SECTION*** W :\LAND11546\6401 \wwtp\specs\0293 I S PC.doc 04/01 /98 02931-3 Page 3 of 3 Brazoria County Municipal Utility District No. 26 Shadow Creek Ranch Interim Wastewater Treatment Plant - Phases I & II SECTION 03200 CONCRETE REINFORCEMENT CONCRETE REINFORCEMENT PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SUBMITTALS A. Shop Drawings: 1. Conform to ACI SP-66 showing bending diagrams assembly diagrams; location diagrams, splicing and laps of bars, shapes, and dimensions and details for bar reinforcing, stirrup spacing, accessories, and openings. 2. Coordinate bar splicing and placement with CONTRACTOR'S concrete placing schedule and joint locations. 3. Submit with construction joint submittals required in Section 03300. 4. Unless otherwise approved by ENGINEER, each submittal shall include reinforcement for individual structures they pertain to. B. Product Data: 1. Dowel bar splicer system and reinforcing bar splicer laboratory reports and manufacturer's product data. C. Miscellaneous Submittals: 1. Welder's certification m accordance with AWS D1.4 prior to welding when welding indicated, specified or approved by ENGINEER. D. Submit in accordance with Section 01300. 1.02 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Store reinforcing steel on supports above ground; cover and keep clean. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS A. Steel Reinforcing Bars: 1. Deformed bars conforming to ASTM A615, Grade 60. 2. Unless other size noted whenever welded wire fabric is called for, fabric shall be 6 x 6 - W2.9 x W2.9. 3. Provide welded wire fabric heavier than W2.9 in flat sheets. B. Reinforcing Supports: 1. Exterior exposed surfaces, surfaces in contact with earth or liquid, and interior exposed surfaces in humid areas shall have all plastic or stainless steel supports. 2. Interior exposed surfaces in dry areas shall have all plastic, stainless steel, or plastic tipped steel supports. W :\LAND\ 1546\6401\wwtp\spec s\03200SPC.doc 04/01/98 03200-1 Page 1 of4 Brazoria County Municipal Utility District No. 26 Shadow Creek Ranch Interim Wastewater Treatment Plant-Phases I&II CONCRETE REINFORCEMENT C. Reinforcing Tension Bar Splicers: 1 Manufacturers: a. Cadweld or Lenton rebar splicers by Erico Products,Inc. b. Dayton Barsplice,Inc. c. Or equal. 2. Develop minimum 125% of yield capacity of bars spliced in tension when tested as assembly in accordance with ASTM A370 and A615 D. Dowel Bar Splicer Systems: 1 Manufacturers: a. DB-SAE splicer system by Richmond Screw Anchor Company,Inc. b. C2D rebar flange coupler by Williams Form Engineering Corporation. c. Lenton Form Saver by Erico Products,Inc. d. Or equal. 2. Develop minimum 125% yield capacity of dowels when tested as assembly in accordance with ASTM A370 and A615 E. Lap Splice Connection Systems: 1 Manufacturers: a. Systems Intersect by Dayton Superior. b. Stabox by Rebar Coupler Box,Inc. 2. Prefabricated plastic or metal boxes containing prefabricated,rebendable quality anchorage and lap splice reinforcement conforming to ACI 318 and ASTM 615 or A706. 2.02 FABRICATION A. Fabricate to schedules and details on Drawings and in accordance with ACI 318. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 PLACEMENT A. Placement of reinforcing steel shall be approved by ENGINEER before covered with concrete. B. Correct displacement of reinforcement prior to and during concrete pouring operations. Maintain clear cover as noted on Drawings.Tolerances shall be in accordance with ACI 117 and ACI 318,unless noted otherwise. C. Support reinforcingsteel in accordance with CRSI"Placing Reinforcing Bars"with maximum spacing of 4 ft-0 in. WILAND\I546\640I1wwtplspecs\03200SPC.doc 03200-2 04/01/98 Page 2 of 4 Brazoria County Municipal Utility District No. 26 Shadow Creek Ranch Interim Wastewater Treatment Plant - Phases 1 & 11 CONCRETE REINFORCEMENT D. Tie reinforcing steel at intersections in accordance with CRSI "Placing Reinforcing Bars " 1. Maximum Tie Spacing for Footings Walls, and Columns: Every third intersection or 3 ft-0 in. 2. Maximum Spacing for Slabs and Other Work: Every fourth intersection or 3 ft-0 in. 3. Tie each dowel in -place. E. Locate reinforcing to avoid interference with items drilled in later, such as concrete anchors. F. Reinforcement shall be continuous through construction joints. G. Reinforcement may be spliced at construction joints provided that entire lap is placed within only 1 concrete pour. H. Extend welded wire fabric to within 2 in. of edges of slab or section. Lap sheets at least 12 in. or 2-wire spaces, whichever is greater, at ends and edges and wire together. Stagger end laps. I. Unless shown otherwise on Drawings, place welded wire fabric between upper third point and mid -point of slab. Welded wire fabric placement on subgrade and pulling up durmg concrete placement is not allowed. J. Use concrete brick for supporting bottom mat reinforcing on grade. Use bolsters or chairs supported on concrete brick or tied to bottom mat for supporting upper reinforcing mat on grade. Use bolsters or chairs for supporting reinforcing on mud slabs and forming. K. Dowel bar splicer systems may be substituted for dowels at CONTRACTOR'S option when approved by ENGINEER. L. Reinforcing bar splicers may be substituted for lapped splices at CONTRACTOR'S option when approved by ENGINEER Stagger splices. M. Lap splice connection systems may be substituted for dowels at CONTRACTOR option when approved by ENGINEER. 1. Use limited to non -stressed, redundant structurally non -critical areas, at wall-to-wall and/or wall -to -slab construction joints. 2. Use limited to size Nos. 3, 4, and 5 reinforcement bars. 3. Reinforcement shall be bent about preferred weak axis. 4. Reinforcement shall be field straightened in accordance with manufacturer's written recommendations at temperature above 32°F. 5. Reinforcement may be rebent only once. 6. Key size and lap length shall be as detailed. N. Do not field bend bars, including bars partially embedded in concrete unless indicated. O. Do not place bars having kinks and bends other than shown on approved Shop Drawings. P. Welding of reinforcing bars is permitted only where indicated or as otherwise approved by ENGINEER. Weld in accordance with AWS D 1.4. Q. Weld reinforcing steel only by welders certified in accordance with AWS D 1.4. W :\LAND\ 1$ 46\6401 \wwtp\specs\03200SPC.doc 04/01/98 03200-3 Page 3of4 Brazoria County Municipal Utility District No. 26 Shadow Creek Ranch Interim Wastewater Treatment Plant - Phases I & II CONCRE 1'E REINFORCEMENT R. Tack welding reinforcement is prohibited. S. Reinforcement shall be clean and free from loose mill scale, dirt, grease, oil, form release agent, dried concrete or any material reducing bond with concrete. * * * END OF SECTION * * * W ;U.ANDU 546\6401 \wwtp\specs\03200SPC,doc 04/01/98 03200-4 Page 4of4 Brazoria County Municipal Utility District No. 26 Shadow Creek Ranch Interim Wastewater Treatment Plant-Phases I&II CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE SECTION 03300 CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 REFERENCES A. American Concrete Institute(ACI): 1 SP-66-88-ACI Detailing Manual. 2. 117-90-Standard Specification for Tolerances for Concrete Construction and Materials. 3 304R-89-Guide for Measuring,Mixing,Transporting,and Placing Concrete. 4 305R-91 -Hot Weather Concreting. 5 306R-88-Cold Weather Concreting. 6. 308-92-Standard Plastic for Curing Concrete. 7 318-92-Building Code Requirements for Reinforced Concrete. 8. 347R-89-Formwork for Concrete. B. American Society for Testing and Materials(ASTM): 1 A185 REV A-90- Standard Specification for Steel Welded Wire Fabric, Plain, for Concrete Reinforcement. 2. A615 REV A-92- Standard Specification for Deformed and Plain Billet-Steel Bars for Concrete Reinforcement. 3 C31-91 -Standard Practice for Making and Curing Concrete Test Specimens in the Field. 4 C33-92-Standard Specification for Concrete Aggregates. 5 C39-86-Standard Test Method for Compressive Strength of Cylindrical Concrete Specimens. 6. C94-92-Standard Specification for Ready-Mixed Concrete. 7 C143 REV A-90-Standard Test Method for SIump of Hydraulic Cement Concrete. 8. C150-92-Standard Specification for Portland Cement. 9 C231 REV B-91 - Standard Test Method for Air Content of Freshly Mixed Concrete by the Pressure Method. 10 C260-86-Standard Specification for Air-Entraining Admixtures for Concrete. 11 C309-91 -Standard Specification for Liquid Membrane-Forming Compounds for Curing Concrete. 12. C494-92-Standard Specification for Chemical Admixtures for Concrete. 13 D1751-83- Standard Specification for Preformed Expansion Joint Filler for Concrete Paving and Structural Construction(Non-extruding and Resilient Bituminous Types). 14 D1752-84-Standard Specification for Preformed Sponge Rubber and Cork Expansion Joint Fillers for Concrete Paving and Structural Construction. C. Concrete Reinforcing Steel Institute(CRSI): 1 Placing Reinforcing Bars. D Federal Specifications(FS): 1 UU-B-790A-Building Paper,Vegetable Fiber(Kraft,Waterproofed,Water Repellent,and Fire Resistant). W:V,AND11546\6401%wwlplspecs103300SPC.doc 03300-1 04/01/98 Page I of 9 Brazoria County Municipal Utility District No. 26 Shadow Creek Ranch Interim Wastewater Treatment Plant - Phases I & II 1.02 SUBMITTALS CAST -IN -PLACE CONCRETE A. Shop Drawings: 1. Reinforcing steel drawings conforming to ACI SP-66 showing bending diagrams, assembly diagrams, location diagrams, splicing and laps of bars, shapes, dimensions and details for bar reinforcing and stirrup spacing, accessories, and openings. 2. Construction Joints: Sequence of placing concrete and location and details of joints, openings, and embedded items not shown on Drawings. Submit at time of reinforcing submittals. B. Product Data: 1. Waterstop sample and manufacturer's literature. 2. Miscellaneous materials manufacturer s literature. C. Test Results: 1. Provide with each load of concrete delivered, duplicate delivery tickets one for CONTRACTOR and one for ENGINEER with following information. a. Date and serial number of ticket. b. Name of ready mixed concrete plant, operator, and job location. c. Type of cement, admixtures, if any, and brand name. d. Cement content, in bags/cu yd of concrete, and mix design. e. Truck number, time loaded, and name of dispatcher. f. Amount of concrete in load, in cu yds, delivered g. Maximum size aggregate. h. Gal of water added at job, if any, and slump of concrete after water was added. i. Temperature of concrete at delivery. J, Number of revolutions of mixer. D. Miscellaneous Submittals: 1. Statement by ready mix supplier giving source and material certificates, and proportions by weight of cement, fine and coarse aggregates, and admixtures. E. Submit in accordance with Section 01300. 1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Testing: 1. Sampling and testing will be performed by independent testing laboratory and paid for by CONTRACTOR in accordance with Section 01410. 2. Perform slump tests (ASTM C143), air -entrainment tests (ASTM C231), and compressive strength tests (ASTM C31 and C39) daily for each class of concrete poured. B. Tolerances: 1. Conform to requirements of ACI 117. W ALAND\1546\b401 \WWIP\sPecs\03300SPC.doc 04/01/98 03300-2 Page 2 of9 Brazoria County Municipal Utility District No.26 Shadow Creek Ranch Interim Wastewater Treatment Plant-Phases I&II CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE 2. Concrete shall be within 3/16-in.of 10-ft straightedge in all directions except where slabs are dished for drains. Deviations from elevation indicated shall not exceed 3/4-in. 1.04 PROJECT SITE CONDITIONS A. Hot Weather: 1 Comply with ACI 305R. 2. Concrete temperature shall not exceed 95°F 3. At air temperatures of 80°F or above,keep concrete as cool as possible during placement and curing. Cool forms by water wash. 4 When concrete temperatures exceed 80°F, water reducing, set retarding admixtures shall be used in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations. B. Cold Weather 1 Comply with ACI 306R. 2. Temperature of reinforcement, forms, fillers, and other materials in contact with concrete at time of placement shall not be less than 35°F Preheat if temperature is below 35°F 3 Maintain air and forms in contact with concrete sections having minimum dimension less than 12 in. at temperature above 50°F for at least first 3 days and at temperature above 32°F for remainder of specified curing period. 4 Maintain air and forms in contact with concrete in more massive sections at temperature above 40°F for at least first 3 days and at temperature above 32°F for remainder of specified curing period. PART 2 PRODUCT 2.01 MATERIALS A. Portland Cement: 1 ASTM C150,Type II. Except tricalcium aluminate(C3A)content of Type I shall not exceed 12%. 2. When aggregates determined to be deleteriously reactive,as defined by Appendix XI of ASTM C33,alkali content of cement defined by Table lA of ASTM C150 shall not exceed 0.60%. B Aggregates: 1 ASTM C33,free of foreign materials. 2. Fine Aggregate: Natural sand. 3 Coarse Aggregate: Crushed stone,crushed gravel or gravel. Size 67(3/4 in.maximum). - 4 Potential reactivity of aggregates shall be determined in accordance with Appendix XI of ASTM C33 C. Admixtures for Concrete: 1 Air-Entraining: ASTM C260. 2. Chemical Admixtures: Optional,ASTM C494 a. Water Reducing: Type A. W\LAND\1546\6401\wwip\spccs103300SPC.doc 03300-3 04/01/98 Page 3 of 9 Brazoria County Municipal Utility District No. 26 Shadow Creek Ranch Interim Wastewater Treatment Plant - Phases 1 & II b. Retarding: Type B. c. Water Reducing and Retarding: Type D. CAST -IN -PLACE CONCRETE D. Water: Potable. E. Steel Reinforcing Bars: 1. Deformed bars conforming to ASTM A615, grade 60. F. Welded Wire Fabric: ASTM A185. 1. Unless other size noted, wherever welded wire fabric is called for it shall be 6 x 6-W2.9 x W2.9. 2. Provide welded wire fabric, heavier than W2.9 in flat sheets. G. Premolded Joint Filler: Cork type, ASTM D1752 or bituminous type, ASTM D1751. H. Waterstops: 1. Virgin PVC meeting requirements of CRD C572. 2. 6 in. wide by 3/8 in. thick at center, flat corrugated, unless otherwise noted. 3. Provide prefabricated tees, crosses, and other configurations as required. Splice in accordance with manufacturer's written instructions. I. Membrane Forming Curing Compound: 1. Manufacturers: a. Cure and Seal J-20 by Dayton Superior. b. Dress and Seal 18 by L&M Construction Materials, Inc. c. Kure-N-Seal by Sonnebom Building Products, Inc. d. Floor Treet by Forrer Chemical Company. e. Master Seal by Master Builders. f. Euco Floor Coat by Euclid Chemical Company. g. Cure & Seal by Symons h. Or equal. 2. ASTM C309 and compatible with scheduled finishes and coatings. J. Floor Sealer: 1. Manufacturers. a. Sika-Gard Cure/Hard, by Sika Corporation. b. Kure-N-Seal by Sonneborn. c. Cure & Seal by Symons. d. Dress and Seal 18 by L&M Construction Materials, Inc. e. Tuf-Seal J-35 by Dayton Superior. f. Or equal. W ;\LAND\ 1546\6401 \wwtp\specs\03300S PC.doc 04/01/98 03300-4 Page 4 of 9 Brazoria County Municipal Utility District No. 26 Shadow Creek Ranch Interim Wastewater Treatment Plant - Phases I & 11 K. Finishing Grout: 1. Manufacturers: a. Thoroseal with Acryl 60, by Thoro. CAST -IN -PLACE CONCRETE b. Concrete Finisher with AKKRO-7T, by Tamms Industries Company. c. Or equal. L. Vapor Barrier. Polyethylene film minimum 6 mils thick, coated reinforced kraft paper conforming to Fed. Spec. UU-B-790A, Type 1, Grade A Style 4. M. Epoxy Bonding Compound: Joining new to existing concrete. 1. Manufacturers: a. Sikadur Hi -Mod by Sika Corporation. b. Epoxtite 2362 by A.C. Horn. c. Euco Epoxy 452mv or 620 by Euclid Chemical Company. d. Fresh Concrete Bonder R649 by Rescon. e. Or equal. N. Non -Epoxy Bonding Compound: Joining new to existing concrete where bonding compound cannot be placed immediately prior to pouring of new concrete. 1. Manufacturers: a. Weld -Crete, by Larsen Products Corporation. b. Everbond by L&M Construction Materials, Inc. c. Or equal. O. Preformed Control Joint Strips: 1. Manufacturers: a. Kold-Seal Zip -Per Strip, by Kold-Seal Vinylex Corporation. b. Stresslock by H. Compton Company. c. Quick Strip by Schlegel Corporation. d. or equal 2. Plastic joint former with locking tabs. 3. Depth shall be 1/4 of slab thickness. 2.02 CONCRETE MIX DESIGN A. Concrete Mix: Measure and combine cement, aggregates, water, and admixtures in accordance with ASTM C94. 1. Class A: a. Minimum Cement Content: 6 bags/cu yd. b. Minimum 28-Day Strength: 4,000 psi. W:\LAND\ 1546\640I\wwtp\specs\03300SPC.doo 04/01/98 03300-5 Page 5 of 9 Brazoria County Municipal Utility District No. 26 Shadow Creek Ranch Interim Wastewater Treatment Plant - Phases I & II c. Air Content: 6%, t1%. d. Maximum Slump: 4 in. 2. Class B: a Minimum Cement Content: 5 bags/cu yd. b. Minimum 28-Day Strength: 3,000 psi. c. Air Content: 6%, 11%. d. Maximum Slump: 4 in. CAST -IN -PLACE CONCRETE B. Concrete Usage: 1. Class A: Locations except where Class B specified. 2. Class B: Interior equipment bases, fence post piers, concrete or grout fillets in tanks, interior slabs reinforced with WWF, and where specifically stated. 2.03 MIXING AND DELIVERY A. Furnish and deliver concrete in conformance with ASTM C94. B. Deliver and complete discharge within 1-1/2 hrs of commencing mixing or before 300 revolutions of drum or blades, whichever comes first Includes revolutions required by transit mix trucks. Limitations may be waived by ENGINEER if concrete is of such slump after 1-1/2 hrs or 300-revolution limit, it can be placed without addition of water. C. Do not add water on job unless authorized by ENGINEER If water is added, additional mixing of 30 drum revolutions is required. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 SUBGRADE PREPARATION A. Subgrade and Bedding: Compacted and free of frost. If placement allowed at temperatures below freezing, provide temporary heat and protection as required to remove frost. B. Provide mud slabs where necessary and when required by ENGINEER to obtain dry and stable working platform for placement of slabs on grade. C. Provide vapor barrier where noted on Drawings and overlap joints minimum of 6 in. D. Where vapor barrier is not noted, at CONTRACTOR'S option, provide vapor barrier or soak subgrade evening before placement and sprinkle ahead of placement of concrete. E. Remove standing water, ice, mud, and foreign matter before concrete is deposited. W ALA ND\ 1546\6401 \wwtp\specs\03300SPC.doc 04/01/98 03300-6 Page 6 of 9 Brazoria County Municipal Utility District No. 26 Shadow Creek Ranch Interim Wastewater Treatment Plant - Phases I & II CAST -IN -PLACE CONCRETE 3.02 FORMS A. Workmanship: Formwork shall prevent leakage of mortar. Removal of wall ties shall leave holes clean cut and without appreciable spalling at face of concrete. Conform to requirements of ACI 347R. Materials: 1. Unless specified otherwise, type of forms used is CONTRACTORS option. CONTRACTOR may use metal, plywood, presswood form liners or plastic surfaced plywood. 2. Use approved commercially manufactured devices for form ties. Arrange ties so when forms are removed, no metal will be within 1 in. of formed face of concrete. C. Do not disturb forms until concrete adequately cured. D. Form system design shall be CONTRACTOR'S responsibility. 3.03 JOINTS A. Joints not shown on Drawings shall be subject to ENGINEER'S approval. B. Clean and prime in accordance with manufacturer's instructions before applying sealant. C. Control joints in slabs on grade shall consist of plastic strips set flush with finished surface or 1/4 in. wide joints cut with diamond saw within 12 hrs after pouring. 1. Sawed control joint shall be 1/4 depth of slab, unless shown otherwise. 2. Fill sawed control joints with epoxy joint filler. 3. Cut alternating reinforcing bars on wires crossing joint. D. Provide waterstop in construction Joints where noted. Secure in -place. Place wire tie holes, if used, within 1 in. of edge. Vibrate concrete on both sides to ensure intimate contact between waterstop and concrete. 3.04 REINFORCEMENT PLACEMENT A. Correct displacement of reinforcement prior to and during concrete pouring operations. Maintain clear cover as noted on Drawings. Tolerances shall be in accordance with ACI 318, unless noted otherwise. B. Locate reinforcing to avoid interference with items drilled in later, such as concrete anchors. C. Reinforcing steel shall be approved by ENGINEER before being covered with concrete. D. Extend wire fabric to within 2 in. of edges of slab or section. Lap sheets at least 12 in. or 2 wire spaces, whichever greater, at ends and edges and wire together. Stagger end laps. E. Do not field bend bars including bars partially embedded in concrete unless indicated or approved by ENGINEER F. Welding of reinforcing bars permitted only where indicated or as otherwise approved by ENGINEER. W :\LAND\1546\6401 \ W wtp\s pecs\03300SPC.doc 04/01/98 03300-7 Page 7 of 9 Brazoria County Municipal Utility District No. 26 Shadow Creek Ranch Interim Wastewater Treatment Plant - Phases I & II CAST -IN -PLACE CONCRETE 3.05 CONCRETE PLACEMENT A. Except as modified herein, ACI 304 - Chapter V, shall constitute requirements of this Specification. B. Support reinforcing steel in accordance with CRSI "Placing Reinforcing Bars," with maximum spacing of 4 ft-0 in. C. Tie reinforcing steel at intersections in accordance with CRSI "Placing Reinforcing Bars." Maximum spacing for footings, walls, and columns every third intersection or 3 ft-0 in. Maximum spacing for slabs and other Work every fourth intersection or 3 ft-0 in. Dowels shall be tied in -place. D. Avoid damage to waterstop and reinforcing, and ensure accurate positioning after concrete placed. E. Do not spread concrete with vibrators. F. When placing of concrete is temporarily halted or delayed, provide construction joints as shown on Drawings or specified herein. G. Place concrete with aid of internal mechanical vibrator equipment capable of 7,000 impulses/min. Transmit vibration directly to concrete. Duration of vibration at any location shall be necessary to produce thorough consolidation and to cause maximum amount of air bubbles to migrate to top of pour. H. Set embedded items such as bolts, anchors, and piping in concrete as required by manufacturer of equipment used. Verify location with equipment manufacturers. I. Place items constructed of dissimilar metals to avoid physical contact with reinforcing. Secure item and reinforcing to ensure they will not shift and come into contact during pouring. Contact between reinforcing and other metal, other than bare, coated or plated carbon steel not permitted, unless approved by ENGINEER. 3.06 SLAB FINISHES A. Interior slabs shall receive 3 trowelings. Exterior slabs and walks shall receive 1 troweling and broom finish. 1. Perform initial troweling by power or hand with trowel blade kept as flat as possible against concrete surface to prevent washboard or chatter effect. 2. Perform second troweling by power if 3 trowelings specified; by hand if 2 trowelings specified 3. Perform third troweling by hand and continue until concrete consolidated to uniform smooth, dense surface free of trowel marks and irregularities. 4. Allow sufficient time between successive trowelings to allow concrete to become harder. Perform each successive troweling with trowels progressively smaller and tipped more to increase compaction of concrete surface. B. Broom Finished: Broom at right angles to direction of traffic to give nonskid finish. Use fine, soft bristled broom for stoops, ramps, and walks. C. Floor Sealer: Apply in accordance with manufacturer's wntten instructions, one coat when surface is hard enough to sustain foot traffic on same day as pour and second coat after Work completed and building ready for occupancy W \LAND\l 546\6401\wwtp\specs\03300SPC.doc 04/01/98 03300-8 Page 8 of 9 Brazoria County Municipal Utility District No, 26 Shadow Creek Ranch Interim Wastewater Treatment Plant - Phases I & II CAST -IN -PLACE CONCRETE 3.07 FINISHING FORMED CONCRETE A. Ordinary Finish: Finish resulting directly from formwork for surfaces which will be hidden from view by earth, submergence in water or sewage or subsequent construction. 1. Patch honeycombing, stone pockets, form ties, spalls, and other irregularities. 2. Where joint marks or fins on submerged surfaces exceed 1/4-in., grand smooth. B. Smooth Finish: Interior concrete surfaces permanently exposed to view and concrete surfaces scheduled to be painted. 1. Patch honeycombing, stone pockets, form ties, spalls, and other irregularities. 2. Grind joint marks and fins smooth with adjacent wall surface. Remove oil stains and rinse surface. 3. After grinding and cleaning, dampen concrete and paint entire surface with cement grout. Work cement grout into surface with cork or other suitable float. When grout has set to where it will not be pulled out of holes or depressions, brush off with dry burlap or carpet flat. 4. Prepare surfaces to be painted in accordance with Section 09900 and paint manufacturer's requirements. C. Rubbed Finish: Exterior concrete surfaces permanently exposed to view extending 6 in. below grade and where indicated on Drawings. 1. Patch honeycombing, stone pockets, form ties, spalls, and other irregularities. 2. Grind joint marks and fins smooth with flat wall surface. Remove oil stains and rinse surface. 3. Apply heavy coat of finishing grout. After first coat has set, apply finish coat. When finish coat has set, float to uniform texture. 4. Follow manufacturer's written instructions for finishing concrete. 5. Finish Color: Gray. 3.08 PROTECTION AND CURING A. Protect concrete from frost and rapid drying, and keep moist for minimum curing period of 7 days after placing in accordance with ACI 308. B. Wet cure or apply curing compound. Do not use curing compound where other coating or topping will be applied. C. Formed surfaces may be cured by leaving forms in -place. Spray surface of forms left in -place during curing period as frequently as drying conditions may require to keep concrete surfaces moist. For vertical surfaces, apply water to run down on inside of forms, if necessary to keep concrete wet. D. Protect from damaging mechanical disturbances, particularly load stresses, heavy shock, and excessive vibration. E. Protect finished concrete surfaces from damage caused by construction equipment, materials or methods, and rain or running water. F. Do not load self-supporting structures as to overstress concrete. * * * END OF SECTION * * * W :\LAND\ 1546\6401\wwtp\specs\033005 PC.doc 04/01/98 03300-9 Page 9 of 9 Brazoria County Municipal Utility District No. 26 Shadow Creek Ranch Interim Wastewater Treatment Plant - Phases I & II SECTION 05500 METAL FABRICATIONS PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Miscellaneous metal fabrications. 2. Concrete anchors. 3. Adjustable anchors. 4. Grating support angles and framing. 5. Metal frames. 6. Strap anchors and stud anchors. 7. Floor access hatches. METAL FABRICATIONS 1.02 REFERENCES A. Aluminum Association (AA): 1. 30-86 - Specifications for Aluminum Structures Construction Manual Series Section 1. B. American Hot -Dip Galvanizers Association (AHDGA). C. American Institute of Steel Construction (AISC): 1. M016-89 - Manual of Steel Construction Allowable Stress Design. 2. S302-86 - Code of Standard Practice for Steel Buildings and Bridges. 3. S335-89 - Specification for Structural Steel Buildings Allowable Stress Design and Plastic Design with Commentary. D. American Iron and Steel Institute (AISI). E. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM): 1. A6-90 - Standard Specification for General Requirements for Rolled Steel Plates, Shapes, Sheet Piling, and Bars for Structural Use. 2. A36-91 - Standard Specification for Structural Steel. 3. A48-92 - Standard Specification for Gray Iron Castings. 4. A53 REV B-90 - Standard Specification for Pipe, Steel, Black and Hot -Dipped, Zinc -Coated, Welded and Seamless. 5. A123 El REV A-89 - Standard Specification for Zinc (Hot -Dip Galvanized) Coatings on Iron and Steel Products. 6. A307 REV A-92 - Standard Specification for Carbon Steel Bolts and Studs, 60,000 psi Tensile Strength 7. A325 REV A-92 - Standard Specification for Structural Bolts, Steel, Heat -Treated, 120/105 ksi Minimum Tensile Strength. 8. A500 REV A-90 - Standard Specification for Cold -Formed Welded and Seamless Carbon Steel Structural Tubing in Rounds and Shapes. 9. A536-84 Standard Specification for Ductile Iron Castings. W :\LAND\ 1546\6401 \wwrp\spec A05500SPC.doc 03/10/98 05500-1 Page I of 9 Brazoria County Municipal Utility District No. 26 Shadow Creek Ranch Interim Wastewater Treatment Plant M. Phases I & II METAL FABRICATIONS 10. A570-92 - Standard Specification for Steel Sheet and Strip Carbon, Hot -Rolled, Structural Quality 11. A780-92 M. Standard Practice for Repair of Damaged and Uncoated Areas of Hot -Dip Galvanized Coatings. 12. B26 REV A-92 - Standard Specification for Aluminum -Alloy Sand Castings. 13. B85 REV A-92 - Standard Specification for Aluminum -Alloy Die Castings. F. American Welding Society (AWS): 1. D1.1-92 - Structural Welding Code Steel. G. Steel Structures Painting Council (SSPC): 1. SP 6-91 - Surface Preparation Specification No. 6 Commercial Blast Cleaning. 1.03 DEFINITIONS A. Submerged: At or below point 1 ft-6 in. above peak (maximum) water surface elevations in water holding structures. 1.04 SUBMITTALS A. Shop Drawings: 1. Indicate matenals, sizes, connections, anchors, and painting. 2. One reproducible and one print. B. Product Data: 1. Manufacturer's catalog sheets on premanufactured items. C. Miscellaneous Submittals: 1. Provide International Conference of Building Officials (ICBO) or other similar building code organization recommendations regarding safe allowable design loads for concrete anchors 2. Floor access hatch warranty. D. Submit in accordance with Section 01300. 1.05 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Welding: 1. Steel: a. Conform to codes for arc and gas welding in building construction of AWS and to AISC Specifications. Surfaces to be welded shall be free from loose scale, rust, grease, paint, and other foreign material except mill scale which will withstand vigorous wire brushing may remain. No welding shall be done when base metal lower than 0°F. b. Qualify welding operators in accordance with AWS D1.1. Qualification tests shall be run by recognized testing laboratory approved by ENGINEER at CONTRACTOR'S expense. W :\LAND11546\6401 \wwrp\specs\05500SPC.doc 03/10/98 05500-2 Page 2 of 9 Brazoria County Municipal Utility District No. 26 Shadow Creek Ranch Interim Wastewater Treatment Plant - Phases I & II METAL FABRICATIONS c. Welding operators shall be subject to examination for requalification using equipment, materials, and electrodes employed in execution of Work. Such requalification, if ordered by ENGINEER, shall be done at CONTRACTOR'S expense. 2. Aluminum: a. Weld with gas metal arc (GMA) or gas tungsten arc (GTA) processes in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations as approved and in accordance with recommendations of AWS. 1.06 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Tag miscellaneous iron, steel and aluminum including anchor bolts, concrete anchors, sleeves, and bases or otherwise mark for ease of identification at Project site. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS A. Conform to following. 1. Steel Shapes and Plates: ASTM A36. 2. Square and Rectangular Structural Tubing: ASTM A500, Grade B. 3. Round Structural Tubing and Steel Pipe: ASTM A53, Type E or S, Grade B. 4. Stainless Steel: a. Exterior and Submerged Uses: AISI, Type 316. b. Industrial Uses: AISI, Type 316. c. Interior and Architectural Uses: AISI, Type 304. d. Cast -in -Place Anchor Bolts: AISI, Type 302, 303 or 304. 5. Aluminum Structural Shapes and Plates: Alloy 6061-T6 or 6063-T6; conform to referenced specifications and ASTM sections found in AA current construction manual series. 6. Connection Bolts for Steel Members: ASTM A325. 7. Anchor Bolts: 1/2 in. minimum dia; nonsubmerged - ASTM A307, galvanized; submerged - stainless steel. 8. Connection Bolts for Wood Members: ASTM A307, galvanized. 9. Connection Bolts for Aluminum: Stainless steel. 10. Cast Iron: ASTM A48, Class 35B. 2.02 FABRICATION A. Connections and Workmanship: 1. Fabricate details and connection assemblies in accordance with Drawings and Specifications, with projecting corners clipped and filler pieces welded flush. 2. Weld shop connections and bolt or weld field connections, unless otherwise noted or specified. 3. Provide clips, lugs, brackets, straps, plates, bolts, nuts, washers, and similar items, as required for fabrication and erection. 4. Use connections of type and design required by forces to be resisted and to provide secure fastening. W:\LAND\ 1546\6401 \wwcp\specs\055005 PC.doc 03! 10/98 05500-3 Page 3 of 9 Brazoria County Municipal Utility District No. 26 Shadow Creek Ranch Interim Wastewater Treatment Plant - Phases I & II METAL FABRICATIONS a. AISC standard 2-angle web connections or single plate framing connections capable of supporting minimum of 50% total uniform load capacity of members joined as tabulated in uniform load constants of AISC MO11. b. Connections shall consist of minimum of two 3/4 in. dia bolts or welds developing minimum of 10,000 lbs. c. Make bearing type bolted connections with minimum 3/4 in. dia bolts with threads included in shear plane, unless detailed otherwise, 5. Welding: a. Grind exposed edges of welds to 1/8 in. minimum radius. Grind burrs, jagged edges, and surface defects smooth. b. Prepare welds and adjacent areas so there is: 1) No undercutting or reverse ridges on weld bead. 2) No weld spatter on or adjacent to weld or other area to be painted or coated. 3) No sharp peaks or ridges along weld bead. c. Grind embedded pieces of electrode or wire flush with adjacent surface of weld bead. 6. Bolting: a. Draw up bolts or nuts tight in accordance with AISC specifications. Use bolts of lengths required so bolts do not project more than 1/4 m. beyond face of nut. Do not use washers unless specified. Provide hexagonal head bolts with hexagonal nuts. b. Provide holes required for connection of adjacent or adjoining Work wherever noted on Drawings. Locate holes for bolting equipment to supports to tolerance of 1 1/16 in. of dimensions indicated. B. Fit Work together in fabrication shop and deliver complete or in parts, ready to be set in -place or assembled in field. C. Painting or Coating and Finishes: 1. Do not paint or coat ferrous metal surfaces embedded in concrete. 2. Review and comply with Section 09900. Where other finish is not specified, clean ferrous metal after fabrication to remove oil, mill scale, rust, and foreign matter in accordance with SSPC SP 6. Apply 1 coat of shop primer. 3. Steel lintels and surfaces not accessible after assembly or erection shall be given 2 shop coats using different colors of paint or coating. 4. Paint or coat aluminum in contact with concrete in accordance with AA 30 and Section 09900. Under no circumstances shall aluminum contact dissimilar metal. D. Castings shall be of uniform quality, free from blowholes, porosity, hard spots, shrinkage distortion, smooth, and well cleaned by shot blastings. 2.03 CONCRETE ANCHORS A. Wedge Anchors: 1. Manufacturers: W;\LAND\ I546\6301\wwtp\specs\05500SPC.doc 03/10/98 05500-4 Page 4of9 Brazoria County Municipal Utility District No. 26 Shadow Creek Ranch Interim Wastewater Treatment Plant - Phases I & II a. Rawl -Stud Anchor by Rawlplug Company, Inc. b. Thrubolt Wedge Anchor by ITW Ramset/Red Head. c. Kwik-Bolt II by Hilti Corporation. d. Liebig Wedge Anchor by Liebig. e. Or equal. METAL FABRICATIONS 2. Usage: In concrete. a. Zinc- or chromate -plated carbon steel may be used where totally embedded, in interior locations with controlled humidity and other protected locations. b. Stainless steel shall be used in other locations such as outside, in tanks or when attaching aluminum or galvanized steel. c. Do not use wedge anchors when submerged or subjected to dynamic loads. B. Expansion Anchors: 1. Manufacturers: a. Liebig Anchor by Liebig. b. HSL Expansion Anchor by Hilti. c. Rawl Bolt by Rawlplug Company, Inc. d. Or equal. 2. Usage: In concrete. a. Zinc- or chromate -plated carbon steel may be used where totally embedded, in interior locations with controlled humidity, and other protected locations. b. Stainless steel shall be used in other locations such as outside, in tanks, or when attaching aluminum or galvanized steel. c. Do not use expansion anchors when submerged, in overhead applications, or subjected to dynamic loads. C. Drop -In Anchors: 1. Manufacturers: a. HDI Drop -In Anchor by Hilti Corporation. b. Multi -Set II Drop -In Anchor by ITW Ramset/Red Head. c. Steel Drop -In by Rawlplug Company, Inc. d. Or equal. 2. Zinc- or chromate -plated carbon steel. 3. Usage: In concrete. a. Interior locations with controlled humidity and other protected locations. b. Do not use drop -in anchors in corrosive or humid areas such as wet wells, liquid containing tanks, exterior applications, in overhead applications, or when subjected to dynamic loads. W:\LAND\I546\6401\ 03/10/98 \specs\05500SPC.doc 05500-5 Page 5 of 9 Brazoria County Municipal Utility District No. 26 Shadow Creek Ranch Interim Wastewater Treatment Plant - Phases 1 & 11 D. Sleeve Anchors: 1. Manufacturers: METAL FABRICATIONS a. Sleeve Anchor by Hilti Corporation b. Dynabolt Sleeve by ITW Ramset/Red Head. c. Lok/Bolt by Rawlplug Company, Inc d. Or equal. 2. Usage: In masonry. a. Zinc- or chromate -plated carbon steel in interior locations and other protected locations. b. Stainless steel in other locations. E. Undercut Anchors: 1. Manufacturers: a. Liebig Ultraplus by Liebig. b. Maxi -Bolt by Drillco Devices Ltd. c. Or equal. 2. Usage: In concrete, overhead applications, and for dynamic loads. a. Zinc- or chromate -plated carbon steel may be used where totally embedded, in interior locations with controlled humidity, and other protected locations. b. Stainless steel shall be used in other locations such as outside, in tanks, or when attaching aluminum or galvanized steel. c. Do not use undercut anchors when submerged. F. Adhesive Anchors: 1. Manufacturers: a. Anchor -It Fastening System by Adhesive Technology Corporation. b. Foil -Fast Epoxy Injection Gel System by Rawl/Sika. c. EPCON Injection System by ITW Ramset/Red Head. d. Kelipoxy II by Kelken-Gold, Inc. e. Sure -Anchor (J50) by Dayton Superior. f. Poly -All Epoxy Anchoring System by Ackerman Johnson Fastening Systems, Inc. g. Or equal. 2. Epoxy adhesive with Type 316 stainless steel stud or anchor rod assembly, nuts, and washers. 3. Usage: a. In concrete, submerged. Do not use in overhead applications. W:LAND\t546\6401\ 03/10/98 \specs\05500SPC.doc 05500-6 Page 6 of9 Brazoria County Municipal Utility District No. 26 Shadow Creek Ranch Interim Wastewater Treatment Plant A. Phases 1 & I1 METAL FABRICATIONS 2.04 LADDERS A. Ladder shall conform to applicable federal, state, and local safety requirements. B. Ladders shall be in accordance with the Drawings. 1. Rungs: 1-in. dia deformed concrete reinforcing rod. 2. Punch stnngers and pass rungs through stringers and weld on both sides. Fabricate brackets for fastening ladder to wall and weld to ladder. C. Safety Devices: 1. Provide ladder -up safety post in accordance with the Drawings. 2.05 GRATING SUPPORT MEMBERS AND FRAMING A. Provide structural support members in accordance with the Drawings. 2.06 METAL FRAMES A. Provide door, hatch, and grille frames, and other frames fabricated from structural shapes. B. Fabricate frames from rolled steel sections or rolled steel sections and steel plates. Select sections for trueness of web and flange. Straighten members so finished frames are uniform, square, and true throughout length and depth of assembled units. C. Connect built-up members of frames by plug welding. Miter or cope and join members with continuous welding beads. Provide temporary spreader bars to prevent springing frames out of shape prior to and during erection. 2.07 STRAP ANCHORS AND STUD ANCHORS A. Provide anchors for frames, curbs, sills, and other metal fabrications anchored into concrete or masonry. Fabricate anchors from strap iron, bent to shape or of weldable studs, welded to backs of members. Where size and spacing not noted, provide 1-in. by 1/4 in. strap anchors or 3/4 in. dia studs for concrete and 1-1/2-in. by 1/8 in. strap anchors for masonry. Space masonry anchors to fit jointing of adjacent masonry work at 4 ft-0 in. oc. Space concrete anchors at 3 ft-0 in. oc. B. Where anchors and plates or clips are to be built in for attachment of later Work, provide bolts in plates or clips, welded to back with threaded ends extended as required. C. For attaching Work to masonry or concrete where anchors or inserts cannot be built in, provide concrete anchors or machine bolts and screws. 2.08 FLOOR ACCESS HATCHES A. Prefabricated Standard Type: 1. Manufacturers: a. Bilco Type Q. W :\LAND\ 1546\6401 \wwtp\specs\05500SPC.doo 03/10/98 05500-7 Page 7 of 9 Brazoria County Municipal Utility District No. 26 Shadow Creek Ranch Interim Wastewater Treatment Plant - Phases I & II METAL FABRICATIONS b. Babcock -Davis Type FC double leaf. c. Dur-Red. d. Or equal. 2. Provide access hatches and frames of material, type and size as shown on Drawings 3. Door leaves shall be 1/4 in. diamond pattern plate with reinforcing on underside to withstand live load of 150 lbs/sq ft with maximum deflection of 1/150 of span. 4. Frame shall be 1/4 in. thick with strap anchors around perimeter. 5. Equip doors with cast steel hinges bolted to underside and pivot on torsion bars that counterbalance door for easy operation 6. Equip doors with hold -open arm with positive locking device with conveniently positioned release handle for easy and controlled closing. 7. Provide snap lock mounted on bottom of leaf with removable topside handle and socket recessed in cover. 8. Hardware shall be cadmium -plated. 9. Factory finish shall be hot -dip galvanized. 10. Manufacturer shall warranty in writing against defects in material or workmanship for 5 yrs. C. Cast: 1. Manufacturers: a. Neenah. b. Campbell. c. Or equal. 2. Provide access hatches and frames of material, type, and size as shown on Drawings. 2.09 MISCELLANEOUS ITEMS A. Fabricate miscellaneous steel framing, supports, and items not forming part of structural steel framework or not indicated to be furnished under structural steel work. Use structural steel plates, shapes, bars, and tubing of sizes and arrangement indicated on the Drawings. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION A. Layout and install connectors such as concrete anchors and anchor bolts to secure metal fabrications to structure. B. Concrete Anchors: 1. Drill holes in concrete and masonry work with rotary driven twist drills only. Fill voids in masonry with grout 2. Do not install until concrete has reached specified minimum strength (fc). 3. Do not install closer than 6-bolt dia to edge of concrete or masonry, or closer than 12-bolt dia to another anchor unless detailed on Drawings. 4. Minimum embedment shall be 8-bolt dia, except 6-bolt dia embedment acceptable when bolt loaded m shear only. 5. Locate to clear reinforcing bars in concrete. W:\LAND\ 1546\6401 \wwtp\s pecs\05500SPc.doc 03/10/98 05500-8 Page 8 of 9 Brazoria County Municipal Utility District No. 26 Shadow Creek Ranch Interim Wastewater Treatment Plant - Phases I & II METAL FABRICATIONS 6. Install in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations. C. Erect to lines and levels, plumb and true, and in correct relation to adjoining Work. Secure parts using concealed connections when practicable. D. Plumb and true vertical members to tolerance of ±1/8 in. in 10 ft. Level horizontal members to tolerance of ±1/8 in. in 10 ft. E. Provide items such as bolts, shims, blocks, nuts, washers, and wedging pieces to complete installation. F. Drill field holes for bolts. Do not burn holes. G. New holes or enlargement of unfair holes by use of cutting torch is cause for rejection of entire member. H. Perform cutting, drilling, and fitting required for installation of metal fabrications. I. Field welds shall be approved by ENGINEER before prime painting or coating. Clean slag from welds prior to inspection 3.02 ADJUSTING AND CLEANING A. Field repair of damaged galvanized coatings. 1. Repair galvanized surfaces damaged during shipping or erection/ construction operations. 2. Repair surfaces using zinc -rich paint. 3. Prepare surfaces and apply in accordance with ASTM A780, Annex A2. * * * END OF SECTION * * * W:\LAND\I546\6401 \wwlP\specs\05500SPC.doc 03/10/98 05500-9 Page 9 of Brazoria County Municipal Utility District No. 26 Shadow Creek Ranch Interim Wastewater Treatment Plant - Phases I & II SECTION 09900 PAINTING PAINTING PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Surface preparation, priming, and finishing of interior and exterior of existing and proposed items and surfaces including the fence. B. All painting in connection with this project shall meet the requirements of this Section of the Specifications. In case of conflict between the painting requirement of this Section and other Sections of the Specifications, the requirements of this Section shall prevail. 1.02 DEFINITIONS A. Paint: The term "paint" as used herein includes emulsions, enamels, stains, varnishes, sealers, and other coatings, organic or inorganic, whether they be used as prime, intermediate, or finish coats. This definition does not include troweled or metal -sprayed coating. B. Shop Painting. The term ` shop painting" as referred to herein and/or on the drawings, covers operations and paint used in painting material or equipment in a shop or plant before shipment to the job site for erection or installation. C. Field Painting. The term "field painting" as referred to herein and/or on the drawings covers the application of paint coats at the construction site. Field painting shall normally be accomplished after erection except for surfaces to be coated which are inaccessible after erection. D. New Surfaces. New surfaces refers to unpainted surfaces of newly fabricated structures and items which are to receive paint coats. E. Touch-up Painting. Touch-up painting refers to the application of paint on small areas of painted surfaces to repair mars and scratches and to restore the coating to an unbroken condition. F. Repainting. Repainting designates the cleaning and recoating of extensive areas on which the existing coatings have deteriorated or otherwise do not provide adequate surface protection. G. Blast Cleaning. Blast cleaning designates the cleaning of surfaces by forceful impingement of abrasive particles thereon by clean dry and oil free air blast or centrifugal action and includes sandblasting and grit blasting. H. Architectural Surfaces. Architectural surfaces refers to the exteriors of buildings, the interior of buildings (finish spaces) for the occupancy of people such as office and laboratory space (not mechanical equipment) and wood, masonry, plaster, stucco, and wall board regardless of where located. I. Mechanical Surfaces. Mechanical surfaces refers to all submerged surfaces, all machinery and piping, the interior of all mechanical building (except wood masonry, plaster, stucco, or wall board) subject to environmental contaminations such as pump rooms, sludge handling buildings, etc. W:\LAND\ 1546\6401\wwcp\speos\09900SPC.doc 04/01/98 09900-1 Page 1 of 12 Brazoria County Municipal Utility District No. 26 Shadow Creek Ranch Interim Wastewater Treatment Plant - Phases I & II PAINTING 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: Submit for approval by the ENGINEER the paint manufacturer's technical information including, specifications and data on the proposed paints and detailed surface preparation, application procedures dry mil thickness, certificates and test reports, as required by Method 1031.2, Federal Test Method Standard 141. All suppliers shall be notified of the Paint Manufacturer selected and all shop -supplied paint shall also meet these specifications After approval of the Paint Manufacturer, substitutions will not be considered. B. Contact with Potable Water. Any surface to be coated which will be in contact with potable water shall receive coatings which meet the F.D.A. requirements for accepted ingredient materials and which are listed by the U.S. Public Health Service as acceptable for Potable Water Tank Linings for Interstate Camer use. Coating shall also meet EPA, National Sanitation Foundation (NSF), and ANSI/NSF Standard 61 requirements for coatings in contact with potable water. Certify in writing, by an organization accredited by ANSI, that these requirements have been met. Such certification shall be furnished to the ENGINEER as a prerequisite to final acceptance of the Project by the OWNER. C. Submit six (6) complete sets of paint color charts for all colors manufactured or available from the paint supplier. Paint color selection shall be made by OWNER. 1.04 QUALITY CONTROL A. The paints and the paint products mentioned in the following specifications are set up as standards of quality. Other top -of -the -line paints of nationally known and reputable manufacturers comparable in quality and type to those specified will be considered if said paints are offered by the CONTRACTOR with satisfactory data on past performance, composition, directions for use and other information required, and if approved by the ENGINEER. Technical bulletins alone will not be considered as sufficient proof of equality. As a part of the proof of equality, the ENGINEER may require at the cost of the CONTRACTOR, certified reports from a nationally known reputable and independent testing laboratory conducting comparative tests as directed by the ENGINEER between the product specified and the requested substitution. The comparative tests shall have been made within two years prior to award of Contract. B. All materials shall be brought to the job site in clean, original, sealed and labeled containers bearing the following information: 1. Name or title of material. 2. Fed. Spec number if applicable. 3. Manufacturer's stock number and date of manufacture. 4. Manufacturer's name. 5. Contents by volume, for major pigment and vehicle constituents. 6. Thinning and mixing instructions. 7. Application instructions. 8. Color name and number. 9. Batch numbers. 10. Shelf life. C. The OWNER may have the cleaning and painting tested by an independent testing laboratory during the cleaning and painting process. Any test revealing surface preparation or painting not meeting the requirements of this Section of the Specifications will be at the expense of the CONTRACTOR. D. CONTRACTOR shall coordinate to assure surface preparation and prime coat applied by equipment manufacturers are compatible with finish coat. W ;\LAND\ 1546\640I \wsvtp\specs\09900S PC.doc 04/01/98 09900-2 Page 2 of 12 Brazoria County Municipal Utility District No. 26 Shadow Creek Ranch Interim Wastewater Treatment Plant - Phases I & II 1.05 GUARANTEE PAINTING A. The CONTRACTOR shall guarantee all paint and painting under this Contract for a minimum of twelve (12) consecutive calendar months beginning with the date of final acceptance of this Contract. Any part or all of any paint surface which, in the opinion of the ENGINEER, reveals any blister, peel, flake, bubble rust or other imperfections within the 12-month period specified above, shall be, if the ENGINEER so directs, cleaned by abrasive blast to white metal as specified in SSPC-SP-5, and shall be primed and painted at no expense to the OWNER. Such cleaning and painting shall be accomplished within thirty (30) calendar days after the date on which the CONTRACTOR is notified by the ENGINEER that such cleaning and painting is required. If the original paint was a substitution for that shown in the paint schedule, and the paint failure is general over two large portions of the surface, then the surface shall be primed and repainted with a paint of the OWNER's choice. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 PAINTS TO BE APPLIED A. General. All paint and paint products furnished or applied in fulfilling the requirements of this section of the Specifications shall be products of one paint manufacturer, except where otherwise specified, such as Architectural finishes. The surface preparation and paints required for various types of surface and exposure are shown in the Paint Systems. The CONTRACTOR shall coordinate to assure surface preparation and prime coat applied by equipment manufacturers are compatible with the finish coat. B. Fabricated and Assembled Items. Fabricated and assembled items which are normally painted with special coatings in accordance with the manufacturer s standard practice shall be touched up in the field with the manufacturer's recommended touch-up procedures and paints to provide an appearance satisfactory to the ENGINEER. C. Safety Color Code for Marking Physical Hazards. The safety color selected for the marking of physical hazards and safety, fire fighting and protective equipment shall be in accordance with OSHA 1910.144. 2.02 MANUFACTURERS A. Valspar Company B. Kop-Coat Company C. Tnemec Company, Inc. D. ACRO. E. Or equal. W :\LAND\ 1546\5401 \wwtp\s pecs\09900S PC.doc 04/01/98 09900-3 Page 3 of 12 Brazoria County Municipal Utility District No. 26 Shadow Creek Ranch Interim Wastewater Treatment Plant - Phases I & II 2.03 SCHEDULE A. General PAINTING 1. Top -of -line products of the referenced manufacturer shall be used. Equivalent materials of other manufacturers may be substituted upon written approval of the ENGINEER. No submittals for substitution will beconsidered by the ENGINEER prior to bid date. Requests for substitution must include manufacturer's literature for each product giving the name, product number,generic type, descriptive information, solids by volume, recommended dry film thickness and certified test reports showing results equal to the performance of the products listed herein. Only those thinners recommended by the manufacturer shall be used. 2. AWWA C104, C203, and C2051inmgs and coatings for cast iron and for steel pipe shall apply for piping except where specifically indicated otherwise in individual sections of these Specifications 3. For purposes of determining coatings required where not specified, surfaces which are intermittently submerged shall be considered as submerged. 4. Surfaces of piping, structures, and other items requiring a schedule for buried service and another schedule for aboveground service shall be coated as follows: a. The specified underground coating shall extend a minimum of 6 inches aboveground. b. The specified aboveground coating shall extend a minimum of 6 inches below the ground and shall be applied over the underground coating. 5. Primer, Intermediate, and finish coats on a given item shall be provided by the same manufacturer. No mixing of coating systems will be allowed. PAINT SYSTEMS 1. Piping, Normal Intenor Exposure (Painting System No. 1) a. General. Ferrous surfaces subject to normal dry exposure conditions above grade where corrosive atmosphere is light to moderate. This includes the following items: exposed surfaces of ductile iron and steel piping, including fittings, valves, flanges, bolts, supports, accessories* pipe hanger brackets; electrical conduit, boxes, electrical supports outlets (aluminum color); pipe to be later insulated; copper tubing fittings and valves; exposed ductwork and louvers. Galvanized surfaces are not to be painted. b. Surface Preparation. SSPC-SP6 Commercial Blast Cleaning. Reference Cleaning System No. 1 for description. c. Coating (Alkyd System) mfg Kop-Coat Valspar Tnemec ACRO Pnmer (3 mils) 622 LCF 12-R-28 37-77 Chem -Prime 1124 Multi -Prime fr Coats to adry of (2 film 4 mils) or Rustarmor 500 20 and\or 12 Series Series 23 - Endura-Tone 2214 Finish thiclmess more or Series 2H Total dry film thickness = 7 mils All surfaces shall be shop primed with a primer of the Paint Manufacturer selected so that the primer will be compatible with the finished paint surface. W:\LlND\1546\6401 \wwtp\specs\09900SPC.doc 04/01/98 Page 4 of 12 09900-4 Brazoria County Municipal Utility District No. 26 Shadow Creek Ranch Interim Wastewater Treatment Plant - Phases I & II PAINTING Metal, Non -Immersed, Interior Exposure (Painting System No. 2) a. General. All non -immersed ferrous surfaces subject to moderately severe abrasive conditions. This includes and is limited to non -submerged ladders, grates, checkered deck plates and access covers; air transfer piping; interiors of steel dry chemical storage silos and day tanks; pumps, motors, blowers speed reducers, grilles curbs, hoists, and other machines and equipment. Galvanized surfaces are not to be painted b. Surface Preparation. SSPC-SP10 Near -White Metal Blast Cleaning. Reference Cleaning System No. 2 for description. c. Coating (Epoxy Resin System) mfg Kop-Coat Valspar Tnemec ACRO Prime Coat (2 mils) 340 Gold Primer Val 13 Primer -Chem R-62 Epoxy Epoxo-line 1211 66- 4422 Epoxy Primer Finish Coat(s) (5 mils) High -Gard 89 Series Series 66, Epoxo-line Hi -Build 4460 Epoxy Hi -Build Total minimum dry film thickness = 7 mils 3. Metal, Immersed, Subject to Abrasive Conditions (Painting System No. 3) a. General. All immersed ferrous surfaces, subject to moderately severe abrasive conditions. This includes and is limited to submerged surfaces of all pumps, flow developers aerators lime slakers and feeders, flash mixers, scum baffles, clariflocculator mixers, sludge collectors, sludge mixers and filter vessel interior and internals, sluice gates, exterior of submerged valves and piping, submerged pipe sleeves, brackets, gates, etc. All these surfaces except field maccessible surfaces shall be prepared and coated in the field. Galvanized surfaces are not to be painted. b. Surface Preparation. SSPC-SP10 Near -White Metal Blast Cleaning. Reference Cleaning System No. 2 for description. c. Coating. (Epoxy System) mfg Kop-Coat Valspar Tnemec ACRO Epoxy 78 Senes Series 20 4460 Hi -Build Epoxy Two or more coats to a minimum 14 dry Hi -Gard film thickness of 12 to mils 4. Metal, Buried in Contact with Soil (Painting System No. 4) a. General. All ferrous surfaces in contact with backfill includes, but is not limited to all buried valves, valve boxes, extenors of package Lift Stations, treatment units, etc., and miscellaneous burred metals. Galvanized surfaces are not to be painted. b. Surface Preparation. SSPC-SP6 Commercial Blast Cleaning. Reference Cleaning System No. 1 for description. c. Coating. Two coats of Bureau of Reclamation CA-50 or MIL-0018480A coal tar coating. W:\LAND\1546\6401 \wwtplspecs\09900SPC.doc 04/01/98 Page 5 of 12 09900-5 Brazoria County Municipal Utility District No. 26 Shadow Creek Ranch Interim Wastewater Treatment Plant - Phases I & II PAINTING mfg Kop-Coat Valspar Tnemec ACRO Two or more coats to a minimum 50 V-75 Epoxy- 46-450 Heavy 4467 Coal Tar Bitumastic Mastic Tnemecol Epoxy dry film thickness of 30 mils 5. Canvas, Cloth. or Fiberglass Surface on Pipe Insulation (Painting System No. 5) a. Surface Preparation. Clean of all dust, dirt, grease and foreign matter. b. Coating (Acrylic latex) mfg Kop-Coat Valspar Tnemec ACRO Two coats to match uninsulated pipe 600 79 Senes Series 6 Tneme-cryl 2288 6. Steel, Galvanized, (Painting System No. 6) a. Surface (when directed) Preparation. SSPC-SP-1 Solvent Cleaning. b. Coating. (Epoxy Urethane System) mfg Kop-Coat Valspar Tnemec ACRO Intermediate Coat (4 to 6 mils) Hi -Gard 89 Series 20-1255 4460 Finish Coat (1.5 to 2.5 mils) 1122 BRS V40 Series Senes Endura-Shield 4428 Polyurenthane 73 7. Metal, Exterior Exposure (Painting System No. 7) a. General Exterior of steel tanks, above ground steel and cast iron piping, valves, fittings, supports and accessories. b. Surface Preparation. SSPC-SP6 Commercial Blast Cleaning. Reference Cleaning System No. 1 for description. c. Coating. (Epoxy Urethane System). mfg Kop-Coat Valspar Tnemec ACRO " 340 Gold 4422 66-1211 13-R-62 Prime (First) Coat (2 to 3 mils) Hi 4460 20-1255 89 Series Intermediate Coat (4 to 6 mils) -Gard 1122-BRS 4428 Series 73 Endura-Shield V40 Series Finish Coat (1.5 to 2.5 mils) Total minimum dry film thickness = 7.5 mils to 11.5 mils Conform to ANSUAWWA D102-96 for coating exterior of steel elevated water storage tanks. W :\LAND\ 1546\6401 \wwtp\specs`A9900SPC.doc 04/01/98 09900-6 Page 6 of 12 Brazoria County Municipal Utility District No. 26 Shadow Creek Ranch Interim Wastewater Treatment Plant - Phases I & II PAINTING 8. Metal, Interior Potable Water Service (Painting System No. 8) a. General. Interior of potable water tanks, access manways. b. Surface Preparation. SSPC-SP10 Near -White Metal Blast Cleaning. Reference Cleaning System No. 2 for description. c. Coating. (Epoxy System). mfg Kop-Coat Valspar Tnemec ACRO Prime Coat (4 mils) Hi -Gard 78-D-7 20-1255 4460 Finish Coat (5 mils) Hi -Gard 78-W-3 20-AA90 4460 Total minimum dry film thickness = 9 mils First coat shall be haze gray or beige. Finish coat shall be white. Conform to NSF standards and ANSI/AWWA D102-96 for coating interior of steel elevated water storage tanks. ARCHITECTURAL 9. CMU (Concrete Block Building) Interior & Exterior (Painting System No. 9) a. Surface Preparation: Clean off all dust, dirt, grease & foreign matter. b. Coating: Acrylic Latex. mfg Kop-Coat Valspar ACRO Tnemec Prime Coat Concrete and Masonry Filler 79-W-8 130 Envirofill 1153 Finish Coats 600 I/E 79 Series Series 6 2288 10. Drywall (Interior) (Painting System No. 10) a. Surface Preparation: Clean off all dust, dirt, grease & foreign matter. b. Coating: Acrylic Latex mfg Kop-Coat Valspar ACRO Tnemec Prime Coat 50% 51-792 1153 79 Series Thinned 600 UE Thinned 50% Finish Coat (2 or more) 600 WE 79 Series 6 Series 2288 11. Wood (Interior & Exterior) (Painting System No. 11) a. Surface Preparation: Clean off all dust, dirt, grease & foreign matter. Sand smooth to remove rough edges, etc. b. Coating: Acrylic Latex. W :\LAND\ 1546\6401 \wwtp\specs\09900SPC,doc 04/01/98 09900-7 Page 7 of 12 Brazoria County Municipal Utility District No. 26 Shadow Creek Ranch Interim Wastewater Treatment Plant - Phases I & II PAINTING mfg Kop-Coat Valspar Tnemec ACRO Prime Coat 600 I/E 50% 36-603 1153 79 Series Thinned Thinned 50% Finish Coat (2 or more) 600 I/E 79 Series Series 23 2288 PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 CLEANING AND PREPARATION OF SURFACES. A. General 1. All surfaces to be painted shall be prepared in a workmanlike manner with the objective of obtaining a clean and dry surface. No more abrasive blast or surface preparation than can be coated or painted in a normal working day will be permitted. 2. The preparation of steel surfaces shall be in accordance with the applicable specifications prepared by the Steel Structures Painting Council (SSPC). 3. Extra precaution shall be required m the preparation of any existing surfaces for repaint that contains lead. Any test results of existing painted surfaces shall be available for review at the ENGINEER'S office. The CONTRACTOR shall meet the latest criteria of the Texas Air Control Board and the Environmental Protection Agency as it pertains to surface preparation and painting procedures for the referenced condition. 4. Care shall be exercised not to damage adjacent work during abrasive blast operations. Surfaces not intended to be painted shall be suitably protected from the effects of cleaning and painting operations. Fabricated, assembled items which are normally cleaned and painted in the shop in accordance with the manufacturer's standard practice will be considered for exemption from the detailed cleaning and painting requirement set forth herein. Removable equipment adjacent to surfaces to be painted shall if necessary, be disconnected and moved to permit cleaning and painting of said surfaces, and replaced by workmen skilled in the trades involved. 5. Prime and finish coats which are listed in the Painting Schedule are compatible finishes. The CONTRACTOR shall follow the recommendations of the paint manufacturers, subject to the approval of the ENGINEER, to insure a good bond between coats. 6. The standard of cleanliness for the surface preparation shall be evaluated with the use of: S.S.P.C. Pectoral Surface Preparation Standards for Painting Steel Surfaces SSPC-Vis 1; Swedish Pectoral Standards• or NACE TM-01-70 Visual Standards. 7. Remove all dust and abrasives from freshly blasted surfaces by brushing or blowing with clean dry air, paying special attention to corners and joints of connecting members. B. Cleaning and Preparation of Ferrous Surfaces 1. Surface in Exterior or Interior Atmospheric Exposure (Cleaning System No. 1) Ferrous surfaces which will be completely and continuously in normal exterior or interior atmospheric exposure (see schedule for description) shall be cleaned in the following manner. a. Oil, grease, soil, drawing and cutting compounds, and other containments shall be removed in accordance with SSPC-SP 1, Solvent Cleaning. b. After oil and surface contaminants have been removed, and before sandblasting, all weld splatter must be removed. All rough welds and sharp edges must be ground to give a smooth rounded corner. W:\LAND\ 15 4 6\6401 \wwtp\specs\09900 S P C. d oc 04/01/98 09900-8 Page 8 of 12 Brazoria County Municipal Utility District No. 26 Shadow Creek Ranch PAINTING Interim Wastewater Treatment Plant - Phases I & II c. The surface shall be blast cleaned to a Commercial finish by removing mill scale, rust, rust scale, paint or foreign material by any of the recommended methods outlined in SSPC-SP 6, Commercial Blast Cleaning. Mechanical equipment and surfaces inaccessible to blast cleaning shall be cleaned in accordance with SSPC-SP 3, Power Tool Cleaning. d. The blast cleaned surface shall be primed with primer specified for atmospheric exposed steel before any rust bloom forms. Weathering of fabricated unpainted steel for any purpose will not be permitted unless the surface is to be subsequently blast cleaned off all mill scale and rust to base metal. 2. Welds and Damaged Areas. All welds and all damaged areas of shop -primed surfaces and of field -primed surfaces shall be field cleaned including blast cleaning, and reprimed as specified. 3. Cleaning and Pretreatment of Ferrous Surfaces in Underwater Exposure (Cleaning System No. 2). Surfaces of structural components which will be subject to extended periods of immersion or otherwise as required shall be cleaned in the following manner: a. Oil, grease, soil drawing and cutting compounds, and other contaminants shall be removed in accordance with SSPC-SP 1, Solvent Cleaning. b. After oil and surface contaminants have been removed, and before sandblasting, all weld splatter must be removed. All rough welds and sharp edges must be ground to give a smooth rounded contour c. The surface shall be blast cleaned to a Near -White Metal finish, removing of all mill scale, rust, rust scale, paint or foreign matter by any of the recommended methods outlined in SSPC-SP 10, Near White Blast Cleaning. d. Surfaces to be coated which will not be accessible after erection shall be cleaned and painted before becoming inaccessible In no event shall blast cleaned surfaces stand overnight without having received the specified pretreatment and the first coat of paint prescribed by the schedule. Structural features or components which are subject in part to atmospheric exposure and in part to immersion in water shall be prepared and painted as though the entire component were subject to immersion. Pre -erected or construction period coatings shall be maintained in good condition by recleaning and touching up any areas damaged during the construction period. Prior to the field application of subsequent coats to obtain the prescnbed total film thickness, soiled areas of the pre - erection coating shall be thoroughly cleaned with mineral spirits and all welds or other unpainted or damaged areas shall be cleaned, including blast cleaning, and primed as specified and in such a manner as to make them equivalent to adjacent, undamaged paint surfaces. C. Cleaning of Copper, Galvanized Steel, Stainless Steel Aluminum and Aluminum Alloy Surfaces. Unless otherwise specifically provided, galvanized, stainless steel and aluminum surfaces shall not be painted, but shall be washed with clean mineral spirits per SSPC-SP 1, Solvent Cleaning to remove oil and grease. Exposed copper surfaces shall be buffed or polished to bright color, the surface cleaned with mild phosphonc acid cleaner and the finish coat applied. The preparation of copper surfaces apply only if they are to be painted. D. Inspection of Surface Preparation. The ENGINEER may inspect all details of surface preparation to insure that surfaces have been properly cleaned, that treating solutions are of the specified type and concentration, and have been properly applied, that treated surfaces are free from unneutralized residue and that surfaces are dry and ready to receive paint. Machined Surfaces. Machine finished and other bare metal surfaces which are not to be painted, but which will require temporary protection during construction, shall be treated with a rust preventative compound as approved by the ENGINEER unless otherwise specifically indicated. W ;\LAND\ 1546\6401\µwtp\specs\09900SPC.doc 04/01/98 09900-9 Page 9 of 12 Brazoria County Municipal Utility District No. 26 Shadow Creek Ranch Interim Wastewater Treatment Plant - Phases I & II PAINTING 3.02 PAINT APPLICATION A. General. All work shall be done in a workmanlike manner, so that the finished coating will be free from holidays, pin holes, bubbles, runs, drips, ridges, waves, laps, unnecessary brush marks and variations in color, texture and gloss. All coats shall be applied in such a manner as to produce an even film of uniform thickness. The Painting CONTRACTOR shall furnish workers who perform quality work and who are experienced and knowledgeable in the surface preparation and application of high performance industrial coatings. Painting application procedures shall conform to the standards of craftsmanship discussed in the Steel Structures Painting Council's Painting Manual Volume 1, Good Painting Practice. These techniques include, but are not limited to, multiple passes of the spray gun, with each pass overlapped 50%, and "Cross Hatching" successive coats of paint. B. Labeling, Storage, Mixing, and Film Thickness. All materials shall be brought to the painting job site in the original sealed and labeled containers of the paint manufacturer and shall be subject to inspection by the ENGINEER. The painter shall apply each coating at the rate and in the manner specified by the manufacturer. If material has thickened or must be diluted for application by spray gun, the coating shall be built up to the same film thickness achieved with undiluted material. Deficiencies in film thickness shall be corrected by the application of additional coats of paint. Paints which can be harmed by exposure to cold weather shall be stored in heated shelters. During application, the paint in the spray tank or other working container shall be not less than 50 degrees Fahrenheit. Coating materials shall be stored in a location approved by the ENGINEER for that purpose. The storage areas shall be kept clean and any damage caused by the Painting CONTRACTOR shall be repaired. Oil rags and waste or other fire hazards shall be removed from the storage areas each night and disposed of or stored in closed metal containers in accordance with applicable fire and safety regulations. C. Safety. The Painting CONTRACTOR shall diligently observe all rules of safety, ventilation, fire hazards, and shall identify by signs or marking all physical hazards as required by OSHA, and described in the Federal Register, Volume 37, No 202 under Paragraph 1901.44 "Safety Color Code, for Markmg Physical Hazards," and EPA regulations, and in particular as spelled out in Section 7 "Safety Precautions" of the AWWA Standard for Painting Steel Water Storage Tanks, D102-96. Paints and coatings specified herein are hazardous materials. Vapors may be toxic or explosive. Protective equipment approved by the appropriate regulatory agency, is mandatory for all personnel involved in the painting and coatings operations. D. Atmospheric Conditions. No paint shall be applied when the surrounding air temperature, as measured in the shade, is below 40 degrees Fahrenheit No paint shall be applied when the temperature of the surface to be painted is below 40 degrees Fahrenheit. Paint shall not be applied to wet or damp surfaces, and shall not be applied in rain, snow, fog or mist, or when the relative humidity exceeds 85% or when it can be anticipated that the air temperature will drop below 40 degrees Fahrenheit within 18 hours after the application of the paint. Dew or moisture condensation should be anticipated, and if such conditions are prevalent, painting shall be delayed until mid -morning to be certain that the surfaces are dry The day's painting shall be completed well in advance of the probable time of day when condensation will occur, in order to permit the film an appreciable drying time prior to the formation of moisture. During periods of inclement weather, painting may be continued by enclosing the surface with temporary shelters and applying artificial heat provided the minimum air, surface and paint temperatures prescribed are maintained Paint shall not be applied to surfaces which are hot enough to cause blistering or pinholing of the film. W:\LAND\ 1546\6401 \wsstp\specs109900SPC, doc 04/O1/98 09900-10 Page IO of 12 Brazoria County Municipal Utility District No. 26 Shadow Creek Ranch PAINTING Interim Wastewater Treatment Plant - Phases I & II E. Protection of Paint Surfaces. Where shelter or heat is provided for paint surfaces during inclement weather, such protective measures shall be maintained until the paint film has dried, or discontinuance of the measures is authorized. Items which have been painted shall not be handled worked on, or otherwise disturbed until the paint coat is completely dry and hard. After delivery at the site of permanent erection or installation, all shop -coated metal work shall be stored out of contact with the ground in such a manner as will minimize the formation of water -holding pockets and in such a location as will minimize soiling, contamination and deterioration of the paint film. Shop -coated metal shall be repainted or retouched from time to time with the specified paint, whenever, in the opinion of the ENGINEER, it becomes necessary to maintain the integrity of the film. F. Contacting Surfaces. When riveted or bolted contact is to exist between surfaces of ferrous or other metal parts of substantially similar chemical composition, such surfaces will not be required to be painted. Contacting surfaces formed by high -strength bolt connections shall not be painted. Where an electrical potential is apt to exist between metal surfaces or unlike chemical composition in riveted or bolted contact, each of the contacting surfaces shall be cleaned, pretreated, and given one coat of primer, all as specified for the particular metals involved. Where a non-metal surface is to be in riveted or bolted contact with a metal surface, the contacting surfaces of the metal shall be cleaned, pretreated if required, and given three coats of the specified primer. G. Method of Paint Application. On metal surfaces, each coat of paint shall be applied at the rate specified by the manufacturer to achieve the minimum dry mil thickness required. On concrete and/or masonry, application rates will vary according to surface texture. However in no case shall the manufacturer's stated coverage rate be exceeded. On porous surfaces, a protective and decorative finish shall be achieved. Deficiencies in film thickness shall be corrected by the application of an additional coat(s) of paint. Where conditions are other than normal because of the weather or because painting must be done in confined spaces, longer drying times will be necessary. Additional coats of paint shall not be applied, nor shall units be returned to service until paints are thoroughly dry Where thinning is necessary, only the products of the manufacturer famishing the paint, and for the particular purpose, shall be allowed, and all such thinning shall be done strictly in accordance with the manufacturer's instructions as well as with the full knowledge and approval of the ENGINEER Where two or more coats are specified, first coat shall be tinted a minimum of three shades lighter than the color specified, and progressively to the final coat, and subject to approval. H. Coating Progress. Where field painting on any type of surface has commenced on any portion of the work, the complete painting operation including priming and finishing coats, on that portion of the work, shall be completed as soon as practicable without prolonged delays. Sufficient time as recommended by the paint manufacturer shall elapse between successive coats to permit them to dry properly for recoating and this minimum drying period shall be modified as necessary to suit adverse weather conditions. Maximum elapsed time between successive coats shall not exceed the time recommended by the coating manufacturer The application of another coat of paint shall not cause such film irregularities as lifting or loss of adhesion of the undercoat, and the undercoat shall have dried sufficiently so as not to retard the drying of the next coat. At all times prior to final acceptance of the work when, in the opinion of the ENGINEER, it becomes necessary, the integrity and continuity of all coats, including coats which have chalked unduly or otherwise deteriorated, shall be reestablished by retouching or repainting, using paints identical with those maintained. At the time of application of each successive coat, undercoats shall be cleaned of duct, grease or any foreign matter which might adversely affect intercoat adhesion by means of air blast, solvent cleaning or other approved means. Field coats on metal shall be applied after erection, except as otherwise specified and except for surfaces to be painted which will become inaccessible after erection. Drying Time Prior to Immersion. Drying time prior to immersion, installation or otherwise handling painted surfaces shall be as recommended by the paint manufacturer. Vinyl type paint systems shall be allowed a final dry as long as practicable. W:\LAND\I546\6401 \wwtp\specs\09900SPC.doc 04/01/98 09900-11 Page 11 of 12 Brazoria County Municipal Utility District No. 26 Shadow Creek Ranch Interim Wastewater Treatment Plant - Phases I & II PAINTING J. Coverage and Film Thickness. Coverage and film thickness shall be as recommended by the paint manufacturer, unless otherwise prescribed in the schedule. On metal surfaces the painter shall apply each coat of paint at the rate specified or recommended by the manufacturer to achieve the minimum dry mil thickness required. K. Inspection. All painting will be inspected for applied coating thickness and for pinholes and holidays. Such inspections will not relieve the CONTRACTOR of the responsibility of furnishing qualified labor and materials in strict accordance with the Specifications. The CONTRACTOR shall also furnish an AWWA approved type of low voltage dry mil gauge apparatus to measure the dry film thickness. The Elcometer Thickness Gauge shall be furnished to the ENGINEER for his use. The CONTRACTOR shall also furnish to the ENGINEER for his use holiday detector devices; sling Pyschrometers; MOS and calibration standards. Holiday detector devices shall be approved low voltage type. All of the above inspection gauges shall be furnished and on the job before the ENGINEER will permit painting operations to proceed, and shall remain on the job until its completion and acceptance The CONTRACTOR or his representatives shall instruct the ENGINEER on the proper use and care of all such gauges. The above -required testing gauges shall be famished to the ENGINEER and are returnable to the CONTRACTOR upon completion of the job. The cost of furnishing all of the above required gauges to the Engineer for his use shall be borne by the CONTRACTOR. 3.03 CLEANING A. Touch up and restore finish where damaged. B. Remove spilled, splashed or splattered paint from all surfaces. C. Do not mar surface finish of items being cleaned. D. Upon completion of the work, all staging, scaffolding and containers shall be removed from the site. * * * END OF SECTION * * * W:\LAND\ 1546\6401\wwtp\specs\09900SPC.doc 04/01/98 09900-12 Page 12 of 12 Brazoria County Municipal Utility District No. 26 Shadow Creek Ranch Interim Wastewater Treatment Plant - Phases I & II SUBMERSIBLE NON -CLOG PUMPS SECTION 11317 SUBMERSIBLE NON -CLOG PUMPS PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Submersible Nonclog Pumps. 2. Pump Removal Mechanisms. 3. Control Equipment. 1.02 REFERENCES A. American National Standards Institute (ANSI): 1. B16.1-89 - Cast Iron Pipe Flanges and Flanged Fittings. B. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM): 1. A48 92 - Standard Specification for Gray Iron Castings. 2. A182 REV A-92 - Standard Specification for Forged or Rolled Alloy -Steel Pipe Flanges, Forged Fittings, and Valves and Parts for High Temperature Service. 3. A276-92 - Standard Specification for Stainless and Heat -Resisting Steel Bars and Shapes. 4. A576 REV B-90 - Standard Specification for Steel Bars, Carbon, Hot -Wrought, Special Quality. 1.03 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION A. Design and Performance Requirements 1. Pumping equipment shall comply with the Drawings. 2. Equipment shall be suitable for pumping raw unscreened municipal wastewater and for service specified in attached Schedule(s). 3. Equipment shall be suitable for continuous operation at maximum fluid temperature of 104 degrees F at all operating speeds specified and without external cooling fluid 4. Adequately size motor horsepower so each pump is non -overloading throughout entire pump performance curve. 5. Design motor for up to 15 evenly spaced starts per hour for motors less than 125 horsepower and up to 10 evenly spaced starts per hour for motors 125 horspower and larger. 6. Equipment shall be free from shock, vibration, cavitation, overheating, and noise while operating at specified conditions 7. Equipment shall be capable of continuous operation without damage while operating under load and unsubmerged. 8. Design equipment for continuous submergence under water without loss of watertight integrity to depth of 65 ft. 9. Design equipment for removal and reinstallation of pumps without need to enter wet well and without removal of fasteners. 10. Design pump removal guide mechanism and permanently mounted discharge connection elbow so no part of pump bears on wet well structure. W:\IAND\1546\640I \wwtp\specs\11317SPC.doc 4/29101 11317-1 Page I of6 Brazoria County Municipal Utility District No. 26 Shadow Creek Ranch Interim Wastewater Treatment Plant - Phases 1 & 11 SUBMERSIBLE NON -CLOG PUMPS 11. Connection of pump to permanently mounted discharge elbow shall not leak. 12. Design equipment so parts readily accessible for inspection and repair, easily duplicated and replaced, and suitable for service specified 13. Entire pumping unit, including pump motor and power cable assembly, shall be suitable for installation in a Class I, Division 1, Group C and D hazardous classified location as approved by Factory Mutual. 1.04 SUBMITTALS A. General: 1. Submit Product Data and Shop Drawings in sufficient detail to confirm compliance with requirements of this Section and the Drawings. Submit Product Data and Shop Drawings in one complete submittal package. Partial submittals are unacceptable. Product Data: 1. Catalog cuts and product specifications for each product specified. 2. Pump Performance Curves and Data: a. Show head, capacity, horsepower demand, and pump efficiency curves from shut-off to maximum capacity of pump. b. Show head, capacity, horsepower demand, and pump efficiency for points specified in Schedule(s) attached. 3. Proposed coating system to comply with Section 09900. Submit in accordance with Section 01300. C. Test Results: 1. Submit factory certified performance curves to ENGINEER S design office. 2. Submit factory certified results of hydrostatic test to ENGINEER'S design office. 3. Do not ship pumps to site until factory test results are approved E. Submit above in accordance with Section 01300. F. Operation and Maintenance (O&M) Data: 1. Submit in accordance with Section 01730. 1.05 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. System responsibility: To ensure proper operating system(s), pump manufacturer shall provide all products specified in this Section including pump(s), pump removal mechanism(s) and control equipment • NV: \LAND\ 15 46\6401 \wwtp`s pec s\ 11317 SP C. d oc 4/29/01 11317-2 Pag 2 of 6 Brazoria County Municipal Utility District No. 26 Shadow Creek Ranch Interim Wastewater Treatment Plant - Phases I & II SUBMERSIBLE NON -CLOG PUMPS PART 2 2.01 MANUFACTURERS A. ITT Flygt. B. Homa Pumps. C. Or Equal. 2.02 MATERIALS A. Suitable for application specified herein and as specified below: 1. Pump case: Cast iron, ASTM A48, minimum Class 35B. 2. Motor housing: Cast iron, ASTM A48, minimum Class 35B. 3. Impeller Cast iron, ASTM A48, minimum Class 35B. 4. Intermediate housing: Cast iron, ASTM A48, minimum Class 35B 5. Discharge base elbow: Cast iron, ASTM A48, minimum Class 35B. 6. Pump/motor shaft: a. Shafts not directly exposed to pumped fluid or shafts provided with protective sleeve: Carbon steel ASTM A576, minimum Grade 1035. b. Shafts directly exposed to pumped fluid: Stainless steel, ASTM A276, Type 420 or ASTM A182, Grade F XM-19. Shaft sleeve: Stainless steel, ASTM A276, Type 420. Wear nng, case: a. Pumps with motor nameplate less than 15 horsepower: Brass, nitrile rubber, or cast iron. b. Pumps with motor nameplate 15 horsepower and larger: Cast iron, ASTM A48, minimum 200 Brinnel hardness. 9. Wear ring, impeller: Stainless steel, ASTM A276- 400 Series, minimum 300 Brinnel hardness. 10. 0-Rings: Nitrile or viton. 11. Fasteners: Stainless steel, ASTM A276, Type 316Ti. 12. Lower seal faces: Tungsten carbide vs. tungsten carbide or silicon carbide vs. silicon carbide. 13. Upper seal faces. Tungsten or silicon carbide vs. carbon (rotating seal ring) or tungsten carbide vs. tungsten carbide or silicon carbide vs. silicon carbide. 14. Guide cables and brackets Stainless steel, ASTM A276, Type 316. 15. Wire Rope: Stainless Steel ASTM A276, Type 316. 16. Oil for all uses: Ecologically safe paraffin based. 17. Power/control cable: chloroprene rubber or neoprene. 18. Anchor Bolts. Stainless steel, ASTM A276, Type 316. 2.03 PUMP FABRICATION A. General: 1. Provide metal -to -metal contact between machined surfaces. 2. Machine and fit mating surfaces with 0-rings where watertight sealing is required. Provide sealing by compression of 0-rings without specific torque limits. W :\LAND\ 1546\6401 \wwcp\spec s\ 11317 S P C. doc 4/29/01 11317-3 Page 3 ot6 Brazoria County Municipal Utility District No. 26 Shadow Creek Ranch Interim Wastewater Treatment Plant - Phases I & 11 SUBMERSIBLE NON -CLOG PUMPS 3. Do not use rectangular cross sectioned gaskets, elliptical 0-rings, grease, or secondary sealing compounds. B. Impeller: 1. Constant Speed non -clog type, capable of passing minimum 3" spherical solid size. 2. Balance statically and dynamically. C. Wear rings: 1. Provide case wear ring on all pumps. Pumps with motor nameplate 15 horsepower and smaller may be provided with wear ring plate as an alternate to case wear ring. Plate shall be adjustable and have outward spiraling groove. 2. Provide impeller wear ring on pumps with motor nameplate 15 horsepower and larger. Impeller wear rings on pumps with motor nameplate horsepower less than 15 horsepower is optional. D. Shaft and shaft sleeve: 1. Provide common pump/motor shaft. Pump shaft shall be extension of motor shaft. Pump shaft and motor shaft with connection coupling is not acceptable. 2. Provide shaft sleeve for carbon steel shafts that would otherwise be directly exposed to pumped fluid. Shaft sleeve is not required for stainless steel shaft E. Shaft seals: 1. Provide two totally independent mechanical shaft seals, installed in tandem, each with its own independent spring system. 2. Provide one stationary and one positively driven rotating seal ring for each seal. 3. Easily inspected and replaced. 4. Shall not require maintenance or adjustment. 5. Shall not depend on direction of rotation for sealing. 6. Shall not rely on pumped media for sealing. 7. At minimum install upper seal in oil -filled chamber. Provide drain and inspection plug with positive anti -leak seal easily accessible extemal to pump F. Bearings: 1. Provide upper and lower beanngs. 2. Single or double row to provide minimum B-10 life of 40,000 hours at axial and radial loadings while operating at specified operating conditions. 3. Sealed/shielded-non-regreasable or open regreasable type. Provide re -lubrication ports with positive anti -leak plugs external to pump for open regreasable bearing. 4. For pumps with motor nameplate 100 horsepower and larger, provide lower bearing temperature sensor Sensor shall be Resistance Temperature Detector (RTD) type. Wire sensor for connection to control panel. 5. Switch installed in separate leakage collection chamber to indicate seal leakage prior to penetration of lower bearing may be provided at pump manufacturer's option. Wire switch for connection to control panel. Switch, winng and associated controls shall be provided at no cost to OWNER. W:\LAND\1546\6401 \wwtp'specs\11317SPC.doc 4/29/01 11317-4 Page 4 of 6 Brazoria County Municipal Utility District No. 26 Shadow Creek Ranch Interim Wastewater Treatment Plant - Phases I & II SUBMERSIBLE NON -CLOG PUMPS G. Motor: 1. Horsepower as specified in Construction Plans. 2. 230/460 v, 3-ph, 60 Hz. 3. 1 10 minimum service factor. 4. NEMA B designed for continuous duty. 5. Housed in air -filled, watertight casing. 6. Moisture resistant, minimum Class F insulation rated for 155 degrees C. 7. Embed three thermal switches in windings, one per phase, to provide high temperature shutdown protection. Wire switches in series for connection to control panel. 8. Provide leakage sensor to detect fluid in stator chamber and provide signal for motor shutdown. Wire sensor for connection to control panel. H. Cooling system: Provide motor cooling to comply with design and performance requirements and as follows: 1. Provide motor with sufficient surface area for ambient only cooling, or 2. Provide cooling jacket encircling stator housing. a. Provide impeller back vanes to circulate liquid through cooling jacket. b. Size cooling jacket ports and channels to be non -clogging. Power/control cable: 1. Size in conformance with National Electric Code (NEC) standards. 2. Provide sufficient length to connect to junction box as shown on Drawings without splicing. 3. Provide watertight cable entry seal to comply with design and performance requirements. 2.04 PUMP REMOVAL SYSTEM A. Provide guide rail or guide cable system, discharge base elbow, and lifting chain for pump removal. Provide anchor bolts and accessories for complete system. System shall comply with design and performance requirements and as specified. B. Guide rail system: Provide one or two guide rails, upper and intermediate guide brackets for connecting rail(s) to structure, and slide bracket for connecting pump to guide rail(s). C. Guide cable system: Provide two guide cables upper guide bracket for connecting cables to structure, and slide bracket for connecting pump to cables. D. Discharge base elbow: 1. Provide for automatic, leak -tight connection to pump discharge. 2. ANSI B 16.1 Class 125 flange for connection to piping. 3. Provide for connection of guide rails or guide cables. E. Lifting chain: 1. Minimum length: Station depth. 2. Provide shackles and hardware to connect chain to pump at bottom of well and to structure at top of well. W ALAND\I546\6401\wwtp\specs\1 I317SPC.doc 4/29/01 11317-5 Page 5 of 6 Brazoria County Municipal Utility District No. 26 Shadow Creek Ranch Interim Wastewater Treatment Plant - Phases I & II SUBMERSIBLE NON -CLOG PUMPS F. Anchor bolts: Comply with pump manufacturer's requirements and Section 05500. 2.05 CONTROL EQUIPMENT A. Provide control equipment for lift pumps as specified in Division 16. 2.06 COATING A. Manufacturer is responsible for surface preparation, priming and finish coating of ferrous metal components in plant prior to shipment. Coating shall comply with Section 09900 System No. 3. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION A. Install in accordance with manufacturers written instructions and approved submittals. 3.02 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Manufacturer's Field Service: 1. Supplier's or manufacturer's representative for equipment specified herein shall be present at the job site or classroom designated by OWNER for minimum mandays indicated, travel time excluded, for assistance during plant construction, plant startup, and training of OWNER'S personnel for plant operation. Include minimum of: a. 1 manday for Installation Services b. 1/2 manday for Instructional Services c. 1/2 manday for Post -Startup Services *** END OF SECTION *** W:\LAND\I546\6401\wwtp\spece\I 131 TSPC.doc 4/29/0I 11317-6 Page 6 of 6 Brazoria County Municipal Utility District No. 26 Shadow Creek Ranch Interim Wastewater Treatment Plant - Phases I & II SECTION 13217 PLANT PROCESS EQUIPMENT PLANT PROCESS EQUIPMENT PART I GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. Installation of prefabricated steel tank units; piping and accessories required for a complete and operational wastewater treatment plant. B. Section includes: 1. Bar screen. 2. Aeration tanks. 3. Clarifier. 4. Filter Basin. 5. Aerobic digester. 6. Chlorine contact. 7. Flow measurement. 8. Chlorination equipment. Measurement and Payment: 1. Payment in accordance with the Bid Proposal. 1.02 SUBMITTALS A. Product data. B. Test results C. Submit in accordance with Section 01300. 1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. CONTRACTOR shall have a minimum of five years experience in the installation of this type of plant and process equipment. 1.04 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. All products required for this project shall be delivered in undamaged packaging and be protected from weather damage until installed. \Vj ahfs 01 \wo r k\L AND\ 1546\6401 \wwt p\s pec s\ 13 217 S P C. d oc 8/1/01 13217-1 Page 1 of9 Brazoria County Municipal Utility District No. 26 Shadow Creek Ranch Interim Wastewater Treatment Plant - Phases I & 11 PLANT PROCESS EQUIPMENT 1.05 PROJECT/SITE CONDITIONS A. The wastewater treatment plant will be an activated sludge facility capable of treating 125,000 GPD of domestic sewage with 200 mg/L BOD5 and 240 mg/L total suspended solids (TSS) to produce an effluent with no more than 5 mg/L BOD5, 12 mg/L TSS, and 2 mg/L NH3. The complete plant includes screening, aeration, digestion secondary clarification filters and chlorination The plant is designed to operate in the Complete Mix mode. The treatment plant shall be built of 1/4" minimum thickness structural steel plating. The side walls and partition reinforcing shall be standard structural shapes and shall be designed to withstand normal soil pressure, when installed below grade, and hydrostatic pressure when installed above grade. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 STEEL TANKS A. Structural steel design shall be in accordance with industry accepted practices. B. The treatment plant shall be built of 1/4" thick structural steel plates. The side walls and partition reinforcing shall be standard structural shapes and shall be designed to withstand normal soil pressure when installed below grade and hydrostatic pressure when installed above grade. C. The proposed units shall be 52' long by 12' wide by 11' deep. 2.02 FABRICATION A. All welding shall conform to the most recent standards and practices in the American Welding Society. B. All joints m the outer tank walls and trim members shall be made watertight by continuous welds. All inside welds shall be continuous or stitched as required for structural strength. 2.03 AERATION SYSTEM A. Aeration Tanks 1. The aeration tanks shall be rectangular structures designed with baffles to promote rapid rolling of the liquid in one direction by the movement of air from air diffuser drops, which shall be spaced along one side of the aeration tank. The air diffusers shall be clog -resistant and easily removed for maintenance. Freeboard shall be 18". B. Diffusers 1. Diffused air shall be supplied by two (2) 700 SCFM, 40 HP blowers of sufficient size to provide 100% of that specified, with one unit out of service. The air shall be introduced into the tank through diffusers spaced the entire length of the tank. The diffuser spacing and air velocity shall assure that adequate mixing of the velocities are maintained. Each diffuser assembly shall be easily removable from the tank manually by a single person and shall be equipped with an air regulating valve to permit either adjustment of the air flow or complete shutoff. The transfer system and total diffuser capacities shall be adequate to supply 150% of the specified blower capacity to the liquid 2. The diffusers shall be SPS Model SP-1 or SP-2 , or equal as shown. Each diffuser shall be Stainless Steel pressure injected molded or pigmented ABS plastic, one piece construction, and shall have no moving parts. Small air bubbles shall be generated by a hydraulic shearing action at the surface of the diffuser. \Vjahh0l\work\LAND\ ISO \6401\wwtp\specs\13217SPC.doc 8/1/01 13217-2 Page 2 of 9 Bra_oria County Municipal Utility District No. 26 Shadow Creek Ranch Interim Wastewater Treatment Plant - Phases 1 & 11 PLANT PROCESS EQUIPMENT 3. Each diffuser shall be constructed with a full 1" or 2" inlet diameter, vertical, hollow section, extending from the inlet through the bottom to provide for minimum pressure losses and cleanout capability. C. Blowers and Accessories 1. Forced air will be supplied to the treatment plant to provide mixing and oxygen for the aeration tank, aerobic digester, and air lift pumps for return sludge, scum and supernatant. 2. The CONTRACTOR shall mstall, in the manner shown on the drawings, Three multi stage centrifugal air blowers Each blower shall have a design rating of 700 scfm at 5 psig, and shall be given a factory mechanical test to assure mechanical integrity and performance. 3. Scope of equipment includes blowers, electric motors, filter silencers, check valves, and flexible connectors. 4. Blowers shall be Gardner Denver, Multistage Centrifungal Air Blower or approved equal. 5. The electric drive shall be TEFC suitable for outdoor service, 3600 RPM, 40 HP, 3/60/230-460 volt. 6. Filter medium shall retain particles to 10 microns and be capable of passing 150% of specified air 7. Check valves shall be 8" Mission -Duo -Check check valves. Check valve shall be steel with a spring operated clasp. 8. Flexible connectors shall be 8". 2.04 CLARIFIER A. Clarifier Chamber 1. The clarifier chamber is sized to provide surface loading not greater than 1,200 gallons/day/square foot, based on peak flow. 2. The clarifier unit includes: a. Center feed well. b. Sludge collector mechanism. c. Drive unit. d. Skimming equipment. e. Adjustable ' V" notch weir effluent trough. f. Support bridge. 3. The clarifier mechanism shall be suitable for a tank diameter of 22 ft. and a minimum side water depth of 8 ft. and be manufactured by SPS Engineering or approved equal. B. Circular Sludge Collectors 1. The Equipment Manufacturer shall furnish as an integral component a circular scraper type sludge collecting mechanism. The sludge collector unit shall be complete with drive mechanism drive unit, support bridge influent well, torque tube, rotating scraper arms, full surface skimmer, scum trough, overload device and neoprene blades. 2. The clarifier mechanism shall be of the bridge supported type. The feed shall be the center well type with peripheral underflow. A central driving mechanism shall support and rotate a torque tube to which are attached two structural steel rake arms. The rake arms shall be designed to withstand twice the rated torque of the drive unit without over stressing the members. A structural steel bridge that spans the tank shall support the entire collector mechanism. \Uahfs0I \work\LAND\I546\6401\wwtp\specs\ 13217SPC.doc 8/1/01 13217-3 Page 3 of 9 Brazoria County Municipal Utility District No. 26 Shadow Creek Ranch Interim Wastewater Treatment Plant - Phases 1 & 11 PLANT PROCESS EQUIPMENT 3. The drive mechanism shall consist of a triple reduction gear reducer sized for the clarifier chamber and provide a peripheral speed or not more than 10 ft/min. The torque rating shall be a minimum of 2,600 ft. pounds A steel torque tube shall be bolted to the output shaft of the final reducer and shall support the scraper mechanism. The final reduction gear and the anti -friction bearings shall run in an oil bath within the final gear reduction housing. This housing shall be effectively sealed against contaminants by leak -proof gaskets. An oil filling opening along with a drain plug shall be furnished by the manufacturer as part of this unit. 4. The gear reduction unit shall be driven by a vertical NEMA "C" face motor properly sized for the maximum gear box rating without overloading the gear box. 5. Field grouting of the clarifier shall be by the CONTRACTOR under the supervision of the equipment manufacturer. C. Influent Stilling Well 1. The influent stilling well shall be fabricated from 3/16" steel plate stiffened by steel angle welded to the bottom of shell periphery. 2. The influent well shall be non -rotating and supported by structural cross members attached to the clarifier side walls. D. Skimmer 1. The skimmer shall be fabricated from structural steel sections and equipped with a 1/4" flexible neoprene squeegee to entrap scum and flush water through positive contact with the scum collector pipe. 2. The skimmer shall contain two (2) arms, each radiating 180° opposite from the center torque tube, extending through the stilling well to the scum baffle providing full surface skimming of both the clarifier and stilling well. The squeegee shall contact the tank scum baffle through its full travel. 3. A 6" wide x 4" diameter roller with pillow block bearings shall ride on the scum baffle when required for structural support. E. Air Lift/Skimming Trough Flushing Arrangement 1. The settling tank shall be equipped with a manually rotated 4" slotted pipe scum trough extending through the center well to the scum baffle. The adjustable operator shall be such as to be conveniently operated from the walkway. The troughs shall drain into a drop box at the scum baffle. The drop box shall be connected to a 4" air lift 2. Actuating air for the air lift shall be supplied by a 2' air line on the main plant air system. The operation of the air lift shall be controlled by a manual throttling valve and electrical trip switch and adjustable tuner. F. Scum Baffle and Effluent Trough 1. The scum baffle and effluent trough shall be 3/16" steel plate. The inner vertical wall of the trough shall act as a scum baffle with an adequate height above the surface to prevent overflow. Wj ahfs0l \work\LAND\ l 546\640I\wwtp\speCA 13 217 S PC. doc 8/1/01 13217-4 Page 4 of 9 Brazoria County Municipal Utility District No. 26 Shadow Creek Ranch Interim Wastewater Treatment Plant - Phases 1 & 11 PLANT PROCESS EQUIPMENT G. Effluent Weirs 1. The effluent weirs shall be designed for vertical adjustment on the outer wall of the effluent trough. It shall have 4" wide x 2" deep "V" notches on 6" centers. 2.05 STEEL DUAL MEDIA FILTER BASIN A. Size the filter bed in accordance with the Drawings or provide a Centra-flo, continuous backwash gravity sand filtration unit which provides all components for a complete filtration system. The filtration system provided shall meet all TNRCC requirements and the 5-12-2 NPDES permit limits of this project. B. The filter basin as shown on the Drawings shall contain a minimum of the following* 1. 1/4" steel plate tank sized in accordance with the Drawings. 2. 12' distribution trough with slide gates. 3. 6" layer of sand. 4. 10' layer of anthracite. 5. Filter backwash system and trough. 6. Two (2) 975 GPM pumps and piping in accordance with the Drawings. 7. Backwash surge area. 8. 8" overflow to lift station. C. The filter basin shall contain backwash pumps which will periodically activate to backwash and scour the filter media. Provide a level transducer sensor for activation of backwash pumps. D. The backwash pumps are sized for 15 gpm per square foot of area. 2.06 PREFABRICATED STEEL CHLORINE CONTACT CHAMBER A. The chlorine contact tank shall have a minimum capacity of 20 minutes at peak flow. B. The steel tank components include: 1. The tank shall be constructed of 1/4" steel plate joined by arc welding with fillets of adequate strength for the joint involved. Wall shall be continuous and water tight 2. The tank shall have the same protective coating provided on the wastewater treatment plant. 3. A 90° "V"-notch weir shall be provided at the chamber effluent. 4. In order to control and dispose of sludge, one (1) or more baffle walls shall be installed across the floor of the chamber. Three (3) inch valves shall be installed on both sides of the wall, close to the bottom, to enable sludge to be drawn off and disposed of. 5. In order to control and remove floating scum and other materials, one or more baffle walls shall be installed across the tank, extending six (6) inches above the top of the over -flow weir and a minimum of twelve (12) inches below the bottom of the "V" notch outfall weir. C. Chlorine Cylinder Scale 1. Provide a chlorine cylinder scale that weighs the contents of two compressed gas cylinders independently. 2. Scale shall have separate weighing platforms and direct reading indicating dials, which shall have external adjustment to compensate the tare weight of gas remaining in the cylinders. \Ujahfs01 \work\LAND\1546\64101\wwrP\sPecs\I3217SPC.doc 8/1/01 13217-5 Page 5 of 9 Brazoria County Municipal Utility District No. 26 Shadow Creek Ranch Interim Wastewater Treatment Plant - Phases I & II PLANT PROCESS EQUIPMENT 3. Weighing shall be through level type mechanism with hydraulic load cell. Weighing platforms shall be less than two inches above the floor installed. 4. Scale shall provide safety chains for each cylinder. 5. Scale to be Flo -Quip Mod 4D 150-2, or equal. D. Chlorinator Building 1. The chlorinator building shall be manufactured by Associated Fiberglass Engineers. The unit shall be of fiberglass construction and shall be mounted on the equipment platform. The unit shall be a minimum of 6' x 6' x 7' high. The door hinges and locking hardware shall be stainless steel. All other hardware shall be stainless steel, aluminum or zinc plated steel. 2. The building shall include: a. Door with viewing window. b. Interior light with outside switch c. Intake fan with rain -proof floor level vent sized for three (3) minute air changes. d. Electrical heater with thermostat. e. Electrical conduit, wiring and outlets. E. Chlorine Water Supply /Wash Water Pumps 1. The two (2) self -priming pumps shall be capable of providing 40 gpm at 45 psi. 2. The pumps shall be located in the chlorinator building, below the minimum water level in the tank, as indicated on the plans. 3. The pumps shall be equipped with a manually operated on -off switch and a check valve on the discharge side of the pump 4. Signs shall be located at each hose bib stating "WARNING NON -POTABLE WATER", in 3" minimum height red letters on white background. 5. The self -priming booster pumps shall be Sta-Rite, Model DHG Centrifugal Pumps, 2 HP, 230 V, 1 phase, of cast iron construction, or approved equal. F Pace Feed Chlorination System 1. The differential vacuum regulated V- notch controlled chlorination system shall be controlled from a 4 -20 ma signal generated from the flow meter Equipment shall be capable of flow proportional, residual, compound loop and residual trim control. The system shall be installed in the chlorinator building. 2. The chlorination system shall consist of: a. One (1) Portacel Thames AVP Automatic Switchover Gas Chlorinators (50 PPD) each or equal, with additional feed point. b. Portacel Mod 265 gas vacuum regulator (50 PPD), or equal. c. Lot miscellaneous spare parts, tubing and fittings. 2.07 AEROBIC DIGESTERS A. The aerobic digester tank shall be designed to provide a minimum tank capacity of 20 cubic feet per lb. of BOD5. An overflow will be provided in the digester tank to permit overflow into the aeration tank, should the digester flood. The digester shall be m two (2) or more stages. Njahfs0l\work\LAhD\I546\6401 \wwrp\specs\13217SPC.doc 8/I/01 13217-6 Page 6 of 9 Brazoria County Municipal Utility District No. 26 Shadow Creek Ranch Interim Wastewater Treatment Plant - Phases I & II PLANT PROCESS EQUIPMENT B. Supernatant Return 1. An adjustable decanting 3' diameter airlift shall be provided to return aerobic digester supernatant liquor to the aeration chamber. The airlift shall be capable of transferring not less than 50 gpm. The intake of this airlift shall be vertically adjustable, not less than 36", to allow supernatant removal from 6' to 36" below the design water level in the digester. 2.08 HEADWORKS MIXING BOX A. Provide a headworks box to pre -mix scum water and to measure and pre -mix Return Activated Sludge with the raw sewage. The box shall contain an energy dissipating chamber and a bar screen. 2.09 BAR SCREEN A. The bar screen shall have 1/4" bars spaced 1" apart as shown on the drawing. It shall be installed within the mixing box at the influent port, and shall include a drying deck with drain for drying debris raked up the sloping bars. 2.10 RAS MEASURING CHAMBER A. The headworks box shall contain a chamber to receive the Return Activated Sludge (RAS) and a 90° weir to measure the flow rate. 2.11 FLOW MEASUREMENT A. Effluent shall flow over a 90° "V"-notch weir located in the chlorine contact chamber. Measurement shall be accomplished by a flow measuring system consisting of 1. Milltronics OCM-3, 4-20 ma ultrasonic open channel flowmeter, or equal. 3. Honeywell Seven (7) Day, 10" Circular Totalizing Flow Recorder, Model 4300, with sun shield, or equal. 2.12 ELECTRICAL CONTROLS A . Electrical equipment shall be supplied as required on the construction plans & electrical specifications. B. Electrical service shall be 480 volts, 3 phase, 60 cycle. 2.13 METAL GRATING AND HANDRAILS A. Galvanized open grip safety grating panels shall run the full length of the plant and provide walkways to service all valves, diffusers, bar screens, shear gates, flow meter, and the clarifier. B. The grating panels shall be 36" maximum in width and constructed of 14 gauge galvanized sheet metal formed perforated, and extruded so as to permit maximum open area. The maximum weight of each panel shall not exceed 55 pounds and each panel shall have a safe uniform load carrying capacity of 50 pounds/square feet without excessive deflection. C. Galvanized bar grating may be substituted where desired VI:18HsO I\work \LAND \ 1546\6101\ww4p\specs\13217SPC.do9 8/1/01 13217-7 Page 7of9 Brazoria County Municipal Utility District No. 26 Shadow Creek Ranch Interim Wastewater Treatment Plant - Phases 1 & 11 PLANT PROCESS EQUIPMENT D. Handrail shall be installed on both sides of the walkway. They shall be constructed from 1-1/2" square tubing or pipe or 2 1/2" angle. Handrails shall be galvanized or painted to match the tanks. 2.14 CORROSION PROTECTION • A. Prior to painting the inside and outside of the tanks, the tanks shall be cleaned in accordance with the latest revision of Steel Structures Painting Council #SSPC-6 (commercial sandblast) cleaning procedure. B. Within the time allowed by the paint manufacturers recommendations the inside of the tanks shall be coated with Coal Tar Epoxy 8 to 10 mils total dry film thickness. C. The outside shall receive one coat of self priming Hi -Build Epoxy at 6 to 8 mils total dry film thickness . D. To prevent excessive galvanic corrosion, sacrificial magnesium anodes shall be furnished when the tanks are buried. E. Anodes are to be buried by the CONTRACTOR and securely connected to the tank walls by heavy copper wire in good electrical contact thereto. F. Where previously installed equipment is used, it shall be feather blasted or cleaned and re -coated or touched up to prevent corrosion. 2.15 COATING A. The mixing box and each component shall be painted as provided for the other sewage treatment plant components, except that the wire screen and scum bars shall be coated as recommended by manufacturers. Color shall be selected by OWNER. 2.16 FIELD SERVICE A. At the time the sewage treatment plant is filled with water or sewage, power connections are completed, and all equipment is approved for service the CONTRACTOR shall provide the services of a representative in the proper maintenance and operation of the sewage treatment plant, including instructions in conducting all required operational tests. B. The manufacturer's representative shall turn over to the OWNER's representative at that time a service manual outlining, in detail, all operation instructions and procedures. 2.17 WORKMANSHIP AND EXPERIENCE A. All workmanship and materials throughout shall be of the highest quality. B. The treatment plant shall be the product of a manufacturer with a minimum of five (5) years experience in the design and building of sewage treatment equipment. 2.19 GUARANTEE A. The manufacturer of the treatment plant shall guarantee for fifteen (15) months from date of shipment, or twelve (12) months from date of start up, whichever occurs first, that the structure and all equipment be free \Vj ahfs0l \work\LAND\ 1546\6401\wwtp\specs\ 13217 S PC. doc 8/1/01 13217-8 Page 8 of 9 Brazoria County Municipal Utility District No. 26 Shadow Creek Ranch Interim Wastewater Treatment Plant - Phases I & II PLANT PROCESS EQUIPMENT from faults in materials and workmanship. The manufacturer shall furnish replacement parts for any component proven defective during the guarantee period. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 GENERAL A. CONTRACTOR shall furnish and install steel tank units, piping with fittings, air lift pumps, diffusers, blowers and accessories, clarifier drive and appurtenances, walkways and handrails, filtration unit, chlorination equipment and tank flow metering for a complete wastewater treatment facility in compliance with the best practices for such installation. ***END OF SECTION*** \Uahfso l \work\L AND\ 1546\6401 \wwt p\spccs\ 13217SPC. doc 8/1/01 13217-9 Page 9 of 9 Brazoria County Municipal Utility District No. 26 Shadow Creek Ranch Interim Wastewater Treatment Plant - Phases I & II PROCESS -MECHANICAL PIPING SYSTEMS SECTION 15059 PROCESS -MECHANICAL PIPING SYSTEMS PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. This section identifies process -mechanical piping systems to be provided, specifies unique requirements for each system identified, and references other sections where detailed requirements of piping components are specified. B. Process -mechanical piping systems are shown on Mechanical Plan and on Site and Yard Piping Plan. These Drawings may also show site utility, plumbing, fire protection, and HVAC piping systems which are specified in other sections C. Part 3 of this Section includes piping schedule which identifies process -mechanical piping systems to be provided. Piping schedule includes application information and specifies unique system requirements. 1.02 SUBMITTALS A. Shop Drawings: 1. Layout drawings for each process -mechanical piping system drawn to scale. Identify each piping system with same flow stream identifier as shown on Drawings. a. Double -line layout for each piping system 3-in. pipe size and larger. Minimum scale: 1/4 in.=1 ft. b. Single -line or double -line layout for each piping system smaller than 3-in. pipe size. Minimum scale: 1/4 in.=1 ft. c. For each piping system include: 1) Size for each pipe and fitting. 2) Material, lining type, and system number for coating to be provided for each pipe and fitting. 3) Pipe class, thickness or schedule for each pipe and fitting. 4) Pipe end connections (joint type) and couplings. 5) Location and type of supports hangers, anchors, and expansion joints. 6) Pipe couplings, saddles sleeves, clamps, adapters, and other piping products. 7) Pipe mounted equipment and instrumentation identified by tag number assigned on Drawings. 8) Insulation to be provided. B. Submit in accordance with Section 01300. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 PIPE AND FITTINGS A. Provide pipe and fittings as shown on Drawings and as specified in sections identified in Process -Mechanical Piping Schedule presented in Part 3 of this section. W:\LAND11546\64011wwtplspecs115059S PC.doc 04/01/98 15059-1 Page I of5 Brazoria County Municipal Utility District No. 26 Shadow Creek Ranch Interim Wastewater Treatment Plant - Phases 1 & 11 PROCESS -MECHANICAL PIPING SYSTEMS 2.02 PRODUCTS FOR PIPING SUPPORT, FLEXIBILITY, THERMAL EXPANSION, ANCHORAGE, AND VIBRATION ISOLATION A. Provide support system for each non -buried process -mechanical piping system in accordance with Section 15140. B. Provide anchors, restraints, and concrete blocks as required to resist hydraulic thrust and forces due to thermal expansion. C. Piping system, including support and anchorage system, shall allow for thermal expansion and contraction due to differences in operating temperatures and temperatures piping is exposed to during construction. Provide piping system products to allow for and control movement of piping due to thermal expansion and contraction. D. No attempt has been made to show all pipe supports, hangers, anchors, expansion joints, and other piping products required for piping support, thermal expansion and anchorage. Absence of these products on Drawings does not relieve Contractor of his responsibility for providing them in accordance with these Specifications. E. Provide joints, couplings, and expansion joints as shown on Drawings and as required for piping flexibility and vibration isolation. No attempt has been made to show all joints, couplings, expansion joints, and other piping products required for piping flexibility and vibration isolation. 2.03 OTHER PIPING PRODUCTS A. For buried piping, furnish fill material and install piping in accordance with Section 02221. B. Provide insulation for piping systems identified to be insulated in REMARKS column of Piping Schedule in Part 3 of this Section. C. Provide hoses, nozzles, non-metallic tubing, and quick -connect couplings in accordance with Section 15076. D. Provide pipe hangers, supports and anchors in accordance with Section 15140. 2.04 COATINGS A. Coat exterior surfaces of non -insulated piping products with coating system numbers specified in Specification Sections identified in Part 3 of this Section and in accordance with Section 09900. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 PREPARATION A. Use implements, tools, and facilities for handling and protection of piping products to avoid damage prior to installation. B. Inspect piping products before installation Provide new, repair or recondition damaged piping products. Repair or reconditioning is subject to ENGINEER'S approval. Patch damaged interior linings and exterior coatings or replace damaged product with new product. Patching is subject to ENGINEER'S approval. C. Clean ends of piping product before installation. Remove foreign matter and dirt from inside of piping product and keep product clean until Work has been accepted. W : \LAND\ 15 4 6\6M1 01 \comp\s p ecs\ 150595 P C. doc 04/01/98 15059-2 Page 2 of 5 Brazoria County Municipal Utility District No. 26 Shadow Creek Ranch Interim Wastewater Treatment Plant - Phases I & II 3.02 INSTALLATION PROCESS -MECHANICAL PIPING SYSTEMS A. Location: 1. Install piping parallel to structure lines unless shown otherwise on Drawings. 2. Do not install piping through beams, columns, or other structural members unless shown on Drawings. 3. Locate valves m piping system in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. In horizontal piping runs, do not orient valves so operating stem is below horizontal centerline. B. Assembly: 1. Install piping without springing or forcing in manner which would cause stress in piping, valves, or connected equipment. 2. Set pipe flanges level, plumb, and aligned. Set flanged fittings so flange is true and perpendicular to pipe axis. Set flanges so bolt holes straddle vertical centerline of pipes. 3. For flanged connections, match bolt holes and obtain uniform contact over entire flange area prior to installation of flange bolts. Tighten bolts to uniformly compress gaskets and minimize flange stress. Tighten bolts to torque recommended by gasket manufacturer Coat nuts and bolts with anti -seize thread compound. 4. Machine off raised -face of steel flange when mating with flat -faced flange. C. Pump, Blower and Equipment Connections: 1. Align pipe, equipment, pumps, and blowers so stresses are not transmitted to connections. Support piping independently from pumps blowers and equipment. Do not support piping from equipment, blowers, and pumps. Anchor piping to prevent transmission of hydraulic thrust load to pumps, blowers, and equipment. 2. Install couplings, adapters, expansion joints, flanges and unions so pumps, equipment, valves, and in -line instruments can be removed from service without disruption to other portions of piping system. 3. Install couplings expansion joints and other vibration isolation components to isolate piping from pump, blower, and equipment vibration. 4. For welded nozzle connections, allow for shrinkage during welding to prevent excessive stresses on pumps and equipment. Provide piping from pump and equipment drains and overflows to floor drain system. Provide control lines such as air and bubbler level system piping necessary for operation of pumps, equipment, valves, and in -line instruments. D. Install insulating flange, insulating coupling or dielectric union at each connection between ferrous and non- ferrous metal piping. 3.03 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Inspect installed piping products for dents, kinks, abrupt changes of curvature, damage to lining, and other damage. Repair or recondition damaged products as approved by ENGINEER or replace damaged products with new products. B. Inspect installed, unlined piping products for corrosion and scale on interior surfaces. Clean products to remove corrosion and scale or replace with new products. W:\LAN D\1546\640I\wwtp\spots\I5059SPC.doc 04/01/98 15059-3 Page 3 of 5 Brahoria County Municipal Utility District No. 26 Shadow Creek Ranch Interim Wastewater Treatment Plant - Phases I & II PROCESS -MECHANICAL PIPING SYSTEMS 3.04 CLEANING A. After installation and before testing, remove dirt, rocks, debris and other foreign matter from interior of each piping system. B. Water flush each hydrostatically tested piping system unless specified otherwise. 1. Flushing velocities of 2.5 ft per sec shall be maintained until accumulated debris has been removed. 2. Insert cone strainers at equipment connections prior to flushing. Remove cone strainers after flushing is complete. 3. Remove accumulated debris through drains not less than 2 in. in dia or by temporarily removing pipe spools, fittings or valves. 4. Drain piping after flushing and immediately dry piping with compressed air. C. Blow clean each pneumatically tested piping system with compressed air unless specified otherwise. 3.05 PROCESS MECHANICAL PIPING SCHEDULE A. SERVICE column: Presents Flow Stream Identifiers for process -mechanical piping systems shown on Drawings. B. SIZE column: Presents nominal pipe diameter(s) for each piping system shown on Process -Mechanical Drawings and continuation of piping system on Civil Drawings. C. PIPE MATL column: Identify material type to be provided for piping system. Piping material shall conform to requirements of referenced sections: Pipe Material Section Abbreviation Piping Schedule in Polyvinyl Chloride Piping 15078A PVC - Welded Steel Piping 15072 WSTL Unlined Ductile Iron Piping 15073 ULDI D. LOCATION column: Identifies installation location of piping system. Piping system components shall be suitable for condition specified. E. REMARKS column: Provides further description of piping system and specifies additional requirements. W:\LAND\1546?6401 \wwtp\specs\15059SPC.doc 04/01/98 15059-4 Page4of5 Brazoria County Municipal Utility District No. 26 Shadow Creek Ranch Interim Wastewater Treatment Plant - Phases I & II PROCESS -MECHANICAL PIPING SYSTEMS PROCESS MECHANICAL PIPING SCHEDULE Service Air Process Water Size (In.) Pipe Matl Location Min/Max Temp (°F) Max Press (psig) Color Remarks <12 <2 WSTL PVC Outside Exposed Outside Exposed Insulate Process Water <2 PVC Buried WAS & Scum RAS Mixed Liquor PVC Outside Exposed <8 <_12 PVC PVC Outside Exposed Outside Exposed * * * END OF SECTION * * * W :\LAND\ 1546\6401\wwtp\specs\1 5059SPC.doe 04/01/98 15059-5 Page 5 of 5 Brazoria County Municipal Utility District No. 26 Shadow Creek Ranch Interim Wastewater Treatment Plant - Phases I & II SECTION 15072 WELDED STEEL PIPE WELDED STEEL PIPE PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. Provide steel piping, fittings, flanges, specials, and other items as shown on Drawings and specified herein. B. Extent of piping and piping products specified in this section is indicated on Drawings. 1.02 REFERENCES A. American Petroleum Institute (API): 1. API5L-88 - Specification for Line Pipe. B. American National Standards Institute (ANSI): 1. ANSI 2. ANSI 3. ANSI 4. ANSI 5. ANSI 6. ANSI B 1.1-82 - Unified In. Screw Threads (UN and UNR Thread Form) B16.5-88 - Pipe Flanges and Flanged Fittings B16.9-86 - Factory -Made Wrought Steel Buttwelding Fittings. B16 21-78 - Non-metallic Flat Gaskets for Pipe Flanges. B16.28-86 - Wrought Steel Buttwelding Short Radius Elbows and B31.1-86 - Power Piping. Returns. C. American Society of Mechanical Engineers (ASME): 1. ASIVIE Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code, Section VIII. D. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM): 1. ASTM A36-87 - Specification for Structural Steel. 2. ASTM A105-87 - Standard Specification for Carbon Steel Forgings for Piping Components. 3. ASTM A106-87 - Standard Specification for Seamless Carbon Steel Pipe for High Temperature Services. 4. ASTM A120-84 - Specification for Pipe, Steel, Black and Hot -Dipped, Zinc -Coated (Galvanized), Welded, and Seamless for Ordinary Uses. 5. ASTM A134-85 - Specification for Electnc Fusion (Arc) Welded Steel Pipe (Sizes NPS 16 and Over). 6. ASTM A139-87 - Specification for Electnc Fusion (Arc) Welded Steel Pipe (Sizes 4 in. and Over). 7. ASTM A193-87 - Standard Specification for Alloy Steel and Stainless Steel Bolting Materials for High Temperature Service. 8. ASTM A194-87 - Standard Specification for Carbon and Alloy Steel Nuts for Bolts for High Pressure and High Temperature Service. 9. ASTM A234-88 - Specification for Piping Fittings of Wrought Carbon Steel and Alloy Steel for Moderate and Elevated Temperatures. 10. ASTM A307-88 - Carbon Steel Externally and Internally Threaded Standard Fasteners. 11 ASTM A325-86 - Specification for High Strength Bolts for Structural Steel Joints. E. American Water Works Association (AWWA): 1. AWWA C203-86 - Standard for Coal Tar Protective Coatings and Linings for Steel Water Pipe Lines -- Enamel and Tape -- Hot Applied 2. AWWA C206-82 - Standard for Field Welding of Steel Water Pipe. 3. AWWA C207-86 - Standard for Steel Pipe Flanges for Water Works Service, Sizes 4-in. Through 144-in. 4. AWWA C208-83 - Standard for Dimensions for Fabricated Steel Water Fittings. 5. AWWA C606-81 - Standard for Grooved and Shouldered Type Joints. 15072-1 W:\LAND\1546\6401\awtp\specs\15072SPC.doc Page 1 of 04/O1\98 Brazoria County Municipal Utility District No. 26 Shadow Creek Ranch WELDED STEEL PIPE Interim Wastewater Treatment Plant - Phases I & II 6. AWWA M11 - Steel Water Pipe -- A Guide for Design and Installation (Manual). F. Fluid Sealing Association (FSA): 1. FSA, Series B. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. Shop Drawings: 1. Submit catalog cuts, specifications, installation instructions, and dimensioned drawings for each type of pipe, fitting flange, and special. 2. Submit piping schedule showing manufacturer, pipe weight or schedule, fitting type, flange class and joint type for each piping system. B. Submit in Accordance with Section 01300. 1.04 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Manufacturers: Firms regularly engaged in manufacture of pipe, tube, and fittings of types and sizes required. B. Welding: Qualify and certify welding procedures, welders, and operators in accordance with ANSI B31.1, Paragraph 127.5 for shop and project site welding of piping work. 1.05 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Provide factory -applied end caps on each length of pipe. Maintain end caps through shipping, storage, and handling as required to prevent pipe end damage and eliminate dirt and moisture from inside of pipe. B. Where possible, store pipe and specials inside and protected from weather. Where necessary to store outside, elevate above grade and enclose with durable, waterproof wrapping. C. Protect pipe flanges and fittings from moisture and dirt by inside storage and enclosure, or by packaging with durable waterproof wrapping. 1.06 PROJECT/SITE CONDITIONS A. Coordinate dimensions and drillings of flanges furnished with flanges for valves, pumps, and other equipment to be installed in piping. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS A. Carbon Steel Pipe: 1. 24 in. and Smaller: Seamless carbon steel, ASTM A106, Grade B. 2. Larger than 24 in.: Straight seam fusion welded plate in accordance with ASTM A134 Grade A238C or API-5L Grade B. 3. Wall Thickness: a. 2 in. and smaller: Schedule 80. b. 2-1/2 in. through 10 in.: Schedule 40. W :\LAND\ 1546':6401 \wwtp\specsU 5072SPC.doc 04/01\98 15072-2 Page 2 of 8 Brazoria County Municipal Utility District No. 26 Shadow Creek Ranch Interim Wastewater Treatment Plant - Phases I & 11 c. 12 in. and larger: 3/8 in. standard weight. Fittings: 1. 2 in. and Smaller: Socket weld end type, forged carbon steel, ASTM A105, Class 2. 2-1/2 in Through 12 in.: Factory -made, wrought steel butt -welding type to match ASTM A234, Grade WPB. a. Fittings shall conform to ANSI B16.9 standards, except for short radius conform to ANSI B16.28 standards. b. Provide long radius elbows unless otherwise noted on Drawings. 3. 14 in. and Larger: Fabricate from pipe material in accordance with AWWA C208. B. WELDED STEEL PIPE 300. pipe wall thickness, elbows which shall C. Flanges: 1. Forged steel, ASTM A105. 2. 24 in. and smaller: Shp -on or welding neck type Class 150, 1/16 in. raised face, conforming to ANSI B 16.5 standard except as otherwise indicated. 3. Larger than 24 in.• AWWA C207, Class F, steel hub type. 4. Provide welding neck flanges when abutting buttweld fittings. 5. Machine off raised face of steel flanges when mating with piping components with flat faced flanges. 6. For sizes 24 in. and smaller, when mating with piping components with 250- or 300-1b flanges, use welding neck flanges conforming to 300-lb ANSI B16 5 standards. 7. When mating with cast iron 250-lb raised face flanges, mating steel 300-1b flanges shall have flat faces or raised faces of outside diameter at least as large as those of cast iron flanges, in accordance with ANSI B31.1. D. Flange Bolting: 1. Provide carbon steel, ASTM A307 Grade B bolting unless otherwise noted. 2. When 1/8 in. undersized bolting material is used for insulating flanges, use ASTM A193, Grade B7 alloy stud bolts and ASTM A194 Grade 2H carbon steel heavy hex nuts. E. Gaskets: 1. Pipe Sizes 24 in. and Smaller: 1/16 in. thick compressed synthetic fiber, flat ring type with raised face flanges and full face type with flat face flanges. 2. Pipe Sizes Larger than 24 in : 1/8 in. thick cloth inserted rubber. 3. Provide material compatible with fluid in pipe. 2.02 FABRICATION A. Pipe: 1. Fabricate to sizes, dimensions, and shapes indicated on Drawings. 2. Pipe size shall be nominal inside dia of pipe, fitting or special in in. where 12 in. and smaller in size and actual outside dia where 14 in. and larger in size. W 9LAND\1546\6401 \wwtp\specs\15072SPC.doc 04101\98 15072-3 Page 3 of 8 Brazoria County Municipal Utility District No. 26 Shadow Creek Ranch Interim Wastewater Treatment Plant - Phases I & II WELDED STEEL PIPE B. Joints: 1. 2 in. and Smaller: Socket weld except use screwed joints where required to connect to valves and equipment. 2. 2-1/2 in. and Larger: Butt weld except use flanged joints where required to connect to valves, equipment, and other piping systems. 3. Use flanged joints, mechanical couplings, flanged coupling adapters, or expansion joints where shown on Drawings. C. Fittings: 1. Fabricate in accordance with AWWA C208. 2. Fabricate elbows with radius of 1-1/2 times nominal dia. a. 2-piece: 0 to 22-1/2 degrees. b. 3-piece: 23 to 45 degrees. c. 4-piece: 46 to 67-1/2 degrees. d. 5-piece: 68 to 90 degrees. 3. Reinforce tees, laterals, and outlets in accordance with ASME Pressure Vessel Code, Section VIII, Paragraph G-37 or AWWA M1 l Section 19.4 and 19.5. 4. Shell thicknesses of reducing sections shall be same as required thicknesses for larger ends. 5. Special Sections: Provide fittings and specials with ends as required and fabricate to shapes, sizes, and dimensions shown on Drawings. 6. Small Branch Connections: a. Make branch connections 2-1/2 in. and smaller with welding fittings with threaded outlets. b. Make branch connections 3 in. through 12 in. in size with pipe nipples or welding fittings. c. Weld pipe nipples and welding fittings to pipe shell and reinforced as required to meet design and test requirements. d. Pipe nipples shall be seamless carbon steel pipe in accordance with ASTM A120 and as specified in Subparagraph 2.01 A.3 a. e. Threaded and Welded Outlets shall be Porter "W-Steelets " Vogt "Weld Couplets" or equal. f. Locate small branch connections so as not to interfere with joints, supports or other details D. Flanges: 1. Attach flanges normal to axis of pipe so alignment satisfactory. 2. After attachment to pipe, maximum layback from inside edge of flange to outside edge of flange shall not exceed 1-1/2 degrees. 3. Test flanges, after welding to pipe, for true plane and reface if necessary to bring them within specified tolerances. 2.03 MISCELLANEOUS PIPING MATERIALS/PRODUCTS A. Welded Materials: Except as otherwise indicated, provide welding materials as determined by installer to comply with installation requirements. 1. Comply with ANSI B31.1. B. Thread Lubricant: Teflon tape. W:\LAND\1546\6401\wv. tp\specs\15072SPC.doc 04/01`98 15072-4 Page 4of8 Brazoria County Municipal Utility District No. 26 Shadow Creek Ranch Interim Wastewater Treatment Plant - Phases I & II 2.04 MECHANICAL COUPLINGS A. Manufacturers: WELDED STEEL PIPE 1. Dresser 'Style 38." 2. Rockwell. 3. Or equal B. Provide plain end type ends to be joined by mechanical couplings. 1. Join welds on ends by couplings without pipe stops. Ground flush to permit slipping coupling in at least one direction to clear pipe joint. 2. Outside dia and out -of -round tolerances shall be within limits specified by coupling manufacturer. 3. Provide lugs in accordance with ASTM A36 4. Provide hardened steel washers in accordance with ASTM A325. 5. Plastic plugs shall be fitted in coupling to protect bolt holes. 6. Nuts and Bolts: a. Bolts and bolt studs shall be in accordance with ASTM A307 and ANSI B1.1 with hexagonal or square heads, coarse thread fit, threaded full length with ends chamfered or rounded. b. Project ends 0 to 1/4 in. beyond surface of nuts. c. Use coarse threads in accordance with ANSI B 1.1. C. Middle ring of each mechanical coupling shall have thickness at least equal to specified for size of pipe on which coupling to be used and not less than 10 in. long for pipe 30 in. and larger and not less than 7 in. long for pipe under 30 in. in dia. 1. Omit pipe stop from inner surface of middle rings of couplings whenever necessary to permit removal of valves, flow meters, and other installed equipment. 2. Provide pipe stops in other couplings. D. Clean and shop prime with manufacturer's standard rust -inhibitive primer. E. Where noted or indicated on Drawings, anchor mechanically coupled joints with steel pipe with harness bolts. Weld harness lugs to steel pipe. 1. Joint harness bolts shall be of sufficient length, and place harness lugs so coupling can be slipped at least in one direction to clear joint. Provide harnesses of sufficient number and strength to withstand test pressure as listed in Pipe Schedule. 2. Each harness shall have minimum of two 5/8 in. dia bolts. 2.05 FLANGED COUPLING ADAPTERS A. Manufacturers: 1. Dresser 'Style 128." 2. Rockwell. 3. Or equal. B. Restrain flanged coupling adapters. C. Provide tie rods of sufficient number and strength to restrain coupling at test pressure as listed in Pipe Schedule and piping detail plan. \V:\ AND\ t 546\6401\wwtp\specs\ 15072SPc.aoc 04/01\98 15072-5 Pagc 5 of 8 Brazoria County Municipal Utility District No. 26 Shadow Creek Ranch Interim Wastewater Treatment Plant - Phases I & II D. Use minimum of two 5/8 in. dia tie rods at connections. 2.06 EXPANSION JOINTS A. Manufacturers: 1. Sliding Expansion Joints: a. Dresser "Style 63." b. Rockwell. c. Or equal. 2. Flexible Connectors and Expansion Joints: a. Garlock. b. General Rubber. c. Goodall. d. Mercer e. Unaflex. f. Or equal. WELDED STEEL PIPE B. Materials: 1. Joints shall allow minimum of 0.4375 in. pipe expansion (joint compression), 0 250 in. pipe compression (joint expansion). Design in accordance with Fluid Sealing Association, Series B. 2. Provide flexible connectors and expansion joints at equipment for isolation design in accordance with Fluid Sealing Association, Series B. 3. Provide tie rods at flexible connectors and expansion joints of sufficient number and strength to restrain connection at test pressure. Use minimum of two 5/8 in. dia tie rods at connections. 4. Support flexible connectors and expansion joints adequately. Locate vertical supports within 3 pipe dia of connection and provide on each side of connection. 2.07 GROOVED PIPE COUPLINGS A. Manufacturers: 1. Victaulic. 2. Gustin-Bacon. 3. Or equal. B. Materials: 1. Conform victaulic couplings to latest applicable requirements of AWWA C606. 2. Arrange piping so pipe ends are in full contact. 3. Ends to be joined by victaulic couplings shall be of grooved and collared type as recommended by coupling manufacturer for size and wall thickness of pipe, fitting or special being coupled, and for maximum test pressure to which couplings will be subjected. 4. Locate grooves or collars and install so coupling keys bear against shoulder of groove or collar nearest each end of pipes being connected so as to prevent separation of joins or longitudinal movement of pipes. 5. Grooved pipe shall have such thickness that wall thickness in groove is not less than 1/4 in. W :\LAND\ 1546\6401 \wrwtp\s pees\ 15072 S PC.doc 04/01\98 15072-6 Page 6 of 8 Brazoria County Municipal Utility District No. 26 Shadow Creek Ranch Interim Wastewater Treatment Plant - Phases I & II WELDED STEEL PIPE 2.08 PROTECTIVE COATINGS A. Steel pipe, fittings, specials, and wall fittings shall be prepared, primed, lined, coated, painted or wrapped as hereinafter specified. B. Exterior Surfaces in Interior Locations: 1. Thoroughly clean by sandblasting and prime coat exterior surfaces, except machined surfaces of pipe, fittings, specials, flanges, anchors, pipe supports, and blocking exposed in interior or exterior locations as specified in Section 09900 and applied in shop. 2. Field paint as specified in Section 09900 Machined Surfaces: 1. Shop coat machined surfaces with rust preventive compound Dearborn Chemical "No-Ox-Id 2W," Houghton "Rust Veto 344," Rust-Oleum "R-9" or equal. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION A. Install in accordance with approved submittals. B. Install pipe, fittings, and specials in accordance with recognized industry practices achieving permanently leakproof piping systems capable of performing each indicated service without piping failure. Install each run with minimum of joints. Reduce sizes (where indicated) by use of reducing fittings. Align piping accurately at connections. C. Comply with ANSI B31.1. 3.02 WELDED JOINTS A. Welds shall be sound and free from embedded scale of slag, have tensile strength across weld not less than that of thinner of connected sections, and be watertight. B. Use buttwelds for welded joints in line pipe assemblies and fabrication of bends and other specials. C. Use filled welds for flange attachment in accordance with AWWA C207. D. Conform field welding of joints and preparation of pipe ends to AWWA C206 and ASTM A139. 1. Yield point determination of field welded joint shall be made by independent testing laboratory at beginning of Work. Costs for laboratory testing shall be paid for by CONTRACTOR. 2. Furnish specimens for weld tests to ENGINEER for testing by independent testing laboratory whenever, in judgement of ENGINEER, unsatisfactory weld is being made. 3. Use of back-up welding strips or rings for welds not permitted W :\LAND\ 15 46\6401 \vwcp\s pec s\ 15072 S P C. d oc 04/01\98 15072-7 Page 7 of 8 Brazoria County Municipal Utility District No. 26 Shadow Creek Ranch Interim Wastewater Treatment Plant - Phases I & II WELDED STEEL PIPE 3.03 CLEANING AND COATING A. After installation of pipe fittings and specials, uncoated ends adjacent to field welded joints, including weld proper, shall be cleaned, primed, lined, and coated as specified for pipe adjacent to weld. B. Preparation of surfaces to be lined and coated shall be as stipulated for shop application of coal tar primers and enamels, except foreign matter, including damaged coating materials, shall be removed by scraping, chipping or brushing, and surfaces cleaned to bright metal free of all rust, slag, and scale by means of wire brushing or sand- blasting. ***END OF SECTION*** W:\L.AND\1546\6401 \wwtp\specs\I5072SPC.doc 06/26/01 15072-8 Page 8of8 Brazoria County Municipal Utility District No. 26 Shadow Creek Ranch Interim Wastewater Treatment Plant - Phases I & II PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY SECTION 15073 DUCTILE IRON PIPING DUCTILE IRON PIPING A. Section Includes: 1. Detailed requirements for various ductile iron piping products. Some products specified in this Section may not be required for this Contract. Refer to piping system specification section(s) and Drawings to determine particular ductile iron piping products to be provided under this Contract. 1.02 A. B. D. REFERENCES American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM): 1. ASTM A307-90 - Standard Specification for Carbon Steel Bolts and Studs, 60,000 PSI Tensile Strength. 2. ASTM C283-54 Standard Test Method for Resistance of Porcelain Enameled Utensils to Boiling Acid. 3. ASTM D1248 84 Standard Specification for Polyethylene Plastics Molding and Extrusion Materials. American Water Works Association (AWWA): 1. AWWA C104-90 - Cement -Mortar Lining for Ductile Iron Pipe and Fittings for Water 2. AWWA C110-87 - Ductile -Iron and Gray -Iron Fittings, 3 in Through 48 in., for Water and other Liquids. 3. AWWA C105-88 4. AWWA C111-85 5. AWWA C115-88 6. AWWA C151-91 Water or Other Li 7. AWWA C153-88 8. AWWA C606-87 - Polyethylene Encasement for Ductile Iron Piping for Water and Other Liquids. - Rubber -Gasket Joints for Ductile -Iron and Gray -Iron Pressure Pipe and Fittings. • Flanged Ductile -Iron Pipe with Threaded Flanges. - Ductile -Iron Pipe, Centrifugally Cast in Metal Molds or Sand -Lined Molds, for quids. - Ductile Iron Compact Fittings. - Grooved and Shouldered Joints. American National Standards Institute (ANSI): 1. ANSI A21 14-79 - Ductile Iron Fittings 3-in Through 24-in., for Gas. 2. ANSI A21 52-86 - Ductile Iron Pipe, Centrifugally Cast, In Metal Molds or Sand Lined Molds for Gas. 3. ANSI B18 2 1-81 - Square and Hex Bolts and Screws Inch Series 4. ANSI B18.2.2-87 - Square and Hex Nuts. American Welding Society (AWS): 1. AWS A5.6-84 - Specification for Covered Copper and Copper Alloy Arc Welding Electrodes. 2. AWS A5.15-90 - Specification for Welding Electrodes and Rods for Cast Iron. W:\LAND1154Sb401\wwtp\specs\15073 S PC.doc 4,29101 15073-1 Page I of 7 Brazoria County Municipal Utility District No. 26 Shadow Creek Ranch Interim Wastewater Treatment Plant - Phases I & II 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: 1. Manufacturer's specifications, catalog cuts, and literature: DUCTILE IRON PIPING a. Pipe. b. Inside linings. c. Mechanical and push -on joints. d. Flanged joints. e. Grooved joints. f. Standard fittings. g. Special fittings. h. Wall pipe and floor pipe. i. Polyethylene encasement. B. Submit outside coating system for buried, interior, exterior, and submerged piping locations. Include submittal information specified in Section 09900 C. Submit all product data and coating system information specified above in one complete submittal. D. Submit in accordance with Section 01300. E. Shop drawings showing layout for ductile iron piping systems shall be submitted in accordance with and transmitted under appropriate piping system specification section. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 PIPE A. Liquid and air service pipe: AWWA C151, ductile iron. B. Gas service pipe: ANSI A21.52, ductile iron In addition to pipe marking required by ANSI A21 52, conspicuously stamp each pipe with words "AIR TESTED". C. Minimum Pressure Class: 1. Mechanical and push -on joint pipe: Pressure Class as noted in table below. 2. Flanged joint pipe: Pressure Class as noted in table below. 3. Grooved joint pipe: Pipe Size (in.) Pressure Class 4 to 12 350 16 250 20 250 24 200 W :\LAND\ l54646401\W wtp\s pecs\ 150735 P C. doc 4/29/01 15073-2 Page 2 of 7 Brazoria County Municipal Utility District No. 26 Shadow Creek Ranch Interim Wastewater Treatment Plant - Phases I & 11 • DUCTILE IRON PIPING 2.02 INSIDE LINING A. Pipe and fittings shall be provided unlined or with inside lining as specified in piping system specification section. B. Cement lining shall be in accordance with AWWA C104. C. Glass Lining: 1. Glass -lined products shall be furnished to CONTRACTOR by glass lining manufacturer. Glass lining manufacturer shall supply pipe, fittings, fabrication, glass lining and outside coating. 2. Manufacturers: a. VITCO Corporation, Waterford, PA. b. Or equal. 3. Special glasses and inorganic materials applied in minimum of two coats. Apply base coat and fire to temperature above 1,400°F to fuse glass to metal. Process subsequent coats in similar manner to form integral molecular bond with base coat. Finished lining shall be as follows: a. Thickness: 0.008 to 0.012 in. b. Hardness: 5 to 6 on Mohs Scale. c. Density: 2.5 to 3.0 grams per cu cm. d. Sufficiently bonded to metal surface to withstand strain of 0.001 in./in. without damage to glass lining. e. Resistant to corrosion by solutions of between pH-3 and ph-10 at 125°F. f. Withstand thermal shock of 350°F without crazing, blistering or spalling. g. No visible loss of surface glass after immersion in 8% sulphuric acid solution at 148°F for 10 minutes. h. Weight loss not more than 3 milligrams per sq in. when tested according to ASTM C283. i. Visually free of pinholes, crazing or fish scales which expose metal. 4. Fabrication of glass lined pipe shall be performed by glass lining manufacturer. Fabrication or cutting of pipe outside of glass lining manufacturer's shop is unacceptable. D. Polyethylene Lining: 1. Manufacturers: a. American Cast Iron Pipe Company. b. U.S. Pipe and Foundry Company. c. Or equal. E. Pipe and fittings for air and gas service shall be unlined. 2.03 JOINTS A. Joint Type: 1. Liquid and air services in buried locations shall be mechanical or push -on joint. W:LAND\1546\6401\wwtp\specs\ I5073SPC.doc 4/29/0I 15073-3 Page 3 of 7 Brazoria County Municipal Utility District No. 26 Shadow Creek Ranch Interim Wastewater Treatment Plant - Phases I & II DUCTILE IRON PIPING 2. Gas service in buried locations shall be mechanical joint. 3. Gas service in locations other than buried shall be flanged joint. 4. Liquid and air service in locations other than buried shall be flanged or grooved end joint. 5. As shown on Drawings or as specified in system Specification if different than specified above for services and locations. B. Mechanical and Push -on Joints: 1. AWWA C111. 2. Gasket material: a. Suitable for service and maximum operating temperature of piping system as specified in piping system specification section. b. Selected by pipe manufacturer. 3. Restrained Joints: a. Manufacturers: 1) American Cast Iron Pipe Company, Flex -Ring, and Lok-Ring. 2) U.S. Pipe and Foundry Company, TR-Flex. 3) Or equal. b. Provide restramed joints for buried piping systems specifically identified to have restrained joints and for buried piping systems where use of concrete thrust blocks is not practical c. Mechanical locking type to provide positive restraint from joint separation without use of restraining rods straps, clamps, or setscrew retainer glands. d. Minimum pressure rating: 250 psi. C. Flanged Joints: 1. Flanged pipe for liquid and air service shall be in accordance with AWWA C115. 2. Flanged pipe for gas service shall be in accordance with AWWA C115 and ANSI A21 52 In addition to pipe marking specified m AWWA C115 and ANSI A21 52, conspicuously stamp each flanged pipe with words "AIR TESTED". 3. Fabrication of flanged pipe, including assembly of flange on pipe shall be performed by pipe manufacturer in accordance with AWWA C115. Assembly of flange on pipe outside of manufacturer's shop is unacceptable. 4. Flange material for flanged pipe shall be ductile iron. Flanged pipe with gray iron flanges is not acceptable 5. Gasket material shall be suitable for service and maximum operating temperature of piping system as specified in piping system specification section. Torque requirement of gaskets shall be less than torque rating of flange, bolt, and nuts. 6. Gaskets shall be ring or full face, 1/8-in. thick, and conform to dimensions shown in Appendices to AWWA C110 and AWWA C115. 7. Bolts: a. Size, length, and number as shown in AWWA C 110 and AWWA C115. b. Material: Carbon steel, ASTM A307, Grade B. c. Dimensions: ANSI B18.2.1, heavy hex. W:\LAND\ 1546\ 6401 \wwtp\SPecs\ 1 5073S PC.doc 4/29/01 15073-4 Page 4of7 Brazoria County Municipal Utility District No. 26 Shadow Creek Ranch Interim Wastewater Treatment Plant - Phases I & II DUCTILE IRON PIPING 8. Nuts: a. Size, length, and number as shown in AWWA C110 and AWWA C115. b. Material Carbon steel, ASTM A307, Grade B. c. Dimensions: ANSI B18.2.2, heavy hex. D. Grooved Joints: 1. AWWA C606. 2. Rigid joint. Pipe ends radius cut grooved to rigid groove specifications. 3. Grooved couplings shall be Victaulic Style 31 or equal. 4. Grooved joint adapter flanges shall be Victaulic Styles 341 or 342, or equal. 5. Gasket material: a. Suitable for service and maximum operating temperature of piping system as specified in piping system specification section. b. Selected by grooved coupling manufacturer. 6. Coatings for grooved couplings and adapter flanges shall be same product as coatings for pipe. 2.04 FITTINGS A. Pressure rating shall be 250 psi, minimum. B. Standard fittings for liquid and air service: 1. Mechanical and push -on joint fittings: a. Ductile iron. b. AWWA C110 or AWWA C153. 2. Flanged joint fittings: a. Ductile iron. b. AWWA C110. c. Flange dimensions in accordance with AWWA C115. 3. Grooved joint fittings: a. Ductile iron. b. AWWA C110 except end preparation and wall thickness. c. End preparation in accordance with AWWA C606, rigid radius groove. d. Minimum wall thickness in accordance with AWWA C153. C. Special fittings for liquid and air service, not included in AWWA standards, shall be manufacturer's standard, based on AWWA design principles, and in compliance with applicable requirements of AWWA standards. D. Standard fittings for gas service: 1. Mechanical joint fittings: ANSI A21 14, ductile iron. 2. Flanged joint. W:\LAND\1546\6401 \swnp\specs\15073SPC.doc 4/29/01 15073-5 Page 5 of7 Brazoria County Municipal Utility District No. 26 Shadow Creek Ranch Interim Wastewater Treatment Plant - Phases I & II DUCTILE IRON PIPING a. ANSI A21 14, ductile iron. b. Flange dimensions in accordance with AWWA C115. E. Special fittings for gas service, not included in ANSI standard, shall be manufacturer's standard, based on ANSI design principles, and in accordance with applicable requirements of ANSI standard. F. Wall Pipe and Floor Pipe: 1. Ductile iron. 2. Wall thickness of body equal to or greater than wall thickness of connecting pipe. 3. Flanges set flush with face of concrete shall be tapped for stud bolts. 4. Collar dimensions as shown on Drawings. 5. Collar cast integral with pipe or fabricated by welded attachment of collar to pipe. 6. Fabricated wall pipe and floor pipe shall be as follows: a. Rated for dead end thrust due to 250 psi internal pressure. b. Ductile iron collar welded continuously around pipe on both sides of collar. c. Weld in pipe manufacturer's shop by qualified welder. d. Electrodes AWS A5.15, Class ENiFe-CI or AWS 5.6, Class ECuA1-2. e. Manufacturer: American Cast Iron Pipe Company, or equal. G. Miscellaneous Fittings: 1. Provide miscellaneous fittings such as cutting in sleeves, tapping sleeves, caps, plugs, and other fittings, as required for a complete system. 2. Manufacturer of nuscellaneous fittings shall be same manufacturer as pipe. 3. Miscellaneous fittings shall be suitable for service. 2.05 OUTSIDE COATING A. Provide buried piping with asphaltic coating in accordance with applicable AWWA and ANSI standards. B. Surface preparation, priming, and finish coating of non -buried piping shall be compatible and in accordance with Section 09900. C. Finish color for interior and exterior piping shall be as specified in piping system Specification section. D. Coating for piping embedded in concrete is not required. 2.06 POLYETHYLENE ENCASEMENT A. Provide polyethylene encasement for buried piping in accordance with AWWA C105. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION A. In accordance with piping system Specification section. W :\LAND\ 15 4 6\b401 \wwt p\s pec s\ 15073 S P C. d oc 4/29/01 15073-6 Page 6 of 7 Brazoria County Municipal Utility District No. 26 Shadow Creek Ranch Interim Wastewater Treatment Plant - Phases I & II DUCTILE WON PIPING 3.02 JOINT ASSEMBLY A. Push -on, mechanical, and grooved joint in accordance with manufacturer's written instructions. B. Flanged joint in accordance with piping system specification section, flanged pipe manufacturer's written instructions, and gasket manufacturer's written instructions. 3.03 WALL PIPE A. Support by formwork to prevent contact with reinforcing steel. B. Install in accordance with Section 03300. 3.04 POLYETHYLENE ENCASEMENT A. Install in accordance with AWWA C105. 3.05 TAPPING A. Do not tap polyethylene -lined and glass -lined pipe. B. Taps for cement -lined and unlined pipe shall be in accordance with pipe manufacturer's instructions. C. Provide service saddles for tap sizes greater than 1-inch service saddles are not required for tap sizes 1-in and smaller. * * * END OF SECTION * * W ;\LAND\ 1546\6401 \W Wtp\speaU 5073 SPC.doc 4/29/01 15073-7 Page 7of7 Brazoria County Municipal Utility District No. 26 Shadow Creek Ranch Interim Wastewater Treatment Plant - Phases I & II SECTION 15076 HOSE, NOZZLES, NONMETALLIC TUBING, AND QUICK -CONNECT COUPLINGS HOSE, NOZZLES, NONMETALLIC TUBING, AND QUICK -CONNECT COUPLINGS PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 REFERENCES A. Military Specifications (MIL)' 1. MIL-C-27487E - Coupling Halves, Quick Disconnect, Cam Locking Type. 1.02 SUBMITTALS A. Manufacturer's literature. B. Submit in accordance with Section 01300. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 CLEAR VINYL (OR PLASTIC) TUBING A. Manufacturers: 1. Parker Hannifan Corporation. 2. Thermoplastic Processes, Inc. 3. Or equal. B. Material: Polyvinyl made from virgin resins. C. Formula Grade: Industrial. D. Clarity of Wall: Sufficient for visual observation. E. Fitting Type: Push -on with stainless steel clamps. 2.02 QUICK -CONNECT COUPLINGS A. Manufacturers: 1. "Kamlok" Quick Couplings by OPW, Division of Dover Corporation. 2. Or equal. B. Description: 1. Each coupling shall consist of 2 pieces, male part (also called adaptor), and female part (also called coupler). 2. Connection of parts shall be made by inserting male into female and then moving 2 cam arms into locked position. W:\LAND\ 1546\6401\wwtp\spea\ 15076SPC.doc 04/01/98 15076-1 Page 1 of 3 Brazoria County Municipal Utility District No. 26 Shadow Creek Ranch Interim Wastewater Treatment Plant - Phases 1 & II C. Couplings shall conform to MIL C 27487E. D. Pressure Rating: 300 psig (hydrostatic). E. Materials: 1. Body: Polypropylene, PVC or stainless steel. 2. Cam Arms Stainless steel. 3. Gaskets: Buna N. HOSE, NOZZLES, NONMETALLIC TUBING, AND QUICK -CONNECT COUPLINGS F. Mount couplers on hoses using hose shank and stainless steel hose clamp. G. Mount adaptors on fixed pipes using threaded or solvent welded joint. 2.03 HOSE A. Manufacturers: 1. "ORTAC" Multi -Purpose Industrial Hose by Weil Service Products Corporation. 2. Or equal. B. Material: 1. Premium quality multi -purpose industrial hose. 2. Oil resistant. 3. Suitable for water and wastewater. 4. Reinforcement: Two layers of rayon cord. 5. Working Pressure: 300 psig. 6. Number of Braids: 3. 7. Inner Tube: Nonporous, oil resistant nitrile rubber without splices or seams. 8. Cover Red nitrile/vinyl synthetic rubber continuously branded with name, size, and number of braids. 9. Available Sizes: 3/16 in. ID through 4 in. ID. 2.04 1 IN. NOZZLE A. Manufacturers: 1. Standard Fire Equipment, Type 18. 2. Potter -Roemer. 3. Or equal. B. Material: 1. Plain straight nozzle. 2. Cast brass. 3. Size: 1 in. by 8 in. by 5/16 in. NV: \AND\1546\640I\wwtp\specs\15076sPC.doc 04/01/98 15076-2 Page 2 of 3 Brazoria County Municipal Utility District No. 26 Shadow Creek Ranch Interim Wastewater Treatment Plant - Phases I & 17 2.05 3/4 IN. NOZZLE A. Manufacturers: 1. Leonard, N-2 hose nozzle. 2. McMaster -Carr. 3.. Or equal. B. Materials: HOSE, NOZZLES, NONMFTALLIC TUBING, AND QUICK -CONNECT COUPLINGS 1. Front trigger control with automatic shut-off. 2. Adjusts from soft spray to straight stream. 3. Rubber cover and shield. 4. Stainless steel, bronze and brass internal construction. 5. 3/4 in. hose coupling. 2.06 RUBBER HOSE A. Air Service: 1. Manufacturers: a. Gates, IB. b. U.S. Rubber. c. Or equal. B. Alum, Ferric Chloride, Phosphoric Acid, and Hydrochloric Acid Service: 1. Manufacturers: a. Gates, IW. b. U.S. Rubber, H-100. c. Or equal. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION A. Install equipment in accordance with manufacturer's written instructions and approved submittals. B. Install 1 complete 3/4-in. hose assemblies, including 100 ft of 3/4-in. hose, nozzle, U-shaped wall -mounted hose hanger, and hose connections. C. Mount hangers in locations determined by OWNER. ***END OF SECTION*** W :\LAND\ 1546\6401 \wwtpp\specs\ 15076S PC,doc 04/01/98 15076-3 Page 3 of 3 Brazoria County Municipal Utility District No. 26 Shadow Creek Ranch Interim Wastewater Treatment Plant - Phases I & II SECTION 15078A PVC PIPE PVC PIPE PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Polyvinyl chloride (PVC) pressure pipe for water distribution and sanitary sewers in nominal diameters 4 inches through 24 inches. B. Polyvinyl chloride (PVC) sewer pipe for sanitary sewers in nominal diameters 4 inches through 27 inches. 1.02 LUMP SUM PRICES A. Payment will be made for PVC pipe under this section in accordance with the Bid Proposal. 1.03 REFERENCES A. ANSI A21.5 (AWWA C105) - Polyethylene Encasement for Ductile -Iron Piping for Water and Other Liquids. B. ANSI A21.10 (AWWA C110) - Ductile -Iron and Gray -Iron Fittings, 3 in Through 48 in. for Water and Other Liquids. C. ANSI A21 11 (AWWA C111) - Rubber -Gasket Joints for Ductile -Iron Pressure Pipe and Fittings. D. ASTM D1784 - Standard Specification for Rigid Poly (Vinyl Chloride) (PVC) Compound and Chlorinated Poly (Vinyl Chloride) (CPVC) Compounds. E. ASTM D2241 - Standard Specification for Poly (Vinyl Chloride) (PVC Plastic Pipe (SDR-PR) F. ASTM D2444 - Test Method for Impact Resistance of Thermoplastic Pipe and Fittings by Means of a Tup (Falling Weight). G. ASTM D3034 Specification for Type PSM Poly (Vinyl Chloride) (PVC) Sewer Pipe and Fittings. H. ASTM D3139 - Standard Specification for Joints for Plastic Pressure Pipes Using Flexible Elastomeric Seals. I. ASTM D3212 - Specification for Joints for Drain and Sewer Plastic Pipes Using Flexible Elastomeric Seals. J. ASTM F477 - Standard Specification for Joints for Drain and Sewer Plastic Pipes Using Flexible Elastomeric Seals. K. AWWA C900 - Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC) Pressure Pipe, 4 in. Through 12 in. for Water Distribution. L. AWWA C905 - Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC) Water Transmission Pipe, Nominal Diameters 14 Inches Through 36 Inches. M. UNI-B-11 - Recommended Standard Specification for Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC) Water Transmission Pipe (Nominal Diameters 14" - 36"). WALAND\I546\6401\v 04/01/98 \specs\! 5078ASPC.doc 15078A-1 Page 1 of4 Brazoria County Municipal Utility District No. 26 Shadow Creek Ranch PVC PIPE Interim Wastewater Treatment Plant - Phases I & II N. UNI-B-13 - Recommended Standard Performance Specification for Joint Restraint Devices for Use with Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC) Pipe. 1.04 SUBMITTALS A. Submittals shall conform to requirements of Section 01300. B. Submit shop drawings showing design of new pipe and fittings indicating alignment and grade, laying dimensions, fabrication, fittings flanges, and special details. 1.05 QUALITY CONTROL A. Submit manufacturer's affidavit that PVC pipe meets requirements of AWWA C900 or AWWA C905 for pressure pipe applications or ASTM D3034 for gravity sewer applications. B. Submit manufacturer's certification that PVC pipe have been hydrostatically tested at factory in accordance with AWWA C900 or C905 and this Section. C. When foreign manufactured material is proposed for use, test material for conformance to applicable ASTM requirements by certified independent testing laboratory located in United States. Certification from any other source is not acceptable. Furnish copies of test reports to Engineer for review. Cost of testing shall be borne by Contractor. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIAL A. PVC compounds used to manufacture pipe shall contain no ingredient in an amount that has been demonstrated to migrate into water in quantities considered to be toxic. B. For PVC pressure pipe, manufacture PVC pipe from Class 12454-A or Class 12454-B virgin compounds as defined in ASTM D1784. Compounds shall qualify for a rating of 4000 psi for water at 73.4 degrees F per requirements of PPITR3. Provide pipe which is homogeneous throughout, free of voids, cracks, inclusions and other defects, uniform as commercially practical in color, density and other physical properties. Deliver pipe with surfaces free from nicks and scratches with joining surfaces of spigots and joints free from gouges and imperfections which could cause leakage. C. For PVC pressure pipe used for water mains, PVC pipe shall be self -extinguishing and bear Underwriters' Laboratories mark of approval that is acceptable without penalty to Texas State Fire Insurance Committee for use in fire protection lines. D. Lubricant for rubber-gasketed joints: Water soluble, non -toxic, non -objectionable in taste and odor imparted to fluid, non -supporting of bacteria growth, have no deteriorating effect on PVC or rubber gaskets 2.02 WATER SERVICE PIPE A. Pipe 4-inch through 12-inch: AWWA C900, Class 150, DR 18; nominal 20-foot lengths. B. Pipe 14-inch through 24-inch: AWWA C905; Class 235; DR 18; nominal 20-foot lengths. W:\L1ND11546\6401 \wwtp\specA 15078ASPC.doc 04/01/98 15078A-2 Page 2 of 4 Brazoria County Municipal Utility District No. 26 Shadow Creek Ranch Interim Wastewater Treatment Plant - Phases I & 11 C. Joints: ASTM D3139; push -on type joints in integral bell or separate sleeve couplings. ASTM F477• elastomeric; factory installed and glued in place; sole element depended flexible and watertight. Do not use socket type or solvent weld type joints. D. Make curves and bends by deflecting the joints. Do not exceed maximum deflection recommended by the pipe manufacturer. Submit details of other methods of providing curves and bends for review by Engineer. E. Hydrostatic Test: AWWA C900, AWWA C905, AWWA C110; at point of manufacture; submit manufacturer's written certification. PVC PIPE Gaskets and seals: upon to make joints 2.03 PVC PRESSURE PIPE FOR BENDS AND FITTINGS A. Bends and Fittings: ANSI A21 10; ductile iron; ANSI A21.11 single rubber gasket push -on type joint, minimum 150 psi pressure rating B. ANSI A21.5; provide minimum 8-mil thickness polyethylene wrapping as required. C. Line fittings with epoxy coating, 24-mil minimum dry film thickness applied in three applications. 2.04 GRAVITY SANITARY SEWER PIPE A. PVC gravity sanitary sewer pipe shall be in accordance with the provisions in the following table: Wall Construction Manufacturer Product Options ASTM Designation SDR/Stiffness (Min.) Diameter Size Ranee Solid Approved Approved Approved equal equal equal D2241 D3034 F679 SDR SDR SDR 26 35 35 12" 18" 6" to & to 10" 15" 27" Truss (Gasketed) Contech Approved equal D2680 46 psi 12" & 15" Profile Contech ETI Carlon Carlon Ultra A-2000 -Rib Vylon Vylon NC Slipliner Preapproved Preapproved Preapproved Preapproved F949 F794 F794 F794 46 46 46 46 psi psi psi psi 12" 12" 21" 21" to 30" to 30" to 48" to 48" B. Maximum allowable pipe deflection after installation and backfill shall be 5 percent. C. Joints: Spigot and integral wall section bell with solid cross section elastrometric or rubber ring gasket conforming to requirements of ASTM D3212, factory -assembled and securely locked or glued in place to prevent displacement. The manufacturer shall test a sample from each batch conforming to requirements ASTM D2444 Connections including wyes, tees, stacks, and stubs shall be full bodied. D. Fittings: Provide PVC gravity sewer sanitary wye fittings for new sanitary sewer construction. Saddle -type wye fittings are not acceptable. W:\LAND\ 1546\640I \wwtp\specs\ 15078ASPC.doc 04/01/98 15078A-3 Page 3 of 4 Brazoria County Municipal Utility District No. 26 Shadow Creek Ranch Interim Wastewater Treatment Plant - Phases I & II PVC PIPE 2.05 SANITARY SEWER FORCE MAIN PIPE A. PVC pressure pipe and fittings shall conform to Uni-B-11 for Polyvinyl Pressure Pipe (AWWA C900 and AWWA C905). Pipe shall be pressure rated to 150 psi B. All pipe and fitting joints shall be integral bell and spigot, containing a bonded -in elastomeric sealing ring meeting the requirements of ASTM F477. In designated areas requiring restrained joint pipe and fittings, use Uniflange Series 1350 restrainer, or equal joint restraint device conforming to Uni-B-13. C. Fittings: Provide ductile iron fittings as per Paragraph 2.03. D. Hydrostatic Tests: Hydrostatically test pipe as per Paragraph 2.02 E. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 PROTECTION A. Store pipe under cover out of direct sunlight and protect from excessive heat or harmful chemicals in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations. 3.02 INSTALLATION A. Install PVC pipe in accordance with ASTM D2321 and manufacturer's recommendations. B. Water service pipe 12 inches in diameter and smaller: Installed to clear utility lines and have minimum 4 feet of cover below lowest property line grade of street unless otherwise required by Drawings. C. For water service, exclude use of PVC within 200 feet (along the public right-of-way) of underground storage tanks (UST) or in undeveloped commercial acreage. UST's are primarily located on service stations but can exist at other commercial establishments. No UST's are located at this site D. Avoid imposing strains that will overstress or buckle the pipe when lowering pipe into trench. E. Hand shovel bedding under the pipe haunches and along the sides of the pipe barrel to eliminate voids and ensure side support. * * * END OF SECTION * * * W \LAND\ 1546\6401WAvtp\specs 15078ASPc.ace 4/29/01 15078A-4 Page 4 of4 Brazoria County Municipal Utility District No. 26 Shadow Creek Ranch Inter'm Wastewater Treatment Plant - Phases I & II SECTION 15101 GATE VALVES PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Gate valves on exposed piping and buried piping. 1.02 REFERENCES A. American Water Works Association (AWWA): 1. AWWA 2. AWWA 3. AWWA 4. AWWA C500-86 - 0509-87 - C111-85 - C115-88 - GATE VALVES Gate Valves for Water and Sewerage Systems. Resilient Seated Gate Valves for Water and Sewage Systems. Rubber Gasket Joints for Ductile Iron and Gray Iron Pressure Pipe and Fittings. Standard for Flanged Ductile Iron Pipe with Threaded Flanges. American Standard Testing Methods (ASTM): 1. ASTM A48 83 - Standard Specification for Gray Iron Castings. 2. ASTM A307-90 - Standard Specification for Carbon Steel Bolts and Studs, 60,000 psi, Tensile Strength. 1.03 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION A. 1.04 A. Design Requirements: 1. 3 in. through 12. in.: 175 psi. 2. 14 in through 48 in.: 150 psi. SUBMITTALS Product Data: 1. Submit in accordance with Section 01300. B. Operation and Maintenance (O&M) Data: 1. Submit in accordance with Section 01300. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 MANUFACTURERS A. Clow. B. Kennedy Valve. W ALAND\1546\6401 \wwtp\specs\151015PC.doc 04/01/98 15101-1 Page 1 of 3 Brazoria County Municipal Utility District No. 26 Shadow Creek Ranch Interim Wastewater Treatment Plant - Phases I & II GATE VALVES C. American. D. Or equal. 2 02 CONSTRUCTION A. Comply with AWWA C500. B. Provide with clear water way equal to full nominal dia of valve. C. For interior or exposed installations, provide handwheel with arrow cast in metal to indicate direction of opening. Opening effort shall not exceed 80 lbs. Provide enclosed spur or bevel gearing as required with gear cases. D. Provide bypasses on 14-in. and larger valves. Mount directly to valve body with cast iron flanged connection. E. End Connection: 1. Buried Installations: Mechanical joints in accordance with AWWA C111. 2. Interior or Exposed Installations: Flanged joint end connections in accordance with AWWA C115. F. Stuffing Boxes: 1. Provide 0-ring seal type with two rings. 2. Upper ring serving as dust seal and lower ring as pressure seal. G. Bolts and Nuts: ASTM A307, galvanized. H. Non -Rising Stems: cast integral stem collar. I. Gates and Gate Rings for C500 Valves. 1. Gates: Cast iron or bronze. 2. Gate Rings Bronze. J. Valve Boxes: 1. 3-piece assembly. 2. Provide 5-1/4-in. valve box dia 3. Construct box and cover of cast iron in accordance with ASTM A48, Class B. 4. Provide valve with extended stem. 5. Stop stem 12 in below box cover 6. Provide one 4-ft long tee wrench for operating valve. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION A. Install in accordance with manufacturer's written instructions and approved submittals. B. Provide valve boxes for valves located outside buildings. w:\LAND\1546\6401 \wwcp\specs\ 15101 s PC.doc 04/01/98 15101-2 Page 2 of 3 Brazoria County Municipal Utility District No. 26 Shadow Creek Ranch Interim Wastewater Treatment Plant - Phases I & 11 • C. Install 14-in. and larger valves in horizontal pipe line with stem horizontal. * * * END OF SECTION * * * w:\LAND\ I546\6401Vmtp'specs \15101 SPC.doc 04/01/98 GATE VALVES 15101-3 Page 3 of 3 Brazoria County Municipal Utility District No. 26 Shadow Creek Ranch Interim Wastewater Treatment Plant - Phases I & II PART 1 1.01 GENERAL REFERENCES SECTION 15103 BUTTERFLY VALVES A. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM): 1. ASTM 2. ASTM 3. ASTM 4. ASTM 5. ASTM 6. ASTM A36-89 - A48 83 - A126-84 A436-84 A536-84 D429-81 BUTTERFLY VALVES Standard Specification for Structural Steel. Standard Specification for Gray Iron Castings. - Standard Specification for Gray Iron Castings for Valves, Flanges, and Pipe Fittings. - Standard Specification for Austenitic Gray Iron Castings. - Standard Specification for Ductile Iron Castings. - Standard Test Methods for Rubber Property -- Adhesion to Rigid Substrates. B. American National Standards Institute (ANSI): 1. ANSI A21 11-80 - Rubber Gasket Joints for Ductile Iron and Gray Iron Pressure Pipe and Fittings. 2. ANSI B 1.20.1-83 - Pipe Threads General Purpose (INCH). 3. ANSI B16.1-89 - Cast Iron Pipe Flanges and Flanged Fittings. C. American Water Works Association (AWWA): 1. AWWA C504-87 - Standard for Rubber -Seated Butterfly Valves. D. National Electrical Manufacturers Association (NEMA). 1.02 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION A. Design Requirements: 1. Provide bubble -tight at rated pressures with flow in either direction. 2. Satisfactory for applications involving frequent operation and applications involving valve operation after long periods of inactivity 3. Except as modified or supplemented herein, conform butterfly valves including operators, to requirements of AWWA C504 latest edition. 4. Method for calculating torques for valve operators shall be as outlined in AWWA C504, Appendix A. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. Shop Drawings: 1. Submit in accordance with Section 01300. B. Operation and Maintenance (O&M) Data: 1. Submit in accordance with Section 01730. W:\ AND\I546\6401\wwrPupeaU5103SPC.doc 04/01/98 15103-1 Page 1 of4 Brazoria County Municipal Utility District No. 26 Shadow Creek Ranch Interim Wastewater Treatment Plant - Phases I & II PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 MANUFACTURERS A. Allis Chalmers Corporation. B. American Darling. C. B.I.F. D. Henry Pratt Company. E. Kennedy Valve. F. Or equal. 2.02 BUTTERFLY VALVES BUTTERFLY VALVES A. General: 1. Proportion parts of valve for stresses occurring during continuous operation, and additional stresses occurring during fabrication or erection. 2. Provide tight -closing, rubber seat type with seats fastened to valve body or valve disk. B. Valve Bodies: 1. Valves shall be short bodied pattern. Wafer design valves shall only be acceptable for air piping. 2. Cast Iron: ASTM A126, Class B or ASTM A48 Class 40. 3. Face and Drill Flange Valves: ANSI B16.1 Class 125 standard. 4. Mechanical Joint and Bell Ends ANSI A21.11 standard. 5. Threaded Ends: ANSI B1.20.1 NPT standard. Integrate 2 trunnions for shaft bearings with each valve body. C. Valve Shafts: Type 304 stainless steel. D. Valve Seats: 1. Hycar or Nordel rubber for air service. 2. Replaceable valve seats. 3. No 18-8 stainless steel mating seat surfaces. 4. Valve Seat in -Place ASTM D429, Method A or B. 5. Do not use metal to metal. 6. Valve seats for odorous air service valves shall be nitrile butadiene (HYCAR). E. Valve Discs: 1. Valve Sizes Through 48 in.: a. Cast iron: ASTM A48, Class 40 b. Ductile iron: ASTM A536, Grade 65-45 12. c. Alloy cast iron: ASTM A436, Type 1. W :\LAND\1 546\6401 \wwIP\specs\ I51035 PC.doc 04/01/98 15103-2 Page 2 of 4 Brazoria County Municipal Utility District No. 26 Shadow Creek Ranch Interim Wastewater Treatment Plant - Phases I & II BUTTERFLY VALVES 2. Valve Sizes 54 in. and Larger: a. Cast iron: ASTM A48, Class 40. b. Fabricated steel ASTM A36. c. Ductile iron ASTM A536, Grade 65-45 12. 3. Attach to valve shaft with No. 18-8 stainless steel taper pins. 4. Valve discs that seat at angle to axis of pipe line other than 90 degrees not accepted. 5. Valve discs shall rotate 90 degrees from full open position to tight shut position. 6. For odorous air service valves, valve discs for valves 2 in. through 20 in. shall be Type 316 stainless steel, and valve discs for valves 24 in through 36 in. shall be cast iron ASTM A48, Class 40. F. Valve Bearings: 1. Sleeve type, self-lubricating, corrosion resistant, bronze, woven, oriented teflon or nylon. 2. Bearing load shall not exceed 1/5 of compressive strength of bearing or shaft material. 3. Valve bearings for odorous air service valves shall be teflon coated stainless steel. G. Valve Shaft Seals: 1. 4-in. through 24-in. Line Sizes: 0-ring contained in removable corrosion -resistant cartridges. 2. 30-in and Larger Valves: Self -compensating V-type packing, replaceable (buried service excluded), without removing operator. 3. Valve shaft seals for odorous air service valves shall be nitrile butadiene (Hycar) 2.03 VALVE OPERATORS A. Furnish gear actuator, chainwheel, and chain for valves 7 ft-0 in. or over above floor. Plate operating chains with zinc or cadmium and loop to extend to 4 ft (16 in.) above floor. Equip chain actuated operators with chain guide permitting rapid handling of operating chain without "gagging" of wheel and permitting reasonable side pull on chain. B. Valve Boxes: 1. 3-piece assembly. 2. Provide 5-1/4-in. valve box dia. 3. Construct box and cover of cast iron in accordance with ASTM A48, Class B. 4. Provide valve with extended stem. 5. Stop stem 12 in below box cover. 6. Provide one 4-ft long tee wrench for operating valve. C. Manual Valve Operators: 1. Provide lever or worm gear actuators, tee wrenches, extension stems, floor stands, and valve boxes as indicated on Drawings. 2. 2-piece adjustable screw type valve boxes. 3. Actuator: a. Valves 10 in. and larger: Gear actuators and handwheels. b. Valves less than 10 in.: Lever actuator. W;\LAND\ 1546\ 64 01\wwtplspec s\l 51035 PC.doc 04/01/98 15103-3 Page 3of4 Brazoria County Municipal Utility District No. 26 Shadow Creek Ranch Interim Wastewater Treatment Plant - Phases I & II BUTTERFLY VALVES c. Enclose gearing in semi -steel housing suitable for running in lubricant with seals provided on shafts to prevent entry of dirt and water into actuator. d. Support actuator shaft and quadrant on permanently lubricated bronze bearings. e. Actuators shall indicate valve position and provide adjustable stop to set closing torque. f. Furnish removable operator lever with each valve specified with lever actuator 4. Buried or Submerged Service Valves and Actuators: a. Provide seals on shafts and gaskets on valve and actuator covers to prevent entry of water. Provide mounting brackets with gasket seals. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION A. Install equipment in accordance with manufacturer's written instructions and approved submittals. ***END OF SECTION*** W:\LAND\t 546\6401\wwtp\specs\15103SPC.doc 04/01/98 15103-4 Page 4 of4 Brazoria County Municipal Utility District No. 26 Shadow Creek Ranch Interim Wastewater Treatment Plant - Phases 1 & 17 SECTION 15111 CHECK VALVES PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SUBMITTALS A. Shop Drawings: 1. Submit in accordance with Section 01300. B. Operation and Maintenance (O&M) Data: 1. Submit in accordance with Section 01730. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 MANUFACTURERS A. Golden -Anderson. B. GA Industries. C. Or equal. 2.02 SWING CHECK VALVE CHECK VALVES A. Valve Body: 1. Heavy cast iron body with noncorrosive cushion chamber and noncorrosive shaft for attachment of weight and lever. B. Cushion Chamber: 1. Attached externally to side of valve body. 2. Construct with piston operating in chamber effectively permitting valve to be operated without hammering action. 3. Air cushion. 4. Arrange cushion chamber so closing speed adjustable to meet service requirements. C. Disc and Seat Ring Assembly: 1. Cast iron disc suspended from noncorrosive shaft passing through stuffing box and connects to cushion chamber on outside of valve 2. Renewable bronze seat ring held in valve body by threaded Joint. 3. Assembly shall prevent return of fluid through valve when inlet pressure decreases below delivery pressure without hammer or shock. W:\LAND 1546`6401 \wwtp\specs\ 15111 SPC.doc 04/01/98 15111-1 Page 1 of 2 Brazoria County Municipal Utility District No. 26 Shadow Creek Ranch Interim Wastewater Treatment Plant - Phases I & II CHECK VALVES 2.03 DIGESTER GAS SWING CHECK VALVE A. Design specifically for low pressure gas applications with low head loss. B. Construct of aluminum body, removable aluminum seat ring and pallet, and stainless steel hinge pin. C. Pallet free swing pendulum type and hang in true vertical position under static gas condition. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION A. Install equipment in accordance with manufacturer's written instructions and approved submittals. * * * END OF SECTION * * * W :\LAND\1546\6401 \wwtp\specs\ 1511 I SPC.doc 04/01/98 15111-2 Page 2 of 2 Brazoria County Municipal Utility District No. 26 Shadow Creek Ranch Interim Wastewater Treatment Plant - Phases I & II SECTION 15117 ECCENTRIC PLUG VALVES PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 REFERENCES A. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM): 1. ASTM 2. ASTM 3. ASTM 4. ASTM 5. ASTM 6. ASTM A48 83 - A 126-84 A436-84 A536-84 B26-88 - D429-81 ECCENTRIC PLUG VALVES Standard Specification for Gray Iron Castings. - Standard Specification for Gray Iron Castings for Valves, Flanges, and Pipe Fittings. - Standard Specification for Austenitic Gray Iron Castings. - Standard Specification for Ductile Iron Castings. Standard Specification for Aluminum -Alloy Sand Castings. - Standard Test Methods for Rubber Property -- Adhesion to Rigid Substrates. B. American National Standards Institute (ANSI): 1. ANSI B16.1-89 - Cast Iron Pipe Flanges and Flanged Fittings. C. American Water Works Association (AWWA): 1. AWWA C111-85 - Rubber -Gasket Joints for Ductile -Iron and Gray -Iron Pressure Pipe and Fittings. 2. AWWA C504-87 - Rubber -Seated Butterfly Valves. 3. AWWA C507-85 - Ball Valves 6-in. through 48-in. National Electrical Manufacturer's Association (NEMA). D. 1.02 SUBMITTALS A. Shop Drawings: 1. Submit in accordance with Section 01300. Operation and Maintenance (O&M) Data: 1. Submit in accordance with Section 01730. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 MANUFACTURERS A. DeZurik. B. Homestead. C. Or equal. W;\L.kND\1546\6401\wwtp\specs\l5l 17SPC.doc 04/01/98 15117-1 Page 1 of3 Brazoria County Municipal Utility District No. 26 Shadow Creek Ranch Interim Wastewater Treatment Plant - Phases I & II ECCENTRIC PLUG VALVES 2.02 PLUG VALVES A. Nonlubricated, eccentric type of semi -steel construction with resilient faced plugs, suitable for use with water, sewage, sludge or sewage gas. B. Furnish with end connections as specified in valve schedule or as shown on Drawings. 1. Face and drill flange valves to ANSI 125/150-lb standard. 2. Mechanical Joint and Push -on Ends AWWA C111. 3. Screwed Ends: NPT standard. C. Port Areas: 1. Valves Through 20 in.: Minimum 80% of full pipe area. 2. Valves 24 in. and Larger: Minimum 70% of full pipe area. D. Valve Body: 1. ASTM A126, Class B cast iron in compliance with AWWA C507, Section 5.4. 2. Exposed Nuts, Bolts, Springs, Washers: Zinc plate or of nickel conte 3. Seats: Corrosion -resistant, complying with AWWA C507, Section 7, C504, Section 8.3. E. Replaceable sleeve type bearings in upper and lower journals. 1. Bearings: AWWA C507, Section 8, Paragraphs 8.1, 8.3, and 8.5, and with AWWA C504, Section 9. 2. Valve Shaft Seals: AWWA C507, Section 10 and AWWA C504, Section 10. F. Provide valve pressure ratings as follows and establish by hydrostatic tests as specified by ANSI B16.1 1. Driptight shut-off up to full pressure rating. 2. Driptight shut-off to full valve rating with pressure in either direction. 3. Pressures: a. 175 psi for valves through 12 in. b. 150 psi for valves 14 in through 36 in. c. 125 psi for valves 42 in. through 54 in. G. Cast on .each valve body or operator word Open and arrow indicating direction to open. Direction of rotation to open shall be to left (counterclockwise). H. Special Requirements Digester Gas Valves: 1. Valve Bodies and Seats ASTM B26 alloy 8G 70A cast aluminum. 2. Pressure Ratings for Valves through 12 in.: 150 psi. 3. Do not provide mechanical joint ends. W ;\(AND\ 15 46\6401 \wwtp\spea\ 15 117 S P C. d oc 04/01/98 Section 5.1, and AWWA C504, nt. Paragraph 7.2, and with AWWA 15117-2 Page 2 of 3 Brazoria County Municipal Utility District No. 26 Shadow Creek Ranch Interim Wastewater Treatment Plant - Phases I & II ECCENTRIC PLUG VALVES 2.03 MANUAL VALVE OPERATORS A. Provide lever or gear actuators and accessories such as tee wrenches, extension stems, floor stands, and valve boxes as shown on Drawings. 1. Provide 2-piece adjustable screw type valve boxes. 2. Equip valves 10 in. and larger with gear actuators and handwheels. 3. Size gear operators so maximum handwheel rim pull required does not exceed 80 ft/lb at maximum pressure drop across valve of 75 psi. 4. Enclose gearing in semi -steel housing and suitable for running in lubricant with seals provided on shafts to prevent entry of dirt and water into actuator. 5. Support actuator shaft and quadrant on permanently lubricated bronze bearings. 6. Indicate valve position and provide adjustable stop to set closing torque of actuator. 7. Provide throttling valves with gear actuators 8. For buried valves 8 in. and larger, provide gear actuators. B. Valve Boxes: 1. Provide for buried valves located outside of buildings. 2. 3-piece assembly. 3. Provide 5-1/4-in. valve box dia. 4. Construct box and cover of cast iron in accordance with ASTM A48, Class B. 5. Provide valve with extended stem. 6. Stop stem 12 in below box cover. 7. Provide one 4-ft long tee wrench for operating valve. C. Buried or Submerged Service, Valves, and Gear Actuators: 1. Provide seals on shafts and gaskets on valve and actuator covers to prevent entry of water. 2. Provide totally enclosed actuator mounting brackets with gasket seals. D. Provide chain actuator, chain wheel, and chain for valves with center lines 7 ft-0 in. or over above floor. 1. Plate operating chains with zinc or cadmium and loop to extend to within 4 ft of floor. 2. Equip chain actuated operators with chain guide permitting rapid handling of operating chain without 'gagging" of wheel and reasonable side pull on chain. E. Provide two removable operating levers, each of different size, in each major building, room or tunnel of plant for each dia size of lever operated valve specified in area PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION A. Install in accordance with manufacturer's written instructions and approved submittals. ***END OF SECTION*** W:\LAND\I546\6401\wwtp`spe SU51175PC.doc 04/01/98 15117-3 Page 3 of 3 Brazoria County Municipal Utility District No. 26 Shadow Creek Ranch Interim Wastewater Treatment Plant - Phases I & II PIPE HANGERS, SUPPORTS AND ANCHORS SECTION 15140 PIPE HANGERS, SUPPORTS, AND ANCHORS PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. System of pipe supports and anchors with necessary inserts, bolts, nuts, restraining and hanger rods, washers, miscellaneous steel, and other accessories. 1.02 REFERENCES A. American National Standards Institute (ANSI): 1. ANSI B31.1-89 - Power Piping. B. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM): 1. ASTM A36-89 - Standard Specification for Structural Steel 2. ASTM A307-90 - Standard Specification for Carbon Steel Bolt and Studs, 60,000 PSI Tensile Strength. C. Manufacturer's Standardization Society (MSS): 1. MSS SP-58-88 - Pipe Hangers and Supports -- Materials, Design and Manufacture. 2. MSS SP-69-83 - Pipe Hangers and Supports -- Selection and Application. 3. MSS SP-89 - Pipe Hangers and Supports -- Fabrication and Installation Practices. D. National Fire Protection Association (NFPA): 1. NFPA No. 13-89 - Standard for Installation of Sprinkler Systems. 1.03 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION A. Design Requirements: 1. Design, detail and installation of pipe support system shall be responsibility of CONTRACTOR, if not shown on the Drawings 2. Pipe support system components shall withstand dead loads imposed by weight of pipes filled with water plus insulation, plus live loads due to thermal expansion, vibration, internal test pressures, and have minimum safety factor of 5. 3. Absence of pipe supports and details on Drawings shall not relieve CONTRACTOR of responsibility for providing them throughout plant or station. 1.04 SUBMITTALS A. Shop Drawings: 1. Pipe supporting system, including manufacturer's product data, dimensions, sizes, types, location, maximum loadings, thrust anchorage, and installation instructions. W:\LAND\I546\6401 \wwtp\specs\15140SPC.doc 04/01/98 15140 1 Pag I of IO Brazoria County Municipal Utility District No. 26 Shadow Creek Ranch Interim Wastewater Treatment Plant - Phases 1 & 11 2. Provide one reproducible and one print. B. Submit in accordance with Section 01300. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 MANUFACTURERS A. Fee and Mason. B. Grinnell. C. Carpenter -Patterson. D. Unistrut. E. Superstrut. F. Or equal. 2.02 GENERAL PIPE HANGERS, SUPPORTS AND ANCHORS A. MSS types indicated are typical of types and quality of standard pipe supports and hangers to be employed. Special support and hanger details are shown to cover locations where standard catalog supports inapplicable. B. Provide factory fabricated piping hangers and supports, clamps, hanger rod attachments, building attachments, saddles, shields thrust anchorage, and other miscellaneous products of MSS SP-69 type indicated or shop fabricated supports; comply with MSS SP-58 and manufacturer's published product information. Where MSS type not indicated, provide proper selection for installation requirements and comply with MSS SP-69, MSS SP-89 and manufacturer's published product information. 2.03 MATERIALS A. Hangers, rods, clamps, protective shields, metal framing, support components, and hanger accessories shall be galvanized unless otherwise noted. B. Hangers, rods, clamps, protective shields, metal framing, support components, and hanger accessories in submerged locations in wet wells, tanks channels or tank covers shall be Type 316 stainless steel. 2.04 HORIZONTAL PIPING HANGERS AND SUPPORTS A. General: 1. Unless otherwise shown or specified, hangers for 2-1/2-in. and smaller pipe shall be split -ring, adjustable swivel, clevis or roller type. Hangers for 3-in. pipe or greater shall be clevis or roller type. 2. Hangers for use with spring supports shall be split -ring or clamp type. 3. Hangers for fiberglass reinforced pipe shall be saddle type. 4. Each hanger shall be designed to permit at least 1-1/2 in. vertical adjustment after installation. W :\LAND\I546\6401\wwtp\specs115140SPC.doc 04/01 /98 15140-2 Page2of10 Brazoria County Municipal Utility District No. 26 Shadow Creek Ranch Interim Wastewater Treatment Plant - Phases 1 & II PIPE HANGERS, SUPPORTS AND ANCHORS B. Adjustable Swivel Split -Ring Hanger: MSS Type 6. C. Adjustable Clevis Hanger: MSS Type 1, fabricated from steel. D. Adjustable Band Hanger: MSS Type 7, fabricated from steel. E. Adjustable Swivel -Band Hanger: MSS Type 10. F. Clamp: MSS Type 4. G. Single Roll Support: MSS Type 41, including axle roller and threaded sockets. H. Adjustable Roller Hanger: MSS Type 43, including axle roller and clevis. I. Roll/Stand: MSS Type 44, including roller, stand, and axle. J. Adjustable Roll/Base: MSS Type 46, including roller, adjustable base, and stand. K. Steel Brackets: Welded structural steel shapes complying with following. 1. Light Duty: MSS Type 31. 2. Medium Duty: MSS Type 32. 3. Heavy Duty: MSS Type 33. L. Adjustable Saddle Support. 1. MSS Type 38, including saddle, pipe, and reducer. 2. Fabricate base support from steel pipe and include cast iron flange or welded steel plate. M. Stanchion Saddle Support: 1. MSS Type 37, including saddle and U-bolt. 2. Fabricate base support from steel pipe and include cast iron flange or welded steel plate. N. Strap or wire hangers not acceptable. 2.05 VERTICAL PIPING CLAMPS A. 2-Bolt Riser Clamp: MSS Type 8, galvanized or plastic coated. B. 4-Bolt Riser Clamp: MSS Type 42, include pipe spacers at inner bolt holes, galvanized or plastic coated. 2.06 HANGER RODS AND ATTACHMENTS A. Hanger Rods: 1. ASTM A36, threaded both ends or continuous threaded. 2. Rods shall conform to following sizes. W:U.ANDU 546\64011wwcp`specs\ 15140S PC.doc 04/01 /9g 15140-3 Page 3 of 10 Brazoria County Municipal Utility District No. 26 Shadow Creek Ranch Interim Wastewater Treatment Plant - Phases I & II PIPE HANGERS, SUPPORTS AND ANCHORS Pipe Size Minimum Rod Dia (in.) Up to 2 in. 3/8 2-1/2 in and 3 in. 1/2 4 in. 5/8 6 in. 3/4 8 in. to 12 in. 7/8 14 in. and Up 1 Trapeze Hangers As Required B. Turnbuckles: MSS Type 13. C. Weldless Eye Nut: MSS Type 17. D. Eye Socket: MSS Type 16. E. Clevis: MSS Type 14. 2.07 BUILDING ATTACHMENTS A. Individual Concrete Inserts: 1. MSS Type 18, malleable iron. 2. MSS Type 19, steel. 3. Minimum Safe Load: 1,100 lbs. B. Continuous Concrete Inserts: 1. Unistrut, P-3200 Series. 2. Fee and Mason, Figure 9000. 3. Superstrut. 4. Or equal. C. Top Beam C-Clamp: MSS Type 19. D. C-Clamps: MSS Type 23, steel. E. Single -Side Clamp: MSS Type 25. F. Top I -Beam Clamp: MSS Type 25. G. Side Beam Clamp: MSS Type 20. H. Concrete Anchors: 1. As specified on the Drawing. W:\LAND\I546\6401\W 'tP'specs\I$140SPC.doc 04/01/98 15140-4 Page 4of10 Brazoria County Municipal Utility District No. 26 Shadow Creek Ranch Interim Wastewater Treatment Plant - Phases I & II 2. Minimum Safety Factor: 5. 2.08 SADDLES AND SHIELDS A. Protection Saddles: MSS Type 39. B. Protection Shields: MSS Type 40. C. Wood Insulation Saddle: 1. Elcen Metal Products Company. 2. Or equal. 2.09 MISCELLANEOUS MATERIALS A. Metal Framing Systems: 1. Unistrut, galvanized. 2. Fee and Mason, galvanized. 3. Or equal. PIPE HANGERS, SUPPORTS AND ANCHORS B. Shop -Fabricated Anchors and Supports: 1. Steel Plates, Shapes, and Bars* ASTM A36. 2. Restraining Rods: ASTM A307. 3. Fabricate in accordance with the Drawing. C. Concrete: Class B in accordance with Section 03300. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 GENERAL A. Proceed with installation of hangers, supports, and anchors after required building structural work is complete and concrete support structure has reached 28-day compressive strength as specified in Section 03300. B. Install hangers, supports, clamps, and attachments from building structure; comply with MSS SP-69. Group parallel runs of horizontal piping to be supported together on trapeze type hangers where possible. C. Install supports to provide indicated pipe slopes and maximum pipe deflections allowed by ANSI B31.1 are not exceeded. D. Except as otherwise indicated for exposed continuous pipe runs, install hangers and supports of same type and style as installed for adjacent similar piping. E. Install supports to allow controlled movement of piping systems, permit freedom of movement between pipe anchors, and facilitate action of expansion joints, expansion loops, expansion bends, and similar units. W:\LAN D\I 546\6401\wwtp\sPec A 15140S PC.doc 04/01/98 15140 5 Page 5of10 Brazoria County Municipal Utility District No. 26 Shadow Creek Ranch Interim Wastewater Treatment Plant - Phases I & II PIPE HANGERS, SUPPORTS AND ANCHORS F. Piping shall be free to move when expands or contracts, except where fixed anchors are indicated. Where adequate hanger rod swing length cannot be provided or where pipe movement based on expansion of 1 in./100 ft for each 100°F change in temperature exceed 1/2 in., provide approved roller supports. G. Support piping 6 in. and larger on trapeze hangers with rollers. H. Prevent contact between dissimilar metals. Where concrete or metal pipe support is used, place 1/8 in. thick teflon, neoprene rubber or plastic strip under piping at point of bearing. Cut to fit entire area of contact between pipe and support. I. Prevent electrolysis in support of copper tubing by use of hangers and supports which are copper plated, plastic coated or by other recognized industry methods Electrician's tape not acceptable isolation method. J. Apply anti -seize compound to nuts and bolts. 3.02 INSTALLATION OF BUILDING ATTACHMENTS A. Support piping from structural framing, unless otherwise noted. B. Concrete Inserts: 1. Locate inserts so total load on insert does not exceed manufacturer's recommended maximum load. Location of inserts shall be approved by ENGINEER. 2. Where necessary to anchor supports to hardened concrete or completed masonry, use concrete anchors. C. Attach to structural steel with beam clamps. D. Do not support piping from other piping. 3.03 THRUST ANCHORS AND GUIDES A. Thrust Anchors: 1. For suspended piping, center thrust anchors as closely as possible between expansion joints and between elbows and expansion joints. Anchors shall hold pipe securely and be sufficiently rigid to force expansion and contraction movement to take place at expansion joints or elbows and preclude separation of joints. 2. Provide thrust anchors as required to resist thrust due to changes in dia or direction or dead ending of pipe lines. Anchorage shall be required wherever bending stresses exceed allowable for pipe. Wall pipes may be used as thrust anchors. 3. Restraining rod size and number shall be as shown on Drawings. B. Pipe guides shall be provided adjacent to sliding expansion joints in accordance with recommendations of National Association of Expansion Joint Manufacturers. W LAND\1546\6401\wwcP\specs\15140SPC.doc 04/01/98 15140 6 Page 6 of 10 Brazoria County Municipal Utility District No. 26 Shadow Creek Ranch Interim Wastewater Treatment Plant - Phases I & II 3.04 PIPE SUPPORT A. Spacing: PIPE HANGERS, SUPPORTS AND ANCHORS of Pipe l Maximum Pipe Support Spacing (ft) Type Steel 10 in. and over 22 8 in. 19 6 in. 17 5 in. 16 4 in. 14 3-1/2 in. 13 3 in. 12 2-1/2 in. 11 2 in. 10 1-1/2 in. 9 1 in. 7 3/4 in. 6 1/2 in. 5 Copper 4 in. 12 3-1/2 in. 11 3in. 10 2-1/2 in. 9 2 in. 8 1-1/2 in. 8 1-1/4 in. 7 1 in. 5 3/4 in. 5 1/2 in. 5 W:\LAND\t546\6401\SWN5' 15140S PC,doc 04/01/98 15140-7 Page 7 of 10 Brazoria County Municipal Utility District No. 26 Shadow Creek Ranch Interim Wastewater Treatment Plant - Phases 1 & I1 PIPE HANGERS, SUPPORTS AND ANCHORS of Pipe Maximum Pipe Support Spacing (ft) Type Plastic (Schedule 80 at 100°F) 8 in 9-1/2 6 in. 9 4 in. 7-1/2 3 in. 7 2 in. 6 1-1/2 in. 5-1/2 1 in. 5 3/4 in. 4-1/2 1/2 in. 4-1/2 (For application plastic piping shall be supported at maximum of 4 f1-0 in. spacing.) plumbing Stainless Steel 1 in. and smaller 6 1 1-1/2 in. through 4-in. 8 6 in. 8 8 in. and 10 in. 10 12 in. 10 14 in. 12 16 in. 12 18 in. and larger 14 Cast Iron and Ductile Iron 1 in. and smaller 6 1 1-1/4 in. through 2-1/2 in. 8 3 3 in. and 4 in. 10 6 in. 12 8 in. 12 10 in. and 12 in. 14 NV: \LAND \I546\640I \wwtp\specs\ 15140SP C.doc 04/01/98 15140-8 Page 8 of 10 Brazoria County Municipal Utility District No. 26 Shadow Creek Ranch Interim Wastewater Treatment Plant - Phases 1 & 11 PIPE HANGERS, SUPPORTS AND ANCHORS Type of Pipe 14in. 16 in. and 18 in. 20 in. 24 in. and larger Maximum Pipe Support Spacing (ft) 16 16 18 18 (For cast iron soil pipe plumbing applications, support at S ft-0 in. spacing.) B. Where piping of various sizes is to be supported together, space supports for smallest pipe size or install intermediate supports for smaller dia pipe. C. Provide minimum of 2 pipe supports for each pipe run. D. Where piping connects to equipment, support by pipe support and not by equipment, unless approved by equipment manufacturer. E. Unless otherwise shown or authorized by ENGINEER, place piping running parallel to walls approximately 1-1/2 in. out from face of wall and at least 3 in. below ceiling. F. Pedestal pipe supports shall be adjustable with stanchion, saddle, and anchoring flange. G. Piping supports for vertical piping passing through floor sleeves shall be galvanized steel riser clamps. H. Piping passing through sleeves or openings in interior wall sleeves shall be carried by supports or hangers, do not rest on wall I. Support piping in manner preventing undue strain on valve, fitting or equipment. Provide pipe supports at changes in direction or elevation, adjacent to flexible couplings, adjacent to nonrigid joints, and where otherwise shown. Do not install pipe supports and hangers in equipment access areas. J. Stacked horizontal runs of piping along walls may be supported by metal framing system attached to concrete insert channels. K. Paint hangers, clamps, protective shields, metal framing support components, and hanger accessories in accordance with Section 09900. 3.05 GALLERY AND TUNNEL PIPING A. Support piping by metal framing system. Where possible, extend each insert channel continuously over gallery or tunnel ceiling and down both walls to floor. 3.06 INSULATED PIPING A. Attach clamps, including spacers (if any), to piping with clamps projecting through insulation; do not exceed allowable pipe stresses. B. Where low compressive strength insulation or vapor barriers are indicated on cold or chilled water piping, install W ;\L&ND11546`6401 \wwtp\specs\15140S PC.doc 04/01/98 15140-9 Pag 9 of 10 Brazoria County Municipal Utility District No. 26 Shadow Creek Ranch Interim Wastewater Treatment Plant - Phases I & II PIPE HANGERS, SUPPORTS AND ANCHORS coated protective shields. For pipe 8 in. and over, install wood insulation saddles. C. Where insulation without vapor barrier is indicated, install protection saddles on piping 2 in. and larger. 3.07 BURIED PIPING A. Provide unlugged bell and spigot or bell tees, Y-branches, and bends deflecting 11-1/4 degrees or more and plugs with reaction blocking, anchors joint harness or other acceptable means for preventing movement of pipe and joints caused by internal pressure. B. Concrete Blocking: 1. Extend from fitting to solid undisturbed earth and installed so joints accessible for repair. 2. Bearing area of concrete reaction blocking shall be as shown on Drawings. 3. If adequate support against undisturbed ground cannot be obtained, install metal harness anchorages consisting of steel rods across joint and securely anchored to pipe and fitting or other adequate anchorage facilities to provide necessary support 4. Should lack of solid vertical excavation face be due to improper trench excavation, cost of furnishing and installing metal harness anchorages in excess of Contract value of concrete blocking replaced by such anchorages shall be borne by CONTRACTOR. C. Provide reaction blocking, anchorages or other supports for fittings installed in fills or other unstable ground or above grade as shown on Drawings. * * * END OF SECTION * * * W :\LAND\ 1546\6401 \wwtp\specs\ 151405 PC.doc 04/01/98 15140 10 Page 10 of 10 DESCRIPTION The work shall include providing materials and equipment required for installation of complete and functioning electrical system as specified and as shown on the drawings B. This section is an integral part of all Specification Sections related to electrical, control and instrumentation construction under this contract. Conditions of this section are paramount to all other conditions in applicable sections and shall supercede all other conditions and requirements Electrical Control and Instrumentation Plans & Specifications are representative of the design intent and may not contain minute details normally associated with normally accepted electrical construction, as described in applicable codes or as described in manufacturer's literature Contractor shall provide all appurtenances normally associated with a particular equipment or device, and as required for a properly operating system. 1.02 MAJOR ITEMS OF WORK AS FOLLOWS Installation of new Motor Control Center. B. Installation of new Lighting and Receptacles. Installation of Pump Feeders and Terminal Boxes. Installation of new Electrical Service Equipment. Installation of Autosensory Controls Installation of Telephone Services. Installation of Telephone Automatic Dialer System. 1.03 PLANT CONTROL SYSTEM A. The Contractor shall furnish and install a complete motor control system. The control system shall include but shall not be limited to all circuit breakers, motor starter, contactors, indicating lights, selector switches surge protector, phase failure relays, elapsed time meters, alarm horn, push button control transformer, ammeters, volt meters, interlock wining, control piping, blocks, valves, nameplates, and all other associated items required to provide a workable system. Brazoria County Municipal Utility District No. 26 Shadow Creek Ranch Interim Wastewater Treatment Plant - Phases 1 & 11 SECTION 16012 ELECTRICAL WORK PART 1 1.01 A. GENERAL ELECTRICAL WORK C. A. C. D E. F. G. 1.04 A. 5/8/01 SUBMITTALS Submit all products covered under this specification for Engineer's approval. 16012-1 Page 1 of 5 Brazoria County Municipal Utility District No. 26 Shadow Creek Ranch ELECTRICAL WORK Interim Wastewater Treatment Plant a- Phases 1 & 11 B'. Where submittals for a particular equipment, device or material item vary from that specified or shown on plan drawings, and where that item is not specifically noted as acceptable and, where installation of submitted item results in improper or undesirable operation of the system Contractor shall be liable for removal and/or replacement of that item with the item specified or shown on plan drawings at no additional cost to Owner. C. Provide proper documentation showing Y2K compliance for all electronic systems. 1.05 CONTRACTORS RESPONSIBILITIES A. Electrical Contractor shall coordinate electrical power, telephone, data or special purpose line installation with utility companies Within 30 days after award of contract, Electrical contractor shall contact utility company and owner and shall request service needed. It is Electrical Contractors sole responsibility to assure that utility company and owner are notified and are kept aware of requirements. B. Contractor shall provide all conduit, conductors and termination equipment as needed for utilities and shall coordinate with utility companies for installation requirements and shall provide installation constructed according to the utility company standards whether or not such is shown in detail or plans. C. Electrical Contractor shall review all sections of the plans including Civil, Structural, Mechanical, Instrumentation, Process Architectural, and Electrical and shall note all electrical and/or requirements for devices and equipment shown or implied, and shall provide service accordingly for a complete operating electrical system D. Electrical Contractor shall provide all programming set-up, adjustments and testing of devices or equipment included under this contract unless specifically excluded or unless equipment is not provided by Electrical Contractor. E. General Contractor is specifically responsible for coordination of all electrical systems, devices and equipment provided or installed under this contract and shall assure that all requirements by all trades are met such as to insure a complete and operating electrical control, process or instrumentation system. F. Electrical Contractor shall be experienced with all types ofelectrical systems covered electrical under t cis contract. wnrkers No work shall be undertaken where Contractor's firm, project supervisorsand project have not had recent experience in similar projects in area or project location. Contractor will be required to furnish proof of experience where requested by Owner or Engineer or their Representatives. G. General Contractors Project Manager or his Assistant shall be familiar with types of electrical construction required by this project in order to determine that all subcontractors work in conformance with the plans and specifications. H. Contractor shall assure that all systems have been properly installed, adjusted and tested prior to final inspection, unless, Engineer has been duly notified in writing that certain equipments are not ready for final testing and such is acceptable with Engineer. I. Contractor shall fully inspect all motors and nameplates, controls, conduit, wiring devices and other items before starting work, ordering materials or submitting shop drawings in order to verify existing conditions are as shown on plans and shall immediately notify Engineer of any discrepancies between plans & specifications and existing conditions. Failure to do so may result in responsibility for any required changes 16012-2 Page 2 of 5 5/8/0l Brazoria County Municipal Utility District No. 26 Shadow Creek Ranch Interim Wastewater Treatment Plant - Phases I & II ELECTRICAL WORK in construction. J. At completion of project and before final inspection, Contractor shall provide the Electrical Engineer with full size blue prints, red -lined to reflect the "As -Built" electrical installation. Any variation from plans shall be shown on each applicable plan sheet. K. When work involves modifications or additions to existing plant, Contractor shall make provisions for continuous electrical service thru normal power or standby generator power. Where standby generator exists but, will be temporarily out of service during construction, Contractor shall provide substitute generator power for duration of outage. In no event shall plant be without operating power or, without standby generator service where generator exists. Include all transfer switches, fuel tank, fuel, attendance and appurtenances required for a complete power system as needed for interim plant operation. L. Where work involves additions, modification, demolition or renovations to existing facilities, Contractor shall remove, relocate and extend existing installations to accommodate new construction. M. Provide electrical circuits to all equipment as required by manufacturer. Verify location and characteristics of all equipment shown on plans and in specifications and size circuits accordingly. PART2 PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS A. All materials provided under all sections of the specifications shall be new and the standard products of manufacturers regularly engaged in the production of such equipment. All materials shall conform to the National Electrical Code and shall be approved and listed by the Underwriters' Laboratories. Materials described by manufacturer's name and catalog number are selected to set a definite standard of design and quality to be required. There is not any intention to discriminate against a product of another manufacturer which is equally durable in construction, similar in design, and will serve the purpose for which it is intended. Within 30 days after award of the contract and before any materials and equipment are placed on order, the Contractor shall submit to the Engineer for approval a complete list including catalog numbers and descriptive matter, of all materials and equipment he proposes to provide. B. Materials and equipment specifications are general in coverage and may contain reference to construction items that apply in only particular situations and may not apply as a general rule for materials installed on this project C. All electronic hardware and software shall be Y2K compliant. D. Outdoor equipment shall not have exposed devices or controls. The outer door shall cover all such items. 2.02 PLANS AND SPECIFICATIONS A. Electrical plans and specifications imanufacturers p oductnmay vary slightly for anothe p oducttu Specific values shown for a particularThe Electrical Engineer reserves the right to interpret the electrical specifications and to make judgement as to acceptance of a product, regardless of minute details in the specifications or on the Plans. B. Specifications shall be reviewed for applicability of materials under certain conditions and in certain environments and, where not shown otherwise on plan drawings. These application directions shall be 16012-3 Pave 3 of 5 5/8/01 Brazoria County Municipal Utility District No. 26 Shadow Creek Ranch Interim Wastewater Treatment Plant - Phases 1 & 11 ELECTRICAL WORK adhered to. C. Where a particular reference on drawing plans does not conform to standard acceptable construction methods for a particular type project, the Contractor shall immediately notify the Engineer and request a clarification before ordering materials or starting construction. Plans are general in nature and may not show minute details of existing conditions or proposed work. Existing conditions may include undocumented buried pipes, conduits and structures that lie in the route, or at location of equipment or conduit installation required for this project. These uncertainties shall be accounted for in the Contractors Bid Contractor shall adjust conduit routes, equipment pads and equipment mountings as required, for a satisfactory installation for the conditions imposed and at no additional cost to the Owner. E. Where Civil Site Plan Drawings are included in the construction plans, scale only the Civil drawings for material take off purposes. Electrical site plan drawings shall only be scaled when "Scalable Drawing" appears on the drawing sheets PART 3 3.01 3.02 EXECUTION WORKMANSHIP All wiring shall be installed in accordance with current NEC and local codes. Conduits exposed to the weather shall be rigid galvanized steel (RGS) or, as noted on plans. Conduit placed underground shall be schedule 40 PVC or as noted on plans. Field select routing of conduits to avoid underground piping, conduit or structures that may be shown on plans. Adjust route of electrical conduits and ductbanks below proposed or existing buried piping Provide minimum 24" clearance vertically and horizontally. This work shall be performed in a satisfactory manner and at no additional cost to Owner. A fish wire shall be left in all conduits in which the permanent wiring is not installed. All fixtures, switch, and receptacle locations shall be approved by Engineer. Refer to other sections of this specification for controls Under this section of the specifications, the Contractor shall install the control devices and provide control wiring switches, outlet boxes, and shall make all final connections. Control wiring and interlocks shall conform to wiring diagrams furnished by equipment manufacturers. The Contractor shall provide services of his Engineer or a factory trained technician to instruct plant operating personnel for a period of at least one (1) full day after completion of the contract work. EXCAVATION AND BACKFILL All underground conduits shall be buried to a minimum depth of 24-inches below fmished grade. All trenches shall be uniform width and shall be backfilled and compacted to 95% that of original density Any damage to underground conduits caused by other Contractors shall be repaired by this Contractor and shall be compensated accordingly by the party or parties responsible for the damage. 3.03 CLEAN UP The Contractor shall upon completion of the work, remove all materials, empty containers, and any other materials that are not incorporated into the work. 16012-4 Page 4 of 5 5/8/01 Brazoria County Municipal Utility District No. 26 Shadow Creek Ranch Interim Wastewater Treatment Plant - Phases 1 & 11 * * * END OF SECTION* * * 5/5/01 ELECTRICAL WORK 16012-5 Page 5 of5 Brazoria County Municipal Utility District No. 26 Shadow Creek Ranch Interim Wastewater Treatment Plant - Phases I & II SECTION 16110 RACEWAYS PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. Section includes: 1. Raceways: RACEWAYS a. Galvanized rigid steel conduit (GRS). b. Rigid Aluminum Conduit (RAC). (Not Applicable) c. Polyvinyl chloride (PVC) externally coated galvanized rigid steel conduit (CGRS). d. Flexible metal conduit (FMC). e. Liquidtight flexible metal conduit (LFMC). f. Rigid nonmetallic polyvinyl chloride conduit (PVC). g. Wireway (WW). h. Surface raceways (SR). 1.02 DEFINITIONS A. Underfloor Conduits. 1. Conduits which run underground within perimeter of building walls under building floor. This may consist of one conduit, or several conduits grouped together. B. Duct Bank Conduits 1. Conduits which run under ground outside perimeter of building walls, This may consist of one conduit, or several conduits grouped together. C. Underground Conduits 1. Underground conduits are both underfloor conduits and duct bank conduits. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. Submit all products covered under this specification for Engineer's approval. B. Submittals are not required if Contractor supplies materials or equipment of specified or named manufacturers. If Contractor proposes substitutions to material or equipment of specified or named manufacturers, submittals identified below are required. 1.04 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Items provided under this section shall be listed or labeled by UL or other Nationally Recognized Testing Laboratory (NRTL). 1. Term "NRTL" shall be as defined in OSHA Regulation 1910.7. 16110-1 Page I of 8 5/8/0I Brazoria County Municipal Utility District No. 26 Shadow Creek Ranch Interim Wastewater Treatment Plant - Phases 1 & 11 RACEWAYS 2. Terms "listed" and "labeled" shall be as defined in National Electrical Code, Article 100. Regulatory Requirements: 1. National Electrical Code: Components and installation shall comply with NFPA 70. C. Comply with NECA "Standard of Installation." PART2 PRODUCTS 2.01 METAL CONDUIT AND TUBING • A. Galvanized Rigid Steel Conduit: ANSI C80.1. B. Rigid Aluminum Conduit: ANSI C80.5. C. Plastic -Coated Steel Conduit and Fittings: NEMA RN 1. D. Flexible Metal Conduit: Zinc -coated steel. E. Liquidtight Flexible Metal Conduit: Flexible steel conduit with PVC jacket. 2.02 NONMETALLIC CONDUIT A. Rigid Nonmetallic Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC) Conduit: NEMA TC 2, Schedule 40 or 80 PVC. B. PVC Conduit Fittings: NEMA TC 3; match to conduit type and material. 2.03 FITTINGS A. Fittings for steel conduits: 1. Cast aluminum or malleable iron with galvanized finish. 2. Synthetic inserts for sealing or insulation as required. 3. Comply with ANSI C80.4. 4. Comply with NEMA FB 1, compatible with conduit materials. B. Conduit bodies: 1. Malleable iron with galvanized finish. C. Fittings for liquidtight flexible metal conduit. 1. Insulated throat type. 2. One piece sealing "O" rings with connectors when entering boxes or enclosures. 2.04 WIREWAYS A. Material: Sheet metal sized and shaped as indicated. 16110-2 Page 2 of 8 5/8/01 Brazoria County Municipal Utility District No. 26 Shadow Creek Ranch Interim Wastewater Treatment Plant - Phases 1 & 1I RACEWAYS B. Fittings and Accessories: Include couplings, offsets, elbows, expansion joints, adapters, hold-down straps, end caps, and other fittings to match and mate with wireway as required for complete system. C. Select features where not otherwise indicated, as required to complete wiring system and to comply with current NEC. D. Wireway Covers: 1. Hinged type for dry locations. 2. Bolted cover with gasket for wet locations. E. Finish: Manufacturer's standard enamel finish unless other wise noted. 2.05 SURFACE RACEWAY A. Types, sizes, and channels as indicated and required for each application, with fittings that match and mate with raceway. B. Surface Metal Raceway: Galvanized steel with snap -on covers. Finish with manufacturer's standard prime coating suitable for painting or coating. 2.06 RACEWAY/DUCT SEALING COMPOUND A. Non -hardening, putty -like consistency workable at temperatures as low as 35 F. B. Compound shall not slump at temperature of 300 F and shall readily adhere to clean surfaces of plastic ducts, metallic conduits, conduit coatings, concrete, masonry, lead, cable sheaths, cable jackets, insulation materials, and common metals. PART3 EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. Examine surfaces to receive raceways, wireways, and fittings for compliance and other conditions affecting performance of raceway system B. Coordinate layout and installation of raceway and boxes with other construction headroom, working clearance, and access. 3.02 WIRING METHODS with installation tolerances elements to ensure adequate A. Outdoors, Damp or Wet Locations: Use following wiring methods unless otherwise noted on Drawings: 1. Exposed: Galvanized rigid steel. 2. Concealed: Galvanized rigid steel. 3. Underground Power, Single Run: Rigid nonmetallic (PVC) conduit. a, Concrete encased except for area lighting branch circuits or as otherwise noted on Drawings. 16110-3 Page 3 of 8 5/8/01 Brazoria County Municipal Utility District No. 26 Shadow Creek Ranch RACEWAYS Interim Wastewater Treatment Plant - Phases 1 & II 4. Underground Power, Grouped: Rigid nonmetallic (PVC) conduit. a. Concrete encased. 5. Underground Shielded Instrumentation Cables, Single Run or Grouped: Galvanized rigid steel. a. Concrete encased. 6. Connection to Vibrating Equipment (including transformers and hydraulic, pneumatic, or electric solenoid or motor -driven equipment): Liquidtight flexible metal conduit. B. Indoor Dry Locations: Use following wiring methods unless otherwise noted. 1. Connection to Vibrating Equipment (including transformers and hydraulic, pneumatic, or electric solenoid or motor -driven equipment): Flexible metal conduit. 2. Steel conduit. 3. Exposed: Galvanized rigid steel conduit. 4. Concealed: Electrical metallic tubing. C. Unless specifically indicated otherwise on Drawings, use galvanized rigid steel for general wiring. D. Encase galvanized rigid steel conduits installed underground in at least 3 in. of concrete. PVC conduit may be used without encasing in concrete for underfloor conduit or where specifically indicated on Drawings. 1. Underground conduit shall be minimum of 1 in., buried at depth of not less than 24 in. below grade. 2. Provide conduits or ducts terminating below grade with means to prevent entry of dirt and moisture. E. In precast areas, run conduits in insulation space or in floor topping without crossing conduits, using 3/4 in. maximum conduit size. F Raceways Embedded in Slabs: Install in middle third of slab thickness where practical, and leave at least 1 inch (25 mm) concrete cover. 1. Secure raceways to reinforcing rods to prevent sagging or shifting during concrete placement. • 5/8/01 16110 4 Page 4of8 Brazoria County Municipal Utility District No. 26 Shadow Creek Ranch Interim Wastewater Treatment Plant-Phases I&II RACEWAYS 2. Space raceways laterally to prevent voids in concrete. 3 Run conduit larger than 1-in.trade size parallel to or at right angles to main reinforcement and spaced on center of at least 3 times conduit trade dia.with minimum 2 in.concrete covering. 4 When at right angles to reinforcement,place conduit close to slab support. G Install nonferrous conduit for circuits operating above 60 Hz. Where aluminum raceway is installed for such circuits and it passes through concrete,install in nonmetallic sleeve. 1 Do not install aluminum conduit embedded in or in contact with concrete. 3 03 SURFACE METAL RACEWAY A. Install separate green ground conductor in raceway from junction box supplying raceway to receptacle or fixture ground terminals. B. Select each surface metal raceway outlet box to which lighting fixture is attached to be of sufficient diameter to provide seat for fixture canopy C. Where surface metal raceway is used to supply fluorescent lighting fixture having central stem suspension with backplate and canopy(with or without extension ring),backplate and canopy will serve as outlet box and no separate outlet box need be provided. D Provide surface metal raceway outlet box,in addition to backplate and canopy,at feed-in location of each fluorescent lighting fixture having end stem suspension. E. Where surface metal raceway extension is made from an existing outlet box on which lighting fixture is installed(provide a backplate slightly smaller than fixture canopy),no additional surface mounted outlet box need be installed. 3 04 INSTALLATION A. Conceal raceways by enclosing within finished walls,ceilings,and floors,unless otherwise indicated B. Install two spare 1-in.conduits from top of each flush mounted panelboard to area above ceiling for future use. On flush mounted panelboards located on first and higher level floors,provide two spare 1-in.conduits from bottom of panelboard to ceiling area of floor below for future use. C. Keep raceways at least 6 inches(150 mm)away from parallel runs of flues and steam or hot water pipes. Install horizontal raceway runs above water and steam piping. D Install raceways level and square and at proper elevations. Provide adequate headroom. E. Complete raceway installation before starting conductor installation. r F Support raceway with approved methods. G Use temporary closures to prevent foreign matter from entering raceway H. Run concealed raceways with minimum of bends in shortest practical distance considering type of building construction and obstructions, except as otherwise indicated. 16110-5 5/8/01 Page 5 of 8 Brazoria County Municipal Utility District No. 26 Shadow Creek Ranch Interim Wastewater Treatment Plant - Phases 1 & 11 RACEWAYS Install exposed raceways parallel to or at right angles to nearby surfaces or structural members, and follow surface contours as much as practical. 1. Mount exposed horizontal runs as high above floor as possible, and in no case lower than 7 feet above floors, walkways, or platforms in passage areas. 2. Run parallel or banked raceways together, on common supports where practical. 3. Make bends in parallel or banked runs from same center line to make bends parallel. bends Use for parallel elbows only where they can be installed parallel; otherwise, provide field raceways. J. Join raceways with fittings designed and approved for purpose and make joints tight. 1. Make raceway terminations tight. Use bonding bushings or wedges at connections subject to vibration. Use bonding jumpers where joints cannot be made tight. 2. Use insulating bushings to protect conductors. K. Tighten set screws of threadless fittings with suitable tool. L. Terminations: Where raceways are terminated with locknuts and bushings, align raceway to enter squarely, and install the locknuts with dished part against the box. Use two locknuts, one inside and one outside the box. Use insulating bushings. Provide insulated grounding bushings to terminate ground wire. Ivi. Where terminating in threaded hubs, screw raceway or fitting tight into the hub so the end bears against the wire protection shoulder. Where chase nipples are used, align the raceway so the coupling is square to box, and tighten chase nipple so no threads are exposed. N. Install pull wires in empty raceways. Use monofilament plastic line having not less than 200-1b (90 kg) tensile strength. Leave not less than 12 inches (300 min) of slack at each end of pull wire. O. Telephone and Signal System Raceways 2-Inch Trade Size and Smaller: In addition to above requirements, install in maximum lengths of 150 feet (45 m) and with maximum of two 90-deg bends or equivalent. Install pull or junction boxes where necessary to comply with these requirements. P. PVC Externally Coated Galvanized Rigid Steel Conduit Use only fittings approved for use with that material. Patch nicks and scrapes in PVC coating after installing conduit. 3.05 CONDUIT STUB -UPS A. Protect stub -ups from damage where conduits rise through floor slabs. Arrange so curved portion of bends is not visible above finished slab. B. Transition under floor conduit to galvanized rigid steel conduit, before rising above floor. Wrap with plastic tape to provide 40 mil thick cover to height of 6 in. above floor. C. Stub -Up Connections: Extend conduits for connection to freestanding equipment with an adjustable top or coupling threaded inside for plugs, and set flush with finished floor. Extend conductors to equipment with rigid steel conduit; flexible metal conduit may be used starting at 6 inches (150 mm) above floor. Where equipment connections are not made under this Contract, install screwdriver -operated threaded flush plugs, flush with floor. 16110-6 page of8 5/8/01 Brazoria County Municipal Utility District No. 26 Shadow Creek Ranch Interim Wastewater Treatment Plant - Phases 1 & 11 3.06 CONDUIT BENDS RACEWAYS A. Make bends and offsets so inside diameter is not reduced. Unless otherwise indicated, keep legs of bend in same plane and straight legs of offsets parallel. B. Provide NEMA standard conduit bends, except for conduits containing 5 kV and 15 kV cables. C. Provide large radius conduit bends for conduits containing 5 kV and 15 kV cables as follows: Conduit Trade Size Bend Radius 2" - 2 'h" 3"-4" 5" 6" 1. Where physical limitations do not permit use of above, conduit bends with radius of at 8 times diameter of largest cable passing through conduit may be used 3.07 FLEXIBLE CONNECTIONS A. Use maximum of 6 feet (1830 nun) of flexible conduit for recessed and semirecessed lighting fixtures. B. Terminate conduits at motor terminal boxes, motor operated valve stations or pipe -mounted instruments and other equipment subject to vibration with maximum of 3 feet (915mm) liquidtight flexible metal conduit unless other wise shown on Drawings. C. Use liquidtight flexible conduit in wet or damp locations. D. Install separate ground conductor inside flexible conduit connections. 3.08 FITTINGS A. Install raceway sealing fittings according to manufacturer's written instructions. Locate fittings at suitable, approved, accessible locations and fill them with UL-listed sealing compound Install raceway sealing fittings at following points and elsewhere as indicated: 1. Where conduits enter or leave hazardous locations. 2, Where conduits pass from warm locations to cold locations, such as boundaries of refrigerated spaces and air-conditioned spaces. 3. Where otherwise required by current NEC. Use raceway fittings compatible with raceway and suitable for use and location. galvanized rigid steel conduit fittings, except as otherwise indicated. C. Install automatic breather drain fittings according to manufacturers written instructions. Locate fittings to drain conduit system and prevent condensate from entering device enclosures. Install automatic breather drain fittings at following points and elsewhere as indicated. 1. Where vertical seals are installed. B. 24" 36" 48" 5/8/01 For GRS, use threaded 16110-7 Page 7 of 8 Brazoria County Municipal Utility District No. 26 Shadow Creek Ranch Interim Wastewater Treatment Plant - Phases 1 & 11 2. Low points in conduit system. 3. Below field instruments at junction of flexible and rigid conduit. 4. Where otherwise required by current NEC. D. Install wall entrance seal as dictated by application where conduits pass through foundation walls below grade. E. Install conduit expansion fittings complete with bonding jumper in following locations. 1. Conduit runs crossing structural expansion joint. 2. Conduit runs attached to two separate structures. 3. Conduit runs where movement perpendicular to axis of conduit may be encountered. F. Where conduit passes from inside of building to line with Johns -Manville Duxseal to depth of at conduit enters directly into equipment, it shall be equipment. RACEWAYS outdoors, it shall be firmly packed at fitting nearest wall least one inch after wires and cables are pulled in; or, if fitted with seal and drain fitting to prevent water entering 3.09 GROUNDING A. Provide grounding connections for raceway, boxes, and components as indicated and instructed by manufacturer. Tighten connectors and terminals, including screws and bolts, according to equipment manufacturer's pubhshed torque -tightening values for equipment connectors. Where manufacturer's torquing requirements are not indicated, tighten connectors and terminals according to tightening torques specified in UL 486A. B. Ground in accordance with Section 16452. 3.10 PROTECTION A. Provide final protection and maintain conditions, in manner acceptable to manufacturer and Installer, to ensure that coatings, finishes, and cabinets are without damage or deterioration at Substantial Completion. 1. Repair damage to galvanized finishes with zinc -rich paint recommended by manufacturer. 2. Repair damage to PVC or paint finishes with matching touch-up coating recommended by manufacturer 3.11 CLEANING A. Upon completion of installation of system, including outlet fittings and devices, inspect exposed finish. Remove burrs, dirt, and construction debris and repair damaged finish, including chips, scratches, and abrasions. ***END OF SECTION*** 5/8101 16110-8 Page 8 of 8 Brazoria County Municipal Utility District No. 26 Shadow Creek Ranch Interim Wastewater Treatment Plant - Phases 1 & 11 SECTION 16111 CONDUIT, FITTINGS AND BODIES PART1 GENERAL 1.01 A. 1.02 A. B. SECTION INCLUDES Specification for conduit, fittings and bodies. REFERENCES American National Standards Institute (ANSI). 1. ANSI C80.1: Rigid Steel Conduit - Zinc Coated. 2. ANSI C80.4: Fittings for Rigid Metal Conduit. CONDUIT, FITTINGS AND BODIES Federal Specifications. 1. W-C-58C: Conduit Outlet Boxes, Bodies Aluminum and Malleable Iron. 2. W-C-1094: Conduit and Conduit Fittings Plastic, Rigid. 3. WW-C-566C: Flexible Metal Conduit. 4. WW-C-581D: Coatings on Steel Conduit. C. National Electrical Manufacturers Association (NEMA). Polyvinyl -Chloride Externally Coated Galvanized Rigid Steel Conduit and Electrical ing. Electrical Plastic Tubing (EPT) and Conduit (EPC-40 and EPC-80). PVC Fittmgs for Use with Rigid PVC Conduit and Tubing. 1. NEMARNI: Metallic Tub 2. NEMA TC2: 3. NEMA TC3: D. National Fire Protection Association (NFPA), ANSI/NFPA 70 - National Electrical Code (NEC). E. Underwriters' Laboratories (UL). 1. UL 1: Flexible Metal Electrical Conduit. 2. UL 6: Rigid Metal Electrical Conduit. 3. UL 514B Fittings for Conduit and Outlet Boxes 4. UL 651 Schedule 40 and 80 Rigid PVC Conduit. 5. UL 651A: Type EB and A Rigid PVC Conduit and HDPE Conduit. 6. UL 886: Electrical Outlet Boxes and Fittings for Use m Hazardous Locations. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. Submit all products covered under this specification for Engineer's approval. 1. Manufacturer's cut sheets, catalog data, with selected products clearly marked. 2. Installation, terminating and splicing procedure. 3. Instruction for handling and storage. 4. Dimensions and weight. 16111-1 Page I of 6 5/8/01 Bra_oria County Municipal Utility District No, 26 Shadow Creek Ranch Interim Wastewater Treatment Plant - Phases 1 & 11 CONDUIT, FITTINGS AND BODIES 1.04 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Tests. 1. Rigid steel conduit shall pass the bending, ductility, and thickness of zinc coating tests described by ANSI C80.1. 2. Flexible conduit shall pass the tension, flexibility, impact, and zinc coating test described by UL 1. 3. Nonmetallic conduit and fittings shall pass the test requirements of NEMA TC2, UL 651 and 651A and Federal Specification W-C-1094A. 1.05 DELIVERY STORAGE AND HANDLING A. Package conduit in 10-foot bundles maximum with conduit and coupling thread protectors suitable for indoor and outdoor storage. Package fittings m manufacturer's standard quantities and packaging suitable for indoor storage. Package plastic -coated rigid conduit, fittings, and bodies in such a manner as to protect the coating from damage during shipment and storage. B. Store conduit above ground on racks to prevent corrosion and entrance of debris. C. Protect plastic conduit from sunlight. PART2 PRODUCTS 2.01 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS A. Rigid Steel Conduit. 1. Allied Tube and Conduit 2. Triangle Wire and Cable, Inc. 3. Wheatland Tube Company B. PVC Coated Steel Conduit. 1. Occidental Coating Company (O-Cal Blue) 2. Robroy Industries, Inc. (Rob -Roy Red) C. PVC Rigid Conduit. 1. Cantex 2. Carlon Industries, Inc. 3. Robroy Industries, Inc. D. Conduit Fittings and Bodies. 1. Appleton Electric 2. Crouse -Hinds �. Killark Electric Manufacturing Company 16111-2 Page 2 of6 5/8/01 Brazoria County Municipal Utility District No. 26 Shadow Creek Ranch Interim Wastewater Treatment Plant - Phases 1 & 11 4. O-Z/Gedney E. Liquidtight Flexible Conduit. 1. Anamet, Inc. 2. Electriflex Company 3. Triangle Wire and Cable, Inc. CONDUIT, FITTINGS AND BODIES 2.02 MATERIALS AND EQUIPMENT A. Design Conditions. Use electrical conduit, fittings, and bodies designed for service in areas as specified within this section to form a continuous support system for power, control, and instrument cables. Conduit and Fittings 1. Rigid Steel Conduit and Fittings. a. Rigid steel conduit, rigid steel conduit bends, nipples, and bodies shall be hot -dipped galvanized and shall comply with the latest ANSI C80.1, UL 6, Federal Specification WW-C-581D, and NEC Article 346 15. b. Mild steel tubing shall be used for conduit, nipples, and couplings, and shall be free of defects on both the inner and outer surfaces. c. Fittings, bodies, and covers for rigid steel conduit shall be steel or cast-iron and shall comply with ANSI C80.4, UL 514B and Federal Specification W-C-58C. 2. PVC -Coated Rigid Steel Conduit and Fittings. a. PVC -coated conduit, fittings, bodies, and covers shall conform to NEMA RN1 (Type A). Rigid steel galvanized conduit and fittings before coating shall conform to Federal Specification WW-C-581D, ANSI C80.1, and UL 6. Conduit bodies shall conform to UL 514B and Federal Specification W-C-58C. Provide sufficient coating for touch up after installation. b. PVC -coated couplings shall be of the ribbed type. c. Condulet covers shall have encapsulated stainless steel thumb screws. d. Condulets and covers shall be of mailable iron or feraloy material before coating. e. PVC coating shall be a minimum of 2 mil thickness on the interior of the conduit and the interior of fittings, condulets, covers and bodies. 3. Flexible and Liquidtight Flexible Metal Conduit and Fittings. a. Use liquidtight flexible metal conduit manufactured in accordance with UL 1 and Federal Specification WW-C-566C. b. Fittings used with liquidtight flexible metal conduit shall be the PVC- coated type and of such design as to thoroughly ground the conduit to the fittings, and through it to the box or enclosure to which it is attached. c. Flexible couplings and fittings for use in hazardous areas shall comply with UL 886, NEC Article 501-4 (a&b), and Federal Specification W-C-586C 4. PVC Conduit and Fittings. Use PVC conduit, bends and fittings, which comply with NEMA TC2, W-C-A, and NEC Article 347-17 for above ground and underground installation. Conduit shall be schedule 80 16111-3 Page 3 of 6 5/8/01 Brazoria County Municipal Utility District No. 26 Shadow Creek Ranch Interim Wastewater Treatment Plant - Phases I & 11 PART3 EXECUTION CONDUIT, FITTINGS AND BODIES 3.01 PREPARATION A. Confirm submittal of shop drawing with conduit and conduit fitting, sizes, types and routing shown. B. Ensure that the conduit system to be installed is sized properly for the cable and wire requirements. C. Verify the actual physical conduit route from the conduit plan drawings and prepare the conduit support system. D. Verify the equipment locations to which the conduit will be connected and determine detail requirements for connections. 3.02 INSTALLATION A. Install PVC -coated conduits in all outdoor locations; inside valve vaults; in wet well slabs; and in corrosive and wet environments. B. Install rigid galvanized steel (RGS) conduits in dry inside locations only. C. Install PVC conduits in duct banks. For stub -ups, use PVC -coated rigid steel elbows. D. Run exposed conduit parallel or perpendicular to walls, ceilings or main structural members. Group multiple conduits together where possible. Do not install conduit where it interferes with the use of passageways doorways, overhead cranes, monorails equipment removal areas or working areas. In no case shall conduit routing present a safety hazard or interfere with normal plant operating and maintenance procedures Maintain a minimum overhead clearance of 8'-0 ' in passageways E. Installation and support of conduit shall be from steel or concrete structures in accordance with the standard detail drawings. Furnish necessary conduit straps, clamps, fittings and support for the conduit in accordance with the standard details and consistent with the grade and type of conduit being installed. F. Identify conduit at termination points like MCC, light fixtures, control panels, receptacles, and junction boxes G. Not more than 3 equivalent 90 degree bends will be permitted between outlets. Provide bonded expansion fittings at building expansion joints. H. Install conduit runs so that they are mechanically secure, mechanically protected from physical harm, electrically continuous, and neat in appearance The interiors of conduit shall provide clean, smooth raceways through which conductors may he drawn without damage to the insulation. Make threaded connections wrench tight. I. Cut conduit square with a power saw or a rotary type conduit cutter designed to leave a flat face. Do not use plumbing pipe cutters for cutting conduit. Ream the cut ends of conduit with a reamer designed for the purpose to eliminate rough edges and burrs. Cut threads with standard conduit dies providmg 3/4-inch taper per foot, allowing the proper length so that joints and terminals may be made up tight and the ends of the conduit not deformed Keep dies sharp and use a good quality threading oil continuously during the 16111-4 Page 4 of 6 5/8/01 Brazoria County Municipal Utility District No. 26 Shadow Creek Ranch Interim Wastewater Treatment Plant - Phases I & 11 CONDUIT, FITTINGS AND BODIES threading operation. Remove metal cuttings and oil from the conduit ends after the threads are cut and paint threads before connections are made. Use zinc rich, brush -on compound on the threads of steel conduit before connections are made. Use only tools specifically made for bending and installing PVC -coated or PVC conduit when installating these materials. J. Use strap wrenches only to tighten joints in plastic coated rigid steel conduit Replace all conduit and fittings with damage to the plastic coating, such as cuts, nicks and threader chuck jaw marks. K. Make up changes in direction of conduit using elbows or fittings. Do not use pull boxes to make direction changes unless specifically designated otherwise. L. Field fabricated bends shall be free of indentations or elliptical sections. The radius of the bend shall not be less than 6 times the smallest diameter of the raceway. M. Protect all conduit terminations from mechanical injury. Prevent the entry of moisture and foreign mater into the conduit system by properly capping terminations. N. Avoid trapped runs of conduit, if possible. When they are necessary, provide drainage using a "tee" condulet equipped with a drain. Conduit is likely to pass through areas with a temperature differential of 20 degrees F or more. Seal penetrations with a proper seal fitting at the wall or barrier between such areas For conduit passing through walls separating pressurized areas from non -pressurized areas, install sealing fittings at the wall on the non -pressurized side. O. Fit conduit crossing building or structure expansion joints with approved expansion fittings, except that fittings will not be required when conduit crossing an expansion joint is supported on trapeze hangers in such a way that at no tune will the conduit be under stress due to expansion. Install bonding jumpers around expansion joint fittings. P. Where conduit terminates in sheet metal enclosures and where no threaded hubs are provided, fit the conduit with double locknuts and bushings. Sheet metal enclosures located outside or in any other wet, damp or corrosive areas shall be furnished with threaded hubs. Restrict side penetrations to the lower one third of the enclosure. Q. Provide flexible metallic conduit where necessary to allow for movement or to localize sound or vibration, at transformers, at motors and any other rotating equipment unless shown otherwise on Drawings R Seal openings or holes where conduits pass through walls or floors. When conduits are passing through a firewall or fire -rated floor into different rooms, cabinets or enclosures, use a fire -rated seal as shown in the typical detail included in the Drawings. Certain walls, as indicated on the Drawings, require environmental (air -tight) seals; seal as shown. S. Install explosion -proof seals in conduit runs crossing or entering a hazardous classified area, as shown on Drawings. Install type CSBE removable sealing fittings to seal pump cables in the wet well and at the first junction box outside the well. T Unless otherwise indicated on the Drawings, install expansion fittings every 300 feet within a straight conduit run and where conduit crosses building expansion joints using bonding straps to ensure ground continuity. U. Parallel runs of conduit may be supported by structural steel racks. When two or more racks are arranged one above the other, provide vertical separation of not less than 12 inches between racks, unless otherwise 16111-5 Page 5 of 6 5/3/01 Brazoria County Municipal Utility District No. 26 Shadow Creek Ranch CONDUIT, FITTINGS AND BODIES Interim Wastewater Treatment Plant - Phases 1 & 11 indicated on the Drawings. Space conduits on the racks at least enough to provide 1/4-inch clearance between hubs on adjacent conduits at terminations and to allow room for fittings. V. Fill conduit racks no more than 75 percent of their capacity, providing usable space for future conduit. To ensure this, conduits leaving the rack horizontally shall be offset up or down so that future conduits may be installed in the space remaining. Construct conduit racks to permit access for wire or cable pulling at all pull points, even when future conduits are added to fill the racks. W. Where conduit racks are supported on rods from beam clamps or by some other non -rigid suspension system, install rigid supports at no more than 50-foot intervals to give lateral stability to the rack. X. Conduit racks or hangers must in no way interfere with machinery (or its operation), piping, structural members, process equipment, or access to anticipated future equipment. Refer to architectural, structural equipment layout and piping drawings to ensure that this requirement is met. Label high voltage conduit with the circuit phase -to -phase voltage by means of a firmly attached tag or label of approved design at each conduit termination, on each side of walls or barriers pierced and at intervals not exceeding 200 feet along the entire length of the conduit. y Support conduit sizes 2 inches and larger at spacings not exceeding 10 feet and conduit sizes 1-1/2 inches and smaller at spacings not exceeding 8 feet. Z. The means of fastening conduit to supports shall be: by one hole malleable iron conduit straps secured by wood screws to wood and by bolts with expansion anchors to concrete or masonry; by "Korn" clamps or U-bolts to other surfaces Use "clamp backs" when strapping conduits to walls, column faces, or other such surfaces. AA. Support conduit runs with conduit clamps, hangers, straps and metal framing channel attached to structural steel members. Conduits of 1-1/2 inch size or less may be supported by one -hole conduit straps on concrete tile or steel work, but for larger size conduit, use 2-hole straps. Use clamps of galvanized malleable iron for rigid galvanized conduit and PVC -coated or stainless steel for PVC -coated conduit. Metal framing channel straps used for PVC -coated conduit shall be type 3/16 stainless steel BB. Install conduits supported from building walls with at least 1/4-inch clearance from the wall to prevent the accumulation of dirt and moisture behind conduit. CC. Size and space embedded conduits in structural slabs in accordance with the Uniform Building Code. Conduits should occupy no more than one-third the thickness of the slab and should not be closer than 3 times the largest diameter on center without additional reinforcement. * * * END OF SECTION * * * 5/8/01 16111-6 Page 6 of 6 Brazoria County Municipal Utility District No. 26 Shadow Creek Ranch Interim Wastewater Treatment Plant — Phases 1 & f1 PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Ducts. 2. Duct banks. 3. Manholes. 4. Handholes. UNDERGROUND DUCTS AND MANHOLES SECTION 16119 UNDERGROUND DUCTS AND MANHOLES 1.02 REFERENCES A. American National Standards Institute (ANSI): 1. C2-93 - National Electrical Safety Code. B. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM): 1. C478 REV B-90 - Standard Specification for Precast Reinforced Concrete Manhole Sections. 2. C891-90 - Standard Practice for Installation of Underground Precast Concrete Utility Structures. 1.03 DEFINITIONS A. Duct: General term for electrical conduit and other raceway, either metallic or nonmetallic, specified for use underground, embedded in earth or concrete. B. Duct Bank: Group of two or more ducts in continuous run between two points. C. Underfloor Conduits. 1. Conduits which run underground within perimeter of building walls under building floor. This may consist of one conduit, or several conduits grouped together. D. Duct Bank Conduits 1. Conduits which run under ground outside perimeter of building walls may consist of 1 conduit, or several conduits grouped together. E. Underground Conduits 1. Underground conduits are both underfloor conduits and duct bank conduits. F. Handhole: Below -the -surface enclosure in connection with ducts into which people reach, for purpose of installing, operating, or maintaining equipment or wiring. G. Manhole: Below -the -surface enclosure or chamber, large enough for a person to enter, 5/8/01 but do not enter, connecting with 16119-1 Page I of 8 Brazoria County Municipal Utility District No. 26 Shadow Creek Ranch UNDERGROUND DUCTS AND MANHOLESInterim Wastewater Treatment Plant — Phases 1 & 11 ducts, and affording facilities for installing, operating, and maintaining equipment or wiring. 1.04 SUBMITTALS A. Submit all products covered under this specification for Engineer's approval. B. Submittals are not required if Contractor supplies materials or equipment of specified or named manufacturers. If Contractor proposes substitutions to material or equipment of specified or named manufacturers, submittals identified below are required. 1. Product data. 1.05 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Manufacturer Qualifications: Manufacturers of precast manholes and handholes shall be firms regularly engaged in manufacturing factory -fabricated manholes and handholes of types and sizes required, whose products have been in satisfactory use in similar service for not less than 3 yrs. B. Items provided under this section shall be listed or labeled by UL or other Nationally Recognized Testing Laboratory (NRTL). 1. Term "NRTL" shall be as defined in OSHA Regulation 1910.7. 2. Terms 'listed" and 'labeled" shall be as defined in National Electrical Code, Article 100. C. Regulatory Requirements: 1. National Electrical Code (NEC): Components and installation shall comply with National Fire Protection Association (NFPA) 70. 1.06 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Store precast concrete units at site as recommended by manufacturer to prevent physical damage. Arrange so identification markings are visible. B. Lift and support precast concrete units only at designated lifting or supporting points. 1.07 SEQUENCING AND SCHEDULING A. Coordination of Work: 1. Coordinate layout and installation of manholes and handholes with final arrangement of ducts as influenced by actual final location of other utilities in field 2. Coordinate elevations of duct and raceway entrances into manholes and handholes with final profiles of ducts and raceways as determined by coordination with other utilities, underground obstructions, and buildings. 3. Establish locations and elevations to suit field conditions and assure duct banks run drain to manholes, handholes, or as shown on Drawings. 16119-2 Page 2 of 8 5/8/01 Brazoria County Municipal Utility District No. 26 Shadow Creek Ranch Interim Wastewater Treatment Plant — Phases 1 & 11 PART2 PRODUCTS 2.01 DUCTS AND FITTINGS A. Conform to Raceways, Section 16110. UNDERGROUND DUCTS AND MANHOLES 2.02 CAST -IN -PLACE CONCRETE A. Aggregate For Duct Encasement: 3/8-in. maximum size. B. Strength: 3,000 psi minimum 28-day compressive strength. 2.03 DUCT BANK ACCESSORIES A. Duct Supports: Rigid PVC spacers selected to provide minimum duct spacings and concrete cover depths indicated while rigidly supporting ducts during concreting. 2.04 MANHOLE/HANDHOLE HARDWARE AND ACCESSORIES A. Frames and Covers: Cast iron conforming to ANSI C2, Rule 323. Furnish with cast -in legend, "Electric" or "Signal" as appropriate. Cover -to -frame bearing surfaces machined. B. Sump Frame and Grate: Comply with FS RR-F-621, Type VII for frame, Type I for cover. C. Pulling Eyes in Walls: Eyebolt with rebar fastening insert. 2-in. dia eye, 1-in. by 4-in. long bolt. Working load embedded in 6-in. 4,000 psi concrete: 13,000 lbs minimum tension. D. Pulling and Lifting Irons in Floor: 7/8-in. dia hot -dipped galvanized bent steel rod, stress relieved after forming, and fastened to reinforced rod. Exposed triangular shaped opening. Ultimate yield strength, 40,000 lbs shear, 60,000 lbs tension. E. Bolting Inserts for Cable Stanchions: Flared, threaded inserts of non -corrosive, chemical resistant, nonconductive thermoplastic material. 1/2-in. internal dia by 2-3/4 in. deep, flared to 1-1/4-in minimum at base. Tested ultimate pull-out strength: 12,000 lbs minimum. F. Expansion Anchors for Installation After Concrete is Cast: Zinc -plated carbon steel wedge type with stainless steel expander clip 1/2-in. bolt size, 5,300-lb rated pull-out strength, and 6,800-lb rated shear strength, minimum. G. Cable Stanchions: Hot -rolled, hot -dipped galvanized "T" section steel, 2-1/4-in size, punched with 14 holes on 1-1/2-in. centers for cable arm attachment. H. Cable Arms. 3/16-ga hot -rolled, hot -dipped galvanized sheet steel pressed to channel shape, approximately two 12-in. wide by 14-in. long and arranged for secure mounting in horizontal position at any position on cable stanchions. I. Cable Support Insulators: High glaze, wet process porcelain arranged for mounting on cable arms. J. Ground Rods: Solid copper clad steel, 3/4-in. dia by 10-ft. length. K. Ground Wire: Stranded bare copper, No. 6 AWG, minimum. 16119-3 Page 3 of 8 5/8/01 Brazoria County Municipal Utility District No. 26 Shadow Creek Ranch Interim Wastewater Treatment Plant — Phases 1 & 11 UNDERGROUND DUCTS AND MANHOLES 2.05 MASONRY (Not Applicable) 2.06 PRECAST MANHOLES AND HANDHOLES (Not Applicable) A. Factory fabricated of reinforced concrete in conformance with ANSI C2 and applicable requirements of ASTM C478. Design manhole structure in accordance with requirements of American Association of State Highway and Transportation Officials (AASHTO) publication "Standard Specifications for Highway Bridges." AASHTO H2O highway loading shall apply with 30% loading added for impact. B. Precast Units: Interlocking, mating sections, complete with accessory items, hardware, and features as indicated including concrete knockout panels for conduit entrance and sleeve for ground rod C. Joint sealant for joints between precast sections shall be continuous extrusion of asphaltic butyl material compounded for adhesion, cohesion, flexibility, and durability properties required for permanent seal against maximum hydrostatic pressures theoretically attainable at installation location with ground water level at grade. 2.07 RACEWAY/DUCT SEALING COMPOUND A. Compound: 1. Non -hardening, putty -like consistency workable at temperatures as low as 35°F. 2. Compound shall not slump at temperature of 300°F and shall readily adhere to clean surfaces of plastic ducts metallic conduits, conduit coatings, concrete, masonry, lead, cable sheaths, cable jackets, insulation materials, and common metals. PART3 EXECUTION 3.01 WIRING METHOD A. General: Install ducts for wiring runs indicated. Provide sizes as indicated. B. Single Duct Runs: Rigid nonmetallic conduit, Schedule 40, direct buried in earth. C. Duct Banks: Rigid nonmetallic conduit, Schedule 40, encased in concrete, unless shown otherwise on plans. 3.02 EXCAVATION AND BACKFILL A. Excavation: Cut trenches neatly and uniformly, and slope uniformly to required pitch. 3.03 INSTALLATION OF DUCTS A. Slope: Pitch ducts to drain towards manholes and handholes and away from buildings and equipment, unless otherwise shown on Drawings. Minimum slope shall be 4 in. in 100 ft. Where necessary to achieve this between manholes, slope ducts from high point in run to drain in both directions. B. Curves and Bends• Use manufactured elbows for stub -ups at equipment and at building entrances. For other curves and bends, except as otherwise indicated, use manufactured long sweep bends with minimum radius of 25 ft. in both horizontal and vertical directions. 16119-4 Page 4 of8 5/8/01 Brazoria County Municipal Utility District No. 26 Shadow Creek Ranch Interim Wastewater Treatment Plant — Phases 1 & II UNDERGROUND DUCTS AND MANHOLES C. Make joints in ducts and fittings watertight in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. Stagger couplings so those of adjacent ducts do not he in same plane. D. Duct Entrances to Manholes and Handholes: End bells spaced approximately 10 in. center to center for 5-in. ducts and varied proportionately for other duct sizes. Change from regular spacing to end bell spacing shall start 10 ft. from end bell and shall be made without reducing duct line slope and without forming trap in line Grout end bells into manhole walls from both sides to provide watertight entrances. Provide groundable end bushings on metal ducts and connect to system grounding conductor. E. Duct Entrances to Buildings: Transformations from underground PVC duct to steel conduit shall be made 10 ft. minimum, outside building wall and shall use fittings manufactured for purpose. Install in accordance with following: 1. Concrete -Encased Ducts: Install reinforcing in duct banks through disturbed earth near buildings and excavations and coordinate duct bank with structural design at wall so duct bank is supported at wall without reducing structural or watertight integrity. 2. Direct -Buried, Non -encased Duct Entering Non -waterproofed Walls: Install Schedule 40 galvanized steel pipe sleeve for each duct. Caulk space between conduit and sleeve with duct sealing compound on both sides for moisture -tight seal. 3. Waterproof Entrances: Where ducts enter buildings through waterproofed floor or wall, watertight entrance -sealing device shall be installed with sealing gland assembly on inside. Anchor device securely into masonry construction with one or more integral flanges and membrane waterproofing secured to device in permanently watertight manner. F. Concrete -Encased Ducts: Support on plastic separators coordinated with duct size and required duct spacing, and install in accordance with following: 1. Separator Installation: Space separators close enough to prevent sagging and deforming of ducts, and secure separators to earth and to ducts to prevent floating during concreting. Do not use tie wires or reinforcing steel in such way as to form conductive or magnetic loops around ducts or duct groups. 2. Reinforcing: Reinforce duct banks. Size and arrange reinforcing steel as indicated on Drawings. 3. Concreting: Spade concrete carefully during pours to prevent voids under and between conduits and at exterior surface of envelope. Do not use power -driven agitating equipment unless specifically designed for duct bank application. Pour each run of envelope between manholes or other terminations in one continuous operation unless approved by Engineer. Where more than one pour is necessary, terminate each pour in vertical plane and continue duct bank reinforcing minimum of 18 in. beyond termination of pour. 4. Forms. Walls of trench may be used to form side walls of duct bank provided soil is self-supporting and concrete envelope can be poured without soil inclusions. Use forms where soil is not self-supporting. 5, Minunum Clearances: 3 in. between ducts and exterior envelope wall, 3 in. between ducts for like services, and 6 in. between power and ducts for other systems 6. Depth: Except as otherwise indicated, top of duct bank shall be 24 in. below finished grade, minimum, in non -traffic areas, and 30 in. below finished grade, minimum, in vehicular traffic areas. G. Stub -ups: Duct stub -ups to equipment shall be galvanized rigid steel. For equipment mounted on outdoor concrete pads steel conduit shall extend minimum of 5 ft. away from edge of pad. Install insulated grounding bushings on terminations. Couple steel conduits to ducts with adapters designed for purpose and 16119-5 Page 5 of s 5/8/01 Brazoria.County Municipal Utility District No. 26 Shadow Creek Ranch Interim Wastewater Treatment Plant — Phases 1 & 11 UNDERGROUND DUCTS AND MANHOLES encased concrete. H. Sealing: For ducts to be wired in this Project, provide temporary closure at terminations. For spare ducts, seal bore of ducts at terminations. Use sealing compound and plugs as required to withstand 15 psi minimum hydrostatic pressure. I. Pulling Cord: Provide 100-1b test nylon cord in ducts including spares. J. Marker Tape: Provide plastic marker tape over ducts at 12 in. below finished grade. 3.04 INSTALLATION OF MANHOLES/HANDHOLES, GENERAL A. General: 1. Provide manholes/handholes of sizes, shapes, and locations as indicated. 2. Determine final elevation of ducts as influenced by possible adjustments in other utilities and surface features and discovery of underground obstructions before installing manholes/handholes Obtain Engineer's approval for manhole/ handhole installation adjustments necessitated by obstructions. 3. Install units plumb and level and with orientation and depth coordinated with arrangement of connecting ducts to minimize bends and deflections required for proper entrances. B. Elevation: 1. Manholes: Install with roof top 15 in. below finished grade, minimum. 2. Manholes: Install handholes with depth as indicated. Where indicated, cast handhole cover frame directly into roof of handhole and set roof surface 1-in. above grade. C, Drainage: Install drains in bottom of units where indicated. Arrange to coordinate with drainage provisions mdicated or specified. D. Access: Install access to manhole/handhole through cast-iron frame and cover. For manholes, use 30-in. cover except as indicated. Use 30-in cover for handholes, except use 24-in. covers for 2-ft. by 2-ft. handholes. Install brick chimney to support frame and cover and to connect cover with manhole/handhole roof opening. Provide moisture -tight masonry joints and waterproof grouting of cast iron frame to chimney Set frames in paved areas and traffic ways flush with finished grade. Set other frames 1-in. above finished grade. E. Waterproofing: Apply waterproofing to exterior surfaces of units after concrete has cured at least 3 days. After ducts have been connected and grouted in, and prior to backfillmg, waterproof joints and connections and touch up abrasions and scars. Waterproof exterior of manhole/handhole chimneys after brick mortar has cured at least 3 days. F. Dampproofing: Apply dampproofing to exterior surfaces of units after concrete has cured 3 days, minimum. After ducts have been connected and grouted in, and prior to backfilling, dampproof joints and connections and touch up abrasions and scars. Dampproof exterior of manhole/handhole chimneys after brick mortar has cured at least 3 days. G. Hardware: Install removable hardware including pulling eyes, cable stanchions, cable arms, and insulators as required for installation and support of cable and conductors and as indicated. 16119-6 Pag^ 6 of s 5/8/01 Brazoria County Municipal Utility District No. 26 Shadow Creek Ranch Interim Wastewater Treatment Plant Phases 1 & 11 UNDERGROUND DUCTS AND MANHOLES H. Field -Installed Bolting Anchors: Do not drill deeper than 3-7/8 in. for anchor bolts installed in field. Use minimum of 2 anchors for each cable stanchion. I. Grounding: Install ground rod through floor of each manhole/handhole with top protruding 4 in. above floor. Seal floor opening against water penetration with waterproof nonshrink grout. Ground exposed metal components and hardware with bare copper ground conductor. Train conductors neatly around corners Install on walls and roof using cable clamps secured with expansion anchors. 3.05 INSTALLATION OF CAST -IN -PLACE MANHOLES/HANDHOLES A. Construct manholes/handholes as indicated. B. Finish interior surfaces with smooth troweled finish. C. Windows for future duct connections shall be concrete knock -out panels 1-1/2 to 2 in. thick, located as indicated. 3.06 INSTALLATION OF PRECAST MANHOLES/HANDHOLES A. Install in accordance with ASTM C891 and manufacturer's instructions. B. Support units on level bed of crushed stone or gravel, graded from 1-in. sieve to No. 4 sieve and compacted to same density as adjacent undisturbed earth. 3.07 TESTING A. Field Quality Control: 1. Grounding: Test manhole grounding provisions to ensure electrical continuity of bonding and grounding connections. Make ground -resistance test at each ground rod and submit report of results Use an instrument specifically designed for ground -resistance measurements. 2. Duct Integrity: Rod ducts with mandrell 1/4-in. smaller in diameter than internal diameter of ducts. Where rodding indicates obstructions in ducts, remove obstructions and retest. 3. Water Tightness: Make internal inspection of manholes/handholes three months after completion of construction for indications of water ingress. Where leakage is noted, remove water found and seal leakage sources. Reinspect after two months and reseal remaining leakage sources. Repeat process at two month intervals until leakage is corrected. 3.08 CLEANING AND RESTORATION A. Clean Ducts: Clean full length of ducts with a round bristle brush with dia 1/2-in greater than internal diameter of duct B. Clean Manholes: Clean internal surfaces of manholes including sump. Remove foreign material. 3.09 RESTORATION A. Restore surface features at areas disturbed by excavation and reestablish original grades except as otherwise indicated. B. Where sod has been removed, replace it as soon as possible after backfilling is completed 16119-7 Pag 7of8 5/8/01 Brazoria County Municipal Utility District No. 26 Shadow Creek Ranch Interim Wastewater Treatment Plant — Phases 1 & 11 UNDERGROUND DUCTS AND MANHOLES C. Restore all areas disturbed by trenching, storing of dirt, cable laying, and other work to their original condition. D. Include necessary top soiling, fertilizing, liming, seeding, sodding, sprigging, or mulching. E. Restore disturbed paving as indicated. END OF SECTION 5/8/01 16119-8 Page 8 of 8 Brazoria County Municipal Utility District No. 26 Shadow Creek Ranch Interim Wastewater Treatment Plant - Phases I & II SECTION 16120 600-VOLT BUILDING WIRE AND CABLE 600-VOLT BUILDING WIRE AND CABLE PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Specifications for 600-volt building wire and cable. 1.02 REFERENCES A. American National Standards Institute/National Fire Protection Association (ANSI/NFPA), NFPA 70 - National Electrical Code (NEC), Article 310 - Conductors for General Wiring. B. Underwriter's Laboratories (UL) 1. UL 83: Thermoplastic Insulated Wires and Cables 2. UL 1063: Machine Tool Wires and Cables C. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM) 1. ASTM B3: Soft or Annealed Copper Wires 2. ASTM B8: Concentric -Lay -Stranded Copper Conductors, Hard, Medium Hard, Soft D. Insulated Cable Engineers Association (ICEA), ICEA S-61-4024 Thermoplastic -Insulated Wire and Cable for the Transmission and Distribution of Electrical Energy (NEMA WC-5). 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. Submit the following for Engineer's approval. 1. Manufacturer's cut sheets and catalog data 2. Instruction for handling and storage 3. Dimensions and weight 1.04 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Tests. Cable shall meet all the requirements of Part 6 of ICEA S 61-402. 1.05 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Ship wire and cable on manufacturer's standard reel sizes unless otherwise specified. Where cut lengths are specified, mark reel footage accordingly. Each reel shall contain one continuous length of cable. Provide impact protection by wood lagging or suitable barrier across the traverse of the reel. Provide moisture protection by using manufacturer's standard procedure or heat shrinkable self-sealing end caps applied to both ends of the cable. 16120-1 Page 1 of4 5/10/0I Brazoria County Municipal Utility District No. 26 Shadow Creek Ranch Interim Wastewater Treatment Plant - Phases I & II PART2 PRODUCTS 2.01 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS A. American Insulated Wire Corporation B. Carol Cable Company, Inc. C. General Cable Company D. Okonite Company E. Rome Cable Company F. Triangle Wire and Cable, Inc. G. Service Wire Company 2.02 MATERIALS AND EQUIPMENT 600-VOLT BUILDING WIRE AND CABLE A. Design. Provide cable designated as THWN/THHN or XHHW single conductor type and UL 83 and UL 1063 listed, rated 600 volts and certified for continuous operation at maximum conductor temperature of 90 degrees C in dry locations and 75 degrees C in wet locations while installed in underground duct, conduit or in control panels (MTW). B. Conductors. Provide conductors which are Class B, concentric stranded annealed un-coated copper with physical and electrical properties complying with ASTM B3 and B8 and Part 2 of ICEA S-61-402. C. Insulation. Each conductor shall be PVC insulated and nylon jacketed to meet the requirements of Part 3 of ICEA S-61-402. The insulation thickness shall match the dimensions listed in NEC Table 310-13 for type THHN and THWN wire D. Wire Marking 1. Wire marking shall be in accordance with NEC Article 310-11 and shall be printed on the wire insulation at 2-foot intervals. 2. The printing method used shall be permanent and the color shall .sharply contrast with the jacket color. E. The single conductor color coding shall be as follows: System Voltage 120/240 Volt 1Ph/3w 120/208 Volt 3Ph/4w 120/240 Volt 3Ph/4w 277/480 Volt 3Ph/4w Motor Control 5/10401 A B C Neutral Black Red Black Red Blue Black Orange Blue Brown Purple Yellow 1 Black 2 Red 3 Blue White White White Grey 16120-2 Page 2 of 4 Brazoria County Municipal Utility District No. 26 Shadow Creek Ranch Interim Wastewater Treatment Plant - Phases I & 11 Ground Green 600-VOLT BUILDING WIRE AND CABLE PART3 EXECUTION 3.01 PREPARATION A. Complete the cable raceway systems and underground duct banks before installing cables. B. Verify sizing of raceways and pullboxes to ensure proper accommodation for the cables. C. Check the length of the cable raceway system against the length of cable on the selected reel. D. Clean conduits of foreign matter before cables are pulled. 3.02 INSTALLATION A. Wiring Methods 1. Use wiring methods indicated on the Drawings 2. In general, use THHN/THWN or XHHW building wire for lighting, power and control wiring were conductors are enclosed in raceways such as above ground conduit system, underground duct banks, or inside control panels. 3. Do not use solid conductors. 4. Use conductors not smaller than No. 12 AWG stranded for lighting circuits. 5. Use conductors not smaller than No. 14 AWG for control circuits, except when part of a multiconductor cable or internal panel wiring. 6. In general, do not splice conductors unless approved by the Engineer. 7. Splices associated with taps for lighting and control circuits are allowed without approval. 8. Make splices in accessible junction boxes. 9. Use wire nuts with insulated caps for lighting wiring splices. Splice control circuit with insulated crimp connectors B. Single Conductor in Conduit and Ductbank 1. Install cables in accordance with the manufacturer's instructions and NEC Chapter 3 - Wiring Methods and Materials. Do not exceed maximum wire tension, maximum insulation pressure and minimum bending radius. 2. Pull cables into conduits using adequate lubrication to reduce friction. Lubricants must not be harmful to the conductor insulation. C. Single Conductor in Cable Tray 1. Do not install single conductor building wire and cable in cable tray. D. Preparation for Termination 1. Make 600-volt power cable terminations and splices with heat shrinkable sleeves and seals. 2. Terminal lugs and connectors for all sizes of conductors shall be crimp -on type. 3. For size 1/0 AWG and larger, crimp -on lugs shall have the long barrel with 2-hole tongues except in places where termination space is limited. 16120-3 Page 3 of 4 5/10/01 Brazoria County Municipal Utility District No. 26 Shadow Creek Ranch Interim Wastewater Treatment Plant - Phases I & II E. Tests 600-VOLT BUILDING WIRE AND CABLE 1. In general, test insulation integrity of the wiring system before terminating. 2. Make sure to disconnect sensitive electronic equipment before testing insulation. 3. Use a 500 VDC megohmmeter and perform the wire system insulation test in accordance with the operating instructions F. Termination 1. After the 600-volt wiring system has been tested with satisfactory results, reconnect wire. * * * END OF SECTION * * * 5/10/01 16120-4 Page 4 of 4 Brazoria County Municipal Utility District No. 26 Shadow Creek Ranch Interim Wastewater Treatment Plant - Phases 1 & 11 SECTION 16131 DEVICE, PULL AND JUNCTION BOXES PART1 GENERAL DEVICE, PULL AND JUNCTION BOXES 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Specifications for device, pull, and junction boxes. 1.02 REFERENCES A. American National Standards Institute/National Electrical Manufacturers Association (ANSI/NEMA). 1. FB 1 - Fittings and Support for Conduits and Cable Assemblies 2. 250 - Enclosures for Electrical Equipment (1000 volts maximum) B. American National Standards Institute/National Fire Protection Association (ANSI/NFPA), NFPA70 National Electrical Code (NEC) - Article 370 - Outlet Device, Pull and Junction Boxes, Conduit Bodies and Fittings C. Underwriters Laboratories (UL): 1. 50 - Safety Cabinets and Boxes 2. 508 - Safety Industrial Control Equipment 3. 514B - Safety Fittings for Conduit and Outlet Boxes 4. 886 - Safety Outlet Boxes and Fittings for Use in Hazardous Areas 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. Submit all products covered under this specification for Engineer's approval. 1. Manufacturer's cut sheets, catalog data 2. Instruction for handling and storage 3. Installation instructions 4. Dimensions and weights 1.04 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING A. Pack and crate boxes to permit ease of handling and to provide protection from damage during shipping, handling and storage. PART2 PRODUCTS 2.01 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS A. Sheet Metal Boxes 1. Hoffman Industrial Products 2. Pauluhn Electric Manufacturing Company 5/8/01 16131-1 Page 1 of 3 Brazoria County Municipal Utility District No. 26 Shadow Creek Ranch Interim Wastewater Treatment Plant - Phases I & II 3. Hennessy 4. Tanco 5. Tejas 6. Circle A.W. Cast Device Boxes 1. Appleton Electric Company 2. Crouse -Hinds, Division of Cooper Industries 3. Killark Electric Manufacturing Company 2.02 MATERIALS AND EQUIPMENT DEVICE, PULL AND JUNCTION BOXES A. Sheet Metal Boxes 1. Provide UL-approved junction boxes and pull boxes manufactured from stainless steel sheet metal and meeting requirements of NEMA 4X for corrosive and wet area NEMA 250 and NEC Article 370. 2. Provide boxes with a stainless steel continuous hinge, closure hasps and all- stainless steel hardware. 3. Furnish the door with neoprene gasket and provision for padlock. B. Device Boxes 1. Provide UL-approved boxes designed and manufactured to house electrical devices like receptacles and switches, and in conformance with NEMA FB 1 and NEC Article 370 2. Supply boxes that are hot -dip galvanized on cast iron suitable for corrosive and 0 wet atmosphere. C. Hardware 1. Mounting Hardware: Stainless steel 2. Conduit Connectors: Watertight as manufactured by Myers Hubs, or equal. PART3 EXECUTION 3.01 PREPARATION A. Review the drawings and determine how many boxes of each kind are required and check if supplied quantity is sufficient. 3.02 INSTALLATION A. Boxes described in this specification shall be used both in dry and wet, corrosive areas, both inside and outside locations. B. Install boxes in accordance with NEC Article 370 in locations indicated on the Drawings. C. Install junction and pull boxes in readily accessible places to facilitate wire pulls, maintenance and repair. D. Plug unused conduit openings. 16131-2 Page 2 of 3 5/8/01 Brazoria County Municipal Utility District No. 26 Shadow Creek Ranch Interim Wastewater Treatment Plant - Phases 1 & 11 DEVICE, PULL AND JUNCTION BOXES E. Make conduit connections to sheet metal boxes with watertight conduit connectors. * * * END OF SECTION * * * 5/8/01 16131-3 Page 3 of 3 Brazoria County Municipal Utility District No. 26 Shadow Creek Ranch Interim Wastewater Treatment Plant - Phases 1 & 11 CABINETS, BOXES, AND FITTINGS SECTION 16135 CABINETS, BOXES, AND FITTINGS PART1 GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Outlet and device boxes. 2. Pull and junction boxes. 3. Floor boxes and service fittings. 4. Cabinets. 5. Hinged door enclosures. 6. Boxes and fittings for hazardous locations. B. Conduit -body -type electrical enclosures and wiring fittings are specified in Section 16110. 1.02 REFERENCES A. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM): 1. ASTM A167-91 - Standard Specification for Stainless and Heat -Resisting Chromium -Nickel Steel Plate, Sheet, and Strip. B. Underwriter's Laboratory (UL): 1. UL 50-88 - UL Standard for Safety Cabinets and Boxes. 2. UL 514A-91 - UL Standard for Safety Metallic Outlet Boxes. 3. UL 514B-89 - UL Standard for Safety Fittings for Conduit and Outlet Boxes. 4. UL 886-85- UL Standard for Safety Outlet Boxes and Fittings for Use m Hazardous (Classified) Locations. C. National Electrical Manufacturer's Association (NEMA): 1. NEMA ICS 6-88 - Enclosures for Industrial Control and Systems. 2. NEMA OS 1-89 - Sheet -Steel Outlet Boxes, Device Boxes, Covers, and Box Supports. 3. NEMA 250-85-Enclosure for Electrical Equipment (1,000 V maximum). 1.03 DEFINITIONS A. Cabinets. Enclosure designed either for surface or for flush mounting and having frame, or trim in which door or doors may be mounted. B. Device Box: Outlet box designed to house receptacle device or wiring box designed to house switch. C. Enclosure: Box, case, cabinet, or housing for electrical wiring or components. D. Hinged Door Enclosure: Enclosure designed for surface mounting and having swinging doors or covers secured directly to and telescoping with walls of box 16135-1 Page 1 of 6 5/8/01 Brazoria County Municipal Utility District No. 26 Shadow Creek Ranch Interim Wastewater Treatment Plant - Phases 1 & 11 CABINETS, BOXES, AND FITTINGS E. Outlet Box: Wiring enclosure where current is taken from wiring system to supply utilization equipment. F. Wiring Box: Enclosure designed to provide access to wiring systems or for mounting of indicating devices or of switches for controlling electrical circuits. 1.04 SUBMITTALS A. Submit all products covered under this specification for Engineer's approval. B. Product Data: Submit for cabinets and enclosures with classification higher than NEMA 1. C. Shop Drawings: Submit to Engineer for approval. 1.05 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Items provided under this section shall be listed and labeled by UL or other Nationally Recognized Testing Laboratory (NRTL). Term 1. Term"NRTL' shall be as defined in OSHA Regulation 1910 7. 2. Terms ' listed" and' labeled' shall be as defined in National Electrical Code, Article 100. B. Regulatory Requirements: 1. National Electrical Code: Components and installation shall comply with NFPA 70. PART2 PRODUCTS 2.01 CABINETS, BOXES, AND FITTINGS, GENERAL A. Electrical Cabinets, Boxes, and Fittings: Of indicated types, sizes, and NEMA enclosure classes. Where not indicated, provide units of types, sizes, and classes appropriate for use and location. Provide items complete with covers and accessories required for intended use. Provide gaskets for units in damp or wet locations. 2.02 MISCELLANEOUS MATERIALS AND FINISHES A. Fasteners for General Use: Corrosion resistant screws and hardware including cadmium and zinc plated items. B. Fasteners for Damp or Wet Locations: Stainless steel screws and hardware C. Fittings for Boxes Cabinets, and Enclosures* Conform to UL 514B. Malleable iron or zinc plated steel for conduit hubs, bushings and box connectors. D. Finishes: 1. Exterior Finish: Gray baked enamel for items exposed in finished locations except as otherwise indicated. 16135-2 Page 2of6 5/S/01 Brazoria County Municipal Utility District No. 26 Shadow Creek Ranch Interim Wastewater Treatment Plant - Phases 1 & 11 CABINETS, BOXES, AND FITTINGS 2. Interior Finish: Where indicated, white baked enamel. 2.03 METAL OUTLET, DEVICE, AND SMALL WIRING BOXES A. General: 1. Conform to UL 514A and UL 514B. 2. Boxes shall be of type, shape, size and depth to suit each location and application. B. Steel Boxes: Conform to NEMA OS 1. Boxes shall be sheet steel with stamped knockouts, threaded screw holes and accessories suitable for each location including mounting brackets and straps, cable clamps, exterior rings and fixture studs. C. Cast -Iron Boxes: Iron alloy, waterproof, with threaded raceway entries and features and accessories suitable for each location, including mounting ears threaded screw holes for devices and closure plugs. 2.04 PULL AND JUNCTION BOXES A. General: Comply with UL 50 for boxes over 100 cu in. volume. Boxes shall have screwed or bolted on covers of material same as box and shall be of size and shape to suit application. B. Galvanized Steel Boxes: Flat rolled, code gauge, sheet steel with welded seams. Where necessary to provide rigid assembly, construct with internal structural steel bracing. Hot -dip galvanized after fabrication. Cover shall be gasketed. C. Stainless -Steel Boxes: Fabricate of stainless steel conforming to Type 302 of ASTM A167. Where necessary to provide rigid assembly, construct with internal structural stainless steel bracmg. Cover shall be gasketed. D. Cast -Iron Boxes: Molded of cast iron alloy with gasketed cover and integral threaded conduit entrances. E. Boxes Approved for Classified Locations: Cast metal or cast nonmetallic boxes conforming to UL 886 listed and labeled for use in specific location classification, and with specific hazardous material encountered. Conduit entrances shall be integral threaded type. 2.05 CABINETS A. Comply with Plans. PART3 EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION, GENERAL A. Locations: Install items where indicated and where required to suit code requirements and installation conditions. B. Cap unused knockout holes where blanks have been removed and plug unused conduit hubs. C. Sizes shall be adequate to meet current NEC volume requirements, but in no case smaller than sizes indicated. 16135-3 Pagel of 6 5/8/01 Brazoria County Municipal Utility District No. 26 Shadow Creek Ranch Interim Wastewater Treatment Plant - Phases 1 & 11 CABINETS, BOXES, AND FITTINGS D. Remove sharp edges where they may come in contact with wiring or personnel. 3.02 APPLICATIONS A. Outlet Boxes and Fittings. Install outlet and device boxes and associated covers and fittings of materials and NEMA types for each location in conformance with following requirements unless otherwise noted' 1. Interior Dry Locations: Sheet steel, NEMA type 1 for flush mounting and feraloy Type FS or FD cast boxes with threaded conduit hubs for surface mounting. 2. Locations Exposed to Weather or Dampness: Galvanized, cast metal, NEMA Type 3R. 3. Wet Locations: Stainless Steel, NEMA type 4X enclosures 4. Corrosive Locations: Stainless Steel, NEMA type 4X enclosures. 5. Hazardous (Classified) Locations: NEMA type listed and labeled for location and class of hazard mdicated. B. Pull and Junction Boxes: Install pull and junction boxes of materials and NEMA types suitable for each location. 3.03 INSTALLATION OF OUTLET BOXES A. Gasketed Boxes: At following locations use cast metal, threaded hub type boxes with gasketed weatherproof covers: 1. Exterior locations. 2. Where exposed to moisture laden atmosphere. 3. Where indicated. B. Mounting: Mount outlet boxes for switches with long axis vertical or as indicated Mount boxes for receptacles vertically. Gang boxes shall be mounted with long axis horizontal. C. Cover Plates for Surface Boxes: Use plates sized to box front without overlap. D. Set boxes in concealed conduit runs, flush with wall surfaces, with or without covers as required. E. Set outlet boxes parallel to construction, securely mounted and adjusted to set true and flush with finished surface F. Provide outlet box divider barriers between 277/480 v and 120/240 v devices as required and per current NEC. 3.04 OUTLET BOX LOCATIONS A. Locate flush mounted wall boxes in corner of nearest brick or block to keep cutting to minimum. B. Location of outlets and equipment as shown on Drawings is approximate and exact location to be verified and shall be determined by: 1. Construction or code requirements. 2. Conflict with equipment or other trades. 3. Equipment manufacturer's drawings. 5/8/01 16135-4 Page 4of6 Brazoria County Municipal Utility District No. 26 Shadow Creek Ranch Interim Wastewater Treatment Plant - Phases I & II CABINETS, BOXES, AND FITTINGS C. Minor modification in location of outlets and equipment considered incidental up to distance of 10 ft with no additional compensation, provided necessary instructions given prior to roughing in of outlet. D. Mounting heights for devices and equipment to be measured from fmished floor to centerline of device unless otherwise noted on Drawings. 3.05 INSTALLATION OF PULL AND JUNCTION BOXES A. Box Selection: For boxes in main feeder conduit runs, use sizes not smaller than 8-in. square by 4-in deep. Do not exceed 6 entering and 6 leaving raceways in single box. Quantities of conductors (including equipment grounding conductors) in pull or junction box shall not exceed following: Size Conductors of Largest in Box Conductors Maximum No. in Box of No. 4/0 AWG 30 250 MCM 20 500 MCM 15 Over 500 MCM 10 1. Cable Supports: Install clamps, grids or devices to which cables may be secured Arrange cables so they may be readily identified. Support cable at least every 30 in. inside boxes. 2. Size: Provide pull and junction boxes for telephone, signal, instrumentation, control, and other systems at least 50% larger than would be required by Article 370 of NEC, or as indicated. Locate boxes strategically and provide shapes to permit easy pulling of future wires or cables of types normal for such systems. 3.06 INSTALLATION OF CABINETS AND HINGED DOOR ENCLOSURES (Not Applicable) 3.07 GROUNDING A. Electrically ground metallic cabinets, boxes, and enclosures. Where wiring to item includes grounding conductor, provide grounding terminal in interior of cabinet, box or enclosure. B. Ground in accordance with Section 16452. 3.08 CLEANING AND FINISH REPAIR A. Upon completion of installation, inspect components. Remove burrs, dirt, and construction debris and repair damaged finish including chips, scratches, abrasions and weld marks. B. Galvanized Finish: Repair damage using zinc -rich paint recommended by manufacturer. C. Painted Finish: Repair damage using matching corrosion inhibiting touch-up coating. 5/8/01 16135-5 Page 5 of 6 Brazoria County Municipal Utility District No. 26 Shadow Creek Ranch Interim Wastewater Treatment Plant - Phases I & 11 CABINETS, BOXES, AND FITTINGS * * * END OF SECTION * * * 5/8/01 16135-6 Page 6 of 6 Brazoria County Municipal Utility District No. 26 Shadow Creek Ranch Interim Wastewater Treatment Plant - Phases I & 1I WIRING DEVICES SECTION 16140 WIRING DEVICES PART1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Specifications for wiring devices including: 1. Receptacles. 2. Wall switches. 3. Wall plates and cover plates. 1.02 REFERENCES A. American National Standards Institute/National Electrical Manufacturers Association (ANSI/NEMA): 1. NEMA WD1 - General Purpose Wiring Devices. 2. NEMA WD6 - Dimensional Requirements. B. Federal Specifications (WC-596F). C. American National Standards Institute/National Fire Protection Association (NFPA): 1. NFPA No. 70 - National Electrical Code (NEC), Articles 210 Branch Circuits, 250 Grounding and 410, Paragraphs 56, 57 and 58. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. Submit all products covered under this specification for Engineer's approval: 1. Manufacturer's product literature and specifications including dimensions, weights, certifications and instructions for handling storage and installation. 1.04 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING A. Pack and crate devices to permit ease of handling and protect from damage during shipping, handling and storage. PART2 PRODUCTS 2.01 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS A. Bryant Electric B. Crouse -Hinds, Arrow Hart Division C. Hubbel Inc. Wiring Devices Division D. Leviton Manufacturing Company 5/8/01 16140-1 Page 1 of Brazoria County /Llunicipal Utility District No. 26 Shadow Creek Ranch Interim Wastewater Treatment Plant - Phases I & 11 WIRING DEVICES Pass & Seymour/Legrand. 2.02 MATERIALS AND EQUIPMENT A. Standards: Conform to NEMA WD1 for general requirements and NEMA WD6 for dimensional requirements. B. Manufacture devices to heavy-duty industrial specification grade with brown nylon bodies (orange for isolated -ground receptacles) back and side wiring provisions and green -colored grounding screws. C. Receptacles: 1. Duplex -type receptacles: Rated 20 amps at 120 volts. 2. Contacts: Brass or phosphor bronze. 3. Receptacle grounding system Extend to the mounting strap unless isolated ground is indicated or required. 4. GFI or GFCI (ground fault circuit interrupter) receptacles: Provide feed -through type with test and reset button. D. Wall Switches: 1. Toggle switches: Rated 20 amps at 120/277 volts AC rated for both resistive and inductive loads. 2. Contacts: Silver cadmium oxide construction to prevent sticking, welding and excessive pitting. E. Cover Plates: 1. In outdoor, corrosive and wet areas, provide cover plates of cast metal, gasketed with spring -loaded hinged covers and stainless steel hardware. 2. All other plates: Type 302 stainless steel. PART3 EXECUTION 3.01 PREPARATION A. Verify that device boxes are correctly placed. B. Verify that the correct quantity, size and type of wires are pulled to each device box. C. Verify that wiring has been checked at both ends. D. Prepare wire ends for connection to devices. E. Inspect each wiring device for defects. 3.02 INSTALLATION A. Install products in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. B. Install devices plumb and level. 5/8/0 ) 16140 2 Page 2of3 Brazoria County Municipal Utility District No. 26 Shadow Creek Ranch Interim Wastewater Treatment Plant - Phases 1 & II WIRING DEVICES C. Install switches with OFF position down. D. Install receptacles with grounding pole on top. E. Connect wiring device grounding terminal to outlet box with bonding jumper. F. Connect wiring devices by wrapping conductors clockwise around screw terminals. G. Install cover plates on switch, receptacle and blank outlets in finished areas. H. Energize and test devices for proper operation. * * * END OF SECTION * * * 16140-3 5/8/01 Page 3 of 3 Brazoria County Municipal Utility District No. 26 Shadow Creek Ranch Interim Wastewater Treatment Plant - Phases I & 11 ELECTRIC MOTORS SECTION 16150 ELECTRIC MOTORS PART1 GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. Description of Work: 1. Motors furnished under other sections of these Specifications as part of equipment items shall conform to requirements of this section except as noted otherwise in that section or indicated otherwise on Drawings or schedules. 2. Submersible well motor shall be supplied in accordance with other sections of this specification. 1.02 REFERENCES A. National Electrical Manufacturers Association (NEMA): 1. NEMA MG 1-1978 - Motors and Generators. B. Institute of Electrical and Electronic Engineers (IEEE): 1. IEEE Standard 112-1978 - Standard Test Procedure for Polyphase Induction Motors and Generators. C. Anti -Friction Bearing Manufacturers Association (AFBMA): 1. AFBMA Standards for Ball and Roller Bearings and Balls. D. National Electrical Contractors Association (NECA): 1. Standard of Installation. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. Submit all products covered under this specification for Engineer's approval. B. Include motor submittal as part of equipment submittal for equipment specified in other sections. C. Include identification of equipment by name and tag number as indicated in Specifications or on Drawings. D. Submit in accordance with General Conditions and other applicable sections of the Contract Documents. 1. Complete nameplate data m accordance with NEMA standards. 2. Full load power factor and maximum correction capacitor kVA for motors 5 hp and larger. 3. Nominal efficiency in accordance with IEEE 112 for motors 5 hp and larger. 4. Motor dimensions and frame size. 5. Manufacturer's printed data on each motor type being provided to indicate compliance with specified performance and construction. 16150-1 5/8/01 Page 1 of4 Brazoria County Municipal Utility District No. 26 Shadow Creek Ranch Interim Wastewater Treatment Plant - Phases 1 & 11 ELECTRIC MOTORS 6. Service manual to include storage and alignment instructions. E. Operation and Maintenance (O&M) Data: 1. Submit in accordance with General Conditions and other applicable sections of the Contract Documents. 1.04 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Source Quality Control: 1. Perform individual motor test on motors over 1 hp. 2. Test shall be standard NEMA routine production test in accordance with MG 1-12.51, and consisting of following. a. No load running current. b. Locked rotor current. c. High potential test. d. Bearing inspection. B. Regulatory Requirements: 1. National Fire Protection Association (NFPA): a. NFPA No. 70 - National Electrical Code (NEC). 2. Underwriters Laboratories, Inc. (UL). 3. Local codes and ordinances PART2 PRODUCTS 2.01 GENERAL A. Use of manufacturer's name and model or catalog number is for purpose of establishing standard of quality and general configuration desired. B. Unless otherwise specified, meet or exceed following. 1. High efficiency, equivalent to U.S. Motors premium efficiency for motors 5 hp and above. 2. Motors 1/2 hp and Larger: 3-ph, 60 Hz, 230/460 V. a. Squirrel cage type, NEMA B. b. Motor Housing and Bearing Brackets: Cast grey iron with tensile strength of 30,000 psi. Do not provide rolled steel and aluminum c. Secure bearing brackets to motor cast iron housing. Do not use bolt clamping methods. 3. Motors Less than 1/2 hp: 1-ph, 60 Hz, 115/230 V. 4. Suitable for continuous operation with line voltage variation within t 10% of rated voltage. 5. Suitable for continuous operation in 40 C ambient with 80 C temperature rise.. 16150-2 5/8/01 Page 2 of 4 Brazoria County Municipal Utility District No. 26 Shadow Creek Ranch Interim Wastewater Treatment Plant - Phases 1 & 11 ELECTRIC MOTORS 6. Copper motor windings. C. Design for frequent starting for Booster Pump Motors. 2.02 MANUFACTURERS A. U.S. Motors B. Marathon C. Or equal as approved by Engineer. 2.03 ENCLOSURES A. Open Dripproof (ODP): Indoor areas where clean, dry, and well ventilated. B. Weather Protected I (WPI): Indoor or outdoor areas where exposed to moisture or dirt. 2.04 INSULATION A. Dripproof Motors: Class F, 1.15 service factor. 1. Two extra dips and bakes of epoxy varnish. B. Weather Protected I: Class F, 1.15 service factor. 1. Two extra dips and bakes of epoxy varnish. 2.05 BEARINGS A. Ball or roller bearing type at manufacturer's option, unless specified in equipment sections of Specifications. B. Support side thrust loadings. C. Regreaseable with alamite fittings extended to accessible location for Frame 250 and larger. D. AFBMA B 10 bearing life rated (flexible coupled) at 50,000 hrs. 2.06 SPEED A. As specified under equipment section. 2.07 TORQUE A. Breakdown torque shall be 200% or more of maximum torque load placed on motor shaft. B. Provide necessary WIC) curves for special loads to coordinate with motors. C. Supply special motors where load requirements exceed standard design. 5/8/01 16150-3 Page 3 of 4 Brazoria County Municipal Utility District No. 26 Shadow Creek Ranch Interim Wastewater Treatment Plant - Phases I & 11 ELECTRIC MOTORS 2.08 SLIDE RAILS AND SOLE PLATE A. As required for application. 2.09 SINGLE PHASE FRACTIONAL HP MOTORS A. Capacitor or open split phase start, unless otherwise specified. 2.10 THREE PHASE MOTORS A. Provide horizontal or vertical squirrel cage induction motors for standard duty. B. Full voltage starting or as specified in equipment sections of Specifications or on Drawings. PART3 EXECUTION 3.01 GENERAL A. Install in accordance with manufacturer's written instructions, applicable requirements of NEC, NECA "Standard of Installation ' and recognized industry practices. 3.02 ALIGNMENT A. Contractor furnishing motor shall be responsible for alignment. B. Check alignment of motors prior to startup. C. Motors over 50 hp shall have alignment and balance checked using test equipment specially designed for this purpose. * * * END OF SECTION * * * 5/8/01 16150-4 Page 4 of 4 Brazoria County Municipal Utility District No. 26 Shadow Creek Ranch Interim Wastewater Treatment Plant - Phases 1 & II DISCONNECT SWITCHES SECTION 16165 DISCONNECT SWITCHES PART1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Specifications for disconnect switches including: 1. Fusible disconnect switches 2. Non -fusible disconnect switches 3. Circuit breaker type disconnect switches 4. Fuses 5. Circuit breakers 1.02 REFERENCES A. American National Standards Institute/National Electrical Manufacturers Association (ANSI/NEMA) 1. NEMA AB1: Molded Case Circuit Breakers 2. NEMA KS1: Enclosed Switches B. Underwriters Laboratories (UL) 1. UL 98: Standard for safety enclosed switches and Dead Front Switches 2. UL 198C: High Interrupting Capacity Fuses, Current Limiting type 3. UL 198E: Class R Fuses C. American National Standards Institute/National Fire Protection Association (ANSI/NFPA), NFPA No. 70 - National Electrical Code (NEC), Article 380 - Switches. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. Submit all products covered under this specification for Engineer's approval. 1. Manufacturer's cut sheets and catalog data 2. Switch internal arrangement 3. Breaker or fuse characteristic curves 4. Instructions for handling and storage 5. Installation instructions 6. Dimensions and weights 1.04 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING A. Have disconnect switches packed and crated to permit ease of handling and to provide protection from damage during shipping, handling and storage. • 5/3/01 16165-1 Pace 1 of 3 Brazoria County Municipal Utility District No. 26 Shadow Creek Ranch Interim Wastewater Treatment Plant - Phases 1 & 11 DISCONNECT SWITCHES PART2 PRODUCTS 2.01 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS A. Disconnect Switches and Circuit Breakers: 1. Siemens Energy and Automation 2. Square D Company 3. General Electric 4. Or equal B. Fuses 1. Bussman Division, Cooper Industries 2. Gould Shawmut 3. Littelfuse Incorporated 2.02 MATERIALS AND EQUIPMENT A. Disconnect Switches 1. Characteristics: Horsepower rated, 300-volt, heavy-duty type with an interlocked door, positive quick -make, quick -break mechanism and visible blades. 2. Use switches and components designed, manufactured and tested in accordance with NEMA AB 1, NEMA KS1, UL 98, and NEC Article 380. 3. Enclose switch in a NEMA 12 type enclosure for indoor application and NEMA 4X (type 316 stainless steel) in outdoor locations or other wet or corrosive areas. 4. Provide switches with provisions for padlocking the operating lever in OFF position and door in closed position. 5. Select switches having the number of poles and general size conforming to the Drawings. 6. Conform to fusible, non -fusible or circuit breaker type switch requirements as shown on Drawings or one -line diagrams. 7. Provide an auxiliary contact, shown on the Drawings. 8. Select fuses or circuit breakers with current interruptmg duty as calculated for the points of switch application or as indicated on the Drawings or one -line diagrams B. Fuses Unless otherwise noted on Drawings, for fuses used in disconnect switches, provide the dual -element, time -delay type with the maximum interrupting rating of 200,000 amperes, conforming to the current NEC. C. Circuit Breakers. When circuit breakers are used in disconnect switches, provide the thermal -magnetic type with current interruption ratings as required at the point of application. D. Conduit Connectors: Watertight as manufactured by Myers Hubs, or equal. PART3 EXECUTION 3.01 PREPARATION A. Review the Drawings and verify that the disconnect switches are correct for the applications. 5/8/01 16165-2 Page 2 of 3 Brazoria County Municipal Utility District No. 26 Shadow Creek Ranch Interim Wastewater Treatment Plant - Phases I & II DISCONNECT SWITCHES B. Make sure that the correct fuses or breakers are being used regarding size and short circuit interrupting capability. C. Prepare adhesive labels on the inside door of each switch indicating UL fuse class and size or breaker type and size for replacement. 3.02 INSTALLATION A. Install the disconnect switches in accordance with and NEC Article 380. B. Mount switches 6'-6" (to top of cabinet) above finished floor or grade. C. In wet and corrosive areas, including outdoor locations, install switches on spacers to provide a space of approximate 1/4-inch between the back of cabinet and the mounting surface. D. In wet and corrosive areas, including outdoor locations, connect conduit to the bottom of enclosure and to the lower 30 percent of the sides using watertight connectors. * * * END OF SECTION * * * 5/8/01 16165-3 Pan 3 of 3 Brazoria County Municipal Utility District No. 26 Shadow Creek Ranch Interim Wastewater Treatment Plant - Phases I & II ELECTRICAL IDENTIFICATION SECTION 16195 ELECTRICAL IDENTIFICATION PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Identification of electrical materials, equipment, and installations. 1.02 SUBMITTALS A. Submit all products covered under this specification for Engineer's approval. B. Product Data: 1. Submit for each type of product specified. C. Samples: 1. Submit for each color, lettering style, and or graphic representation required for identification materials; samples of labels and signs. D. Miscellaneous: 1. Schedule of identification nomenclature to be used for identification signs and labels. 1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Regulatory Requirements: 1. National Electrical Code: Components and installation shall comply with NFPA 70. B. Comply with ANSI C2. PART2 PRODUCTS 2.01 RACEWAY AND CABLE LABELS A. Manufacturer's Standard Products: Where more than one type is listed for specified application, selection is Installer's option, but provide single type for each application category. Use colors prescribed by ANSI A13.1, NFPA 70, or as specified elsewhere. B. Conform to ANSI A13.1, Table 3, for minimum size of letters for legend and minimum length of color field for each raceway or cable size. 1. Color: Black legend on orange field. 2. Legend: Indicates voltage. 5/8/01 16195-1 Page 1 of 6 Brazoria County Municipal Utility District No. 26 Shadow Creek Ranch Interim Wastewater Treatment Plant - Phases 1 & II ELECTRICAL IDENTIFICATION C. Adhesive Labels: Preprinted, flexible, self adhesive vinyl. Legend is overlaminated with clear, wear and chemical resistant coating D. Pre -tensioned, Wraparound Plastic Sleeves: Flexible, preprinted, color coded, acrylic bands sized to suit diameter of line it identifies and arranged to stay in place by pre -tensioned gripping action when placed in position. E. Colored Adhesive Tape: Self adhesive vinyl tape not less than 3 mils thick by 1 to 2 in. wide (0.08 mm thick by 25 to 51 mm wide). F. Underground Line Warning Tape: Permanent, bright colored, continuous printed, vinyl tape with following features: 1. Size: Not less than 6 in. wide by 4 mils thick (152 mm wide by 0.102 mm thick). 2. Compounded for permanent direct burial service. 3. Embedded continuous metallic strip or core. 4. Printed Legend: Indicates type of underground line. G. Tape Markers: Vinyl or vinyl cloth, self adhesive, wraparound type with preprinted numbers and letters. H. Aluminum, Wraparound Marker Bands: Bands cut from 0.014 in. (0.4 mm) thick aluminum sheet, with stamped or embossed legend, and fitted with slots or ears for permanently securing around wire or cable jacket or around groups of conductors. I. Plasticized Card Stock Tags: Vinyl cloth with preprinted and field printed legends. Orange background, except as otherwise indicated, with eyelet for fastener. J. Aluminum Faced Card Stock Tags: Wear resistant, 18 point minimum card stock faced on both sides with embossable aluminum sheet 0.002 in. (0.05 min) thick laminated with moisture resistant acrylic adhesive, and punched for fastener. Preprinted legends suit each application. K. Brass or Aluminum Tags: Metal tags with stamped legend, punched for fastener. Dimensions: 2 by 2 in. (51 by 51 mm) by 0.05 in. (1.3 mm). 2.02 ENGRAVED NAMEPLATES AND SIGNS A. Manufacturer's Standard Products: Where more than one type is listed for specified application, selection is Installer's option, but provide single type for each application category. Use colors prescribed by ANSI A13.1, NFPA 70, or as specified elsewhere. Engraving stock, melamine plastic laminate, 1/16 in. (1.6 mm) minimum thick for signs up to 20 sq. in. (129 sq. cm), 1/8 in. (3.2 mm) thick for larger sizes. 1. Engraved Legend: Black letters on white face. 2. Punched for mechanical fasteners. C. Baked Enamel Sins for Interior Use: Preprinted aluminum signs, punched for fasteners, with colors, legend, and size as indicated or as otherwise required for application. 1/4 in (6,4 mm) grommets in corners for mounting. 5/8/01 16195-2 Page 2 of 6 Brazoria County Municipal Utility District No. 26 Shadow Creek Ranch Interim Wastewater Treatment Plant - Phases 1 & 11 ELECTRICAL IDENTIFICATION D. Exterior, Metal Backed, Butyrate Signs. Wear resistant, nonfading, preprinted, cellulose acetate butyrate signs with 0 0396 in. (1 mm), galvanized steel backing, with colors, legend, and size appropriate to application 1/4 in. (6.4 mm) grommets in corners for mounting. E. Fasteners for Plastic Laminated and Metal Signs: Self tapping stainless steel screws or No. 10/32 stainless steel machine screws with nuts, flat washers and lock washers. 2.03 MISCELLANEOUS IDENTIFICATION PRODUCTS A. Cable Ties: Fungus -inert, self extinguishing, 1 piece, self locking, Type 6/6 nylon cable ties with following features: 1. Minimum Width: 3/16 in. (5 mm). 2. Tensile Strength: 50 lb (22.3 kg) minimum. 3. Temperature Range Minus 40 to 185 F (Minus 4 to 85 C). 4. Color: As indicated where used for color coding. B. Paint: Alkyd -urethane enamel. Primer as recommended by enamel manufacturer. PART3 EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION A. Install identification devices according to manufacturer's written instructions. B. Install labels where indicated and at locations for best convenience of viewing without interference with operation and maintenance of equipment. C. Lettering, Colors, and Graphics: Coordinate names, abbreviations, colors, and or designations used for electrical identification with corresponding designations used in Contract Documents or required by codes and standards Use consistent designations throughout Project. D. Sequence of Work: Where identification is to be applied to surfaces that require fmish, install identification after completion of finish work. E. Self Adhesive Identification Products: Clean surfaces of dust, loose material, and oily films before applying. F. Identify feeders over 600 V with "DANGER -HIGH VOLTAGE" in black letters 2 in. (51 mm) high, stenciled with paint at 10 ft (3 m) intervals over continuous, painted orange background. Identify following: 1. Entire floor area directly above conduits running beneath and within 12 in. (305 mm) of basement or ground floor that is in contact with earth or is framed above un-excavated space. 2. Wall surfaces directly external to conduits concealed within wall. 3. All accessible surfaces of concrete envelope around conduits in vertical shafts, exposed in building, or concealed above suspended ceilings. 4. Entire surface of exposed conduits. G. Install painted identification as follows: 16195-3 5/8/01 Page 3 of 6 Brazoria County Municipal Utility District No. 26 Shadow Creek Ranch Interim Wastewater Treatment Plant - Phases I & li ELECTRICAL IDENTIFICATION 1. Clean surfaces of dust, loose material, and oily films before painting. 2. Prime Surfaces: For galvanized metal, use single component, acrylic vehicle coating formulated for galvanized surfaces. For concrete masonry units, use heavy duty acrylic resin block filler. For concrete surfaces use clear, alkali resistant, alkyd binder type sealer. 3. Apply one intermediate and one finish coat of silicone alkyd enamel. 4. Apply primer and finish materials according to manufacturer's instructions. H. Identify Raceways and Exposed Cables of Certain Systems with Color Banding: Band exposed and accessible raceways of systems listed below for identification. 1. Bands: Pre -tensioned, snap around, colored plastic sleeves; colored adhesive tape; or combination of both. Make each color band 2 in. (51 mm) wide, completely encircling conduit, and place adjacent bands of 2 color markings in contact, side by side 2. Locate bands at changes in direction, at penetrations of walls and floors, at 50 ft (15 m) maximum intervals in straight runs, and at 25 ft (7.6 m) in congested areas. 3. Colors: As follows: a. Fire Alarm System: Red. b. Fire Suppression Supervisory and Control System. Red and yellow. c. Combined Fire Alarm and Security System. Red and blue. d. Security System. Blue and yellow. e. Mechanical and Electrical Supervisory System. Green and blue. f. Telecommunications System. Green and yellow. I. Install Caution Signs for Enclosures Over 600 V: Use pressure sensitive, self-adhesive label indicating system voltage in black, preprinted on orange field. Install on exterior of door or cover. J. Install Circuit Identification Labels on Boxes: Label externally as follows: 1. Exposed Boxes: Pressure sensitive, self adhesive plastic label on cover. 2. Concealed Boxes Plasticized card stock tags. 3. Labeling Legends Permanent water proof listing of panel and circuit number or equivalent. K. Identify Paths of Underground Electrical Lines: During trench backfilling, for exterior underground power, control, signal, and communications lines, install continuous underground plastic line marker located directly above line at 6 to 8 in. (150 to 200 mm) below finished grade. Where multiple lines installed in common trench or concrete envelope do not exceed an overall width of 16 in. (400 min), use single line marker. 1. Install line marker for underground wiring, both direct buried and in raceway. L. Color Code Conductors: Secondary service, feeder, and branch circuit conductors throughout secondary electrical system. 1. Field applied, color coding methods may be used in lieu of factory coded wire for sizes larger than No 10 AWG. a. Colored, pressure sensitive plastic tape in half lapped turns for distance of 6 in. (150 mm) from terminal points and in boxes where splices or taps are made. Apply last 2 turns of tape with no tension to prevent possible unwinding Use 1 in. (25 mm) wide tape in colors as specified. Adjust tape bands to avoid obscuring cable identification markings. 16195-4 Page 4 of 6 5/8/0I Brazoria County Municipal Utility District No. 26 Shadow Creek Ranch Interim Wastewater Treatment Plant - Phases 1 & 11 ELECTRICAL IDENTIFICATION b. Colored cable ties applied in groups of 3 ties of specified color to each wire at each terminal or splice point starting 3 in. (76 mm) from terminal and spaced 3 in. (76 mm) apart. Apply with special tool or pliers, tighten to snug fit, and cut off excess length. System Voltage 120/240 Volt 1Ph/3w 120/208 Volt 3Ph/4w 120/240 Volt 3Ph/4w 277/480 Volt 3Ph/4w Motor Control A B C Neutral Black Red Black Red Blue Black Orange Blue Brown Purple Yellow 1 Black 2 Red 3 Blue Ground Green White White White Grey M. Power Circuit Identification: Use metal tags or aluminum wraparound marker bands for cables, feeders, and power circuits in vaults, pull boxes, junction boxes, manholes, and switchboard rooms. 1. Legend 1/4 m. (6.4 mm) steel letter and number stamping or embossing with legend corresponding to indicated circuit designations. 2. Fasten tags with nylon cable ties; fasten bands using integral ears. N. Apply identification to conductors as follows: 1. Conductors to Be Extended in Future: Indicate source and circuit numbers. 2. Multiple Power or Lighting Circuits in Same Enclosure: Identify each conductor with source, voltage, circuit number, and phase. Use color coding for voltage and phase indication of secondary circuit. 3. Multiple Control and Communications Circuits in Same Enclosure: Identify each conductor by its system and circuit designation. Use consistent system of tags, color coding, or cable marking tape. O. Apply warning, caution, and instruction signs and stencils as follows: 1. Install warning, caution, and instruction signs where indicated or required to ensure safe operation and maintenance of electrical systems and of items to which they connect. Install engraved, plastic laminated instruction signs with approved legend where instructions or explanations are needed for system or equipment operation Install butyrate signs with metal backing for outdoor items. 2. Emergency Operating Signs. Install engraved laminate signs with white legend on red background with minimum 3/8 in. (9 nun) high lettering for emergency instructions on power transfer, load shedding, and or emergency operations. P. Install identification as follows: 1. Apply equipment identification labels of engraved plastic laminate on each major unit of equipment, including central or master unit of each system. This includes communication, signal and alarm systems, unless units are specified with their own self-explanatory identification. Except as otherwise indicated, provide single line of text with 1/2 in (13 min) high lettering on 1 1/2 in 16195-5 Page 5 of 6 5/8/01 Brazoria County Municipal Utility District No. 26 Shadow Creek Ranch Interim Wastewater Treatment Plant - Phases I & 11 ELECTRICAL IDENTIFICATION (38 mm) high label; where 2 lines of text are required, use lettering 2 in. (51 mm) high. Use black lettering on white field. Apply labels for each unit of following categories of equipment. a. Panelboards, electrical cabinets, and enclosures. b. Access doors and panels for concealed electrical items. c. Electrical switchgear and switchboards. d. Electrical substations. e. Motor control centers. f. Motor starters. g. Push button stations. h. Power transfer equipment. i. Contactors. j. Remote controlled switches. k. Dimmers. 1. Control devices. m. Transformers. n. Inverters. o. Rectifiers. p. Frequency converters. q. Battery racks. r. Power generating units. s. Telephone switching equipment. t. Clock/program master equipment. u. Call system master station. v. TV/audio monitoring master station w. Fire alarm master station or control panel x. Security monitoring master station or control panel. 2. Apply designation labels of engraved plastic laminate for disconnect switches, breakers, push buttons, pilot lights motor control centers, and similar items for power distribution and control components above, except panelboards and alarm/signal components where labeling is specified elsewhere. For panelboards, provide framed, typed circuit schedules with explicit description and identification of items controlled by each individual breaker. * * * END OF SECTION * * * 5/8/01 16195-6 Page 6 of 6 Brazoria County Municipal Utility District No. 26 Shadow Creek Ranch Interim Wastewater Treatment Plant-Phases I&II ELECTRIC SERVICE SECTION 16401 ELECTRIC SERVICE PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. Electric Utility Charges. 1 Electric Utility charges for extension of distribution system to point of service termination and meters will be paid by Owner 1.02 DEFINITIONS A. Electric Utility Local Electric Power Company 1 03 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Regulatory Requirements. 1 National Fire Protection Association(NFPA): a. NFPA No.70-93 -National Electrical Code(NEC). PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 ELECTRIC SERVICE A. Electric Service Characteristics: 1 As indicated on Drawings and provided by Electric Utility PART 3 EXECUTION 3 01 PREPARATION A. Confirmation of Electric Service: 1 Consult with Electric Utility to verify service information specified and shown on Drawings. 2. Include deviations required by Electric Utility from contract documents to comply with Electric Utility standards and requirements. B Metering: 1 Consult with Electric Utility regarding service entrance requirements and metering equipment. 2. Install metering equipment and empty conduit for metering conductors to meet standards and requirements of Electric Utility 16401-1 5/8/01 Page 1 of 2 Brazoria County Municipal Utility District No. 26 Shadow Creek Ranch Interim YVastewater Treatment Plant - Phases 1 & 11 ELECTRIC SERVICE C. Application for Electric Service. 1. Obtain required forms from Electric Utility. 2. Assist Owner in completion of forms and deliver completed forms to Electric Utility. 3. Coordinate schedule for installation of electric service with Electric Utility. * * * END OF SECTION * * * 5/8/01 16401-2 Page 2 of 2 Brazoria County Municipal Utility District No. 26 Shadow Creek Ranch Interim Wastewater Treatment Plant - Phases & 111 SECTION 16402 UNDERGROUND DUCT BANKS PART1 GENERAL UNDERGROUND DUCT BANKS 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Underground electrical duct banks. 1.02 REFERENCES A. National Fire Protection Association (NFPA): No. 70 - National Electrical Code (NEC) Appendix B. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. Submit all products covered under this specification for Engineer's approval. B. Catalog cut sheets of the ducts and spacers. 1.04 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING A. Have duct spacers and associated hardware packed and crated to avoid damage during shipment and handling. B. Clearly mark packages or crates stating that the material is for electrical duct banks only. PART2 PRODUCTS 2.01 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS A. Thomas and Betts. B. Underground Devices Inc. C. Walker Division, Butler Manufacturing Company. 2.02 MATERIALS AND EQUIPMENT A. Conduit. Construct ducts using schedule 80 rigid PVC conduit. Refer to Section 16111 - Conduit, Fittings and Bodies. B. Spacers. Secure conduit with non-magnetic, universal, interlocking -type spacers for both horizontal and vertical duct arrangements. C. Concrete. Use steel reinforced, red concrete as duct encasement. 16402-1 Page 1 of 3 5/8/01 Brazoria County Municipal Utility District No. 26 Shadow Creek Ranch Interim Wastewater Treatment Plant - Phases & 111 PARTS EXECUTION UNDERGROUND DUCT BANKS 3.01 PREPARATION A. Verify from Drawings and field survey that the location of ductbanks does not interfere with any existing or new underground facilities B. Verify that materials are on site in proper condition and that sufficient quantity is on hand for the work. C. Verify that trenches are in the correct places and prepared with sufficient depth and width to accommodate the duct banks, reinforcing rod, and concrete. D. Be prepared for inspection of the duct banks before reinforcing rod is installed. E. Before pouring concrete verify that the ducts are free of debris and properly installed in the support and spacer systems and that the ducts are properly fitted together and firmly held in place by the hold down hardware. F. Provide 24-hour notice to Engineer and the Local Code Inspector for cover-up inspection before pouring electrical conduit ductbanks. 3.02 INSTALLATION A. Use the size and types of conduit as indicated on the Drawings for the various duct banks required for the project. B. Make duct bank installations and penetrations through foundation walls watertight. C. Assemble duct banks using non-magnetic saddles, spacers and separators. Position separators to provide 2-inch minimum concrete separation between the outer surfaces of the conduits D. Provide a 3-inch minimum concrete covering on both sides, top and bottom of concrete envelopes around conduits. Add red dye at the rate of 10 pounds per cubic yard to concrete used for envelopes for easy identification during subsequent excavation. E. Firmly fix ducts in place during pouring of concrete. Carefully spade and vibrate the concrete to ensure filling of spaces between ducts. F. Make bends with sweeps of radius not less than 6 times the smallest diameter of the raceway. G. Make a transition from non-metallic to metallic rigid conduit where duct banks enter structures or turn upward for continuation above grade. H. Make bends of 30 degrees or more using rigid galvanized steel. 1. Reinforce duct banks throughout, where indicated on the Drawings. 1. Unless otherwise noted on the Drawings, reinforce with No. 5 longitudinal steel bars placed at each corner and along each face at a maximum parallel spacing of 12 inches on centers, and No. 5 tie - bars transversely placed at 18-inch maximum longitudinal intervals. 2. Maintain a maximum clearance of 2 inches from bars to the edge of the concrete encasement. 16402-2 Page 2 of 3 5/8/01 Brazoria County Municipal Utility District No. 26 Shadow Creek Ranch Interim Wastewater Treatment Plant - Phases & III UNDERGROUND DUCT BANKS J. Where ducts enter structures such as handholes, manholes, pullboxes, or buildings, terminate the ducts in suitable end bells, insulated L-bushings Meyers hubs or couplings on steel conduits. Tag conduit entering pull boxes with stamped, stainless steel tags. Identify as designated in cable and conduit schedule. K. Do not backfill with material containing large rock, paving materials, cinders, large or sharply angular substances, corrosive material, or other materials which can damage or contribute to corrosion of ducts or prevent adequate compaction of fill L. Install a bare stranded copper duct bank ground in each duct bank envelope. Make ground electrically continuous throughout the entire duct bank system. Connect ground to switchgear and MCC ground buses and to steel conduit extensions of the underground duct system. M. After completion of the duct bank and prior to pulling cable, pull a mandrel, not less than 12 inches long and with a cross section approximately one-fourth inch less than the inside cross section of the duct, through each duct. Then pull a rag swab or sponge through to remove any particles of earth, sand or gravel that may have been left in the duct. Repull the rag or sponge swab until the swab emerges clean. N. Use hemp rope to pull conductors into PVC conduit. Do not use nylon or wire cable for this purpose. O. Install a warning ribbon approximately 12 inches below finished grade over underground duct banks. Refer to Section 16195 - Electrical Identification. P. For manholes and pull boxes below grade, install wire racks to support cables properly around the perimeter and keep them dry. Q. For manholes and pull boxes below grade, construct a french drain, or other drainage as detailed on the Drawings. * * * END OF SECTION * * * 5/8/01 16402-3 Page 3 of 3 Brazoria County Municipal Utility District No. 26 Shadow Creek Ranch Interim WastewaterTreatment Plant - Phases I & II POWER FACTOR CORRECTION SECTION 16410 POWER FACTOR CORRECTION PART1 GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Power factor correction equipment. 1.02 SUBMITTALS A. Submit the following for Engineer's approval. B. Product Data: 1. Include data on features, components, ratings, and performance. C. Operating and Maintenance Data (O&M): 1. Maintenance data for system and products for inclusion in Operating and Maintenance Manual. a. List of spare parts and replacement components recommended to be stored at site for ready access. b. Detailed operating instructions covering operation under both normal and abnormal conditions. 1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Manufacturer Qualifications: Firms experienced in manufacturing equipment of types and capacities indicated that have record of successful in-service performance. B. Items provided under this section shall be listed or labeled by UL or other Nationally Recognized Testing Laboratory (NRTL). 1. Term "NRTL" shall be as defined in OSHA Regulation 1910.7. 2. Terms 'listed" and 'labeled" shall be as defined in National Electrical Code, Article 100. C. Regulatory Requirements: 1. National Electrical Code (NEC): Components and installation shall comply with National Fire Protection Association (NFPA) 70. 1.04 MAINTENANCE A. Extra Materials: 16410-1 5/8/0I Page I of4 Brazoria County Municipal Utility District No. 26 Shadow Creek Ranch Interim WastewaterTreatment Plant - Phases I & II POWER FACTOR CORRECTION 1. Furnish extra materials matching products installed, as described below packaged with protective covering for storage, and identified with labels describing contents. Deliver extra materials to Owner. 2. Fuses: 1 for every 10 of each type and rating, but not less than 1 of each. 3. Blown Fuse Indicating Lamps: 1 for every 10 lamps, not less than 1 of each. PART2 PRODUCTS 2.01 SERVICE CONDITIONS A. Environmental Conditions: Equipment withstands following environmental conditions while in operation without mechanical or electrical damage or degradation of operating capability: 1. Ambient Temperature: Minus 20 C to plus 40 C. 2. Altitude: Sea level to 500 ft. 2.02 CAPACITORS, GENERAL A. Manufacturers: 1. Power Factor Correction Capacitors: a. Aerovox. b. ARCO Electric Products Corp. c. ASC Industries. d. Commonwealth Sprague by Capacitor, Inc. e. Delta -Star, Inc. f. Square D Co. g. Siemens. B. Capacitors: Comply with UL 819 and applicable requirements of NEMA CPI and IEEE 18. C. Construction: Multiple capacitor cells or elements wired together in 3-phase groups and mounted in metal enclosures. D. Capacitor Cells: Dry metalized dielectric, self -healing type. Each cell is encapsulated in thermosetting resin inside plastic container. E. Cell Rupture Protection: Equip each cell with an NRTL recognized pressure -sensitive interrupter. F. Fuses for Protection of Capacitor Banks. Current -limiting, noninterchangeable type, factory -installed in each phase and located within equipment enclosure. Features include: 1. Interrupting Capacity: 200,000 amperes. 2. Fuse Ratings and Characteristics: As recommended by manufacturer for specific capacitor bank protected. 3. Blown Fuse Indicator: Neon lamps for each fuse, connected to light when fuse has opened, and visible from outside enclosure. 5/8/01 16410-2 Page 2 of 4 Brazoria County Municipal Utility District No. 26 Shadow Creek Ranch Interim WastewaterTreatment Plant - Phases I & H POWER FACTOR CORRECTION G. Enclosure Steel or aluminum, arranged to contain fluid leakage from capacitor cells. Factory -equip with mounting brackets suitable for type of mounting indicated. 1. Indoor Enclosures: Dust -tight or as indicated. 2. Outdoor Enclosures: Gasketed doors or covers and equipped with watertight conduit connections. 2.03 FIXED CAPACITORS A. Integrally fused except as indicated, with quantities, ratings, mounting provisions, and electrical connections as indicated. B. Discharge Resistors: Factory -installed and -wired. C. Internal Wiring: Completely factory -wired, ready for field connection to external circuits at single set of pressure terminals. 2.04 FACTORY FINISH A. Finish: Manufacturer's standard enamel over corrosion -resistant treatment or primer coat. 2.05 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL A. Factory -test power factor correction equipment prior to shipment. Include following: 1. Routine capacitor production tests, including short -time overvoltage test, capacitance test, leak test, and dissipation factor test. PART3 EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION A. Mount equipment as indicated. B. Install fixed capacitors near associated motor starter. 1. Connect on line side of motor starter overload elements and switch with motor. 2. Install fuse holders and fuses within capacitor enclosures. C. Maintain minimum working space at live parts according to manufacturer's written instructions. 3.02 IDENTIFICATION A. Identify components according to Section 16195. 3.03 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Testing: Test system functions, operations, and protective features according to manufacturer's written instructions. 5/8/01 16410-3 Page 3 of 4 Brazoria County Municipal Utility District No. 26 Shadow Creek Ranch Interim WastewaterTreatment Plant - Phases 1 & 11 POWER FACTOR CORRECTION B. Retest: Correct deficiencies identified by tests and observations and retest until specified requirements are met. 3.04 CLEANING A. Upon completion of installation, inspect system components. Remove paint splatters and other spots, dirt, and debris Touch up scratches and mars of finish to match original finish. Clean components internally using methods and materials recommended by manufacturer. * * * END OF SECTION * * * 5/8/01 16410-4 Pag 4 of4 Brazoria County Municipal Utility District No. 26 Shadow Creek Ranch Interim Wastewater Treatment Plant - Phases I & 11 GROUNDING SECTION 16452 GROUNDING PART1 GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. Section includes: 1. Solid grounding of electrical systems and equipment. 2. Basic requirements for grounding for protection of life, equipment, circuits, and systems. 3. Grounding requirements specified in this Section may be supplemented in other sections of these Specifications. 1.02 REFERENCES A. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM): 1. B3-90 - Standard Specification for Soft or Annealed Copper Wire. 2. B8-90 - Standard Specification for Concentric -Lay -Stranded Copper Conductors, Hard, Medium - Hard, or Soft 3. B33-91 - Standard Specification for Tinned Soft or Annealed Copper Wire for Electrical Purposes. 4. E699 E1-79 - Standard Criteria for Evaluation of Agencies Involved m Testing, Quality Assurance, and Evaluating Building Components in Accordance with Test Methods Promulgated by ASTM Committee E-6. B. National Fire Protection Association (NFPA): 1. NFPA 78-89 - Lightning Protection Code. C. Underwriter's Laboratories (UL) 1. 467 84 - UL Standard for Safety Grounding and Bonding Equipment. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. Submit all products covered under this specification for Engineer's approval. B. Test Results: 1. Report of field tests and observations certified by Contractor. 5/9/01 16452-1 Page 1 of 7 Brazoria County Municipal Utility District No. 26 Shadow Creek Ranch Interim Wastewater Treatment Plant - Phases I & II GROUNDING 1.04 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Items provided under this section shall be listed OR labeled by UL or other Nationally Recognized Testing Laboratory (NRTL). 1. Term "NRTL" shall be as defined in OSHA Regulation 1910.7. 2. Terms 'listed" and 'labeled" shall be as defined in National Electrical Code, Article 100. B. Regulatory Requirements: 1. National Electrical Code (NEC): Components and installation shall comply with National Fire Protection Association (NFPA) 70. PART2 PRODUCTS 2.01 GROUNDING AND BONDING PRODUCTS A. Products: Of types indicated and of sizes and ratings to comply with current NEC. Where types, sizes, ratings and quantities indicated are in excess of current NEC requirements, more stringent requirements and greater size, rating, and quantity indications govern. B. Conductor Materials: Copper. 2.02 WIRE AND CABLE CONDUCTORS A. Comply with Section 16120. Conform to Single Conductor Color Coding Table, except as otherwise indicated, for conductor properties, including stranding. B. Equipment Grounding Conductor: Green insulated. C. Grounding Electrode Conductor: Stranded cable. D. Bare Copper Conductors: 1. Solid Conductors: ASTM B3. 2. Assembly of Stranded Conductors: ASTM B8. 3. Tinned Conductors ASTM B33. 2.03 MISCELLANEOUS CONDUCTORS A. Ground Bus: Bare annealed copper bars of rectangular cross section. B. Braided Bonding Jumpers: Copper tape, braided No. 30 gage bare copper wire, terminated with copper ferrules. C. Bonding Strap Conductor/Connectors: Soft copper, 0.05 in. thick and 2 in. wide, except as indicated. 5/9/01 16452-2 Page 2 of 7 Brazoria County Municipal Utility District No. 26 Shadow Creek Ranch Interim Wastewater Treatment Plant - Phases I & II GROUNDING 2.04 CONNECTOR PRODUCTS A. General: Listed and labeled as grounding connectors for materials used. B. Pressure Connectors: High -conductivity -plated units. C. Bolted Clamps: Heavy-duty units listed for application. D. Exothermic Welded Connections: Provide in kit form and select for specific types, sizes, and combinations of conductors and other items to be connected. 2.05 GROUNDING ELECTRODES A. Ground Rods: Copper -clad steel with high -strength steel core and electrolytic -grade copper outer sheath, molten welded to core. 1. Size: 3/4 inch by 10 feet unless otherwise indicated. B. Plate Electrodes: Copper plates, minimum 0.10 in. thick, size as indicated. PART3 EXECUTION 3.01 APPLICATION A. Equipment Grounding Conductor Application: Comply with NEC Article 250 for sizes and quantities of equipment grounding conductors, except where larger sizes or more conductors are indicated 1. Install separate insulated equipment grounding conductors with circuit conductors. a. Raceway may be used as equipment ground conductor where feasible in non -hazardous areas and permitted by current NEC for lighting circuits and receptacle circuits. b. Install insulated equipment ground conductor in nonmetallic raceways unless designated for telephone or data cables. Underground Conductors: Bare, tinned, stranded copper except as otherwise indicted. C. Signal and Communications: For telephone, alarm, instrumentation and communication systems, provide #4 AWG minimum green insulated copper conductor in raceway from grounding electrode system to each terminal cabinet or central equipment location. D. Ground separately derived systems required by NEC to be grounded in accordance with NEC paragraph 250-26 E. Metal Poles Supporting Outdoor Lighting Fixtures: Ground pole to grounding electrode as indicated in addition to separate equipment grounding conductor run with supply branch circuit. F. Connections to Lightning Protection System: Bond grounding conductors or grounding conductor conduits to lightning protection down conductors or grounding conductors in compliance with NFPA 78. 5/9/01 16452 3 Page 3 o(7 Brazoria County Municipal Utility District No. 26 Shadow Creek Ranch Interim Wastewater Treatment Plant - Phases I & II GROUNDING G. Common Ground Bonding With Lightning Protection System: 1. Bond electric power system ground directly to lightning protection system grounding conductor at closest point to electric service grounding electrode. 2. Use bonding conductor sized same as system ground conductor and installed in conduit. 3.02 INSTALLATION A. General: Ground electrical systems and equipment in accordance with current NEC requirements except where Drawings or Specifications exceed NEC requirements. B. Ground Rods: 1. Locate minimum of one -rod length from each other and at least same distance from any other grounding electrode. 2. Interconnect ground rods with bare conductors buried at least 24 in. below grade. 3. Connect bare -cable ground conductors to ground rods by means of exothermic welds except as otherwise indicated. 4. Make connections without damaging copper coating or exposing steel. 5. Use 3/4-inch by 10-ft ground rods except as otherwise indicated. 6. Drive rods until tops are 6 inches below finished floor or final grade except as otherwise indicated. C. Metallic Water Service Pipe: 1. Provide insulated copper ground conductors, sized as indicated, in conduit from building main service equipment, or ground bus, to main metallic water service entrances to building. 2. Connect ground conductors to street side of main metallic water service pipes by means of ground clamps. 3. Bond ground conductor conduit to conductor at each end. D. Braided -Type Bonding Jumpers: 1. Use elsewhere for flexible bonding and grounding connections. E. Route grounding conductors along shortest and straightest paths possible without obstructing access or placing conductors where they may be subjected to strain, impact, or damage, except as indicated. F. Test Wells: Locate as indicated, and fabricate in accordance with details indicated. G. UFER Ground: 1. Fabricate with 20 feet of conductor laid lengthwise in excavation for foundation or footings. 2. Install so conductor is within 2 in. of bottom of concrete. 3. Where base of foundation is less than 20 feet in length, coil excess conductor at base of foundation. 4. Bond conductor to reinforcing steel at four locations, minimum. 5. Extend conductor below grade and connect to building grounding grid or grounding electrode. 16452-4 5/9/01 Page 4 of 7 Brazoria County Municipal Utility District No. 26 Shadow Creek Ranch Interim Wastewater Treatment Plant - Phases 1 & 11 GROUNDING 3.03 CONNECTIONS A. General: Make connections to minimize possibility of galvanic action or electrolysis. Select connectors, connection hardware, conductors, and connection methods so metals in direct contact will be galvanically compatible. 1. Use electroplated or hot -tin -coated materials to assure high conductivity and make contact points closer in order of galvanic series. 2. Make connections with clean bare metal at points of contact. 3. Aluminum to steel connections: stainless steel separators and mechanical clamps. 4. Aluminum to galvanized steel connections: tin-plated copper jumpers and mechanical clamps. 5. Coat and seal connections involving dissimilar metals with inert material such as red lead paint to prevent future penetration of moisture to contact surfaces. B. Exothermic Welded Connections: 1. Use for connections to structural steel and for underground connections except those at test wells. 2. Install at connections to ground rods and plate electrodes. 3. Comply with manufacturer's written recommendations. 4. Welds that are puffed up or that show convex surfaces indicating improper cleaning are not acceptable C. Terminations: 5/9/0I 1. Terminate insulated equipment grounding conductors for feeders and branch circuits with pressure -type grounding lugs. 2. Where metallic raceways terminate at metallic housings without mechanical and electrical onnection to housing, terminate each conduit with grounding bushing. 3. Connect grounding bushings with bare grounding conductor to ground bus in housing. 4. Bond electrically noncontinuous conduits at both entrances and exits with grounding bushings and bare grounding conductors. D. Tighten grounding and bonding connectors and terminals, including screws and bolts, in accordance with manufacturer's published torque tightening values for connectors and bolts. Where manufacturer s torquing requirements are not indicated, tighten connections to comply with torque tightening values specified in UL 486A and UL 486B E. Connections at Test Wells: Use compression -type connectors on conductors and make bolted- and clamped -type connections between conductors and ground rods. F. Compression -Type Connections: Use hydraulic compression tools to provide correct circumferential pressure for compression connectors. Use tools and dies recommended by manufacturer of connectors. Provide embossing die code or other standard method to make visible indication that connector has been adequately compressed on ground conductor. G. Moisture Protection: Where insulated ground conductors are connected to ground rods or ground buses, insulate entire area of connection and seal against moisture penetration of insulation and cable. 16452 5 Page 5 of 7 Brazoria County Municipal Utility District No. 26 Shadow Creek Ranch Interim Wastewater Treatment Plant - Phases I & II GROUNDING 3.04 OVERHEAD LINE GROUNDING A. General: Comply with ANSI C2 "National Electrical Safety Code" for "Single -Grounded Systems," using two electrodes in parallel if single electrode resistance to ground exceeds 25 ohms. B. Ground Rod Connections: Use exothermic welds for underground connections and connections to rods. C. Lightning Arresters: Separate arrester grounds from other ground conductors. D. Secondary Neutral and Tank of Transformer. Interconnect and connect to ground. E. Grounding Conductor Protection: Protect grounding conductors running on surface of wood poles with molding of a type manufactured for this purpose. Extend from grade level up to and through communications and transformer spaces. 3.05 UNDERGROUND DISTRIBUTION SYSTEM GROUNDING A. Manholes and Handholes: 1. Insta11 3/4-inch by 10-ft driven ground rod close to wall and set rod depth such that 4 inches will extend above finished floor. 2. Where necessary, install ground rod before manhole is placed and provide No. 1/0 bare tinned -copper conductor from ground rod into manhole through waterproof sleeve in manhole wall. 3. Protect ground rods passing through concrete floor with double wrapping of pressure -sensitive tape or heat -shrunk insulating sleeve from 2 in above to 6 in. below concrete. 4. Seal floor opening with waterproof non -shrink grout. B. Connections at Manholes: 1. Connect exposed metal parts such as inserts, cable racks, pulling irons, ladders, and cable shields within each manhole or handhole to ground rod or ground conductor. 2. Make connections with minimum No. 4 AWG stranded hard -drawn copper wire. 3. Train conductors plumb or level around corners and fasten to manhole walls. 4. Connect to cable armor and cable shields by means of tinned terminals soldered to armor or shield, or as recommended by manufacturer of splicing and termination kits. C. Grounding System: Ground non -current -carrying metallic items associated with manholes, substations, and pad -mounted equipment by connecting them to bare underground cable and grounding electrodes arranged as indicated. 3.06 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Test: 1. Subject completed grounding system to megger test at each location where maximum ground resistance level is specified, at service disconnect enclosure ground terminal, and at ground test wells. 2. Measure ground resistance without soil being moistened by any means other than natural precipitation or natural drainage or seepage and without chemical treatment or other artificial means of reducing natural ground resistance. 5/9/01 16452-6 Page 6 of 7 Brazoria County Municipal Utility District No. 26 Shadow Creek Ranch Interim Wastewater Treatment Plant - Phases I & 17 GROUNDING 3. Perform tests by 2-point method in accordance with Section 9.03 of IEEE 81, "Guide for Measuring Earth Resistivity, Ground Impedance and Earth Surface Potentials of a Grounding System." B. Ground/resistance maximum values shall be as follows: 1. Equipment rated 500 kVA and less 10 Ohms. 2. Equipment rated 500 kVA to 1000 kVA: 5 Ohms. 3. Equipment rated over 1000 kVA: 3 Ohms. 4. Unfenced substations and pad -mounted equipment: 5 Ohms. 5. Manhole grounds: 10 Ohms. C. Deficiencies: Where ground resistances exceed specified values notify Engineer, and if directed by Engineer, modify grounding system to reduce resistance values. Where measures are directed that exceed those indicated provisions of Contract covering changes will apply. D. Report: Prepare test reports, certified by testing organization, of ground resistance at each test location. Include observations of weather and other phenomena that may affect test results. Describe measures taken to improve test results. 3.07 RESTORATION A. Restore surface features at areas disturbed by excavation and reestablish original grades except as otherwise indicated. B. Where sod has been removed, replace it as soon as possible after backfilling is completed C. Restore areas disturbed by trenching, storing of dirt, cable laying, and other Work to their original condition. D. Include necessary topsoiling, fertilizing, liming, seeding, sodding, sprigging, or mulching. E. Restore disturbed paving as indicated. * * * END OF SECTION * * * 5/9/01 16452-7 Page 7 of 7 Brazoria County Municipal Utility District No. 26 Shadow Creek Ranch Interim Wastewater Treatment Plant - Phases I & II SECTION 16460 TRANSFORMERS PART1 GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. General purpose, dry type transformers. 2. Drive isolation transformers. 3. Control and signal transformers. TRANSFORMERS 1.02 REFERENCES A. American National Standards Institute, Inc./Institute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers (ANSI/IEEE): 1. ANSI/IEEE C2-90 - National Electrical Safety Code. 2. ANSI/IEEE C57.12.80-78 - Standard Terminology for Power and Distribution Transformers. B. National Electrical Manufacturers Association (NEMA): 1. NEMA LA 1-86 - Surge Arrestors. 2. NEMA ST 1-88 - Specialty Transformers (Except General -Purpose Type). 3. NEMA ST 20-86 - Dry -Type Transformers for General Applications. C. Underwriters Laboratories, Inc. (UL): 1. UL 486A-80 - Wire Connectors and Soldering Lugs for Use with Copper Conductors. 2. UL 506-89 U. Specialty Transformers. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. Submit the following for Engineer's approval. B. Product Data: 1. Dimensional plans and sections. 2. Elevations showing minimum clearances. 3. Installed devices. 4. Materials list. 5. Weights. 6. Wiring diagrams. 7. Manufacturer's nameplate data and electrical ratings. C. Product Test Reports: 1. Certified copies of manufacturer's design and routine factory tests required by reference standards. 2. Submit after manufacture of transformer and before Installation. 16460-1 Page 1 ot5 5/10/01 Brazoria County Municipal Utility District No. 26 Shadow Creek Ranch Interim Wastewater Treatment Plant - Phases I & II TRANSFORMERS 1.04 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Items provided under this section shall be listed or labeled by UL or other Nationally Recognized Testing Laboratory (NRTL). 1. Terms "NRTL" shall be as defined in OSHA Regulation 1910.7. 2. Terms "listed" and "labeled' shall be as defined in National Electrical Code, Article 100. B. Regulatory Requirements: 1. National Electrical Code (NEC): Components and installation shall comply with National Fire Protection Association (NFPA) 70. C. ANSI/IEEE Compliance: Comply with applicable requirements of ANSI/ IEEE standards, including ANSI/IEEE C2 and C57.12.80. PART2 PRODUCTS 2.01 MANUFACTURERS Siemens. Square D. C. General Electric. D. Or equal. 2.02 TRANSFORMERS, GENERAL A. Transformers: 1. Factory -assembled and tested, air-cooled units of types specified, having characteristics and ratings as indicated. 2. Design unit for 60 Hz service. B. Cores: Grain -oriented, non -aging silicon steel. Coils: Continuous windings without splices, except for taps. Internal Coil Connections: Brazed or pressure type. E. Bolt coil/core to bottom of enclosure for transformers larger than 15 kVA. 1. Isolated by rubber, vibration -absorbing mounts. 2. Metal -to -metal contact between coil/core and enclosure not allowed, F. Provide copper windings. G. Nameplates: Provide metal nameplate listing manufacturer's name, serial number, type, class, kVA voltage, frequency, and showing internal wiring diagram. 16460 2 Page 2 o(5 5/10/01 Brazoria County Municipal Utility District No. 26 ,Shadow Creek Ranch Interim Wastewater Treatment Plant - Phases I & II TRANSFORMERS H. Sound Level: Minimum 3 dB less than sound levels for transformer type and size indicated when factory - tested in accordance with NEMA ST 20. 2.03 GENERAL PURPOSE, DRY TYPE TRANSFORMERS A. Comply with NEMA ST 20. B. Windings: 2-winding type. 3-phase transformers shall use 1 coiU phase in primary and secondary. C. Transformers shall have following features and ratings. 1. Enclosure: Indoor, ventilated unless otherwise shown on Drawings. 2. Insulation Class: 185 C or 220 C class for transformers 15 kVA or smaller; 220 C class for transformers larger than 15 kVA. 3. Insulation Temperature Rise 80 C maximum rise above 40 C for 15 kVA and larger; 115 C maximum rise above 40 C below 15 kVA. 4. Taps: For transformers 3 kVA and larger, full capacity taps in high voltage winding as follows. a. 3 through 10 kVA: Two 5% taps below rated high voltage. b. 15 through 500 kVA* Six 2-1/2% taps, 2 above and 4 below rated high voltage. c. 750 through 1,000 kVA: Four 2-1/2% taps, 2 above and 2 below rated high voltage. D. Accessories: Following accessory items are required where shown on Drawings. 1. Surge Arresters: Low voltage type, factory -installed and connected to high voltage terminals; complying with NEMA LA 1. 2. Wall Mounting Brackets Manufacturer's standard brackets for transformers sized up to 75 kVA where wall mounting indicated. 3. Electrostatic Shielding: Insulated metallic shield between primary and secondary windings. Connect to terminal marked "shield" for grounding connection, where applicable. 2.04 DRIVE ISOLATION TRANSFORMERS A. Comply with requirements of NEMA ST 1 and UL 506, except as specified below. B. Ratings: 1. As indicated and continuous duty. 2. Minimum kVA: 130% of motor nameplate hp. C. Type: 1. Self -cooled 2-winding, dry type especially designed for application, with special coil bracing to withstand electro-mechanical forces involved. 2. 3-ph transformers shall use 1 coil/phase in primary and secondary. D. Transformers shall have following features and ratings. 1. Enclosure: Indoor, ventilated unless otherwise shown on Drawings. 2. Insulation Class: 220 C class 3. Insulation Temperature Rise: 115 C at 115% of rating. 16460-3 Page 3 or 5/10/01 Brazoria County Municipal Utility District No. 26 Shadow Creek Ranch Interim Wastewater Treatment Plant - Phases 1 & 11 TRANSFORMERS 4. Taps: Two 5% full capacity taps, 1 above and 1 below rated high voltage. 5. Temperature Sensing Device. Thermistor embedded in coil with leads brought out to terminal bgard. 2.05 CONTROL AND SIGNAL TRANSFORMERS A. Comply with NEMA ST 1 and UL 506. B. Ratings: 1. As indicated and for continuous duty. 2. Where rating not indicated, provide 125% of load. C. Type: Self -cooled, 2-winding dry type. D. Enclosure: Indoor, except as indicated. PART3 EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION A. Arrange equipment to provide adequate spacing for cooling air circulation. B. Tighten electrical connectors and terminals in accordance with manufacturer's published torque -tightening values. Where manufacturer's torque values not indicated, use those specified in UL 486A and 486B. C. Install wall -mounted transformers on prefabricated brackets designed for purpose. D. Install floor -mounted transformers on 4-in. concrete housekeeping pad. E. Touch up scratched or marred surfaces to match original finish. F. Identify transformers as specified herein. G. Install lightning arresters as shown on Drawings. 3.02 GROUNDING A. Ground in accordance with Section 16452. 3.03 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Test and permanently record as follows. 1. Prior to energization of transformers, test phase -to -phase and phase -to -ground insulation resistance levels. 2. Test transformers for continuity of circuits and short-circuits. 3.04 ADJUSTING A. Adjust transformer taps to provide optimum voltage conditions at utilization equipment. 16460-4 Page 4 of 5 5/1N01 1 ), oria County Municipal Utility District No.26 Sl tow Creek Ranch fnmr m Wastewater Treatment Plant-Phases I&II TRANSFORMERS 3 CLEANING • A. Upon completion of installation,inspect interiors and exteriors of accessible components. I Remove paint splatters and other spots,dirt,and construction debris. 2, Touch up scratches and mars of finish to match original. 2. .5 PROTECTION A. Temporary Heating: Comply with manufacturer's written recommendations within enclosure of each transformer throughout periods during which equipment is not in a space continuously under normal control of temperature and humidity * * *END OF SECTION*** 16460-5 5/10/01 Page 5 of 5 Brazoria County Municipal Utility District No. 26 Shadow Creek Ranch Interim Wastewater Treatment Plant — Phases I & II PANELBOARDS SECTION 16470 PANELBOARDS PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Lighting and power panelboards and associated auxiliary equipment rated 600 V or less. 1.02 REFERENCES A. Institute of Electrical and Electronic Engineers (IEEE): 1. IEEE C62.1-89 - Standard for Gap Silicon -Carbide Surge Arrestors for AC Power Circuits. 2. TFEE C62.11-87 - Standard for Metal -Oxide Surge Arrestors for AC Power Circuits. National Electrical Manufacturers Association (NEMA): 1. NEMA PB.1-90 - Panelboards 2. NEMA PB1.1-91 - General Instructions for Proper Installation, Operation and Maintenance of Panelboards Rated 600 volts or less. C. Underwriter's Laboratory (UL): 1. UL 486A-86- Wire Connectors and Soldering Lugs for Use with Copper Conductors, 7th Edition. 2. UL 870-85 - Wireways, Auxiliary Gutters, and Associated Fittings, 5th Edition 1.03 DEFINITIONS A. Load Center: Panelboard with thermal magnetic circuit -breaker branches, primarily of plug-in type, designed for residential and light commercial projects, operating at 240 V and below, available in both single and 3-phase versions and equipped with combination flush/surface mounting trim. B. Overcurrent Protective Device (OCPD): Device operative on excessive current that causes and maintains interruption of power in circuit it protects. 1.04 SUBMITTALS A. Submit the following for Engineer's approval. B. Product Data: 1. For each type panelboard, accessory item, and component specified. 9/11/01 ADDENDUM NO. 2 16470 1 Page I of 7 Brazoria County Municipal Utility District No. 26 Shadow Creek Ranch Interim Wastewater Treatment Plant — Phases I & II PANELBOARDS 2. Identification materials. C. Shop Drawings: 1. Dimensioned plans, sections, and elevations. 2. Tabulations of installed devices, major features, and voltage rating. 3. Include: a. Enclosure type with details for types other than NEMA Type 1. b. Bus configuration and current ratings. c. Short-circuit current rating of panelboard. d. Features, characteristics, ratings, and factory settings of individual protective devices and auxiliary components. D. Wiring diagrams detailing schematic diagram including control wiring, and differentiating between manufacturer -installed and field- installed wiring. E. Report of field tests and observations in accordance with this section. F. Maintenance and Operations Data: 1. Include instructions for testing circuit breakers. 1.05 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Items provided under this section shall be listed or labeled by UL or other Nationally Recognized Testing Laboratory (NRTL). 1. Terms "NRTL" shall be as defined in OSHA Regulation 1910.7. 2. Terms "listed" and "labeled' shall be as defined in National Electrical Code, Article 100. B. Regulatory Requirements: 1. National Electrical Code (NEC): Components and installation shall comply with National Fire Protection Association (NFPA) 70. PART2 PRODUCTS 2.01 MANUFACTURERS A. Siemens. B. Square D Co. C. General Electric D. Or equal. 9/11/01 ADDENDUM NO. 2 16470 2 Page 2 of 7 Brazoria County Municipal Utility District No. 26 Shadow Creek Ranch Interim Wastewater Treatment Plant — Phases I & II 2.02 PANELBOARDS, GENERAL REQUIREMENTS A. Construction in accordance with NEMA PB1. B. Overcurrent Protective Devices (OCPDs): 1. Provide type, rating, and features as indicated. 2. Comply with Section 16475 with OCPDs adapted to panelboard installation. 3. Tandem circuit breakers shall not be used. 4. Multiple breakers shall have common trip. C. Enclosures: PANELBOARDS 1. Cabinets, flush or surface mounted as indicated. NEMA Type 1 enclosure, except where other enclosure requirements are indicated. D. Front: 1. Secure to box with concealed trim clamps except as indicated. 2. Front for surface -mounted panels shall be same dimensions as box 3. Fronts for flush panels shall overlap box except as otherwise specified. E. Directory Frame. Metal, mounted inside each panel door. F. Bus: Hard drawn copper of 98 percent conductivity. G. Main and Neutral Lugs: Mechanical type. H. Equipment Ground Bus: Adequate for feeder and branch -circuit equipment ground conductors. Bonded to box. I. Service Equipment Approval: Listed for use as service equipment for panelboards having main service disconnect. J. Provision for Future Devices: Equip with mounting brackets, bus connections, and necessary appurtenances, for the OCPD ampere ratings indicated for future installation of devices. K. Special Features: Provide following features for panelboards as indicated. 1. Isolated Equipment Ground Bus: Adequate for branch -circuit equipment ground conductors; insulated from box. 2. Split Bust Vertical bus of indicated panels divided into two vertical sections with connections as indicated. 3. Extra Gutter Space Dimensions and arrangement as indicated. 4. Auxiliary Gutter: Conform to UL 870. 5. Column -Type Panelboard Configuration: Narrow cabinet extended as wireway to overhead junction box equipped with ground and neutral terminal buses. 6. Subfeedt OCPD or lug provision as indicated. 7. Feed -Through Lugs: Sized to accommodate feeders indicated. 8. Surge Arresters: For panelboards as indicated on Plans a. Comply with IEEE C62.11 or IEEE C62.1. 9/11/01 ADDENDUM NO. 2 16470-3 Page 3 of 7 Brazoria County Municipal Utility District No. 26 Shadow Creek Ranch Interim Wastewater Treatment Plant — Phases I & II b. Descnption: Coordinate provide factory mounting PANELBOARDS impulse sparkover voltage with system circuit voltage and with UL-recognized mounting device. 2.03 LOAD CENTERS A. Provide load -center -type panelboards only where specifically indicated. OCPDs: Plug-in full module (nominal 1-in. width) circuit breaker. Circuit Breakers for Switching Lights at Panelboards: Indicated type SWD. Circuit Breakers for Equipment Marked HCAR Type: Indicated HCAR type. E. Interiors. Provide physical means to prevent installation of more OCPDs than quantity for which enclosure was listed F. Main, Neutral, and Ground Lugs and Buses: Mechanical connectors for conductors. 2.04 LIGHTING AND APPLIANCE BRANCH CIRCUIT PANELBOARDS A. Branch OCPDs: Bolt -on circuit breakers, replaceable without disturbing adjacent units. B. Doors: In panel front, with concealed hinges. Secure with flush catch and tumbler lock, all keyed alike. 2.05 DISTRIBUTION PANELBOARDS A. Branch -Circuit Breakers: Where OCPDs are indicated to be circuit breakers, use bolt -on breakers except circuit breakers 225-ampere frame size and greater may be plug-in type where individual positive locking device requires mechanical release for removal. B. C. D. B. Doors: 1. In panel front, omit single panelboard door in cabinet front for fusible switch panelboards except as indicated. 2. Secure with vault -type with tumbler lock, all keyed alike. 2.06 ACCESSORY COMPONENTS AND FEATURES A. Accessory Set: Include tools and miscellaneous items as required for overcurrent protective device test, inspection, maintenance, and operation. B. Portable Test Set: Arranged to permit testing of functions of solid-state trip devices without removal from panelboard. C. Spare Fuse Cabinet: Identified, compartmented, lockable steel box or cabinet with compartments suitable for surface mounting on wall. 2.07 IDENTIFICATION A. General: Provide nameplates for all panelboards. B. Panelboard Nameplates: Engraved laminated plastic for each panelboard. 16470-4 Page 4 of7 5/9/01 Brazoria County Municipal Utility District No. 26 Shadow Creek Ranch Interim Wastewater Treatment Plant — Phases I & II PANELBOARDS PART3 EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION A. General: Install panelboards and accessory items in accordance with NEMA PB 1.1, and manufacturers' written installation instructions, and approved submittals. B. Mounting Heights: Top of trim 6 ft 2-in. above finished floor, except as indicated. C. Mounting: 1. Plumb and rigid without distortion of box. 2. Mount flush panels uniformly flush with wall finish. D. Circuit Directory: Typed and reflective of final circuit changes required to balance panel loads. Obtain approval before installing. E. Install filler plates in unused spaces. F. Provision for Future Circuits at Flush Panelboards: 1. Stub four 1-inch empty conduits from panel into accessible ceiling space or space designated to be ceiling space in future 2. Stub four 1-inch empty conduits into raised floor space or below slab other than slabs on grade. G. Auxiliary Gutter: Install where a panel is tapped to a riser at an intermediate location. H. Wiring in Panel Gutters: Train conductors neatly in groups, bundle, and wrap with wire ties after completion of load balancing. 3.02 IDENTIFICATION A. Identify field -installed wiring and components and provide warning signs in accordance with Section 16195. 3.03 GROUNDING A. Connections: Make equipment grounding connections for panelboards as indicated. B. Provide ground continuity to main electrical ground bus indicated. C. Ground in accordance with Section 16452. 3.04 CONNECTIONS A. Tighten electrical connectors and terminals including grounding connections, in accordance with manufacturer's published torque- tightening values. Where manufacturer's torque values are not indicated, use those specified in UL 486A. 16470 5 Page 5 of 7 5rnio i Brazoria County Municipal Utility District No. 26 Shadow Creek Ranch PANELBOARDS Interim Wastewater Treatment Plant — Phases I & II 3.05 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Perform tests on low -voltage power panelboards and accessories. B. Upon completing installation of system, perform following tests: 1. Make insulation resistance tests of panelboard buses, components, and connecting supply, feeder, and control circuits. 2. Make continuity tests of circuits. C. Quality Control Program. 1. Procedures: Make field tests and inspections and prepare panelboard for satisfactory operation in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations and these specifications. 2. Notify Engineer at least one week in advance of testing 3. Report Testing: a. Report written reports of tests and observations. b. Report defective materials and workmanship and unsatisfactory test results. c. Include records of repairs and adjustments made 4. Protective Device Ratings and Settings: a. Verify indicated ratings and settings to be appropriate for final system configuration and parameters. b. Where discrepancies are found, recommend final protective device ratings and settings. c. Use accepted ratings or settings to make final system adjustments. Visual and Mechanical Inspection: Include following inspections and related work: 1. Inspect for defects and physical damage, labeling, and nameplate compliance with requirements of up-to-date drawings and panelboard schedules. 2. Exercise and perform operational tests of all mechanical components and other operable devices in accordance with manufacturer's instruction. 3. Check panelboard mounting, area clearances, and alignment and fit of components 4. Check tightness of bolted electrical connections with calibrated torque wrench. Refer to anufacturer's instructions for proper torque values. 5. Perform visual and mechanical inspection and related work for overcurrent protective devices as within this section E. Electrical tests: Include following items performed in accordance with manufacturer's instruction: 1. Insulation resistance test of buses and portions of control winng that disconnected from solid-state devices. Insulation resistance less than 100 megohms is not acceptable. 2. Ground resistance test on system and equipment ground connections. 3. Test main and subfeed overcurrent protective devices in accordance within this section. F. Retest: Correct deficiencies identified by tests and observations and provide retesting of panelboards Verify by system tests that total assembly meets specified requirements. 16470-6 Page 6 of 7 5/9/01 Brazoria County Municipal Utility District No. 26 Shadow Creek Ranch Interim Wastewater Treatment Plant — Phases I & I1 PANELBOA_RDS 3.06 CLEANING A. Upon completion of installation, inspect interior and exterior of panelboards B. Remove paint splatters and other spots, dirt, and debris. C. Touch up scratches and mars of finish to match original finish. D. Clean interior of panelboard. 3.07 ADJUSTING A. Adjust doors and operating mechanisms for free mechanical movement. 3.08 COMMISSIONING A. Balancing Loads: After Substantial Completion, but before Final Acceptance, conduct load -balancing measurements and circuit changes as follows: 1. Perform measurements during period of normal working load as advised by Owner. 2. Perform load -balancing circuit changes outside the normal occupancy/working schedule of the facility. Make special arrangements with Owner to avoid disrupting critical 24-hr services such as Fax machines and on-line data processing, computing, transmitting, and receiving equipment. 3. Recheck loads after circuit changes during normal load period. Record load readings before and after changes and submit test records. 4. Tolerance: Difference between phase loads exceeding 20 percent at any one panelboard is not acceptable. Re -balance and recheck as required to meet this minimum requirement. * * * END OF SECTION * * * 5/9/0I 16470-7 Page 7of7 Brazoria County Municipal Utility District No. 26 Shadow Creek Ranch Interim Wastewater Treatment Plant - Phases I & 11 OVERCURRENT PROTECTIVE DEVICES SECTION 16475 OVERCURRENT PROTECTIVE DEVICES PART1 GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Overcurrent protective devices (OCPDs) rated 600 V and below and switching devices commonly used with them. 1.02 REFERENCES A. National Electrical Manufacturers Association (NEMA). 1. NEMA KS-1-83 - Enclosed Switches. 2. NEMA 250-85 - Enclosures for Electrical Equipment (1000 Volts Maximum). 3. NEMA FU1-86 - Low Voltage Cartridge Fuses. 4. NEMA AB 1-86 - Molded Case Circuit Breakers and Molded Case Switches. B. National Fire Protection Association (NFPA): 1. NFPA 70-90 - National Electrical Code (NEC). C. Underwriters Laboratory (UL): 1. UL 98-87 - Enclosed and Dead Front Switches. 2. UL 198C-86 - High -Interrupting Capacity Fuses, Current -Limiting Types. Fifth Edition. 3. UL 198E-88 - Class R Fuses Fourth Edition. 4. UL 486A-80 - Wire Connectors and Soldering Lugs for Use with Copper Conductors. Seventh Edition. 5. UL 489 86 - Molded -Case Circuit Breakers and Circuit -Breaker Enclosures Seventh Edition. 6. UL 943-85 - Ground -Fault Circuit Interrupters. Second Edition. 7. UL 977-84 - Fused Power -Circuit Devices. Third Edition 8. UL 198L — 88 — UL Standard for Safety D — C fuses for Industrial use. 1.03 DEFINITIONS A. Overcurrent Protective Device (OCPD): Device operative on excessive current that causes and maintains interruption of power in circuit it protects. B. Ampere -Squared -Seconds: Expression of available thermal energy resulting from current flow. With regard to current -limiting fuses and circuit breakers, ampere -squared -seconds during fault current interruption represents energy allowed to flow before fuse or breaker interrupts fault current within its current limiting range. 1.04 SUBMITTALS A. Submit all products covered under this specification for Engineer's approval. 16475-1 Page 1 of 10 5/9/01 Brazoria County Municipal Utility District No. 26 Shadow Creek Ranch Interim Wastewater Treatment Plant - Phases 1 & 1I OVERCURRENT PROTECTIVE DEVICES B. Shop Drawings: 1. Spare fuse cabinet showing dimensions and features including storage provision for fused cartons, where shown on Plans. C. Product Data: 1. Product data for fuses, fusible switches, circuit breakers, and OCPD accessories specified in this Section, including descriptive data and time -current curves for protective devices and let -through current curves for those with current limiting characteristics. 2. Include coordination charts and tables and related data. D. Test Results: 1. Certified reports of field tests and observations. 1.05 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Items provided under this section shall be listed and labeled by UL or other Nationally Recognized Testing Laboratory (NRTL). 1. Term"NRTL' shall be as defined in OSHA Regulation 1910 7. 2. Terms ' listed" and ' labeled" shall be as defined in National Electrical Code, Article 100. B. Regulatory Requirements: 1. Components and Installation: a. NFPA 70 "National Electrical Code (NEC)." b. Local codes and ordinances. C. Single -Source Responsibility: Obtain similar OCPDs from single manufacturer. 1.06 MAIN itbNANCE A. Extra Materials: 1. Maintenance Stock Fuses: For types, voltage, and ampere ratings required, furnish 10% spare fuses but not less than 1 set of 3 of each kind. PART2 PRODUCTS 2.01 OVERCURRENT PROTECTIVE DEVICES (OCPDs), GENERAL A. General: Provide OCPDs in indicated types, as integral components of panelboards, switchboards, and motor control centers; and also as individually enclosed and mounted single units. B. Enclosures* NEMA 250. 5/9/0I 16475-2 Page 2 of 10 Brazoria County Municipal Utility District No. 26 Shadow Creek Ranch Interim Wastewater Treatment Plant - Phases I & 1I OVERCURRENT PROTECTIVE DEVICES 2.02 GENERAL FUSES A. General: Provide fuses of types, classes, and current ratings as indicated. Voltage ratings shall be consistent with circuits on which used B. Fuses for Direct Current Circuits: UL 198L and marked for such use by manufacturer on fuse label. C. Cartridge Fuse: 1. Manufacturers: a. Bussmann Div., Cooper Industries, Inc. b. Gould Shawmut. c. Littelfuse Inc. 2. NEMA Standard FU1, unless indicated otherwise, provide nonrenewable cartridge fuses of indicated types, classes, and current ratings that have voltage ratings consistent with circuits on which used. 3. Class CC Fuses: UL 198C. 4. Class J Fuses: UL 198C. 5. Class L Fuses: UL 198C. Current limiting threshold of 10 times current rating or less and time delay of 4 sec at 5 times rating. 6. Class RK1 and RK5 Dual Element Time -Delay Fuses: UL 198E. 7. Class RK1 Fast -Acting Fuses: UL 198E. 2.03 FUSIBLE SWITCHES A. Manufacturers: 1. Siemens. 2. Square D Co 3. General Electric 4. Or equal B. UL 98 and NEMA KS 1 quick -make, quick -break heavy-duty units. Rating: Load -breaking capacity in excess of normal horsepower rating for switch. D. Withstand Capability: In excess of let -through current permitted by its fuse when subject to faults up to 100 000 RMS symmetncal amperes. E. Operation: By means of external handle. F. Interlock: Prevents access to switch interior except when in "off' position. G. Fuse Clips: Rejection type. 16475 3 Page 3of10 5/10101 Brazoria County Municipal Utility District No. 26 Shadow Creek Ranch OVERCURRENT PROTECTIVE DEVICES Interim Wastewater Treatment Plant - Phases 1 & 11 H. Padlocking Provisions: For 2 padlocks, whether open or closed. I. Enclosure•for Switchboard or Panelboard Mounting: Suitable for panel mounting where indicated. J. Enclosure for Switchboard Mounting: Provide individual mounting where indicated. K. Enclosure for Independent Mounting: NEMA Type 0 as indicated or required to suit environment where located. 2.04 FUSED POWER CIRCUIT DEVICES A. Manufacturers: 1. Pringle Electric Mfg. Co. 2. Square D Co. 3. Or equal. B. UL 977, with either bolted -pressure -type or high-pressure contact -type switch. C. Operation: As indicated. D. Ground Fault Protection: Integral self -powered uritype swith and constant time characteristics, mechanical ground fault internal memory tor, test function, adjustable pick-up current and delay arranged to integrate intermittent arcing ground faults, and ground fault current sensor located as indicated. E. Open Fuse Trip Device: Arranged to trip switch open if phase fuse opens. F. Enclosure for Switchboard Mounting: Suitable for individual mounting. G, Enclosure for Independent Mounting: NEMA Type 1 enclosure, as indicated or as required to suit environment where located. H. Minimum Fault Current Rating: As indicated. 2.05 MOLDED -CASE CIRCUIT BREAKERS Manufacturers Except as Indicated: 1. Siemens. 2. Square D Co 3. General Electric. 4. Or equal B. UL 489 and NEMA AB 1. C. Construction: Bolt -in type except breakers in load -center -type panelboards and breakers 225-ampere frame size and larger may be plug-in type if held in place by positive locking device requiring mechanical release for removal. d short-circuit D. Characteristics: Indicated frame h-�cal, unless gre terlraetmg Pois indicated on Drawings. interrupting capacity rating of 10,000 amperes symm 16475-4 Page 4 or 10 5/9/01 Brazoria County Municipal Utility District No. 26 Shadow Creek Ranch OVERCURRENT PROTECTIVE DEVICES Interim Wastewater Treatment Plant - Phases 1 & II E. Tripping Device: Quick -make, quick -break toggle mechanism with inverse -time delay and instantaneous overcurrent trip protection for each pole. F. Adjustable Instantaneous Trip Devices: Factory adjusted to low -trip -setting current values. G. Enclosure for Switchboard or Panelboard Mounting: Suitable for panel mounting in switchboard or panelboards where indicated. H. Enclosure for Switchboard or Motor Control Center Mounting: Provide individual mounting where indicated. I. Enclosure for Independent Mounting: NEMA Type 1 enclosure, as indicated or required to suit environment where located. J. Combination Circuit Breakers and Ground -Fault Circuit Interrupters: UL 943 arranged for sensing and tripping for ground -fault current in addition to overcurrent and short-circuit current. 1. Match features and module size of panelboard breakers and provide clear identification of ground fault trip function. 2. Trip Setting for Ground Fault: 4 to 6 milliamperes, listed and labeled as Class A, Type 1 device. 3. Trip Setting for Ground Fault: 30 milliamperes. K. Current -Limiting Circuit Breakers: Arranged to limit let -through ampere -squared -seconds during fault conditions to value less than ampere -squared -seconds of one -half -cycle wave of prospective symmetrical fault current. Circuit breaker shall use no fusible devices in its operation. Current -limiting characteristic shall be in addition to normal time -delay and instantaneous -trip characteristics and other features as indicated. L. Circuit Breakers With Solid -State Trip Devices: Provide indicated circuit breakers with solid-state trip devices having following features: 1. Ambient Compensation: Trip device insensitive to temperature changes between minus 20 C and plus 55 C. 2. Adjustability. Breaker ratings and trip settings shall be changeable by operation of controls on front panel of breaker, by change of plug-in element without removing breaker from mounting, or by combination of 2 methods. 3. Ground -Fault Tripping: Adjustable for pick-up and time -delay values. Provide for indicated units 4. Provide clear plastic shield limiting access to rating plug and adjustments on solid state trip circuit breaker. Seal by attaching sealing wire through hole in posts provided. With wire seal installed, circuit breaker rating plug and adjustments shall not be "readily accessible.' 2.06 INSULATED -CASE CIRCUIT BREAKERS A. Manufacturers: 1. Siemens. 2. Square D Co 3. General Electric. 4. Or equal • 5/9/01 16475-5 Pag 5 of 10 Brazoria County Municipal Utility District No. 26 Shadow Creek Ranch Interim Wastewater Treatment Plant - Phases 1 & II OVERCURRENT PROTECTIVE DEVICES B. UL 489 and NEMA AB 1. C. Ratings: Gontinuous-current, interrupting, and short -time -current ratings, and voltage and frequency ratings as indicated. D. Operating Mechanism: Mechanically and electrically trip -free, stored -energy operating mechanism with following features: 1. Moving Contacts Closing Speed: Independent of both control and operator. E. Circuit -Breaker Trip Devices: Solid-state overcurrent trip device system that includes 1 integrally mounted current transformer or sensor per phase, release mechanism, and following features: 1. Functions: Long -time -delay, short -time -delay, and instantaneous -trip functions, which are independent of each other in both action and adjustment. 2. Temperature compensation to assure accuracy and calibration stability from minus 20 C to plus 55 C. 3. Field -adjustable time -current characteristics. 4. Current Adjustability: Effected by operating controls on front panel or by changing plug-in elements or current transformers or sensors. 5. Three bands for long-time- and short -time -delay functions marked "minimum," "intermediate," and maximum. 6. Five pickup points, minimum, for long-time- and short -time -trip functions. 7. Six pickup points, minimum, for instantaneous -trip functions. 8. Ground fault protection with at least 3 short -time -delay settings and 37 trip -time -delay bands Adjustable current pickup. 9. Trip Indication: Labeled lights or mechanical indicators on trip device shall indicate type of fault causing breaker trip. If lights are used integral power source shall maintain indication for 60 hrs, minimum. F. Auxiliary Contacts for Remote Indication: Where remote indication of breaker position is indicated, provide spare auxiliary switch in addition to other auxiliary switches required for normal breaker operation Spare auxiliary switch shall consist of 2 Type "a" and 2 Type 'b" stages (contacts), wired to terminal block in breaker housing. G. Draw out Features Circuit -breaker mounting assembly equipped with racking mechanism that properly positions power circuit breaker and holds it rigidly in connected, test, and fully disconnected positions and includes following features: 1. Interlock arrangement, preventing movement of circuit breaker to or from connected position when it is in closed position and closure of circuit breaker unless it is in connected, test, or disconnected position. 2. Construction permitting racking open circuit breaker to or from connected, test, and disconnected positions with associated compartment door closed or equivalent dead -front barrier protection, and manual withdrawal to position for removal from structure with door open. 16475-6 Page 6 of 10 5/9101 Brazoria County Municipal Utility District No. 26 Shadow Creek Ranch Interim Wastewater Treatment Plant - Phases I & II OVERCURRENT PROTECTIVE DEVICES 3. Primary disconnecting devices disengaged and secondary disconnecting devices engaged when breaker is in test position. 4. Primary and secondary devices disengaged when circuit breaker is in disconnected position. 5. Ground contact engaged when circuit -breaker element is in connected and test positions. H. Circuit -Breaker Features and Accessories: Include following: 1. Padlocking Provisions: For installing at least 2 padlocks on each breaker to secure its enclosure and prevent movement of draw out mechanism. 2. Operating Handle. Provide 1 for each manually operated breaker. No handle ties are permitted. 3. Electric Close Button: Provide 1 for each electrically operated breaker. 4. Indicating Lights: Contacts for "Breaker Open" and ' Breaker Closed,' for main and bus tie circuit breakers, and for other indicated breakers. 2.07 OCPD ACCESSORIES A. Key Interlocks: Arrange interlocking so keys are held captive at devices indicated. Where future key interlocking provisions are indicated, provide necessary mountings and hardware as required for future mstallation. B. Instantaneous Undervoltage Trip Device: For indicated OCPDs. C. Adjustable -Time -Delay Undervoltage Trip Devices: For indicated OCPDs. D. Shunt -Trip Devices for Circuit Breakers: Where indicated, arrange to trip breaker from external source of power through control switch or relay contacts. 2.08 SPARE FUSE CABINET (Where Indicated) A. Cabinet: Wall -mounted, 18 gauge minimum steel unit with full-length, recessed piano -hinged door with key coded cam lock and pull. B. Size: Provide for orderly storage of all spare fuses of this project plus 15 percent spare capacity, minimum. C. Finish: Gray baked enamel. D. Cabinet Door: Bear legend in stencilled 1-1/2-inch high letters, "Spare Fuses." PART3 EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION A. Fuses: 1. Install fuses in fusible devices indicated. B. Independently Mounted OCPDs: 1. Locate as indicated and install in accordance with manufacturer's written installation instructions. C. Factory install OCPDs furnished in distribution equipment. 5/9/01 16475-7 Pag 7 of 10 Brazoria County Municipal Utility District No. 26 Shadow Creek Ranch Interim Wastewater Treatment Plant - Phases I & II OVERCURRENT PROTECTIVE DEVICES 3.02 APPLICATION OF FUSES A. Control Circuits: Class CC, time delay. B. General Purpose Fusible Switches: Apply following class and types: 1. 30-600 Amperes: Class J or RK1, time delay. 2. 601-6,000 Amperes: Class L, time delay. Size at 125% of motor FLA not to exceed 150%. b. For transformers size 12 times FLA for .1 second and 25 times for 0.1 second. c. Size at 100% of load for mains and feeders with non -inductive loads. C. Combination Starters: Class J or RK1, time delay. D. Bolted Pressure Switches: Class L, time delay. 3.03 IDENTIFICATION A. Identify with components as specified in Section 16195. 3.04 CONTROL WIRING INSTALLATION A. Install wiring between OCPDs and control/indication devices as specified in Section 16120 for hard wired connections. 3.05 CONNECTIONS A. Check connectors, terminals, bus joints, and mountings for tightness. B. Tighten field -connected connectors and terminals, including screws and bolts, in accordance with equipment manufacturer s published torque tightening values. Where manufacturer's torquing requirements are not indicated, tighten connectors and terminals to comply with tightening torques specified in UL 486A and UL 486B. 3.06 GROUNDING A. Provide equipment grounding connections for individually mounted OCPD units as indicated and as required by NEC. Tighten connectors to comply with tightening torques specified in UL Standard 486A to assure permanent and effective grounding. B. Ground in accordance with Section 16452. 3.07 COORDINATION STUDY A. Where coordination study recommends changes in types, classes, features or ratings of equipment or devices those indicated, make written request for instructions. Obtain instructions from Engineer before ordering equipment or devices recommended to be changed. 16475-8 Page 8 of 10 5/9/01 Brazoria County Municipal Utility District No. 26 Shadow Creek Ranch Interim Wastewater Treatment Plant - Phases 1 & 11 3.08 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL OVERCURRENT PROTECTIVE DEVICES A. Manufacturer's Field Services: 1. Supplier's or manufacturer's technician for equipment specified herein shall be present at job site or classroom designated by Owner for minimum of 1/2 workday, travel time excluded, for assistance during plant construction, plant startup, equipment adjustment, and training of Owner's personnel for plant operation. Include minimum of: a. 1/2 manday for Instructional Services. 2. Supplier or manufacturer shall direct services to specific system and equipment operation, maintenance, and troubleshooting B. Testing: 1. Reports: Prepare certified written reports on tests and observations. Report defective materials and workmanship and unsatisfactory test results. Include complete records of repairs and adjustments made. 2. Labeling: Upon satisfactory completion of tests and related effort, apply label to tested components indicating test results, date, and responsible person. 3. Schedule visual and mechanical inspections and electrical tests with at least 1 week's advance notification. 4. Pretesting: Upon completing installation of system, perform following preparations for tests: a. Make insulation resistance tests of OCPD buses, components, and connecting supply, feeder, and control circuits. b. Make continuity tests of circuits. c. Include full updating on final system configuration and parameters where they supplement or differ from those indicated in original Contract Documents. d. Comply with manufacturer's instructions for installation and testing of OCPDs. 5. Visual and mechanical inspection: Include following inspections and related work. a. Overcurrent-Protective-Device Ratings and Settings: Verify indicated ratings and settings to be appropriate for final system arrangement and parameters. Where discrepancies are found, test organization shall recommend final protective device ratings and settings. Use accepted revised ratings or settings to make final system adjustments. b. Inspect for defects and physical damage, NRTL labeling, and nameplate compliance with current single line diagram. c. Exercise and perform operational tests of mechanical components and other operable devices in accordance with manufacturer's instruction manual. d. Check tightness of electrical connections of OCPDs with calibrated torque wrench. Refer to manufacturer's instructions for proper torque values. e. Clean OCPDs using manufacturer's approved methods and materials. f. Verify installation of proper fuse types and ratings in fusible OCPDs. 6. Electrical Tests: Include following items performed in accordance with manufacturer's instructions: a. Insulation resistance test of OCPD conducting parts. Insulation resistance less than 100 megohms is not acceptable. 16475-9 Page 9ofl0 5/9/01 Brazoria County Municipal Utility District No. 26 Shadow Creek Ranch Interim Wastewater Treatment Plant - Phases 1 & II OVERCURRENT PROTECTIVE DEVICES b. Verify trip unit reset characteristics for insulated -case circuit breakers. c. Make adjustments for final settings of adjustable -trip devices d. Activate auxiliary protective devices such as ground fault or undervoltage relays, to verify operation of shunt -trip devices. e. Check stored -energy charging motors for proper operation of motor, mechanism, and limit switches. f. Check operation of electrically operated OCPDs in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. Check key and other interlock and safety devices for operation and sequence. Make closing attempts on locked -open and opening attempts on locked -closed devices including moveable barriers and shutters. 7. Retest: Correct deficiencies identified by tests and observations and retest. Verify by system tests that specified requirements are met. 3.09 CLEANING A. Upon completion of installation inspect OCPDs. Remove paint splatters and other spots, dirt, and debris. Touch up scratches and mars of finish to match original finish * * * END OF SECTION * * * 5/9/0! 16475-10 Page 10 of 10 Brazoria County Municipal Utility District No. 26 Shadow Creek Ranch Interim Wastewater Treatment Plant - Phases I & II SECTION 16476 DISCONNECTS AND CIRCUIT BREAKERS PART1 GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Service disconnects. 2. Feeder and equipment disconnects. 3. Enclosed circuit breakers. 1.02 SUBMITTALS A. Submit the following for Engineer's approval. DISCONNECTS AND CIRCUIT BREAKERS B. Product Data: 1. Submit for switches circuit breakers, and accessories. 2. Descriptive data and time -current curves for protective devices and let -through current curves for those devices with current -limiting characteristics. Include coordination charts and tables, and related data. C. Shop Drawings. 1. Wiring diagrams detailing power and control wiring and differentiating clearly between manufacturer -installed wiring and field-mstalled wiring. D. Test Results: 1. Field test reports indicating and interpreting test results. E. Operating and Maintenance Data: 1. Maintenance data for tripping devices. 1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Items provided under this section shall be listed or labeled by UL or other Nationally Recognized Testing Laboratory (NRTL). 1. Term "NRTL" shall be as defined in OSHA Regulation 1910.7. 2. Terms 'listed" and 'labeled" shall be as defined in National Electrical Code, Article 100. B. Regulatory Requirements: 1. National Electrical Code (NEC): Components and installation shall comply with National Fire Protection Association (NFPA) 70. 16476-1 Page 1 of 4 CnN" Braroria County Municipal Utility District No. 26 Shadow Creek Ranch Interim Wastewater Treatment Plant-Phases I&II DISCONNECTS AND CIRCUIT BREAKERS C. Single-Source Responsibility Enclosed switches and circuit breakers shall be product of single manufacturer. PART2 PRODUCTS 2.01 MANUFACTURERS A. Fusible Switches: 1 Siemens 2. Square D Co. 3 General Electric. B. Fused Power Circuit Devices: 1 Siemens. 2. Square D Co. 3 General Electric. C. Molded-Case Circuit Breakers: 1 Siemens. 2. Square D Co. 3 GeneraI Electric. D Combination Circuit Breaker and Ground Fault Trip: 1 Siemens. 2. Square D Co. 3 Electric E. MoIded-Case Current-Limiting Circuit Breakers: 1 Siemens. 2. Square D Co. 3 General Electric. 2.02 ENCLOSED SWITCHES A. Enclosed Non-fusible Switch: NEMA KS 1,Type HD handle lockable with 2 padlocks. B Enclosed Fusible Switch, 800 Amperes and Smaller NEMA KS 1, Type HD, clips to accommodate specified fuses,enclosure consistent with environment where located,handle lockable with 2 padlocks,and interlocked with cover in CLOSED position. C. Enclosed Fusible Switch Larger Than 800 Amperes: Bolted-pressure or high-pressure contact switch,bus drilled to accommodate specified fuses,enclosure consistent with environment where located. 1 Minimum Fault Current Rating: 100,000 symmetrical rms amperes. 16476-2 5/8/01 Page 2 of 4 Brazoria County Municipal Utility District No. 26 Shadow Creek Ranch Interim Wastewater Treatment Plant - Phases 1 & 11 DISCONNECTS AND CIRCUIT BREAKERS 2.03 ENCLOSED CIRCUIT BREAKERS A. Enclosed Molded -Case Circuit Breaker: NEMA AB 1, handle lockable with 2 padlocks. B. Characteristics: 1. Frame size, trip rating, number of poles, and auxiliary devices as indicated 2. Interrupting capacity rating to meet available fault current, 10,000 symmetrical rms amperes minimum 3. Appropriate application listing when used for switching fluorescent lighting loads or heating, air conditioning, and refrigeration equipment. PART3 EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION A. Install enclosed switches and circuit breakers in locations as indicated, according to manufacturer's written mstructions. B. Install enclosed switches and circuit breakers level and plumb. C. Install wiring between enclosed switches and circuit breakers and control/indication devices. D. Connect enclosed switches and circuit breakers and components to wiring system and to ground as indicated and instructed by manufacturer. Tighten connectors and terminals, including screws and bolts according to equipment manufacturer's published torque tightening values for equipment connectors. Where manufacturer's torquing requirements are not indicated, tighten connectors and terminals according to tightening torques specified in UL Standard 486A. 3.02 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Manufacturer's Field Services: 1. Supplier's or manufacturer's representative for equipment specified herein shall be present at job site or for assistance during plant construction, plant startup, and training of Owner's personnel for plant operation. B. Testing: After installing enclosed switches and circuit breakers and after electrical circuitry has been energized, demonstrate product capability and compliance with requirements. 1. Procedures: Perform each visual and mechanical inspection and electrical test stated in NETA Standard ATS Section 7.5 for enclosed switches and Section 7.6 for molded -case circuit breakers. Certify compliance with test parameters. 2. Correct malfunctioning units at site, where possible, and retest to demonstrate compliance; otherwise, remove and replace with new units and retest. Training: 1. Train Owner's maintenance personnel on procedures and schedules for startup and shutdown, troubleshooting, servicing, and preventive maintenance 16476-3 Page 3 of 4 5/8/01 Brazoria County Municipal Utility District No. 26 Shadow Creek Ranch Interim Wastewater Treatment Plant - Phases 1 & 11 DISCONNECTS AND CIRCUIT BREAKERS 2. Review operating and maintenance data. 3.03 ADJUSTING A. Set field -adjustable enclosed switches and circuit breaker trip ranges as indicated. 3.04 CLEANING A. After completing system installation, including outlet fittings and devices, inspect exposed finish. Remove burrs, dirt and construction debris and repair damaged finish including chips, scratches, and abrasions. * * * END OF SECTION * * * 5/8/0I 16476-4 Page 4 of 4 Brazoria County Municipal Utility District No.26 Shadow Creek Ranch (600 V OR LESS) Interim Wastewater Treatment Plant—Phases I&II MOTOR-CONTROL CENTERS SECTION 16482 MOTOR-CONTROL CENTERS(600 V OR LESS) • PART1 GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1 Motor-control centers(MCCs)for use on ac circuits rated 600 V or less. B. Overcurrent protective devices and disconnect switches used with motor control centers (MCCs) are specified in Section 16475 102 REFERENCES A. American National Standards Institute(ANSI): 1 ANSI C2-90-National Electrical Safety Code(NESC). B. International Electrical Testing Association(P 0 Box 687,Morrison,CO 80465): 1 ATS - Acceptance Testing Specifications for Electrical Power Distribution Equipment and Systems. C. National Electrical Manufacturers Association(NEMA): 1 NEMA 250-89-Enclosures for Electrical Equipment(1000 Volts Maximum). 2. NEMA ICS 2-88-Industrial Control Devices,Controllers and Assemblies. 3 NEMA ICS 2.3-88-Instructions for the Handling,Installation, Operation, and Maintenance of Motor Control Centers. D Underwriters Laboratories(UL): 1 UL 486A-89-Wire Connectors and Soldering Lugs for Use With Copper Conductors. 2. UL 845-89-Motor Control Centers. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. Submit the following for Engineer's approval. B. Shop Drawings: 1 Each MCC including dimensioned plans and elevations and component lists. 2. Show ratings, including short-time and short-circuit ratings, and horizontal and vertical bus ampacities. 3 Schedule of features,characteristics,ratings,and factory settings of individual MCC units. 4 Wiring Diagrams: Interconnecting wiring diagrams pertinent to class and type specified for MCC. Schematic diagram of each type of controller unit indicated. 16482-1 5/8/0I Page 1 oil Brazoria County Municipal Utility District No. 26 Shadow Creek Ranch Interim Wastewater Treatment Plant — Phases 1 & 11 C. Product Data: 1. Each product and component specified. D. Test Results: (600 V OR LESS) MOTOR -CONTROL CENTERS 1. Certified reports of field tests and observations. E. Operations and Maintenance Data: 1. Maintenance data for MCCs. 1.04 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Items provided under this section shall be listed and labeled by UL or other Nationally recognized Testing Laboratory (NRTL). 1. Term "NRTL" shall be as defined in OSHA Regulation 1910.7. 2. Terms 'listed" and 'labeled" shall be as defined in National Electrical Code, Article 100. B. Regulatory Requirements: 1. National Electrical Code: Components and installation shall comply with NFPA 70. C. Manufacturer's Qualifications: Manufacturer shall be a member of NEMA, regularly engaged in manufacturing LV MCCs complying with requirements of these Specifications, and experienced with at least 5 projects of similar size and scope. D. Product Selection for Restricted Space: Drawings indicate maximum dimensions for MCCs including clearances between MCCs and adjacent surfaces and items and are based on types and models indicated. MCCs of other manufacturers having equal performance characteristics and complying with indicated maximum dunensions may be considered 1.05 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Deliver in shipping splits of lengths that can be moved past obstructions. B. Store so condensation will not occur on or in MCCs. Provide temporary heaters as required to prevent condensation 5/8Jo I 16482-2 Page 2 of 7 Brazoria County Municipal Utility District No. 26 Shadow Creek Ranch Interim Wastewater Treatment Plant — Phases 1 & 11 (600 V OR LESS) MOTOR -CONTROL CENTERS C. Handle MCCs in accordance with NEMA ICS 2.3, "Instructions for Handling, Installation, Operation, and Maintenance of Motor Control Centers." Use factory -installed Lifting provisions. 1.06 MAINTENANCE A. Extra Materials: 1. Spare Fuses: Furnish one spare for every five of each type and rating of fuse and fusible devices installed, but not less than one set of three of each kind. Include spares for: a. Control power fuses. b. Fuses and fusible devices for fused circuit breakers. c. Fuses for fusible switches. 2. Spare Indicating Lights• Furnish 5 of each type installed. 3. Touch -Up Paint: Furnish 3 half-pint unopened containers. PART2 PRODUCTS 2.01 MANUFACTURERS A. Siemens. B. Square D Co. C. General Electric. D. Or Equal. 2.02 MOTOR -CONTROL CENTERS A. Wiring Classification: Class I, Type B, as defined in NEMA ICS 2. B. Enclosure' NEMA Type 1, gasketed, as defined in NEMA 250, except as otherwise indicated. C. Compartments: 1. Modular, with individual doors with concealed hinges and quick -captive screw fasteners. 2. For combination starter units provide interlocks so disconnect means must be in off position before door can be opened, and so door cannot be closed with disconnect means in on position, except by consciously operating permissive release device. D. Interchangeability: 1. Construct compartments so it is possible to remove units without opening adjacent doors, disconnecting adjacent compartments, or disturbing operation of other units in control center. 2. Units regwrmg same size compartment shall be interchangeable, and compartments shall be constructed to permit ready rearrangement of units such as replacing 3 single units with unit requiring 3 spaces without cutting or welding. 5/8/Ol 16482-3 Page 3 of7 Brazoria County Municipal Utility District No. 26 Shadow Creek Ranch Interim Wastewater Treatment Plant — Phases 1 & 11 (600 V OR LESS) MOTOR -CONTROL CENTERS E. Wiring Spaces: 1. Provide each vertical section of structure with horizontal and vertical wiring spaces for wiring to each unit compartment in each section. 2. Provide separate door over vertical wiring space. 3. Provide supports to hold wiring rigidly in place. F. Meet current NEC requirements for service entrance. G. Ratings: Provide nominal system voltage, continuous main bus amperage, and short -time and short -circuit - current ratings as indicated and conform with short circuit and coordination study. 2.03 BUSES A. Material: Tin plated copper. B. Ampacity Ratings: As indicated for horizontal main buses and vertical bus sized for indicated loads or 300A minimum. C. Neutral Buses: Full size. D. Equipment Ground Bus: Non -insulated, horizontal copper bus 2 inches by 1/4 inch, minimum. E. Horizontal Bus Arrangement: Extend main phase, neutral and ground buses with same capacity entire length of MCC unless otherwise indicated, and provision for future extension at both ends by means of bolt holes and captive bus splice sections or approved equivalent. F. Natural Disconnect Link: For switchgear assembly having main service disconnect. Arrange to permit disconnecting the switchgear assembly neutral bus from the common ground bus and the incoming service neutrals. Also provide a bolted, un-insulated, 1/4-in. by 2-in. copper bus (main bonding jumper). Arrange to interconnect the neutral and the ground buses to establish the system common ground point. G. Short -Circuit Withstand Rating: Same as short-circuit current rating of section. 2.04 FUNCTIONAL FEATURES A. General: Provide modular arrangement of motor controllers, control devices, overcurrent protective devices, transformers, panelboards, instruments, indicating panels, blank panels, and other items mounted in compartments of motor -control center as indicated. B. Motor Controller Units: 1. Combination controller units; of types and with features, ratings, and circuit assignments indicated. 2. Units with full -voltage, across -the -line, magnetic controllers up to and including Size 3 shall be installed on drawout mountings with connectors that automatically line up and connect with vertical section buses while being racked into their normal energized positions. 3. Units shall have short-circuit current ratings equal to or greater than short-circuit current rating of MCC section. 4. Units in MCCs shall be equipped with pull -apart terminal strips or drawout terminal boards for external control connections. 16482-4 Page 4 of7 s/810t Brazoria County Municipal Utility District No. 26 Shadow Creek Ranch Interim lVastewater Treatment Plant — Phases 1 & 11 (600 V OR LESS) MOTOR -CONTROL CENTERS C. Overcurrent Protective Devices: 1. Provide types of devices with features, ratings, and circuit assignments indicated, as specified in Section 16475. 2. Individual feeder tap units through 225 ampere rating shall be installed on drawout mountings with connectors that automatically line up and connect with vertical section buses while being racked into their normal energized positions. D. Spaces and Blank Units: Compartments fully bussed and equipped with guide rails or equivalent, ready for insertion of drawout units. E. Spare Units: Type, sizes, and ratings as indicated, and installed in compartments indicated "spare." 2.05 IDENTIFICATION PRODUCTS A. Provide identifying devices. B. Equipment Markers: Provide 2-ply, 1/8-in. thick laminated plastic, engraved equipment markers. 1. Color: Black letters on white background. 2. Nomenclature Include following, matching terminology on schedules as closely as possible: a. Equipment name (i.e. motor control center). b. Equipment Tag No. (i.e. 30-MCC-1). 3. Size: Provide approximate 3-in. by 6-in. (minimum) for equipment. a. 1-in. high letters for equipment tag number. b. 1/2-in. high letters for descriptive equipment name. 4. Size: Provide approximate 1-1/2 in. by 3-in. (minimum) for device or component. a. 1/4-in. high letters for equipment tag number. b. 1/4-in. high letters for descriptive equipment name. 5. Fasteners: Self -tapping stamless steel screws except contact type permanent adhesive where screws cannot or should not penetrate substrate. 2.06 FINISHES A. Manufacturer's standard finish suitable for environment in which installed. 2.07 CONCRETE BASES A. Class "B" as specified in Part 3. PART3 EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION 16482 5 5/8/01 Page 5 of 7 Brazoria County Municipal Utility District No. 26 (600 V OR LESS) Shadow Creek Ranch MOTOR -CONTROL CENTERS Interim Wastewater Treatment Plant - Phases 1 & 11 A. General: Install MCCs in accordance with NEMA ICS 2.3 "Instructions for Handling, Installation, Operation, and Maintenance of MCCs," and with manufacturer's written installation instructions. B. Anchor each motor-control Level and grout sillssflflush with motor -control center mounting y to concrete base in accordanwith manufacturer's surface recommendati C. Remove temporary lifting eyes, channels, brackets, and temporary blocking of moving parts from MCC units and components. 3.02 CONCRETE BASES A. Where concrete slab is indicated under MCC location, provide 4-in. high concrete foundation pad or, as shown on Plans. 3.03 IDENTIFICATION A. Identify field -installed wiring and components and provide warning signs, as specified in Section 16195. 3.04 CONNECTIONS A. Tighten MCC bus joint bolts and electrical connector and terminal bolts in accordance with manufacturer's installation instructions and torque -tightening values. Where manufacturer's torque values are not stated, use those specified in UL 486A and UL 486B. 3.05 COORDINATION STUDY (Not Applicable) 3.06 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Manufacturer's Field Services: 1. Supplier's or manufacturer's technician for equipment specified herein shall be present at job site or classroom designated by Owner for minimum of 2 workdays, travel time excluded for assistance during plant startup, equipment adjustment, and training of Owner's personnel for plant operation. Include minimum of: a. 2 mandays for Instructional Services. 2. Supplier or manufacturer shall direct services to specific system and equipment operation, maintenance, and troubleshooting B. Testing: 1. Comply with applicable requirements of InterNational Electrical Testing Association (INETA) Standard ATS, "Acceptance Testing Specifications for Electrical Power Distribution Equipment and Systems." 2. Reports: Notify test results Engineercwritingmaterials and workmanship and unsatisfactoryInluderecord of repairs and adjustments made. 3. Perform following tests: a. Test insulation resistance of MCC buses; components; and of connecting supply, feeder, and control circuits. For components with solid-state devices or other sensitive components, perform tests in accordance with manufacturer's instructions 16482-6 Page 6 of 7 5/8/01 Brazoria County Municipal Utility District No. 26 (600 V OR LESS) Shadow Creek Ranch Interim Wastewater Treatment Plant — Phases I & II MOTOR -CONTROL CENTERS b. Make continuity tests of circuits. c. Inspect MCCs for defects and physical damage, testing laboratory labels, circuit connections, and nameplate compliance with up-to-date system drawings. d. Perform operational test and exercise of mechanical components and other operable devices in accordance with manufacturer's instruction manual. e. Check MCC anchorage, external clearances, and alignment and fit of components including internal elements. f. Check tightness of bolted electrical connections with calibrated torque wrench. Refer to manufacturer's instructions for proper torque values g. Perform visual and mechanical inspection and related work for motor control and protective devices. h. Device Ratings and Settings: Verify ratings and settings of overload relays, motor circuit protectors, and overcurrent protective devices. 4. Quality Control Testing Program: Assure MCC installation meets specified requirements, is operational within specified tolerances, and provides appropriate protection for systems and equipment a. Test and inspect MCCs in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations and these specifications. b. Schedule tests and provide notification at least 7 days m advance of test commencement. c. Reports: Prepare written reports of test results and observations. Report defective materials and workmanship. Include complete records of adjustments and corrective action taken. d. Labeling: On satisfactory completion of tests and related effort, apply label to tested components indicating results, person responsible and date. e. Test insulation resistance of buses and portions of control wiring that disconnect from solid-state devices through normal disconnecting features. Insulation resistance less than 100 megohms is not acceptable. f. Verify appropriate capacity, overcurrent protection, and operating voltage of control power elements including control power transformers and control power wiring. g. Check phasing of supply source to bus. h. Test motor -control devices. i, Test overcurrent protective devices. 5. Retesting: Correct deficiencies and retest. Verify by retests that specified requirements are met. 3.07 CLEANING A. Inspect interior and exterior of MCCs. Remove paint splatters and other spots, dirt, and debris. Touch up scratches and mars of finish to match original finish. 3.08 PROTECTION A. Temporary Heating: Apply temporary heat in accordance with manufacturer's recommendation within each section of switchgear throughout periods during which the switchgear is not in a space that is continuously under normal control of temperature and humidity. * * * END OF SECTION * * * 5/8/01 16482-7 Page 7 of 7 Braroria County Municipal Utility District No. 26 Shadow Creek Ranch Interim Wastewater Treatment Plant - Phases 1 & 11 SECTION 16510 LIGHTING FIXTURES PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Specification for: 1. Fluorescent lighting fixtures 2. High intensity discharge (HID) lighting fixtures 3. Incandescent lighting fixtures 4. Photo cells LIGHTING FIXTURES 1.02 REFERENCES A. American National Standards Institute/National Fire Protection Association (ANSI/NFPA) 1. No. 70 - National Electrical Code (NEC) a. Article 410 - Lighting Fixtures, Lampholders, Lamps and Receptacles 2. No. 101 - Life Safety Code B. American National Standards Institute (ANSI) 1. C78.379 - Electric Lamps - Incandescent and High Intensity discharge Reflector Lamps - Classification of Beam Patterns. 2. C82.4 - Ballasts for High -Intensity -Discharge and Low -Pressure Sodium Lamps (Multiple -Supply Type). C. American National Standards Institute/Illuminating Engineering Society (ANSI/IES)• The IES Handbook shall be used as a basis for design and construction of lighting systems. D. American Society of Heating, Refrigeration and Air -Conditioning Engineers, Inc./Illuminating Engineering Society (ASHRAE/IES): ASHRAE/IES 90.1 - 1989 - Energy Efficient Design of new Buildings Except Low -Rise Residential Buildings. E. American National Standards Institute/Underwriters Laboratories (ANSI/UL). 1. UL1571 - Incandescent Lighting Fixtures. 2. UL1572 - High Intensity Discharge Lighting Fixtures. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. Submit all products covered under this specification for Engineer's approval. 1. Outline dimensions, support points and unit weight. 2. Operation and maintenance data. 5/8/01 16510-1 Page 1 of 3 Brazoria County Municipal Utility District No. 26 Shadow Creek Ranch Interim Wastewater Treatment Plant - Phases 1 & 11 3. Complete test report with photometric curves. 4. Storage, handling, and installation recommendation. 5. Connection diagrams. 6. Catalog data LIGHTING FIXTURES 1.04 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Tests. Run manufacturer's tests on lighting fixtures in accordance with applicable Underwriters Laboratories (U.L.) Standards 1570, 1571 and 1572. 1.05 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING A. Have lighting fixtures individually packed to permit ease of handling and to provide protection from damage during shipping, handling and storage. PART2 PRODUCTS 2.01 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS A. As shown on plans. 2.02 REQUIREMENTS A. Provide lighting fixtures in accordance with the lighting plan Drawings, Lighting Fixture Schedules and this specification. B. High -Intensity Discharge (HID) Fixtures 1. Provide fixtures that are Metal Halide (MH). 2. Select fixtures which are enclosed and gasketed with mogul base porcelain lamp socket. 3. Use ballast high power factor type with taps for 120V, 208V and 277V input voltage, conforming to ANSI Standard C82.4. 4. Refer to Drawings or fixture schedules specific types, sizes and mounting hardware C. Incandescent Lighting Fixtures (Not Applicable) 1. Provide incandescent lighting fixtures with a maximum 150W design and vandal -proof construction 2. Fixtures shall be made for wall, ceiling or pendant mount in accordance with the Drawings or fixture schedules. 3. Fixtures shall be designed for single incandescent lamp, medium base for maximum 150 watts with cast aluminum base and vandal -resistant polycarbonate lens or globe. 4. For outdoor application the fixtures shall be of vaporproof NEMA 4X construction with globe, guard and stainless steel hardware 5. In hazardous areas the fixtures shall be approved under standard UL844 for Class 1, Division 1, Group D environment and shall be equipped with globe, guard and stainless steel hardware D. Photo Cells 1. Provide a photo cell to control outdoor fixtures unless otherwise indicated on the lighting plans. 16510-2 Pas 2of3 5/8/01 Brazoria County Municipal Utility District No. 26 Shadow Creek Ranch LIGHTING FIXTURES Interim Wastewater Treatment Plant - Phases 1 & II 2. Use a photo cell that is either the plug-in twist -locking type or the wire -in swivel -top type, both with similar features and operating characteristics. 3. Provide a photo cell that is enclosed in a UV -resistant rain -tight polypropylene housing with the cell being a 0.75 square inch cadmium sulfide surface passivated and a single pole, single throw normally closed bi-metallic switch. PART3 EXECUTION 3.01 PREPARATION A. Check the types and quantity of fixtures to be mounted in the area to be illuminated and verify that materials are on hand. B. Pick out the correct bulbs for the fixtures along with the necessary accessories and mounting hardware. 3.02 INSTALLATION A. Install fixtures in accordance with manufacturer's instructions, NEC Articles 410, 500 and 700 as applicable, and the Drawings. B. Wire up fixtures in accordance with the Drawings and ensure proper switching, circuiting and balanced loads. C. Make sure proper grounding and bonding are provided for fixtures and raceways. D. Install specified lamps in each fixture. E. When applicable, aim and adjust fixtures in accordance with directions as indicated on the Drawings. F. Energize and test fixtures for proper operation. G. Check the illumination level with a light meter and ensure that sufficient light is reaching areas where tasks are performed and that egress paths are properly illuminated during emergency situations. * * * END OF SECTION * * * 5/8/0 t 16510-3 Page 3 of 3 Brazoria County Municipal Utility District No. 26 Shadow Creek Ranch Interim Wastewater Treatment Plant - Phases I & 11 SECTION 16515 INTERIOR LIGHTING PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Interior lighting fixtures 2. Lamps 3. Ballasts INTERIOR LIGHTING 1.02 DEFINITIONS A. Fixture: Complete lighting unit. Fixtures include lamps and parts required to distribute light, position and protect lamps and connect lamps to power supply. B. Average Life: Time after which 50% fails and 50% survives under normal conditions. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. Submit the following for Engineer's approval. B. Product Data 1, Describe fixtures, lamps and ballasts. Arrange Product Data for fixtures in order of fixture designation. 2. Include data on features and accessories and following: a. Outline drawings indicating dimensions and principal features of fixtures. b. Electrical Ratings and Photometric Data: 3. Air and thermal performance data for air -handling fixtures. C. Shop Drawings: 1. Detail nonstandard fixtures and indicate dimensions, weights, method of field assembly, components, features, and accessories. D. Test Reports: 1. Field test reports indicating and interpreting test results. E. Maintenance data for fixtures to include in operation and maintenance manual. 16515-1 Pag I of 5 Brazoria County Municipal Utility District No. 26 Shadow Creek Ranch Interim Wastewater Treatment Plant - Phases 1 & 11 INTERIOR LIGHTING 1.04 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Items provided under this section shall be listed or labeled by UL or other Nationally Recognized Testing Laboratory (NRTL). 1. Term "NRTL" shall be as defined in OSHA Regulation 1910.7. 2. Terms 'listed" and 'labeled" shall be as defined in National Electrical Code, Article 100. 3. Special Listing and Labeling Provide fixtures for use m damp or wet locations, underwater, and recessed in combustible construction that are specifically listed and labeled for such use. Provide fixtures for use m hazardous (classified) locations that are listed and labeled for specific hazard. B. Regulatory Requirements: 1. National Electrical Code (NEC): Components and installation shall comply with National Fire Protection Association (NFPA) 70. C. Fixtures for Hazardous Locations: Conform to UL 844. Provide units that have Factory Mutual Engineering and Research Corporation (FM) certification for indicated class and division of hazard. D. Coordinate fixtures, mounting hardware, and trim with ceiling system and other items, including work of other trades, required to be mounted on ceiling or in ceiling space. Provide only fixtures that fit ceiling construction. 1.05 WARRANTY A. Special Warranty Period Manufacturer's standard but not less than 5 years after date of Substantial Completion. Full warranty shall apply for first year and prorated warranty for last 4 years. 1.06 EXTRA MATERIALS A. Furnish extra materials described below that match products installed, are packaged with protective covering for storage, and are identified with labels describing contents. 1. Lamps: 10 lamps for every 100 of each type and rating installed. Furnish at least 1 of each type. 2. Plastic Diffusers and Lenses: 1 for every 100 of each type and rating installed. Furnish at least 1 of each type. 3. Ballasts 1 for every 100 of each type and rating installed. Furnish at least 1 of each type. 4. Globes and Guards: 1 for every 20 of each type and rating installed. Furnish at least 1 of each type. PART2 PRODUCTS 2.01 FIXTURES AND FIXTURE COMPONENTS A. Metal Parts* Free from burrs, sharp corners, and edges. B. Sheet Metal Components: Steel, except as indicated. Form and support to prevent warping and sagging. C. Doors Frames, and Other Internal Access: Smooth operating, free from light leakage under operating conditions, and arranged to permit relampmg without use of tools. Arrange doors, frames, lenses diffusers, and other pieces to prevent accidental falling during relamping and when secured in operating position. 5/8/01 16515-2 Page 2 of5 Brazoria County Municipal Utility District No. 26 Shadow Creek Ranch Interim Wastewater Treatment Plant - Phases 1 & 11 INTERIOR LIGHTING D. Reflecting Surfaces: Minimum reflectance as follows, except as otherwise indicated: • 1. White Surfaces: 85%. 2. Specular Surfaces: 83%. 3. Diffusing Specular Surfaces: 75%. 4. Laminated Silver Metallized Film. 90%. Lenses, Diffusers, Covers, and Globes: 100% virgin acrylic plastic or water white, annealed crystal glass, except as otherwise indicated. 1. Plastic: High resistance to yellowing and other changes due to aging, exposure to heat, and UV radiation. 2. Lens Thickness: 0.125 in. (3 mm) minimum; except where greater thickness is indicated. F. Fluorescent Fixtures: Conform to UL 1570. G. Fluorescent Ballasts: Electronic integrated circuit, solid-state, full -light -output, energy -efficient type compatible with lamps and lamp combinations to which connected. 1. Certification by Electrical Testing Laboratory (ETL). 2. Labeling by Certified Ballast Manufacturers Association (CBM). 3. Type Class P, high power factor, except as otherwise indicated. 4. Sound Rating: "A' rating, except as otherwise indicated. 5. Voltage Match connected circuits. 6. Lamp Flicker: Less than 5%. 7. Minimum Power Factor: 90%. 8. Total Harmonic Distortion (THD) of Ballast Current: Less than 20%. 9. Conform to FCC Regulations Part 15, Subpart J for electromagnetic interference. 10. Conform to IEEE C62.41, Category A, for resistance to voltage surges for normal and common modes. 11. Multilamp Ballasts: Use 2, 3, or 4 lamp ballasts for multilamp fixtures where possible. 12. Lamp -ballast connection method does not reduce normal rated life of lamps. 13. Low -Temperature Fluorescent Ballasts: Comply with above requirements, except ballast may be Class P electromagnetic type. Starting temperature is minus 20 C or colder. 14. Ballasts to have fused protection. H. High -Intensity -Discharge (HID) Fixtures: Conform to UL 1572. I. HID Ballasts: Conform to UL 1029 and ANSI C82.4. Include following features, except as othenvise indicated. 1. Constant wattage autotransformer (CWA) or regulating high -power -factor type, unless otherwise indicated. 2. Operating Voltage: Match system voltage. 3. Single -Lamp Ballasts: Minimum starting temperature of minus 30 C. 4. Normal Ambient Operating Temperature: 40 C. 5. Open circuit operation will not reduce average life. 6. Ballasts to have fused protection. 16515-3 5/8/01 Pace 3 of 5 Brazoria County Municipal Utility District No. 26 Shadow Creek Ranch Interim Wastewater Treatment Plant - Phases 1 & II INTERIOR LIGHTING J. Instant Re -strike Device: Solid-state, potted module, mounted inside fixture and compatible with HPS lamps, ballasts, and sockets up to 150 W. 1. Re -strike Range: 105 to 130 VAC. 2. Maximum Voltage: 250 V peak or 150 VAC RMS. 2.02 LAMPS A. Comply with ANSI C78 series that is applicable to each type of lamp. B. Fluorescent Color Temperature and Minimum Color -Rendering Index (CRI): 3500 K and 85 CRI, except as otherwise indicated. C. Non -compact Fluorescent Lamp Life: Rated average is 20,000 hours at 3 hours per start when used on rapid start circuits. D. Metal Halide Color Temperature and Minimum Color -Rendering Index (CRI): 3600 K and 70 CRI, except as otherwise indicated. 2.03 FINISHES A. Manufacturer's standard, except as otherwise indicated, applied over corrosion -resistant treatment or primer, free of streaks, runs holidays, stains, blisters, and similar defects. PART3 EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION A. Set units plumb, square, and level with ceiling and walls, and secure according to manufacturer's written instructions and approved Shop Drawmgs. 3.02 CONNECTIONS A. Ground lighting units. Tighten electrical connectors and terminals, including grounding connections, according to manufacturer's published torque -tightening values. Where manufacturer's torque values are not indicated, use those specified in UL 486A 3.03 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Inspect each installed fixture for damage. Replaced damaged fixtures and components. 1. Verify normal operation of each fixture after fixtures have been installed and circuits have been energized with normal power source. 2. Give advance notice of dates and times for field tests. 3. Provide instruments to make and record test results Replace fixtures that show evidence of corrosion during Project warranty period. 5/8/0l 16515-4 Page 4of5 Brazoria County Municipal Utility District No. 26 Shadow Creek Ranch Interim Wastewater Treatment Plant-Phases I&11 INTERIOR LIGHTING 3.04 ADJUSTING AND CLEANING A. Clean fixtures after installation. Use methods and materials recommended by manufacturer B. Adjust aimable fixtures to provide required light intensities. * * *END OF SECTION* ** 16515-5 5/8/01 Page 5 of 5 Brazoria County Municipal Utility District No. 26 Shadow Creek Ranch Interim Wastewater Treatment Plant - Phases 1 & 11 SECTION 16525 EXTERIOR LIGHTING EXTERIOR LIGHTING PART1 GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Exterior lighting fixtures, lamps, ballasts, poles standards, and accessories. 1.02 REFERENCES A. American Association of State Highway and Transportation AASHTO LTS-1-Standard Officials (AASHTO). Specifications for Structural Supports for Highway Signs, Luminaires, and Traffic Signals. American National Standards Institute (ANSI): 1. ANSI C2-90 - National Electrical Safety Code. 2. ANSI C78.1-91 to C78.1502 - Electric Lamps. 3. ANSI C82 2-84 - Fluorescent Lamp Ballast - Method of Measurement. 4. ANSI C82.4-85 - Ballasts for High -Intensity -Discharge and Low -Pressure Sodium Lamps (Multiple -Supply Type). 5. ANSI C136.13-87 - Roadway Lighting - Metal Brackets for Wood Poles. 6. ANSI C136.30 - Roadway Lighting Equipment - Fiber -Reinforced Plastic (FRP) Lighting Poles. 7. ANSI 05.1-92 - Wood Poles - Specifications and Dimensions. C. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM): 1. ASTM A500 - REV A-90 - Standard Specification for Cold -Formed Welded and Seamless Carbon Steel Structural Tubing in Rounds and Shapes. 2. ASTM B209-90 - Standard Specifications for Aluminum and Aluminum -Alloy Sheet and Plate. 3. ASTM B429 92 - Standard Specifications for Aluminum -Alloy Extruded Structural Pipe and Tube. D. American Wood Preservers Association (AWPA): AWPA C4 - Poles, Preservative Treatment, Pressure Processed. Institute of Electrical and Electronic Engineers (IEEE): 1. IEEE C62.41-91-IEEE Recommended Practice on Surge Voltages in Low -Voltage AC Power Circuits. F. Underwriter's Laboratories (UL): 1. UL 773-87 - UL Standard for Safety Plug -In, Locking Type Photocontrols for Use with Area Lighting. 2. UL 844-90 - UL Standard for Safety Electric Lighting Fixtures for Use in Hazardous (Classified) Locations. 3. UL 935-84 - UL Standard for Safety Fluorescent Lamp Ballasts 16525-1 Page 1 of 7 5/8/01 Brazoria County Municipal Utility District No. 26 Shadow Creek Ranch Interim Wastewater Treatment Plant - Phases 1 & 11 EXTERIOR LIGHTING 4. UL 1029-86 - UL Standard for Safety High -Intensity Discharge Lamp Ballasts. 5. UL 1570-88 - UL Standard for Safety Fluorescent Lighting Fixtures. 6. JAL 1571-91 - UL Standard for Safety Incandescent Lighting Fixtures. 7. UL 1572-91 - UL Standard for Safety High Intensity Discharge Lighting Fixtures. 1.03 DEFINITIONS A. Fixture: Complete lighting unit. Fixtures include lamp or lamps and parts required to distribute light, position and protect lamps, and connect lamps to power supply. B. Lighting Unit: Fixture, or assembly of fixtures with common support, including pole or bracket plus mounting and support accessories. C. Luminaire: Fixture. 1.04 SUBMITTALS A. Submit the following for Engineer's approval. B. Product Data. 1. Describe fixtures lamps, ballasts, poles, and accessories. 2. Arrange Product Data in order of fixture designation. 3. Include data on features, poles, accessories, and following: a. Outline drawings of fixtures and poles indicating dimensions and principal features. b. Electrical ratings and photometric data with certified results of independent laboratory tests C. Shop Drawings: 1. Detail fixtures and poles and indicating dimensions, weights, methods at field assembly, components, and accessories. D. Test Results: 1. Certified reports of field tests and observations. 1.05 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Items provided under this section shall be listed and labeled by UL or other Nationally Recognized Testing Laboratory (NRTL). 1. Term "NRTL" shall be as defined in OSHA Regulation 1910 7. 2. Terms 'listed" and 'Labeled" shall be as defined in National Electrical Code, Article 100. B. Regulatory Requirements: 1. National Electrical Code: Components and installation shall comply with NFPA 70. 2. Comply with ANSI C2 "National Electrical Safety Code " 5/8/01 16525-2 Page 2 of 7 Brazoria County Municipal Utility District No. 26 Shadow Creek Ranch Interim Wastewater Treatment Plant - Phases 1 & 11 EXTERIOR LIGHTING C. Fixtures for Hazardous Locations: Conform to UL 844 or get Factory Mutual Engineering and Research Corporation (FM) certification for the class and division of hazard. D. Manufacturers' Qualifications Firms experienced in manufacturing lighting units that are similar to those indicated for this Project and that have record of successful in-service performance. 1.06 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Poles: 1. General: Store poles on decay -resistant treated skids at least 1 ft above grade and vegetation. Support pole to prevent distortion and arrange to provide free air circulation 2. Metal Poles Retain factory -applied pole wrappings until just before pole installation. For poles with nonmetallic finishes, handle with web fabric straps. 1.07 WARRANTY A. Special Project Warranty: Submit warranty, mutually executed by manufacturer and the Installer, agreeing to replace external parts of lighting fixtures exhibiting failure of finish as specified below. This warranty is in addition to, and not limitation of, other rights and remedies Owner may have under Contract Documents. 1. Protection of Metal from Corrosion: Warranty against perforation or erosion of finish due to weathering. 2. Color Retention: Warranty against fading, staining, and chalking due to effects of weather and solar radiation. 3. Special Project Warranty Period: 5 yrs, beginning on the date of Substantial Completion. 1.08 MAINTENANCE A. Extra Materials 1. Fumish extra materials matching products installed as described below packaged with protective covering for storage, and identified with labels describing contents. Deliver extra materials to Owner. a. Lamps. 10 lamps for each 100 of each type and rating installed. Furnish at least 1 of each type. b. Glass and Plastic Lenses, Covers, and Other Optical Parts* 1 for each 100 of each type and rating installed. Furnish at least 1 of each type. c. Ballasts: 1 for each 100 of each type and rating installed. Furnish at least 1 of each type. d. Globes and Guards 1 for each 20 of each type and rating installed Furnish at least 1 of each type. PART2 PRODUCTS 2.01 FIXTURE COMPONENTS, GENERAL A. Metal Parts: Free from burrs and sharp edges and corners. 5/8/0I 16525-3 Page 3 or 7 Brazoria County Municipal Utility District No. 26 Shadow Creek Ranch Interim Wastewater Treatment Plant - Phases 1 & 11 EXTERIOR LIGHTING B. Sheet Metal Components: Corrosion -resistant aluminum,except as indicated. Form and support to prevent warping and sagging. C. Housings: Rigidly formed, weather- and light -tight enclosures that will not warp, sag, or deform in use. Provide filter/breather for enclosed fixtures. D. Doors, Frames, and Other Internal Access Provisions: Smooth operating, free from light leakage under operating conditions, and arranged to permit relamping without use of tools. Arrange doors, frames, lenses, diffusers, and other pieces to prevent accidental falling during relamping and when secured in the operating position. Provide for door removal for cleaning or replacing lens. Arrange for door opening to disconnect ballast. E. Exposed Hardware Material. Stainless steel. F. Reflecting Surfaces: Minimum reflectances as follows, except as otherwise indicated: 1. White Surfaces: 85%. 2. Specular Surfaces: 83%. 3. Diffusing Specular Surfaces: 75%. G. Plastic Parts: Resistant to yellowing and other changes due to aging and exposure to heat and UV radiation. H. Lenses and Refractors: Materials as indicated. Use heat- and aging -resistant, resilient gaskets to seal and cushion lens and refractor mounting in fixture doors I. Photoelectric Relay: UL 773. 1. Contact Relays: Single -throw arranged to fail in the "on" position and factory set to turn light unit on at 1.5 to 3 footcandles and off at 4.5 to 10 footcandles with 15 sec' minimum time delay. 2. Relay Mounting: In fixture housing. 2.02 FLUORESCENT FIXTURES A. Fixtures: Conform to UL 1570. B. Ballasts: Conform to UL 935, certified by Electrical Testing Laboratory (ETL). Labeled by Certified Ballast Manufacturers Association (CBM). 1. Type: High -power factor type rated for -20 C starting and listed for use in outdoor fixtures. 2. Sound Rating: A or B. 3. Voltage: Match connected circuits. 4. Ballasts to have fused protection. 2.03 HIGH -INTENSITY DISCHARGE (HID) FIXTURES A. Fixtures: Conform to UL 1572. B. Ballasts: Conform to UL 1029 and ANSI C82.4, provide constant wattage autotransformer (CWA) or regulating high -power factor type, unless otherwise indicated. 1. Operating voltage matches system voltage. 16525-4 5/8/01 Page 4 of 7 Brazoria County Municipal Utility District No. 26 Shadow Creek Ranch Interim Wastewater Treatment Plant - Phases 1 & 11 EXTERIOR LIGHTING 2. Single -Lamp Ballasts: Minimum starting temperature of 30 C. 3. Construct ballasts so open circuit operation will not reduce average life. 4. Ballasts to have fused protection. C. Instant Restrike Device: Solid-state potted module, mounted inside fixture and compatible with mogul - based HPS lamps, ballasts, and sockets up to 150 watts. 1. Restrike ranges: 105 to 130 vac. 2. Output voltage does not exceed 250 v peak or 150 vac RMS. 2.04 INCANDESCENT LIGHTING FIXTURES A. Conform to UL 1571. 2.05 FIXTURE SUPPORT COMPONENTS A. Pole -Mounted Fixtures: Conform to AASHTO LTS-1. B. Wind -Load Strength: 100 mph and 1.3 gust factor for total support assembly, including pole, base, and anchorage, where used to carry fixtures, supports, and appurtenances at indicated heights above grade without deflection or whipping. C. Arm, Bracket, and Tenon Mount Materials: Match the poles. D. Mountings, Fastenings, and Appurtenances: Corrosion -resistant components compatible with poles and fixtures that will not cause galvanic action at contact points. Provide mountings that will correctly position luminaire to provide indicated light distribution. E. Pole Shafts: As shown on Plans. F. Pole Bases: Anchor type with galvanized steel hold-down or anchor bolts, leveling nuts, and bolt covers. G. Steel Poles: Steel tubing conforming to ASTM A500, Grade B, carbon steel with minimum yield of 46,000 psi. Poles are 1-piece construction up to 40 fi m length and have access handhole in wall. H. Steel Mast Arms: Fabricated from 2-in. pipe, continuously welded to pole attachment plate and having span and rise as indicated I. Metal Pole Brackets: Designed to match pole metal. Provide cantilever brackets without underbrace, in the sizes and styles indicated, with straight tubular end section to accommodate the fixture J. Pole -Top Tenons: Fabricated to support fixture indicated and securely fastened to the pole top. K. Metal Pole Grounding Provisions: Welded 1/2-in. threaded lug, accessible through handhole. 2.06 LAMPS A. Conform to ANSI Standards, C78 series, applicable to each type of lamp. Provide fixtures with indicated lamps. Where lamps are not indicated, provide lamps recommended by manufacturer. 16525-5 5/8/01 Page $ of 7 Brazoria County Municipal Utility District No. 26 Shadow Creek Ranch Interim Wastewater Treatment Plant - Phases I & 11 EXTERIOR LIGHTING 2.07 FINISH Metal Parts: Manufacturer's standard finish except as otherwise indicated. Finish applied over corrosion - resistant primer, free of streaks, runs, holidays, stains, blisters, and similar defects. Remove poles, fixtures, and accessories showing evidence of corrosion or finish failure during Project warranty period and replace with new items. B. Other Parts: Manufacturer's standard finish except as otherwise indicated. PART3 EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION • A. Set units plumb, square, level, and secure according to manufacturer's written instructions and approved submittals. 3.02 CONCRETE FOUNDATIONS A. Construct concrete foundations with 3,000-ib, 28-day concrete. B. Embedded Poles: Set poles to indicated depth but not less than 1/6 of pole length below finish grade. Dig holes large enough to permit use of tampers full depth of hole. Backfill in 6-in. layers and thoroughly tamp each layer so compaction of backfill is equal to or greater than that of undisturbed earth C. Pole Installation: Use fabric web slings (not chain or cable) to raise and set poles. D. Fixture Attachment: Fasten to indicated structural supports. E. Fixture Attachment with Adjustable Features or Aiming: Attach fixtures and supports to allow aiming for indicated light distribution. F. Lamp fixtures with indicated lamps according to manufacturer's instructions. Replace malfunctioning lamps. 3.03 GROUNDING A. Ground fixtures and metal poles as specified in Section 16452. 1. Poles: Install 10-ft driven ground rod at each pole. 2. Nonmetallic Poles: Ground metallic components of lighting unit and foundations. Connect fixtures to grounding system with No. 6 AWG conductor.. 3.04 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Inspect installed units for damage. B. Provide advance notice of dates and times for field tests. C. Provide instruments to make and record test results. D. Tests: Verify normal operation of lighting units after installing fixtures and energizing circuits with normal power source. Include the following. 5/8101 16525-6 Page 6 of 7 Brazoria County Municipal Utility District No. 26 Shadow Creek Ranch Interim Wastewater Treatment Plant - Phases 1 & II EXTERIOR LIGHTING 1. Photometric Tests Measure light intensities at locations where specific illumination performance is indicated. Use photometers with calibration referenced to NIST standards. 2. Check for excessively noisy ballasts. 3. Check for uniformity of illuminations. 4. Written report of tests indicating actual illumination results. E. Replace or repair damaged and malfunctioning units and retest. 3.05 ADJUSTING AND CLEANING A. Clean components on completion of installation. Use methods and materials recommended by manufacturer. B. Adjust aimable fixtures to provide required light intensities. * * * END OF SECTION * * * 5/8/0 16525-7 Page 7 of 7 Brazoria County Municipal Utility District No. 26 Shadow Creek Ranch Interim Wastewater Treatment Plant - Phases 1 & 11 TELEPHONE SERVICE ENTRANCE SECTION 16740 TELEPHONE SERVICE ENTRANCE PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 REFERENCES A. Local Telephone Company standards. 1.02 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Items provided under this section shall be listed or labeled by UL or other Nationally Recognized Testing Laboratory (NRTL). 1. Term "NRTL" shall be as defined m OSHA Regulation 1910.7. 2. Terms 'listed" and 'labeled" shall be as defined in National Electrical Code, Article 100. B. Regulatory Requirements: 1. National Electrical Code: Components and installation shall comply with NFPA 70. PART2 PRODUCTS 2.01 TELEPHONE SERVICE A. Provide as indicated on Drawings and by Telephone Utility. 2.02 MATERIALS A. Service Entrance: 1. Conduit, as shown on plans. B. Conduit System. Comply with Section 16110. Provide grounding bushings on conduits at terminal boards. C. Terminal Cabinets: Comply with Section 16135. D. Outlets: 1. Outlet plates to match telephone jacks. PART 3 EXECUTION ' 3.01 PREPARATION A. Conformation of Telephone Service: 16740-1 Braaoria County Municipal Utility District No. 26 Shadow Creek Ranch Interim Wastewater Treatment Plant - Phases 1 & 11 TELEPHONE SERVICE ENTRANCE 1. Consult with Telephone Utility to verify service information specified herein and shown on Drawings. 3.02 INSPECTION A. Examine areas and conditions under which telephone service entrance and conduit system to be installed and notify Engineer in writing of conditions detrimental to proper and timely completion of Work. 3.03 INSTALLATION A. Install conduit system and service entrance as shown on Drawings and in accordance with Section 16110. B. Terminate service conduit in telephone equipment area at mounting panel as shown on Drawings. C. Install No. 16 galvanized pull wire in conduits. D. Telephones and cables to be by Telephone Utility. 1. Coordinate ditching, supplying, and backfilling with Telephone Utility. ***END OF SECTION*** 5/8/01 16740-2 Page 2 of 2 Brazoria County Municipal Utility District No. 26 Shadow Creek Ranch Interim Wastewater Treatment Plant - Phases 1 & 11 TELEPHONE AUTOMATIC DIALER SYSTEM SECTION 16935 TELEPHONE AUTOMATIC DIALER SYSTEM PART1 GENERAL 1.01 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION A. Design Requirements: 1. Electronic system shall interface plant alarms to public telephone system on preselected basis. 2. Upon receipt of one or more critical alarm trips electronic system will automatically dial out onto public phone system (up to 16 specified telephone numbers) with preprogrammed messages. 3. System shall continue calling until call completed and acknowledged 4. Description & Phone Number Dialing a. The dialer shall be a solid state component capable of dialing up to 16 phone numbers, each up to 24 digits in length. Phone numbers and Standard pulse dialing or Touch Tone DTMF dialing are user programmable via the system's keyboard or Touch Tone Phone. 5. Solid State Voice Message Recording. and Playback: a. The unit shall have two different categories of speech message capability, all implemented with permanent non-volatile solid state circuitry with no mechanical tape mechanisms The unit shall allow for message recording from a remote telephone as well as from the front panel. b. User Field Recorded Messages The user may record and re-record his own voice messages, for each input channel and for the Station ID c. There shall be no limit on the length of any particular message, within the overall available message recording time, which shall be 40 seconds for 4 channel units; 80 seconds for 8 channel units, and 160 seconds for 16 or more channels. d. The unit shall allow selective recording of both Normal and Alarm advisory messages for each input channel. e. The unit shall provide for automatic setting of the optimum speech memory usage rate for the total set of messages recorded, in order to achieve optimum recording sound quality. f. Circuit board switches or jumper straps shall not be acceptable means of manipulating message length or recording rates. g. Permanent Resident Non Recorded Messages: Permanent built-in messages shall be included to support user programming operations, to provide supplemental warning messages such as advising that the alarms have been disabled, and to allow the unit to be fully functional even when the installer has not recorded any messages of his own. 6. Nonvolatile Prog.ram Memory Retention: a. User -entered programming and voice message shall be kept intact even during power failures or when all power is removed for up to ten years. 7. Aclmowledament: a. Acknowledgment of an alarm phone call is to be accomplished by pressing a Touch Tone 5/8/01 16935-1 Page 1 of 3 Brazoria County Municipal Utility District No. 26 Shadow Creek Ranch Interim Wastewater Treatment Plant - Phases 1 & 11 • TELEPHONE AUTOMATIC DIALER SYSTEM "9" as the alarm call is being received, and /or by returning a phone call after received an alarm call. 8. Input Monitoring Function: a. The unit shall continuously monitor the presence of AC power and the status of multiple contact closure inputs. Unit shall optionally be filed upgrade able to incorporate a total of 8, 16,24, or 32 dry contact inputs. AC power failure, or violation of the alarm criteria at any input, shall cause the unit to go into alarm status and begin dial -outs. Unit shall, upon a single program entry, automatically accept all mput states as the normal non -alarm state, eliminating possible confusion about Normally Open versus Normally Closed inputs. Further, as a diagnostic aid, unit shall have the capability of directly announcing the state of any given input as currently 'Open Circuit" or Closed Circuit," Without disturbing any message programming Each input channel shall also be independently programmable, without need to manipulate circuit board switches or jumpers, as Normally Open or Normally Closed, or for No Alarm (status only), or for Pulse Totalizing, or for Run Time Metering 9. Alarm Message: a. Upon initiating an alarm phone call, the system is to "speak" only those channels that are currently in "alarm status' . 10. Diaanostics: a. The unit shall provide a complete verbal report of all programmable functions and their programmed values on command from any remote Touch Tone phone. 11. Speakerphone: a. The unit shall be capable of dialing any phone number on command and function as a speakerphone. 12. Inquiry Message and Function: a. Inquiry phone calls can be made directly to the unit at any time from any telephone, locally or long distance, for a complete status report of all variables being monitored, including power status. PART2 PRODUCTS 2.01 MANUFACTURERS A. Raco. B. Or pre -approved equal. 2.02 DIALER A. Model: Verbatim 16935-2 Page 2 al 5/8/01 Brazoria County Municipal Utility District No. 26 Shadow Creek Ranch Interim Wastewater Treatment Plant - Phases 1 & 11 TELEPHONE AUTOMATIC DIALER SYSTEM B. Enclosure: NEMA 12 indoor and NEMA 4X out door surface mount. C. Remote Reset Alarm acknowledged by either depressing touch-tone key or calling dialer back when alarm acknowledged from non -touch-tone telephone. D. The dialer is to use a standard rotary pulse or Touch Tone "dial -up" phone line (direct leased line not to be required) and is to be F.0 C. approved. Connection to the telephone is through a 4-pin modular jack (RJ- 11). E. All power, phone line, dry contact, and analog signal inputs shall be protected at the circuit board IEEE Standard 587, category B (6,000 volts open circuit/3,000 amps closed circuit). Gas tubes followed by solid state protectors shall be integral to the circuit board for each such line Protectors mounted external to the main circuit board shall not be an acceptable substitute. The installer shall provide a good electrical ground connection point near the unit to maximize the effectiveness of the surge protection. F. The dialer shall be coved by a two year warranty cover parts and labor performed at the Factory. G. Operating Temperature: 32 F to 160 F. H. Operating Humidity: 0% to 90%. I, Output: To standard phone line through integral FCC approved alarm coupler. J. Power: 120 vac, 60 Hz K. 20 hour battery backup. L. All features per manufacturers catalog data. PART3 EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION A. Install in accordance with manufacturer's written instructions and approved submittals. B. Wire each device, program test and utility unit to be suitable for operation. ***END OF SECTION*** 5/8/01 16935-3 Page 3 of 3 Brazoria County Municipal Utility District No. 26 Shadow Creek Ranch Interim Wastewater Treatment Plant - Phases 1 & 11 ELECTRONIC CIRCULAR CHART RECORDER SECTION 16937 ELECTRONIC CIRCULAR CHART RECORDER PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: Front of panel -mounted instrumentation components for I&C system. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 MANUFACTURERS A. Foxboro B. Honeywell C. Fischer and Porter. D. Bristol. E. Or equal. 2.02 ELECTRONIC LARGE CASE RECORDER A. Large case electromechanical device accepting up to 4 current analog signals, convert those signals into motion, and record moving position on circular chart. B. Mounting: Wall, flush panel or 2-in. pipe bracket as specified. C. Signal. 4-20 mAdc into 250 ohms/input. D. Function: Record, indicate, totalize on 7-digit nonresettable counter as specified. E. Chart: 10-in. circular with capillary inking 24 hrs or 7-day rotation as specified. Charts shall be in actual engineering ranges. F. Adjustments: Internal zero and span/input. G. Optional: Alarms, pneumatic or electronic retransmitter. H. Accuracy: ±0.5% of span; Repeatability. ±0 2% of span. I. Internal illumination. J. Power: 110 vac, 110%, 60 Hz including 45 vdc power supply. K. Type: 1390. 16937-1 Page 1 of2 5/8/01 Brazoria County Municipal Utility District No. 26 Shadow Creek Ranch Interim Wastewater Treatment Plant - Phases 1 & 11 ELECTRONIC CIRCULAR CHART RECORDER L. NEMA 1 enclosure with Window. M. Fiber -Tip Pons (One year supply). N. Blank circular charts (One year supply). PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION A. Install in accordance with manufacturer's written instructions and approved submittals. ***END OF SECTION*** 16937-2 Pao. 2 nr2 PROGRESS ESTIMATE Project Construction of the Brazoria County Municipal Utility District No. 26 Interim Wastewater Treatment Plant Phases I & II to Serve Shadow Creek Ranch LJA Job No.: 1546 6401 064 Estimate No. For Period From to Contract Completion Date: Notice to Proceed Date: Approved Time Extensions: Revised Contract Completion Date: TOTAL AMOUNT WORK: Contract Date: DONE TO DATE: $ Original Contract Amount: $ 510,000.00 Less Amount Retained: ( ) Revised Contract Amount: $ Less Previous Payments: ( Owner: Brazoria County M U.D. No. 26 on Behalf AMOUNT DUE of The City of Pearland, Texas CONTRACTOR Contractor: AquaUtility Construction, LP $ CERTIFICATE OF THE CONTRACTOR OR HIS DULY AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE To the best of my knowledge, I certify that all items, quantities and pnces of work and materials shown on the face of this estimate are correct that all work has been performed and materials supplied in full accordance with the terms and conditions of the corresponding construction contractual documents between the Owner and the Contractor, including all changes authorized thereto; that the foregoing is a true and correct statement of the contract amount up to and including the last day of the period covered by this estimate and that no part of the "AMOUNT DUE CONTRACTOR" has been received. I further certify that all just and lawful bills against the below named Contractor, for labor, material and expendable equipment employed in the performance of said contract have been paid in full accordance with the Contract requirements. AquaUtilitv Construction, LP Contractor Signature Date Title CERTIFICA 1'h OF ENGINEER'S REPRESENTATIVE I certify that a qualified project representative was present on the project on a continual basis to observe construction and that all materials and work included in this statement have been performed in general accordance with the construction plans and specifications and authorized changes thereto I further certify that I have verified this estimate and that, to the best of my knowledge and belief, it is a true and correct statement of work performed and materials supplied by the Contractor, that the amount due him is correct and just. PROJECT MANAGER: DATE: OWNERS ACCEPTANCE: DATE: PARTIAL/FINAL WAIVER OF LIEN Page 1 of 1 O:\L.AND\1546\15466401\BiddocWterim W WTP BD.doc THE STATE OF TEXAS COUNTY OF The undersigned contracted with to furnish labor and materials in connection with certain improvements to real property located in City of Pearland, Texas, and owned by which improvements are described as follows: CONSTRUCTION OF THE BRAZORIA COUNTY MUNICIPAL UTILITY DISTRICT NO. 26 INTERIM WASTEWATER TREATMENT PLANT PHASES I & II TO SERVE SHADOW CREEK RANCH CITY OF PEARLAND, TEXAS LJA JOB NO. 1546-6401-064 In consideration of Pay Estimate No. in the amount of DOLLARS ($ ) an other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which is hereby acknowledged and confessed, the undersigned does hereby waive and release any mechanics' lien or materialmen's lien or claims of lien that the undersigned has or hereafter has on the above -mentioned real property on account of any labor performed or materials furnished or to be furnished or labor performed and materials furnished by the undersigned pursuant to the above -mentioned contract or any constitutional lien that the undersigned may have. Undersigned hereby guarantees that all bids for labor performed and/or materials furnished in the erection and construction of such improvements on the Property have been fully paid and satisfied and Undersigned does further guarantee that if for any reason a lien or liens are filed for material or labor against said Property arising out of any bills for material or labor in connection with the erection or construction of said improvements thereon, Undersigned will obtain a settlement of such lien or Liens and a proper release thereof shall be obtained. AquaUtility Construction. LP Contractor Name Signature Title SWORN TO AND SUBSCRIBED BEFORE ME, on this the day of 19 , to certify which witness my hand and seal of office. My Commission Expires: NOTARY PUBLIC in and for the State of Texas Page 1 of 1 0:\LAND\I546\15466401\Biddoc\Jnterim WWTP BD.doc REQUEST FOR EXTENSION OF TIME Project: Construction of the Interim Wastewater Treatment Plant Phases I & II to Serve Shadow Creek Ranch Owner: Brazoria County M.U.D. No. 26 on behalf of The City of Pearland, Texas Attention: Date: Job Number: 1546 6401 064 Gentlemen. We request extension of completion time on our Contract in the amount of Calendar / Working Days specified as follows: (Please circle day of the month) Month: Year 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 Reasons for Request: AquaUtility Construction, LP Contractor Signature Recommend Recommend approval disapproval. for extension (See following of calendar/working days. comments) Reviewed Approved By: By: Date: Date: Project Representative Project Manager Page 1 of 1 O:\LAND\1546\ 15466401 \BIDDOC\TLMEEXT.DOC AFFIDAVIT OF BILLS PAID (TO BE FILED WITH FINAL PAY ESTIMATE ONLY) STATE OF TEXAS COUNTY OF BEFORE ME, the undersigned authority, on this day personally appeared representing Contractor under the following Contract: Owner: Brazoria County M U D No. 26 on behalf of The City of Pearland, Texas Contractor: AquaUtility Construction, LP Date: Project: Construction of the Interim Wastewater Treatment Plant Phases I & II to Serve Shadow Creek Ranch LJA Job No.: 1546-6401-064 The undersigned was by me duly sworn and now states upon oath: 1. The improvements required by the Contract have been erected and completed in full compliance with the Contract and the agreed plans and specifications for the Contract. 2. All bids and claims for materials furnished and labor performed on the Contract have been paid. There are no outstanding unpaid bills or legal claims for labor performed or materials furnished upon the job. 3. This Affidavit is being made by the undersigned realizing that it is in reliance upon the truthfulness of the statements contained in this Affidavit that final and full settlement of the balance due on the Contract is being made, and in consideration of the disbursement of funds by Owner, the undersigned expressly gives and releases all liens, claims and rights to assert a lien on said premises and agrees to indemnify and hold Owner safe and harmless from and against all losses, damages, costs, and expenses of any character whatsoever, specifically including court costs, bonding fees and attorney fees, arising out of or in any way relating to, claims for unpaid labor or material used or associated with construction of improvements under the Contract By Name Title Subscribed and sworn before me, the undersigned authority, on this the _day of • Notary Public in and for the State of Texas Page 1 of 1 O \ AND\1546\15466401\BIDDOCAFFB1LLs DOC